Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2019-05-21; City Council; Resolution 2019-070
RESOLUTION NO. 2019-070 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA, APPROVING THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY CLERK TO ADVERTISE FOR BIDS FOR THE CITY HALL EXTERIOR REFURBISHMENT AND NORTHWEST QUADRANT STORM DRAIN IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM, CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM (CIP) PROJECT NOS. 4725 AND 6608. Exhibit 1 WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California has determined it necessary, desirable and in the public interest to refurbish the exterior of the City Hall site to provide safety and accessibility improvements related to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and seismic safety standards, and to maintain safe and efficient stormwater runoff for the storm drain system on Laguna Drive which runs along the northern boundary of the City Hall site; and WHEREAS, the plans, specifications and contract documents for the Carlsbad City Hall Exterior Refurbishment and Northwest Quadrant Storm Drain Improvement Program, CIP Project Nos. 4725 and 6608 respectively (Project), have been prepared and are on file at the city clerk's office and are incorporated herein by reference; and WHEREAS, the Project is financed by the General Capital Construction (GCC) fund and as defined in Carlsbad Municipal Code (CMC) Section 1.24 the GCC consists of "city funds"; and WHEREAS, the cost of the replacement, repair, maintenance and routine refurbishment is estimated to exceed one million dollars ($1,000,000); and WHEREAS, Section 1.24.030 of CMC Section 1.24 states that "The city shall make no real property acquisition and/or no improvement to real property the cost of which exceeds one million dollars in city funds, unless the proposed acquisition and/or improvement project and the cost in city funds is first placed upon the ballot and approved by a majority of the voters voting thereon at an election. A project may not be separated into parts or phases so as to avoid the effects ofthis chapter."; and WHEREAS, on July 19, 2005, the City Council, pursuant to Agenda Bill 18,212, adopted additional guidelines for Proposition H which states CMC Section 1.24.020(() shall be interpreted in the following manner: "Improvement to Real Property" shall not include replacement, repair, maintenance, routine refurbishment or upgrades of existing facilities as they are considered to be routine ongoing capital expenditures necessary to carry out the normal and routine business of the city; and May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 5 of 442 Exhibit 1 WHEREAS, the guidelines related to CMC Section 1.24.020(() permit the City Council to make findings on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the Proposition H exception is applicable to a proposed project; and WHEREAS, the city commissioned two studies: a Facility Condition Assessment report by Faithful+Gould Inc., dated April 27, 2012; and an Accessibility Survey by Disability Access Consultants, dated Sept. 10, 2015. The city also commissioned a seismic study of the site by BWE, a structural engineering firm, dated May 23, 2016. These studies recommended certain improvements for the City Hall facility related to the ADA and seismic standards; and WHEREAS, the Project scope of work includes improvements related to ADA and seismic standards, such as the replacement and repair of public sidewalks, stairs, and parking lots, and also the repair and replacement of the aging storm drain system along Laguna Drive to maintain safe and · efficient stormwater runoff, and that these improvements constitute the replacement, repair, maintenance and routine refurbishment of existing facilities at the City Hall site as necessary to carry out the normal and routine business of the city; therefore, the aforementioned exception is applicable for this Project; and WHEREAS, sufficient funds have been appropriated to complete the Project; and WHEREAS, this Project is exempt from California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) review pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(d)-Existing Facilities-restoration or rehabilitation of existing facilities that are deteriorated or damaged and are required to meet current standards of public health and safety involving negligible or no expansion of use. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, as follows: 1. 2. That the above recitations are true and correct. That the City Council finds that the Project, which entails the replacement, repair, maintenance, routine refurbishment or upgrades of existing facilities necessary to carry out the normal and routine business of the city, is not an improvement to real property subject to Proposition H, in that the improvements are limited to those identified as necessary to repair or remove existing ADA, seismic and drainage deficiencies. 3. That the City Council is authorized to pay for the Project without placing the matter on the ballot and receiving the approval of a majority of the voters. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 6 of 442 Exhibit 1 4. That the plans, specifications and contract documents for the Project are hereby approved. 5. The City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad is hereby authorized and directed to publish in accordance with State law, a Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids for construction of the Project, in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents referred to herein. PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED at a Regular Meeting of the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on the 21st day of May 2019, by the following vote, to wit: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: Hall, Blackburn, Bhat-Patel, Schumacher. None. Hamilton. MATT HALL, Mayor (SEAL) ,,111111111111111,,, ~~o'''~ CA,:,/111,,~ ~ i~.,aft~ ~~ .. •··· ··-.. ~~~ ff !::/-\-1 \<.) (~1~ ,~) 0 J ~ ... ~ .· ~ ~ ·· .... -,~ ........ ·· ~ 1c ,,, ••• ' ..... ~ ~ 1c '-:..t ............ J..,T-~ /t,,,;;:!.IFOf'~,,,,-$- '11111111111111111111' May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 7 of 442 BENA VISTA LAGOON NOT TO SCALE MAP PROJECT NAME PROJECT CITY HALL EXTERIOR REFURBISHMENT NUMBER AND NW QUADRANT STORM DRAIN IMPROVEMENTS 4725 & 6608 PLOTTE:D BY: SCOTT EVANS PLOT DATE: 2/25/19 PA TH:D: \ TRANSPDRTA noN DEPARTMENT\LOCA nDN MAPS\AUTOCAD\4725.DWG EXHIBIT 2 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 8 of 442 CITY OF CARLSBAD San Diego County California CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL PROVISIONS, SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS, AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 BID NO. PWS19-792TRAN Exhibit 3 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 9 of 442 TABLE OF CONTENTS Item Page Notice Inviting Bids ................................................................................................................ 8 Contractor's Proposal ........................................................................................................... 13 Bid Security Form ................................................................................................................ 27 Bidder’s Bond to Accompany Proposal ................................................................................ 28 Guide for Completing the “Designation of Subcontractors” Form ......................................... 29 Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor’s Bid Items ............................. 31 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience ....................................................... 32 Bidder’s Certificate of Insurance for General Liability, Employers’ Liability, Automotive Liability and Workers’ Compensation ................................................................................... 33 Bidder’s Statement Re Debarment ....................................................................................... 34 Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record …………………………………………… ................. 35 Noncollusion Declaration to Be Executed by Bidder and Submitted with Bid ........................ 37 Contract Public Works .......................................................................................................... 38 Labor and Materials Bond .................................................................................................... 45 Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond ................................................................................... 47 Optional Escrow Agreement for Surety Deposits in Lieu of Retention .................................. 49 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 10 of 442 GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 1 Terms, Definitions Abbreviations and Symbols 1-1 Terms .......................................................... ................................................ 52 1-2 Definitions .................................................... ................................................ 52 1-3 Abbreviations ............................................... ................................................ 56 1-4 Units of Measure .......................................... ................................................ 59 1-5 Symbols ....................................................... ................................................ 60 Section 2 Scope and Control of The Work 2-1 Award and Execution of Contract ................. ................................................ 61 2-2 Assignment .................................................. ................................................ 61 2-3 Subcontracts ................................................ ................................................ 61 2-4 Contract Bonds ............................................ ................................................ 62 2-5 Plans and Specifications .............................. ................................................ 63 2-6 Work to be Done .......................................... ................................................ 67 2-7 Subsurface Data .......................................... ................................................ 67 2-8 Right-of-Way ................................................ ................................................ 67 2-9 Surveying ..................................................... ................................................ 67 2-10 Authority of Board and Engineer .................. ................................................ 71 2-11 Inspection .................................................... ................................................ 72 Section 3 Changes in Work 3-1 Changes Requested by the Contractor ........ ................................................ 73 3-2 Changes Initiated by the Agency .................. ................................................ 73 3-3 Extra Work ................................................... ................................................ 74 3-4 Changed Conditions .................................... ................................................ 77 3-5 Disputed Work ............................................. ................................................ 78 Section 4 Control of Materials 4-1 Materials and Workmanship ......................... ................................................ 84 4-2 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage ........................................... 88 Section 5 Utilities 5-1 Location ....................................................... ................................................ 89 5-2 Protection .................................................... ................................................ 89 5-3 Removal ...................................................... ................................................ 90 5-4 Relocation .................................................... ................................................ 90 5-5 Delays .......................................................... ................................................ 91 5-6 Cooperation ................................................. ................................................ 91 Section 6 Prosecution, Progress and Acceptance of the Work 6-1 Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work ................................... 92 6-2 Prosecution of Work ..................................... ................................................ 96 6-3 Suspension of Work ..................................... ................................................ 97 6-4 Default by Contractor ................................... ................................................ 97 6-5 Termination of Contract................................ ................................................ 98 6-6 Delays and Extensions of Time .................... ................................................ 98 6-7 Time of Completion ...................................... ................................................ 99 6-8 Completion, Acceptance, and Warranty ....... .............................................. 100 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 11 of 442 6-9 Liquidated Damages .................................... .............................................. 100 6-10 Use of Improvement During Construction .... .............................................. 100 Section 7 Responsibilities of the Contractor 7-1 Contractor’s Equipment and Facilities .......... .............................................. 101 7-2 Labor ........................................................... .............................................. 101 7-3 Liability Insurance ........................................ .............................................. 101 7-4 Workers' Compensation Insurance .............. .............................................. 101 7-5 Permits ........................................................ .............................................. 102 7-6 The Contractor’s Representative .................. .............................................. 102 7-7 Cooperation and Collateral Work ................. .............................................. 102 7-8 Project Site Maintenance ............................. .............................................. 103 7-9 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements ................................. 105 7-10 Public Convenience and Safety ................... .............................................. 105 7-11 Patent Fees or Royalties .............................. .............................................. 112 7-12 Advertising ................................................... .............................................. 112 7-13 Laws to be Observed ................................... .............................................. 112 7-14 Antitrust Claims ............................................ .............................................. 112 Section 9 Measurement and Payment 9-1 Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work .......................................... 114 9-2 Lump Sum Work .......................................... .............................................. 114 9-3 Payment ...................................................... .............................................. 114 9-4 Bid Items ...................................................... .............................................. 117 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO PART 2, 3 AND 8 OF THE SSPWC Part 2 Construction Materials Section 200 Rock Materials 200-1 Rock Products ............................................. .............................................. 124 200-2 Untreated Base Materials ............................. .............................................. 125 Section 201 Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials 201-1 Portland Cement Concrete .......................... .............................................. 126 201-3 Expansion Joint Filler and Joint Sealants ..... .............................................. 128 Section 203 Bituminous Materials 203-6 Asphalt Concrete ......................................... .............................................. 130 203-6 Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM) Wet Process ........................................... 131 Section 204 Lumber and Treatment with Preservatives 204-1 Lumber and Plywood ................................... .............................................. 132 Section 206 Miscellaneous Metal Items 206-7 Traffic Signs ................................................. .............................................. 132 206-8 Light Gage Steel Tubing and Connectors .... .............................................. 135 206-9 Portable Changeable Message Sign ............ .............................................. 136 Section 207 Gravity Pipe 207-2 Reinforced Concrete Pipe ............................ .............................................. 137 207-9 Cast Iron Soil Pipe ....................................... .............................................. 137 207-10 Steel Pipe .................................................... .............................................. 138 207-26 Underground Utility Marking Tape ................ .............................................. 139 Section 210 Paint and Protective Coatings 210-1 Paint ............................................................ .............................................. 140 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 12 of 442 210-3 Galvanizing .................................................. .............................................. 140 Section 213 Engineering Fabrics 213-2 Geotextiles ................................................... .............................................. 142 213-3 Erosion Control Specialties .......................... .............................................. 142 Section 214 Traffic Striping, Curb and Pavement Markings and Pavement Markers 214-8 Reflective Pavement Markers ...................... .............................................. 142 Section 215 Fencing 215-1 Environmental Fencing ................................ .............................................. 143 PART 3 Construction Methods Section 300 Earthwork 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing ............................................................................... 145 300-2 Unclassified Excavation .............................................................................. 146 300-3 Structure Excavation and Backfill ................................................................ 147 300-4 Unclassified Fill ........................................................................................... 147 300-5 Borrow Excavation ...................................................................................... 148 300-9 Geotextiles for Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control. ...................... 149 300-11 Stonework for Erosion Control .................................................................... 150 300-12 Rock Slope Protection Fabric ...................................................................... 150 300-13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan ....................................................... 151 Section 301 Treated Soil, Subgrade Preparation and Placement of Base Materials 301-1 Subgrade Preparation ................................................................................. 154 Section 302 Roadway Surfacing 302-5 Asphalt Concrete Pavement ....................................................................... 156 302-11 Asphalt Pavement Repairs and Remediation .............................................. 157 Section 303 Concrete and Masonry Construction. 303-5 Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, And Driveways .................................................................. 159 Section 310 Painting 310-5 Painting Various Surfaces .......................................................................... 159 310-7 Permanent Signing ..................................................................................... 160 Section 314 Traffic Striping, Curb and Pavement Markings, and Pavement Markers 314-5 Pavement Markers ...................................................................................... 161 314-6 Reflective Channelizer Plavement and Removal ........................................ 161 Part 8 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS Section 800 Materials 800-1 Landscape Materials .................................... .............................................. 162 800-2 Irrigation System Materials ........................... .............................................. 163 800-3 Electrical Materials ....................................... .............................................. 165 Section 801 Landscape and Irrigation Installation 801-2 Earthwork and Topsoil Placement ............................................................... 166 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 13 of 442 801-4 Planting ....................................................................................................... 168 801-5 Irrigation System Installation ...................................................................... 170 801-6 Maintenance and Plant Establishment ........................................................ 171 801-7 Guarantee ................................................................................................... 172 801-8 Measurement and Payment ....................................................................... 174 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 Summary 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 56 39 Temporary Tree and Plant Protection 01 73 00 Execution 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 01 78 40 Warranties And Bonds DIVISION 02 – SITE WORK 02 41 19 Selective Demolition DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE 03 30 53 Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete DIVISION 04 – MASONRY 04 20 00 Unit Masonry DIVISION 05 – METALS 05 73 00 Decorative Metal Railings DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 09 96 10 Anti-Graffiti Coating DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 Common Work Results 26 05 19 Low Voltage Power Conductors 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes 26 05 53 Identification 26 56 00 Exterior Lighting May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 14 of 442 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 31 10 00 Site Clearing DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 32 84 00 Planting Irrigation 32 91 15 Soil Preparation (Performance Specification) 32 93 00 Plants May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 15 of 442 CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA NOTICE INVITING BIDS Until 11 a.m. on June 25, 2019, the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 BID NO. PWS19-792TRAN This work includes: • Upgrades for ADA compliance, including sidewalks, stairways, ramps, parking lot access, and exterior paths of travel around the facility. • Parking lot refresh with new paving and striping at east and west parking areas, new curb ramps for accessible path of travel improvements, lighting upgrades and security improve-ments. • Removal of existing covered walkways and patios • Removal and repair of existing overhead masonry arcade structure • Additional of new fabric canopies at building thresholds • Improvements to central courtyard space with overflow seating • Drainage upgrades to corrugated metal pipe along Elmwood Street and Laguna Drive • Slope stabilization along eastern side of facility • Landscaping enhancements with native drought tolerant plants • Misc. improvements to directional signs and public space enhancements INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevoca- ble offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Depart- ment. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be sub- stituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another juris- diction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 16 of 442 The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans, provisions, and specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Public Works Department. The specifications for the work include City of Carlsbad Technical Specifications and the Stand- ard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Parts 2 & 3,current edition at time of bid opening and the supplements thereto as published by the "Greenbook" Committee of Pub- lic Works Standards, Inc., all hereinafter designated “SSPWC”, as amended. Specification Ref- erence is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particulars and description of the work. The General Provisions (Part 1) to the SSPWC do not apply. The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contrac- tors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer. BID DOCUMENTS The bid documents comprise the following documents which must be completed and properly executed including notarization, where indicated. 1. Contractor's Proposal 2. Bidder's Bond 3. Noncollusion Declaration 4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor’s Bid 5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 6. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 7. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 8. Bidder’s Statement Re Debarment 9. Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 10. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits - (optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) ENGINEER’S ESTIMATE: All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer’s Estimate for City Hall Exterior Safety and Accessibility Improvements (Project No. 4725) is $1,415,927 and $495,638 for the North West Quadrant Storm Drain Improvements (Project No. 6608). TIME OF COMPLETION: The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General Provisions Section 6-7. SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS: ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submit- ted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 17 of 442 date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: A – General Engineering. ESCROW AGREEMENT If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 5% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and sub-mitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Bid packages, various supplemental provisions and Contract documents may be obtained on the City of Carlsbad web site at http://www.carlsbadca.gov/services/depts/finance/contract- ing/bids.asp. Paper copies will not be sold. INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the draw- ings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore spec- ified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. REJECTION OF BIDS The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Con- tract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5 of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to the Contract for work. A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pur- suant to Section 1725.5. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 18 of 442 The Prime Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with Section 1776 of the Labor Code, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, verifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776. PRE-BID MEETING A pre-bid meeting will not be held. UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BIDS All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals. All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor. BIDDER’S INQUIRIES Questions on the bid documents during the bid period shall be submitted in writing, via email, solely to: Graham Jordan, Contract Administrator graham.jordan@carlsbadca.gov Questions shall be definite and certain and shall reference applicable drawing sheets, notes, de- tails or specification sheets. The cutoff date to submit questions regarding this project is Thursday, June 13, 2019. No ques- tions will be entertained after that date. The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum and made available via PlanetBids by Tuesday, June 18, 2019. ADDENDA Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid. BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the General Pro-visions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 19 of 442 May 22, 2019 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commis-sioner. If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commenc-ing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII 2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price. The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. BUSINESS LICENSE The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract. Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. ______________, adopted on the 21st day of May 2019. ___________________________ ____________________________________ Date Graham Jordan, Deputy Clerk May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 20 of 442 CITY OF CARLSBAD CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NOS. 4725 / 6608 CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL City Council City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract Nos. 4725 / 6608 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: SCHEDULE “A” CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT NO. 4725) Item No. Description Approxi- mate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) A-1 Mobilization at Not to $___________ Exceed $25,000 (Price in Words) A-2 Storm Water Pollution Con-trol and Erosion Control at LS $___________ (Price in Words) A-3 Clearing and Grubbing at 10,230 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 21 of 442 Item No. Description Approxi-mate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) A-4 Demolition, Removal, and Disposal of Concrete and Hardscape at 17,210 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-5 Demolition, Removal, and Disposal of Masonry Canopy at 3,728 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-6 Demolish, Remove, and Dis- posal of Trees and Palms at 45 EACH $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-7 Grading (Minor) at 18,917 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-8 Excavate and Export Materi- als at 180 CY $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-9 Construct PCC Sidewalk per SDRSD G-7 at 10,652 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-10 Construct Courtyard En- hanced PCC Sidewalk per SDRSD G-7 at 1,560 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 22 of 442 Item No. Description Approxi-mate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) A-11 Construct PCC Stairs with Cheek Wall and Handrails at 878 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-12 Construct New AC Pave-ment and Class 2 AB (4/4- inch) at 4,222 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-13 Cold Mill Grind (2-Inch) at 33,863 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-14 AC Pavement Overlay (2-Inch) at 33,863 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-15 Trench Resurfacing (Irriga- tion Lateral to Main) at 44 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-16 Construct PCC Curb and Gutter Type G-2 (10-inch) at 110 LF _____________ ____________ (Unit Price in Words) A-17 Water Service Meter and Connection (1.5-inch) at 1 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 23 of 442 Item No. Description Approxi-mate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) A-18 Construct Signing and Strip- ing at LS $___________ (Price in Words) A-19 Metal Edging at 100 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-20 Construct Seatwall at 70 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-21 Repair, Replace, and Relo- cate Wood Header at 310 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-22 Construct PCC Curb and Gutter Type G (6-inch) at 110 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-23 Construct PCC Painted Rolled Curb Type G-4 at 22 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-24 Construct PCC Mow Curb (6-inch wide) at 300 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-25 Construct PCC Cross Gutter at 1,551 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 24 of 442 Item No. Description Approxi-mate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) A-26 Remove and Relocate Flag- pole at 2 EACH $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-27 Construct 18-inch PCC Walls at Main Entry Stairway at 90 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-28 Install Cobblestone River Rock at 75 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-29 Install Cable Railing Guard- rail at 85 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-30 Repair Ceiling at Building for Canopy Removal at LS $___________ (Price in Words) A-31 Remove, Dispose, and Re-place Canvas Awning (22’x6’) at 1 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-32 Remove, Dispose, and Re-place Canvas Awning (11’x6’) at 3 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 25 of 442 Item No. Description Approxi-mate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) A-33 Remove, Dispose, and Re- place Canvas Awning (5’x5’) at 1 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-34 Repair and Replace Building Fascia Cap at 40 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-35 Furnish and Install New Parking Light Fixtures at 19 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-36 Furnish and Install New Wall Sconce Fixtures & Direc- tional Fixtures at 25 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-37 Trenching for Lighting at 2,400 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-38 Trench Resurfacing (Light- ing) at 2,400 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-39 Install Lighting Conduit Wire at 4,500 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 26 of 442 Item No. Description Approxi-mate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) A-40 Install Panel Controls for Lighting at LS $___________ (Price in Words) A-41 Remove, Relocation and In-stallation of Access Devices and Speakers at LS $___________ (Price in Words) A-42 Install Data Conduit Below Grade at 60 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-43 Demolition, Clean Up and Repair of Building from Lighting Installations at LS $___________ (Price in Words) A-44 Installation and Modification to Shrub Areas at 10,106 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-45 Installation of Bubblers for Trees at 20 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-46 Installation of Irrigation Con- troller at 1 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 27 of 442 Item No. Description Approxi-mate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) A-47 Installation of Flow Sensor / Master Valve at 1 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-48 Installation of 2-inch Back-flow Preventer at 1 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-49 Soil Preparation and Fine Grading for Planting at 9,216 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-50 Installation of Mulch at 5,549 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-51 Installation of Decorative Gravel Mulch (3-Inch) at 31 CY $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-52 Installation of Shrubs at 9,216 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-53 Protection of Existing Trees in Courtyard at 3 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-54 Installation of Boxed Trees (36-Inch) at 10 EA $____________ $____________ (Unit Price in Words) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 28 of 442 Item No. Description Approxi-mate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) A-54 Installation of Boxed Trees (36-Inch) at 10 EA $___________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-55 Installation of Root Barrier at 50 LF $____________ $____________ (Unit Price in Words) A-56 Installation of New BTH Palm (8-Inch) at 3 EA $____________ $____________ (Unit Price in Words) A-57 Irrigation and Planting Maintenance Period for 3 months at LS $____________ (Price in Words) Total amount of bid in words for Schedule “A”: _______________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule “A”: $____________________________________ May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 29 of 442 SCHEDULE “B” NORTH WEST QUADRANT STORM DRAIN IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT NO. 6608) Item No. Description Approxi- mate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) B-1 Clearing and Grubbing in- cluding Tree Removal and Concrete Demolition, Re- moval and Disposal at 282 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-2 AC Pavement Removal at 670 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-3 Install 18-inch RCP with Wa-tertight Joints at 135 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-4 Install 24-inch RCP with Wa-tertight Joints at 830 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-5 Construct Type A-4 Storm Drain Cleanout at 8 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-6 Construct Type G Storm Drain Cleanout at 5 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-7 Construct Type F Storm Drain Cleanout at 2 EA $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 30 of 442 Item No. Description Approxi-mate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) B-8 Construct Trench Resurfac- ing (Storm Drain) at 965 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-9 Construct AC Pavement Slurry at 26,685 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-10 Construct Signing and Strip- ing at 925 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-11 Construct New AC Pave-ment and Class 2 AB (4/4- inch) at 1,200 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-12 Construct New AC Cross Gutter at 2,040 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-13 Construct PCC Sidewalk Type G-7 110 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) B-14 Repair and Construct Mis-cellaneous Irrigation and Planting Areas at 170 SF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 31 of 442 Total amount of bid in words for Schedule “B”: _______________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule “B”: $____________________________________ Total amount of bid in words for the sum of Schedule “A” and Schedule “B”: __________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Total amount of bid in numbers for the sum of Schedule “A” and Schedule “B”: $___________________________________________________________________________ The City shall determine the low bid based on the sum of Schedule “A” and Additive Alternative Schedule “B”. After the low Bid has been determined, the City may, at its sole discretion, award the Contract for Schedule “A” alone or for Schedule “A” and Additive Alternative Schedule “B”. Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) No(s). ____________________ has/have been received and is/are included in this proposal. The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number _________________________, classification ________________ which expires on _______________________, and Department of Industrial Relations PWC registration num- ber ________________________ which expires on _______________________, and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City § 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 32 of 442 inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is ______________________________ (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-in- surance in accordance with the provisions of that code and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted _____________________________________ (2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor ____________________________________ (3) Place of Business ________________________________________________________ (Street and Number) City and State _______________________________________________________________ (4) Zip Code ____________________ Telephone No. _________________________________ (5) E-Mail _____________________________________________________ IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted________________________________________ (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner) _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ (3) Place of Business ___________________________________________________________ (Street and Number) City and State ______________________________________________________________ (4) Zip Code ___________________ Telephone No. __________________________________ (5) E-Mail _____________________________________________________ May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 33 of 442 IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted ________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ (2) _________________________________________________________________________ (Signature) _________________________________________________________________________ (Title) Impress Corporate Seal here (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of _________________________ (4) Place of Business ________________________________________________________ (Street and Number) City and State ______________________________________________________________ (5) Zip Code _____________________ Telephone No. ________________________________ (6) E-Mail ____________________________________________________________________ NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 34 of 442 BID SECURITY FORM (Check to Accompany Bid) CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 (NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.) Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF CARLSBAD, in the sum of _______________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ dollars ($________________), this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insur-ance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the under- signed. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to an- other bidder. _______________________________________ _______________________________________ BIDDER _________________ *Delete the inapplicable word. (NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed--the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 35 of 442 BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, _______________________________________________________, as Principal, and ____________________________________________, as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) __________________________ for which payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above-bounden Principal for: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City. In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. SIGNED AND SEALED, this ____________ day of ____________________________, 20____ _________________________________(SEAL) _____________________________(SEAL) (Principal) (Surety) By: __________________________________ By: ________________________________ (Signature) (Signature) __________________________________ ________________________________ (Print Name/Title) (Print Name/Title) (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY – ATTACH ATTORNEY-IN-FACT CERTIFICATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By: _________________________________ Deputy City Attorney May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 36 of 442 GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE “DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS” FORM REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following “Subcontractor Disclosure Form” Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the General Provisions to this Contract, especially, “Bid”, “Bidder”, “Contract”, “Contractor”, “Contract Price”, “Contract Unit Price”, “Engineer”, “Own Organization”, “Subcontractor”, and “Work”. Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the General Provisions. CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes perfor-mance of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be performed by forces other than the Bidder’s own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the “Contractor’s Proposal” are not included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of Cali- fornia whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or im-provement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer. The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder’s sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcon-tractor-installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item. When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter “NONE” in the appropriate space. When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 37 of 442 Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be deter-mined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the various supplemental provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final. Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7. Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 38 of 442 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR’S BID ITEMS Portion of Work Subcontractor Name and Location of Business Phone No. and Email Address DIR Registration No. Subcontractor’s License No. and Classification Amount of Work by Subcontractor in Dollars* Page _____ of _____ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form _________________ * Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(3)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the “Notice Inviting Bids.” May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 39 of 442 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE (To Accompany Proposal) CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used. Date Contract Completed Name and Address of the Employer Name and Phone No. of Person to Contract Type of Work Amount of Contract -I May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 40 of 442 BIDDER’S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS’ COMPENSATION (To Accompany Proposal) CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 As a required part of the Bidder’s proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. 1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of: Comprehensive General Liability Automobile Liability Workers Compensation Employer’s Liability 2) Statement with an insurance carrier’s notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer’s Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of in- surance to the Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. □ □ □ □ May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 41 of 442 BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT (To Accompany Proposal) CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? ______ ______ yes no 2) If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debar-ments. _____________________________________ party debarred _____________________________________ agency _____________________________________ period of debarment _____________________________________ party debarred _____________________________________ agency _____________________________________ period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: _____________________________________ (name of Contractor) By: __________________________________ (sign here) ___________________________________ (print name/title) Page _____ of _____ pages of this Re Debarment form May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 42 of 442 BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (To Accompany Proposal) CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors’ State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contrac- tors’ State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? ______ ______ yes no 2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor’s license ever been stayed? ______ ______ yes no 3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’ State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? ______ ______ yes no 4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor’s that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed? ______ ______ yes no 5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) Page _____ of _____ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 43 of 442 BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal) CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who’s discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: _______________________________________ (name of Contractor) By: ____________________________________ (sign here) _______________________________________ (print name/title) Page _____ of _____ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 44 of 442 NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106 CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 The undersigned declares: I am the ____________ of ______________, the party making the foregoing bid. The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, com- pany, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partner- ship, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby repre- sents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on ___________________________, 2019 at _________ [city], ________ [state]. ________________________________________________ Signature of Bidder May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 45 of 442 CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS This agreement is made this ____________ day of ________________________________, 2019, by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "City"), and ________________________________________________ whose principal place of business is ___________________________________________________________________ (hereinafter called "Contractor"). City and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract docu- ments for: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Noncollusion Declaration, Designation of Subcontrac- tors, Technical Ability and Experience, Bidder’s Statement Re Debarment, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contrac-tor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compli- ance. 4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress pay-ments on the last working day of each month. The City shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the work and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 46 of 442 may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground condi-tions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City. 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inher-ent in work of the character provided for in the contract. City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the require- ments of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligi-bility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. Contractor shall comply with Cali-fornia Labor Code, section 1776, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, ver-ifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 47 of 442 9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. De-fense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. 10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy # 70. (A) Coverages and Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein: a. Commercial General Liability (CGL) Insurance: Insurance written on an “occurrence” ba-sis, including products-completed operations, personal & advertising injury, with limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers’ Liability limits of $1,000,000 per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. (B) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers’ Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 48 of 442 contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each com-pany affording general liability, and employers’ liability coverage. b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage pro-vided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (C) Notice of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in cov-erage or limits except after ten (10) days' prior written notice has been sent to the City by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D) Deductibles and Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E) Waiver of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its officials or employees. (F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for sub-contractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (G) Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70. (H) Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorse-ments for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City. (I) Cost of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 49 of 442 11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204, which is incorporated by reference. A copy of Section 9204 is in-cluded in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by ref-erence. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In the event of a conflict between Section 9204 and Article 1.5, Section 9204 shall apply. Notwithstanding the pro-visions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement. (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in antici- pation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. (B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate igno-rance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding. (H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. ________ init ________ init 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's prin- cipal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address of such records. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 50 of 442 13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substi- tuted for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. 15. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or sub-contractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursu-ant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 16. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. /// /// /// /// /// /// /// /// /// /// /// /// /// /// May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 51 of 442 17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR: ____________________________________ (name of Contractor) By: ________________________________ (sign here) ____________________________________ (print name and title) By: ________________________________ (sign here) ____________________________________ (print name and title) CITY OF CARLSBAD a municipal corporation of the State of California By: ____________________________________ MATT HALL, Mayor ATTEST: ____________________________________ BARBARA ENGLESON, City Clerk President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By: _________________________________ Deputy City Attorney May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 52 of 442 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, has awarded to __________________________________________________________________ (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE, ____________________________________________, as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and _____________________________________ _______________________________ as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of __________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ Dollars ($_______________), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontrac- tors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 9100, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Develop-ment Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attor-ney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 9554. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 9100, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the bond. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 53 of 442 In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this ________ day of ________________________, 2019. CONTRACTOR: ___________________________________ (name of Contractor) By: ________________________________ (sign here) ___________________________________ (print name here) ___________________________________ (title and organization of signatory) By: ________________________________ (sign here) ___________________________________ (print name here) ___________________________________ (title and organization of signatory) Executed by SURETY this ___________ day of ___________________________, 2019. SURETY: ___________________________________ (name of Surety) ___________________________________ (address of Surety) ___________________________________ (telephone number of Surety) By: ________________________________ (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) ___________________________________ (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be at-tached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assis- tant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By: _______________________________ Deputy City Attorney May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 54 of 442 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, has awarded to __________________________________________________________________ (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, WE, ____________________________________________, as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and _____________________________________ _______________________________ as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of __________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ Dollars ($_______________), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 55 of 442 In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this _________ day of ___________________, 2019. CONTRACTOR: ____________________________________ (name of Contractor) By: _________________________________ (sign here) ____________________________________ (print name here) ____________________________________ (Title and Organization of Signatory) By: ____________________________________ (sign here) ____________________________________ (print name here) ____________________________________ (Title and Organization of signatory) Executed by SURETY this _________ day of _______________________________, 2019 SURETY: ____________________________________ (name of Surety) ____________________________________ (address of Surety) ____________________________________ (telephone number of Surety) By: ____________________________________ (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) ____________________________________ (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be at-tached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assis- tant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By: ________________________________ Deputy City Attorney May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 56 of 442 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and ______________________________________________________________ whose address is ______________________________________________________________ hereinafter called "Contractor" and __________________________________________________ whose address is _________________________________________________________________ hereinafter called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as fol- lows: 1. Pursuant to section 22300 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the Con-tractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 in the amount of ___________________________ dated ______________ (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make pay-ments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 10 days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into secu-rities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Es-crow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City. 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 57 of 442 Escrow Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Con-tractor. 7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and com-plete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pur-suant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the secu-rities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For City: Title __________FINANCE DIRECTOR_________ Name ____________________________________ Signature _________________________________ Address 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008 For Contractor: Title _____________________________________ Name ____________________________________ Signature _________________________________ Address __________________________________ For Escrow Agent: Title _____________________________________ Name ____________________________________ Signature _________________________________ Address __________________________________ At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. -- May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 58 of 442 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For City: Title ______MAYOR________________________ Name ____________________________________ Signature _________________________________ Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, CA 92008 For Contractor: Title _____________________________________ Name ____________________________________ Signature _________________________________ Address __________________________________ For Escrow Agent: Title _____________________________________ Name ____________________________________ Signature _________________________________ Address __________________________________ May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 59 of 442 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NO. 4725 / 6608 CITY OF CARLSBAD BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 -- TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS – Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, in- structed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer. 1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown”, "indicated”, "detailed”, "noted”, "sched- uled”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed”, "designated”, "selected”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required” and words of similar import shall be un- derstood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal”, "approved equal”, "equivalent”, and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer”, unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved”, "approval”, "acceptance”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the ap-proval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its ex-pense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnish- ing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. 1-2 DEFINITIONS. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 60 of 442 Addendum – Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bul- letins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency – The City of Carlsbad, California. Agreement – See Contract. Assessment Act Contract – A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base – A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid – The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder – Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board – The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond – Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. City Council – the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. City Manager – the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. Cash Contract – A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. Change Order – A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code – The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager– the Project Inspector’s immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract – The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. Contract Documents – Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documen- tation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the General Provisions, permits from other agencies, the Technical Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, the Plans, Stand- ard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 61 of 442 Contractor – The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term “prime contrac- tor” shall mean Contractor. Contract Price – The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price – The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer – The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days – Days shall mean consecutive calendar’s days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection – The Construction Manager’s immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board – Persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier – Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, lumi-naire, etc. Engineer – The City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile – Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer – A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer – A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire – The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified). Luminaire Arm – The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. Minor Bid Item – A single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Modification – Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award – The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 62 of 442 Notice to Proceed – A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 – Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Fur- ther, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 “own organization” means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person – Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. Plans – The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract – Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector – The Engineer’s designated representative for inspection, contract admin- istration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal – See Bid. Reference Specifications – Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway – The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection – Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer – Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. Specifications – General Provisions, Standard Specifications, Technical Specifications, Refer-ence Specifications, Supplemental Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Standard – The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc. Standard Plans – Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 63 of 442 Standard Specifications – The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the “Greenbook”. State – State of California. Storm Drain – Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street – Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase – A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor – An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Subgrade – For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, sub-base, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. Supervision – Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement – A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Supplemental Provisions – Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Surety – Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Tonne – Also referred to as “metric ton”. Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Utility – Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private ease-ment. Work – That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the “Manual of Steel Construction” published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 64 of 442 1-3.2 Common Usage Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN .............................................................Abandon ABAND .......................................................Abandoned ABS ........................ Acrylonitrile – butadiene – styrene AC .................................................... Asphalt Concrete ACP ........................................... Asbestos cement pipe ACWS ..................... Asphalt concrete wearing surface ALT ................................................................Alternate APTS ................................. Apartment and Apartments AMER STD ................................... American Standard AWG ............... American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) BC .................................................. Beginning of curve BCR ....................................... Beginning of curb return BDRY ............................................................Boundary BF ..................................................... Bottom of footing BLDG ........................................ Building and Buildings BM ............................................................. Bench mark BVC .................................... Beginning of vertical curve B/W ........................................................... Back of wall C/C ..................................................... Center to center CAB ...................................... Crushed aggregate base CAL/OSHA ............ California Occupational Safety and Health Administration CalTrans ....... California Department of Transportation CAP .................................... Corrugated aluminum pipe CB ............................................................. Catch Basin Cb ........................................................................ Curb CBP ............................... Catch Basin Connection Pipe CBR ....................................... California Bearing Ratio CCR ............................ California Code of Regulations CCTV ............................................... Closed Circuit TV CES .......................... Carlsbad Engineering Standards CF ................................................................ Curb face CF ................................................................ Cubic foot C&G .................................................... Curb and gutter CFR ................................ Code of Federal Regulations CFS ......................................... Cubic Feet per Second CIP ......................................................... Cast iron pipe CIPP ................................................ Cast-in place pipe CL ............................................. Clearance, center line CLF .................................................... Chain link fence CMB ............................... Crushed miscellaneous base CMC ......................................... Cement mortar-coated CML ............................................ Cement mortar-lined CMWD .................... Carlsbad Municipal Water District CO .................................................... Cleanout (Sewer) COL ..................................................................Column COMM ....................................................... Commercial CONC ........................................................... Concrete CONN ........................................................ Connection CONST .................................. Construct, Construction COORD ...................................................... Coordinate CSP ............................................ Corrugated steel pipe CSD ............................... Carlsbad Standard Drawings CTB ............................................ Cement treated base CV ............................................................ Check valve CY ............................................................... Cubic yard D .............................................................. Load of pipe dB ................................................................... Decibels DBL .................................................................. Double DF ............................................................... Douglas fir DIA ................................................................ Diameter DIP ..................................................... Ductile iron pipe DL ................................................................Dead load DR ...................................................... Dimension Ratio DT .................................................................Drain Tile DWG ............................................................... Drawing DWY .............................................................. Driveway DWY APPR ................................... Driveway approach E ....................................................................... Electric EA ........................................................................ Each EC ............................................................ End of curve ECR ................................................ End of curb return EF ................................................................ Each face EG ......................................................... Edge of gutter EGL .................................................. Energy grade line EI ................................................................... Elevation ELC ..................................... Electrolier lighting conduit ELT ........................................................ Extra long ton ENGR ....................................... Engineer, Engineering EP ................................................... Edge of pavement ESMT ........................................................... Easement ETB .......................................... Emulsion-treated base EVC ............................................... End of vertical curb EWA ............................... Encina Wastewater Authority EXC ............................................................ Excavation EXP JT ................................................. Expansion joint EXST ............................................................... Existing F .................................................................. Fahrenheit F&C ................................................... Frame and cover F&I .................................................. Furnish and install FAB ............................................................... Fabricate FAS ............................................... Flashing arrow sign FD ............................................................... Floor drain FDN ............................................................ Foundation FED SPEC ................................. Federal Specification FG ........................................................ Finished grade FH ............................................................. Fire hydrant FL ................................................................... Flow line FS ...................................................... Finished surface FT-LB .........................................................Foot-pound FTG .................................................................. Footing FW ............................................................ Face of wall G ........................................................................... Gas GA ..................................................................... Gauge GAL ............................................... Gallon and Gallons GALV ......................................................... Galvanized GAR ........................................... Garage and Garages GIP .............................................. Galvanized iron pipe GL ........................................ Ground line or grade line GM .............................................................. Gas meter GNV ............................................... Ground Not Visible GP ..................................................................Guy pole GPM ................................................ gallons per minute GR ...................................................................... Grade GRTG ............................................................... Grating GSP ........................................... Galvanized steel pipe May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 65 of 442 H ............................................................ High or height HB .................................................................. Hose bib HC ................................................... House connection HDWL ........................................................... Headwall HGL .............................................. Hydraulic grade line HORIZ .......................................................... Horizontal HP ............................................................. Horsepower HPG ................................................ High pressure gas HPS ................................ High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR ............................................................ Hydraulic IE ......................................................... Invert Elevation ID ........................................................ Inside diameter INCL ...............................................................Including INSP .............................................................Inspection INV ...................................................................... Invert IP .................................................................... Iron pipe JC ..................................................... Junction chamber JCT .................................................................Junction JS ..................................................... Junction structure JT ......................................................................... Joint L ........................................................................ Length LAB ............................................................. Laboratory LAT ................................................................... Lateral LB ...................................................................... Pound LD ..................................................... Local depression LF ................................................................ Linear foot LH ............................................................... Lamp hole LL ...................................................................Live load LOL .............................................................Layout line LONG ........................................................Longitudinal LP ................................................................ Lamp post LPS ................................. Low pressure sodium (Light) LS ................................................................ Lump sum LTS .................................................... Lime treated soil LWD ............................... Leucadia Wastewater District MAINT ..................................................... Maintenance MAX ............................................................. Maximum MCR ............................................ Middle of curb return MEAS ............................................................. Measure MH ................................... Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC .................................... Military specification MISC ..................................................... Miscellaneous MOD ................................................... Modified, modify MON ............................................................ Monument MSL .. Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MTBM ......................... Microtunneling Boring Machine MULT ...............................................................Multiple MUTCD .....Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices MVL ............................................... Mercury vapor light NCTD .............................. North County Transit District NRCP .............................. Nonreinforced concrete pipe OBS ...............................................................Obsolete OC ................................................................ On center OD ..................................................... Outside diameter OE .............................................................. Outer edge OHE ................................................ Overhead Electric OMWD ................. Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP ...............................................................Opposite ORIG ................................................................Original PB ................................................................... Pull box PC .................................................... Point of curvature PCC ....................... Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC ....................... Point of compound vertical curve PE ........................................................... Polyethylene PI .................................................. Point of intersection PL ............................................................. Property line PMB ............................ Processed miscellaneous base POC ...................................................... Point on curve POT .................................................... Point on tangent PP .............................................................. Power pole PRC .......................................... Point of reverse curve PRVC ............................ Point of reverse vertical curve PSI ......................................... Pounds per square inch PT .................................................... Point of tangency PVC .................................................. Polyvinyl chloride PVMT ........................................................... Pavement PVT R/W ....................................... Private right-of-way Q ........................ Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD ....................................... Quadrangle, Quadrant R ....................................................................... Radius R&O ......................................................... Rock and oil R/W .......................................................... Right-of-way RA ...................................................... Recycling agent RAC ................................... Recycled asphalt concrete RAP ................................ Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC ............................. Rubberized asphalt concrete RC ................................................ Reinforced concrete RCB ...................................... Reinforced concrete box RCE ...................................... Registered civil engineer RCP ..................................... Reinforced concrete pipe RCV ........................................... Remote control valve REF ............................................................. Reference REINF ..............................Reinforced or reinforcement RES ...............................................................Reservoir RGE ........................ Registered geotechnical engineer ROW ....................................................... Right-of-Way RR ...................................................................Railroad RSE .............................. Registered structural engineer RTE .................................... Registered traffic engineer S .................................... Sewer or Slope, as applicable SCCP ............................... Steel cylinder concrete pipe SD ............................................................. Storm drain SDNR .............................. San Diego Northern Railway SDR ....... Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD ......... San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE ...................................................... Sand Equivalent SEC .................................................................. Section SF ............................................................. Square foot SFM ................................................ Sewer Force Main SI ....................... International System of Units (Metric) SPEC ..................................................... Specifications SPPWC .......................................... Standard Plans for Public Works Construction SSPWC ............................. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction ST HWY ................................................ State highway STA ................................................................... Station STD ............................................................... Standard STR ..................................................................Straight STR GR ................................................ Straight grade STRUC .......................................... Structural/Structure SW .................................................................Sidewalk SWD ...................................................... Sidewalk drain SY ............................................................ Square yard T .................................................................. Telephone TAN ................................................................. Tangent TC .............................................................. Top of curb TEL ............................................................. Telephone May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 66 of 442 TF ........................................................... Top of footing TOPO ........................................................ Topography TR ........................................................................ Tract TRANS ......................................................... Transition TS ......................... Traffic signal or transition structure TSC ............................................. Traffic signal conduit TSS ........................................... Traffic signal standard TW ..............................................................Top of wall TYP .................................................................. Typical UE .............................................. Underground Electric USA .................................... Underground Service Alert VAR ..................................................... Varies, Variable VB ................................................................ Valve box VC .......................................................... Vertical curve VCP ................................................... Vitrified clay pipe VERT ............................................................... Vertical VOL .................................................................. Volume VWD ....................................... Vallecitos Water District W ........................ Water, Wider or Width, as applicable WATCH .............. Work Area Traffic Control Handbook WI ............................................................ Wrought iron WM ........................................................... Water meter WPJ .......................................... Weakened plane joint XCONN ............................................ Cross connection XSEC ..................................................... Cross section 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO ................. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC ....................................................................American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI ...................................................................... American National Standards Institute API ...................................................................................... American Petroleum Institute AREA ............................................................ American Railway Engineering Association ASTM ............................................................ American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA................................................................. American Wood Preservers Association AWS ........................................................................................ American Welding Society AWWA ....................................................................... American Water Works Association FHWA.............................................................................. Federal Highway Administration GRI ................................................................................. Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA ......................................................... National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA ................ National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL .................................................................................... Underwriters’ Laboratories Inc. USGS ............................................................................. United States Geological Survey 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S. Stand- ard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 67 of 442 1-4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) ....................................................................................25.4 micrometer (m) 1 inch (in) ..............................................................................................25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in) ..............................................................................................2.54 centimeter (cm) 1 foot (ft) ................................................................................................0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) .............................................................................................0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) .............................................................................................1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (ft2) ..................................................................................0.0929 square meter (m2) 1 square yard (yd2) ................................................................................0.8361 square meter (m2) 1 cubic foot (ft3) .....................................................................................0.0283 cubic meter (m3) 1 cubic yard (yd3) ..................................................................................0.7646 cubic meter (m3) 1 acre ....................................................................................................0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) .................................................................................3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) ..............................................................................29.5735 millileter (mL) 1 pound mass (lb) (avoirdupois) ...........................................................0.4536 kilogram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) .................................................................................0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 lb avoirdupois) ................................................................0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise ..................................................................................................0.1 pascal . second (Pa . s) 1 centistoke (cs) ....................................................................................1 square millimeters per second (mm2/s) 1 pound force (lbf) .................................................................................4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) .............................................................6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (lbf/ft) .................................................................1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf).......................................................................1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) ...............................................1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) .........................................................................1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): ........................................................................Degree Celsius (°C): °F = (1.8 x °C) + 32 ...............................................................................°C = (°F – 32)/1.8 SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems 1 Ampere (A) 1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (lm) 1 second (s) Common Metric Prefixes kilo (k) ....................................................................................................103 centi (c)..................................................................................................10-2 milli (m) ..................................................................................................10-3 micro () ................................................................................................10-6 nano (n) .................................................................................................10-9 pico (p) ..................................................................................................10-12 1-5 SYMBOLS Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents Angle % Percent ‘ Feet or minutes “ Inches or seconds 1 Number / per or (between words) ° Degree PL Property line CL Centerline SL Survey line or station line May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 68 of 442 SECTION 2 – SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether as- signed or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: “(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor’s total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor’s total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), which- ever is greater.” “(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid.” If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor’s total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Con- tractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 69 of 442 Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor’s own organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceed- ings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The deter- mination of the City Council shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated “Specialty Items” may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such “Specialty Items” so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. “Specialty Items” will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcon- tracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Con- tractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Con-tract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Proce- dure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 70 of 442 The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commis-sioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifica-tions, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. The specifications for the work include the General Provisions, project technical specifications, Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), Part 2 & 3, and the latest supplements thereto, current edition at the time of bid opening as published by the "Greenbook" Committee of Public Works Standards, Inc., hereinafter desig-nated "SSPWC", as amended. The construction plans consist of one set. The first set is designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 812-2B and consists of 59 sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent edi-tions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards and Carlsbad Standard Drawings, as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, hereinafter designated as CES and CSD, respectively. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these General Provisions. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 71 of 442 The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Speci- fications and not shown on the Plans or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifica- tions, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, im-mediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2) Change orders, whichever occurs last. 3) Contract addenda, whichever occurs last. 4) Contract 5) Carlsbad General Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Supplemental Provisions. 6) Plans. 7) Standards plans. a) City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. b) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings. c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. d) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. e) Traffic Signal Design Guidelines and Standards. f) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans. g) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. h) California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD). 8) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as amended. 9) Reference Specifications. 10) Manufacturer’s Installation Recommendations Detail drawings shall take precedence over general drawings. Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 72 of 442 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor’s expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engineer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless other- wise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of trans-mittal. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label ‘4-C’ would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submit-tals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor’s letterhead. The Letter of Transmittal shall contain the following: 1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor’s certification statement. 4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.) 6) Description of the contents of the submittal. 7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval.” By: _________________________________ Title: ______________________________ Date: _______________________________ Company Name: ______________________________________________________________ 2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 73 of 442 Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible. Working drawings are required in the following sections: TABLE 2-5.3.2 (A) Item Section Num- ber Title Subject 1 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders Trench Shoring 2 207-2.5 Joints Reinforced Concrete Pipe 3 207-8.4 Joints Vitrified Clay Pipe 4 207-10.2.1 General Fabricated Steel Pipe 5 300-3.2 Cofferdams Structure Excavation & Backfill 6 303-1.6.1 General Falsework 7 303-1.7.1 General Placing Reinforcement 8 303-3.1 General Prestressed Concrete Construction 9 304-1.1.1 Shop Drawings Structural Steel 10 304-1.1.2 Falsework Plans Structural Steel 11 304-2.1 General Metal Hand Railings 12 306-2.1 General Jacking Operations 13 306-3.1 General Tunneling Operations 14 306-3.4 Tunnel Supports Tunneling Operations 15 306-6 Remodeling Existing Sewer Facili-ties Polyethylene Liner Installation 16 306-8 Microtunneling Microtunneling Operations 17 307-4.3 Controller Cabinet Wiring Diagrams Traffic Signal Construction Working drawings listed above as Items 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 16 shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California. 2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or as-sembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifi- cations for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the sys- tem. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: 1) List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2. 2) List of Materials per 4-1.4. 3) Certifications per 4-1.5. 4) Construction Schedule per 6-1. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 74 of 442 5) Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. 6) Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. 7) Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1. 8) Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer’s brochures, technical bul-letins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to de- scribe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, manufac-tured item, or system. 2-5.4 RECORD DRAWINGS. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all ma- terials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be pro-vided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Con- tractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Sur- veyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 75 of 442 When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, herein- after Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the require-ments of Section 2-5.3.3, “Submittals”, herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (81/2” by 11”) paper. The field notes, calculations and support- ing data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or docu- mentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS “Surveys Manual”. The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under §§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monu- ments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer’s review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder. 2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements, Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal loca- tions where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of con- struction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 76 of 442 of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others. TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking Feature Staked Stake De-scription Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spac-ing, Lateral Spac-ing , Setting Tolerance (Within) Street Centerline SDRS M-10 Monument 1000’, Street Intersections, Begin and end of curves, only when shown on the plans on street cen-terline 0.02’ Horizontal, also see Section 2-9.2.1 herein Clearing Lath in soil, painted line on PCC & AC surfaces lath - Intervisible, 50’ on tangents & 25’ on curves, Painted line - continuous at clearing line 1’ Horizontal Slope RP + Marker Stake Intervisible and 50’ Grade Breaks & 25’ 0.1’ Vertical & Hori-zontal Fence RP + Marker Stake 200’ on tangents, 50’ on curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’ N/A ( constant off-set) 0.1’ Horizontal Rough Grade Cuts or Fills 10 m (33’) RP + Marker Stake 50’ N/A 0.1’ Vertical & Hori-zontal Final Grade (in-cludes top of: Basement soil, subbase and base) RP + Marker Stake, Blue-top in grad-ing area 50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’ 22’ 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Asphalt Pave-ment Finish Course RP, paint on previous course 25’ or as per the intersection grid points shown on the plan whichever provides the denser information edge of pave-ment, paving pass width, crown line & grade breaks 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Drainage Struc-tures, Pipes & similar Facili-ties, RP + Marker Stake intervisible & 25’, beginning and end, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Curb RP + Marker Stake 25’, BC & EC, at ¼, ½ & ¾ on curb returns & at beginning & end ( constant off-set) 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Traffic Signal Vertical locations shall be based on the ulti-mate elevation of curb and sidewalk Signal Poles & Controller RP + Marker Stake at each pole & controller location as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Junction Box RP + Marker Stake at each junction box location as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Conduit RP + Marker Stake 50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’ or where grade 0.30% as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & when depth cannot be measured from exist- ing pavement 1/4” Vertical Minor Structure RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of box & wings & at each end of the local depression as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical (when vertical data needed) - - - - - - - - I I I I - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 77 of 442 Feature Staked Stake De-scription Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spac-ing, Lateral Spac-ing , Setting Tolerance (Within) Abutment Fill RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake 50’ & along end slopes & conic transitions as appropriate 0.1’ Vertical & Hori-zontal Wall RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake 50’ and at beginning & end of: each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, changes in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall height as appropriate 1/4” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Major Structure Footings, Bents, Abut-ments & Wingwalls RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake 10’ to 33’ as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Superstruc-tures RP 10’ to 33’ sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Miscellaneous Contour Grad-ing RP + Marker Stake 50’ along contour line 0.1’ Vertical & Hori-zontal Utilities , RP + Marker Stake 50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’ or where grade 0.30% as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Channels, Dikes & Ditches RP + Marker Stake intervisible & 100’, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Signs RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake At sign location Line point 0.1’ Vertical & Hori-zontal Subsurface Drains RP + Marker Stake intervisible & 50’, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar fa-cilities as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Overside Drains RP + Marker Stake longitudinal location At beginning & end 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Markers RP + Marker Stake for asphalt street surfacing 50’ on tan-gents & curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’. At marker lo-cation(s) 1/4” Horizontal Railings & Bar-riers RP + Marker Stake At beginning & end and 50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’ at railing & barrier loca-tion(s) 3/8” Horizontal & Verti-cal AC Dikes RP + Marker Stake At beginning & end as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & Ver-tical Box Culverts 10’ to 33’ as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Pavement Markers RP 200’ on tangents, 50’ on curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’. For PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints will suffice at pavement marker loca-tion(s) 1/4” Horizontal Staking for feature may be omitted when adjacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table Perpendicular to centerline. Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. means less than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. - - - - - - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 78 of 442 The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit. All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(B) TABLE 2-9.2.2(B) Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking Type of Stake Description Color* Horizontal Control Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, center- line, alignments, etc. White/Red Vertical Control Bench marks White/Or- ange Clearing Limits of clearing Yellow/Black Grading Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, fi-nal grade, etc. Yellow Structure Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. White Drainage, Sewer, Curb Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc. Blue Right-of-Way Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. White/Yel- low Miscellaneous Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Orange * Flagging and marking cards, if used. 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compen- sation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the re-placement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, in- cluding filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the qual- ity and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the fin- ished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all mat- ters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instruc- tions from the Engineer or an authorized representative. -- - - - - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 79 of 442 The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; accepta-bility of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. 2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. 2-10.2 Audit and Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engi-neer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s and its subcontractors’ performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Con-tractor’s staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal busi-ness hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relat-ing to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor’s ongoing business operations. Con- tractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Con-tractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized rep-resentatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 80 of 442 SECTION 3 – CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the inter-ests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as grant- ing a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Con- tractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are in- volved, shall provide for the Contractor’s signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment. 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in con- formance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2 or 3- 2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4. 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work cov-ered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 per-cent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 81 of 442 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifica- tions, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Con- tract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contrac-tor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise spec- ified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.4.1 Schedule of Values. Prior to construction, Contractor shall provide a schedule of values for all lump sum bid items that shall be used for the purpose of progress payments. The prices shall be valid for the purpose of change orders to the project. 3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notifi- cation in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material cannot be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as “extra work” when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 82 of 442 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers com-pensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equip-ment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Sec-tion 3-3.2.3 (a). (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. (c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates” pub-lished by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of- way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all inci- dentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Con-tractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer’s ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating rec-ommended by the manufacturer. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 83 of 442 (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Con-tractor or Subcontractors. Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment. (e) Invoices. Vendors’ invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor …………………………..…. 20 2) Materials .………………………… 15 3) Equipment Rental ………………. 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures … 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Sub-contractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcon-tracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting doc-uments to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 84 of 442 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the fol-lowing Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discov- ery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being per- formed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect perfor-mance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor’s failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the hap-pening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor’s failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the par-ticular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor be-lieves additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 85 of 442 “The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further under- stands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in re- sponse to the City’s proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered.” By: ___________________________________ Title: ______________________________ Date: _________________________________ Company Name: ______________________________________________________________ The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim sub- sequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection 4. City Engineer 5. City Manager The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor’s report and respond with a position, request additional information or re- quest that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor’s presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level’s position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a reso-lution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 86 of 442 All claims by the Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204, which is set forth below: 9204. (a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is in the best interests of the state and its citizens to ensure that all construction business performed on a public works project in the state that is complete and not in dispute is paid in full and in a timely manner. (b) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not limited to, Article 7.1 (commencing with Sec- tion 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2, Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 19100) of Part 2, and Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3, this section shall apply to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project. (c) For purposes of this section: (1) “Claim” means a separate demand by a contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following: (A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project. (B) Payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity. (2) “Contractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who has entered into a direct contract with a public entity for a public works project. (3) (A) “Public entity” means, without limitation, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a state agency, department, office, division, bureau, board, or commission, the California State Univer- sity, the University of California, a city, including a charter city, county, including a charter county, city and county, including a charter city and county, district, special district, public authority, polit- ical subdivision, public corporation, or nonprofit transit corporation wholly owned by a public agency and formed to carry out the purposes of the public agency. (B) “Public entity” shall not include the following: (i) The Department of Water Resources as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (ii) The Department of Transportation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iii) The Department of Parks and Recreation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that de- partment. (iv) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation with respect to any project under its juris-diction pursuant to Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 7000) of Title 7 of Part 3 of the Penal Code. (v) The Military Department as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (vi) The Department of General Services as to all other projects. (vii) The High-Speed Rail Authority. (4) “Public works project” means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind. (5) “Subcontractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct contract with a contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor. (d) (1) (A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 87 of 442 what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision. (B) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the gov- erning body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion. (D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply. (2) (A) If the claimant disputes the public entity’s written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dis-pute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for set-tlement of the dispute. (B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section. (C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section. (D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced. (E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under pri-vate arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties’ dispute. (3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the public entity’s failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. (4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 88 of 442 (5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may re- quest in writing, either on his or her own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be pre- sented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. (e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any public works project that may give rise to a claim under this section. (f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section. (g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017. (h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its con-tractual obligations. (i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that date. In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 89 of 442 claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifica- tions for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (com-mencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 90 of 442 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims sub-ject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time re-quirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Proce- dure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators ap- pointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a differ-ent division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undis-puted except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 91 of 442 SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the gener-ally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer’s approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be con- sidered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so di-rected by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable no-tice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Spec- ifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Con-tractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency’s consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be neces-sary for the completion of the Contract. 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrica-tion, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations. Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are accepta- ble upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to in- spection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 92 of 442 regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be nec-essary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to pur- chase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles out-side the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equip-ment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its ex- pense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engi-neer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor’s responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the require- ments indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after im- proper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor’s expense. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 93 of 442 Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made nec-essary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifica-tions and accept the manufacturer’s written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any mate-rial, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durabil-ity, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its in- tended function. Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer’s findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, ap- pearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for propor- tioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 94 of 442 The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regula- tions pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to oper- ation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency. All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator’s platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other oper-ating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pres- sure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain-measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Cal- ibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Mod-ified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials’ tests, as de-fined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The inves- tigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional in-formation in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the co-operative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach res- olution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written noti-fication of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by com-mittee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient’s agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledge-ment, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Con-tractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the coop-erative investigation and will re-consider all available information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the committee may May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 95 of 442 provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall continue to full conclusion unless: 1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acceptable resolution mechanism; or 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the inves- tigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertain- ing to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency’s boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engi- neer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 96 of 442 SECTION 5 – UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known rec-ords, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utili-ties indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, tele-phone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every prop- erty parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Under- ground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the sup-port of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1. Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 97 of 442 Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic pro- tection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the proce-dures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering por-tions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as “abandoned” or “to be abandoned in place”. Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements be- fore commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for man- hole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 402-4, 2018 Edition, and the supplements thereto. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and prop- erty line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of Section 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect in-terfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer’s approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 98 of 442 Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor’s convenience and no additional compensa-tion will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the tempo- rary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately fol- lowing the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time avail- able for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Sec-tion 5-1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unrea-sonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not iden- tified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or altera- tions not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor’s actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. The city hall facility will remain open during construction. At a minimum, one point of access must be maintained at all times with regards to pedestrians entering the buildings and parking. Con-tractor must coordinate and submit a phasing plan for approval with city staff prior to commencing construction. Phasing plan and all related work shall be considered part of mobilization bid item and no extra payment will be made for preparing, revising, or implementing a phasing plan for this project. See Section 6-2.1 Order of Work for additional phasing. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 99 of 442 SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as other- wise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within 10 calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor’s man-agement personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor’s responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor’s attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the precon- struction meeting. 6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Base-line Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. 6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities re- quired to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and se-quencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule. 6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described. 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows 2000 compatible “Suretrak” program by Primavera or “Project” program by Microsoft May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 100 of 442 Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contrac-tor shall submit to the Agency a CD-ROM data disk with all network information contained thereon, in a format readable by a Microsoft Windows 2000 system. The Agency will use a “Suretrak”, “Project” or equal software program for review of the Contractor’s schedule. Should the Contrac-tor elect to use a scheduling program other than the “Suretrak” program by Primavera or “Project” program by Microsoft Corporation the Contractor shall provide the Engineer three copies of the substituted program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32 class hours of on-site training by the program publisher for up to eight Agency staff members. The classes shall be presented on Mondays through Thursdays, inclusive, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The on-site training shall be held at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California. The dates and times of the on-site training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval five working days before the start of the on-site training. The on-site training shall be completed prior to the submittal of the first Baseline Construction Schedule. 6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activi- ties, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project mile-stones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor’s plan for project execution, to accu- rately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity’s description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. 6-1.2.6 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. 6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity’s construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Section 6-4. 6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor’s plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline Con- struction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contrac-tor’s proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency’s acceptance of a shortened du- ration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 101 of 442 6-1.2.10 Engineer’s Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer’s determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contrac- tor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition prece- dent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engi- neer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer’s determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental pro- visions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construc-tion Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1.2.10.3. 6-1.2.10.1 “Accepted.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.2 “Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.3 “Not Accepted.” The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the cor-rections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked “Accepted” or “Accepted with Comments” by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked “Accepted” by the Engineer. 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity’s schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of Sections 6- 1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. 6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed dur- ing the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a CD-ROM, labeled with the project name and number, the Contractor’s name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk. The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1.2.4 “Schedule Software” and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 102 of 442 6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 6-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor’s change orders. 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked “Accepted with Comments” or “Not Accepted” by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resub- mittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer re- turning a monthly updated construction schedule marked “Not Accepted”. 6-1.4.1 “Accepted.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.2 “Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments prior to receipt of payment per Sec- tion 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.3 “Not Accepted.” The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked “Accepted” by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor’s responsibility. 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent “Accepted” Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the “Accepted” schedule. 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substan- tially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 103 of 442 and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this section “substantially different” means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project. 6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor’s Final Sched-ule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revi-sions and 6-1. 4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the final schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 9-3.2. 6-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor’s preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no sepa-rate payment will be made therefore. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore street and other work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability. 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes demolition and construc-tion operations within an active public space. The Contractor is responsible to coordinate and maintain safe access and accessibility to all available City facilities at all times during construction. For this purpose, the Contractor must submit to the Engineer, a phasing action plan that manages and minimizes disruption to the public and City employees. Contractor to provide a safe means of accessible egress throughout the site for the duration of the Construction Contract. Submit phasing action plan(s) for review and approval by the Engineer Prior to performing work. Phasing plan and all related work shall be considered part of mobilization bid item and no extra payment will be made for preparing, revising, or implementing a phasing plan for this project. 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of bi-weekly Project Meetings. The Contractor’s Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project Rep- May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 104 of 442 resentative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, “The Contractor’s Representa-tive”. No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor’s Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor’s employee at these meetings will be made. 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engi-neer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of ar- chaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency’s interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board’s opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board’s consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor. If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor’s place in all respects for that part and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the prem- ises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 105 of 442 such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Con-tractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law. 6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own dis-cretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contrac-tor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor’s inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor’s operations and the approved construction schedule. If delays beyond the Contractor’s control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Con- tractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as pro- vided in Section 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor’s control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 106 of 442 shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classi- fication of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor’s opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reason- able means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Con- tractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Con- tract for such portion. The time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in (working days). The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 145 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. Saturday, 2. Sunday, 3. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 4. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor associa- tion, 5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1, 6. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work out- side said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work. The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each work-ing day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indi-cate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 107 of 442 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor’s written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is com-pleted and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or perma-nent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engi-neer’s judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the Board’s acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a “Notice of Completion” to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor’s sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6- 6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of five hundred dollars ($500). Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $500 per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the im- provement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials. In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any com- pleted facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 108 of 442 SECTION 7 – RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with ap- plicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agree- ment on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. The Contractor’s attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes respon- sibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the re- maining provisions of the Labor Code. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the Public Works Contract. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid. 7-4 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: “I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to un-dertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.” May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 109 of 442 The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers’ Com- pensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contrac- tor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compen-sation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all per- mits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its pres- ence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or com-munication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint ven-ture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor’s representative, superintendent, or person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 110 of 442 The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others. the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for dam- ages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility compa- nies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No addi- tional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self- loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incom-plete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed imme-diately and the area cleaned. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer’s cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Con-tractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole dis- cretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 111 of 442 control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Con- tract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of em-ployees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sew- age shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. 7-8.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs). Add the following: The Contractor shall comply with the City SWPPP Manual for Construction BMP’s (2016 Edition) for a Tier 2 SWPPP and with the Erosion Control Plans (Sheets 15-19) for this project. 7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 112 of 442 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installa-tions, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relo-cated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5. Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor’s operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered with suitable mulch. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor’s operations shall cause no unnecessary inconven-ience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise author- ized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: fire hydrants; commercial and industrial establishments; churches, schools and parking lots; service stations and motels; hospitals; police and fire stations; and establishments of similar nature. Ac- cess to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian cross- ings of the Work at intervals not exceeding 90 m (300 feet), shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. If backfill has been completed to the extent that safe access may be provided, and the street is opened to local traffic, the Contractor shall immediately clear the street and driveways and provide and maintain access. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 113 of 442 The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services. Grading operations, roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonably satisfactory surface for traffic. When rough grading is com- pleted, the roadbed surface shall be brought to a smooth, even condition satisfactory for traffic. Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be performed in only one-half the roadway at one time. One half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If one-half a street only is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling the City’s contracted waste disposal com-pany, Coast Waste Management at 929-9417. During overlay operations, the Contractors schedule for overlay application shall be designated to provide residents and business owners whose streets are to be overlaid sufficient paved park- ing within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects ve- hicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the af-fected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor’s permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief descrip- tion of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and du-rability to 65 lb. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An exam- ple of such notice is provided in Appendix “A”. In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 72 hours in advance of the work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 72 hours in ad- vance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed and re-posted 72 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional com-pensation for printing and distributing these notices. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 114 of 442 The contractor shall replace all street markings and striping damaged by construction activities. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements. 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 days after unloading. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored else- where by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equip- ment may be authorized by the Engineer. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers, guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The Con-tractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon com- pletion of the Work. After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring, partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall notify the following: 1) The Engineer.................................................................................. 760-602-2720 2) Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch ............................................... 760-931-2197 3) Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch ............................................ 760-931-2197 4) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance (extension 2937) ................. 760-438-2980 5) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations ............................................... 760-602-2752 6) North County Transit District ........................................................... 760-967-2828 7) Waste Management ....................................................................... 760-929-9400 The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing any traffic control that affects bus stops. The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit, with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering “signs” as set forth in the Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also apply to the street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required. All costs involved shall be included in the Bid. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 115 of 442 Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and these provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delin- eation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater. 7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and con- trol devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of Section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.1.et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb mark- ing shall conform to the provisions of Section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Section 210-1.6 for materials and Section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Con-tractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Con-tractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be re-moved from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the trav-eled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in Section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS “Standard Specifications”, except the sleeves shall be 7” long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, in- cluding any Section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor’s vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 6’ of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equip- ment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25’ intervals to a point not less than 25’ past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. During the entire construction, a minimum of one paved traffic lanes, not less than 12’ wide, shall be open for use by public traffic in each direction of travel. 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, California May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 116 of 442 Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Provisions. The pro- visions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such addi- tional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. 7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in the latest California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pave- ment delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pave- ment delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement deline-ation shall be removed by grinding. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose mate-rial. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When tem- porary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. 7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all construction activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer’s review in conformance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the Engineer’s approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20-day re- view period specified in Section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 117 of 442 submittal of TCP, new, modified or added to, for the Engineer’s review. New or revised TCP sub-mittals shall include all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the traveled surface differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. Such modifications, supple- ments and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and the latest Cal-ifornia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control as published by CALTRANS. Such modification, addi- tion, supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engi- neer appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP when, in the Engineer’s sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, ad- dition, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supple-ments, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3 Shop Draw- ings and Submittals. 7-10.3.7 Payment. The Contractor shall prepare and implement traffic control plans and shall furnish all labor and materials to perform, install, maintain, replace and remove all traffic control as incidentals to the work with which they are associated and no other compensation will be allowed therefore. 7-10.4 Safety. 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers’ protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Con- tractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are pro-vided or required by law. 7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 118 of 442 The Engineer’s approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Ma-terial Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe condi-tions. 7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces. (a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, admin-istering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158, Title 8, CCR. Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and con- tain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Training of personnel 2. Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue 3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow 4. Controlled access to the space 5. Atmospheric testing of the space 6. Ventilation of the space 7. Special hazards consideration 8. Personal protective equipment 9. Rescue plan provisions The Contractor’s submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor per-sonnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP. (b) Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, CCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit-required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit-required con-fined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and Agency personnel at the Work site. (c) Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and person- nel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 119 of 442 7-10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringe- ment of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer’s approval. Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and Na-tional laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: “In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the par-ties.” May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 120 of 442 SECTION 9 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from meas-urements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sec- tions involved. 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with dupli-cate licensed weighmaster’s certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Stand- ard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated “Lump Sum”, “L.S.”, or “Job”, shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accord-ance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 121 of 442 Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor’s request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precau-tions which are the Contractor’s responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably ex-pected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of owner-ship shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially com-pleted work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6-10. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of re-cordation of the “Notice of Completion.” If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor’s failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with appli- cable laws. At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as pre- scribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency’s payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor’s information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 122 of 442 with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engi- neer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If pay- ment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from re-maining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liqui- dated damages under 6-9. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substi- tute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corre- sponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Esti- mate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjust-ments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 123 of 442 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written state- ment required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed Condi- tions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Re- port, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor’s claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or con-tentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications, and subject to the limitation and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. The Contract lump-sum price paid for mobilization shall not exceed twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000), and includes full compensation for fur-nishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and in-cidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities neces-sary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 124 of 442 For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed therefore. 9-4 BID ITEMS. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made at the quantity and type as listed in the Contractor's Proposal. All work shown or mentioned on the plans, in the Contract Documents, General Provisions, or Technical Provisions/Specifications shall be considered as included in the Bid Items. Contractor must protect existing utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation sys- tems, and vegetation in place. If damaged during the work, Contractor is responsible to repair or replace any utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation at his ex- pense. A-1 – A-6 (DEMOLITION) Mobilization (Bid Item No. A-1) Lump Sum The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall be in accordance with Section 9-3.4, “Mobilization,” of these special provisions and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Storm Water Pollution Control and Erosion Control (Bid Item No. A-2) Lump Sum The contract lump sum price for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to meet storm water requirements with best management practices (BMPs) and erosion control measures as outlined in the City of Carlsbad BMP Manual for Construction Activities (2016 Edition), and in accordance with the plans (Sheets 15 – 19). This item includes, but is not limited to, implementa-tion, maintenance, management and compliance of erosion control activities per the plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Clearing and Grubbing (Bid Item No. A-3) Lump Sum The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to perform clearing and grubbing, including all the operations and requirements in accordance with the Sec-tion 300-1, the plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Demolish, Removal, and Disposal of Concrete, Hardscape, Masonry Canopy, Trees and Palms (Bid Item Nos. A-4 – A-6) Square Feet and Each The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to demolish, re-move, and dispose of concrete, hardscape, masonry canopy, trees, and palms, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, as determined by Engineer, plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. A-7 – A-8 (MINOR GRADING) Grading, Excavate and Export Materials (Bid Item Nos. A-7 – A-8) Square Feet and Cubic Yard The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to perform Unclas- sified Excavation operation, including excavation, importing, exporting, disposal, placement, wa- tering, dust control, subdrains, benching and compaction in accordance with the Section 300, the plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 125 of 442 A-9 – A-34 (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION) Construct PCC Sidewalk per SDRSD G-7 (Bid Items A-9 – A-10) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for these bid items shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install PCC sidewalk and enhanced PCC sidewalk, of the thickness indicated on plans, per San Diego Regional Standard Drawing G-7 in accordance with the plans and contract documents Section 303. This includes, but is not limited to, joints, surveying, transitions, excavation, forming, base material, compaction, and sawcutting. Enhanced PCC concrete shown on plans in court- yard and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct PCC Stairs with Check Wall and Handrails (Bid Item A-11) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install PCC complete stairs with check wall and handrails, as indicated on plans, in accordance with the plans and contract documents Section 303. This includes, but is not limited to, joints, surveying, transitions, excavation, forming, base material, compaction, and sawcutting and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct New AC Pavement and Class 2 AB (Bid Items A-12, A-14, and A-15) Square Feet and Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to construct asphalt concrete paving and Class 2 aggregate base, including existing pavement preparation, trench resurfacing, subgrade preparation, placement, compaction and finishing roadway in accordance with the Section 301, 302, 200-1 and 203, as determined by Engineer, the plans and contract documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Cold Milling (Plane) AC Pavement (Bid Item A-13) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to Cold Mill AC Pavement, of the thickness indicated on plans, including move-ons, sweeping, hauling, disposal and disposal fees, in accordance with Section 404 of the Standard Specifications, plans and con- tract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct 10-inch PCC Curb and Gutter per SDRSD (Bid Item A-16) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install modified 10-inch PCC Curb and Gutter (Type G) per G-1 and G-2 in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, surveying, transitions, excavation, forming, base material, compaction, sawcutting, and removing and replacing pavement adjacent to curb and gutter. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Install Water Meter Service and Box (Bid Item A-17) Each The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to install water meter service and box (size as indicated on plans) in accordance with the Standard Specifications, the details on the plans, City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings W-3 and W-4, and the contract documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct Signing and Striping (Bid Item A-18) Lump Sum The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to construct permanent traffic signage, striping and pavement markings in accordance with Sections 210, 214, 310, and 312 of the Standard Specifications, the details on the plans, San Diego Regional Standard Drawings, Caltrans Standard Plans, Caltrans Standard Specifications and the contract documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. This item May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 126 of 442 includes, but is not limited to layout, sign foundations, sign poles, special equipment, pollution controls and traffic controls required to install traffic signing and striping. Metal Edging (Bid Item A-19) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install metal edging, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct Seatwall (Bid Item No. A-20) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install seatwall, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Repair, Replace, and Relocation Wood Header (Bid Item A-21) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to repair, replace, dispose, and relocate wood header as determined by Engineer, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct 6-inch PCC Curb and Gutter per SDRSD (Bid Item A-22) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install 6-inch PCC Curb and Gutter (Type G) per San Diego Regional Standard Drawing G-1 and G-2 in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, surveying, transitions, excavation, forming, base material, compaction, sawcutting, and removing and re-placing pavement adjacent to curb and gutter. No additional compensation will be allowed there- for. Construct PCC Rolled Gutter per SDRSD G-4 (Bid Item A-23) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install PCC rolled gutter (Type G) per San Diego Regional Standard Drawing G-4 in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, surveying, transitions, ex- cavation, forming, base material, compaction, sawcutting, and removing and replacing pavement adjacent to curb and gutter. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct PCC Mow Curb (6-inch wide) (Bid Item A-24) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install 6-inch PCC mow in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, surveying, transitions, excavation, forming, base material, compaction, sawcutting, and removing and replacing pavement adjacent to curb and gutter. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct PCC Cross Gutter (Bid Item A-25) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install PCC cross gutter, of the thickness indicated on plans, in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, joints, surveying, transitions, excavation, forming, base material, compaction, and sawcutting. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Remove and Relocate Existing Flagpole (Bid Item No. A-26) Each The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to remove and relocate existing flagpole, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 127 of 442 documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. This includes, but is not lim-ited to, removal of old foundation and construction of new for relocated flagpole. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct 18-inch PCC Walls at Main Entry Stairway (Bid Item A-27) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install PCC walls at main entry stairway, in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, joints, surveying, transitions, excavation, forming, base material, compaction, and sawcutting. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Install Cobblestone River Rock (Bid Item A-28) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to install cobblestone river rock, of the type and class indicated on plans, and the contract docu-ments and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. This includes, but is not limited to, surveying, excavation, forming, backfill, reinforcing, base material, bedding and compaction. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Install Cable Railing Guardrail (Bid Item A-29) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to install cable railing guard rail, of the type indicated on plans, and the contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. This includes, but is not limited to, surveying, excavation, forming, backfill, reinforcing, base material, bedding and compaction. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Repair, Replace, Dispose and Relocation of Ceiling Canopy, Canvas Awnings, and Building Facia Cap (Bid Items A-30 – A-34) Each and Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to repair, replace, dispose, and relocate the canvas awnings, overhead masonry ceiling canopy, and building facia cap, as determined by Engineer, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and con- tract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. A-35 – A-43 (LIGHTING) Furnish and Install New Parking Light Fixtures (Bid Item A-35) Each The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to furnish and install new parking light fixtures as determined by Engineer, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Furnish and Install New Wall Sconce Fixtures and Direction Fixtures (Bid Item A-36) Each The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to furnish and install new wall sconce fixtures and direction fixtures as determined by Engineer, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Trenching and Trench Resurfacing for Lighting (Bid Items A-37 – A-38) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to construct and remove asphalt concrete paving for lighting installation and repairs, including existing pavement preparation, trench resurfacing, subgrade preparation, placement, compaction and finishing road- way in accordance with the Section 301, 302, 200-1 and 203, the plans and contract documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 128 of 442 Install Lighting Conduit and Wire (Bid Item A-39) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to furnish and install new lighting conduit and wiring as determined by Engineer, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Install Panel Controls (Bid Item A-40) Lump Sum The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to furnish and install new lighting installation panel controls as determined by Engineer, in accord-ance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional compen- sation will be allowed therefor. Remove, Relocation, and Installation of Access Devices and Speakers (Bid Item A-41) Lump Sum The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to furnish, install, remove, and relocate access devices and speakers as determined by Engineer, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Install Data Conduit Below Grade (Bid Item A-42) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to furnish and install data conduit below grade as determined by Engineer, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Demolition, Clean Up and Repair of Building from Lighting Installations (Bid Item A-43) Lump Sum The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for demolition, clean up and repair building from lighting installations as determined by Engineer, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. A-44 – A-49 (IRRIGATION) Construct Irrigation System (Bid Items A-44 – A-48) Square Feet and Each The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to construct, modify, and install landscaping irrigation system as determined by Engineer, in ac-cordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional com- pensation will be allowed therefor. A-49 – A-57 (PLANTING AND LANDSCAPING) Construct Landscaping (Bid Items A-49 – A-57) Square Feet, Each, Cubic Yard and Lump Sum The contract unit and lump sum prices paid for these bid items shall constitute full compensation for all work required to construct, maintain, modify, and install landscaping soil, materials, and devices as determined by Engineer, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 129 of 442 B1 – B-17 (NORTH WEST QUADRANT STROM DRAIN IMPROVEMENTS) Clearing and Grubbing (Bid Item B-1) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to perform clearing and grubbing, including tree removal, concrete demolition, removal and disposal for storm drain installation, all the operations and requirements in accordance with the Section 300-1, as deter- mined by Engineer, the plans and contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. AC Pavement Removal (Bid Item B-2) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to construct and remove asphalt concrete paving for storm drain installation and repairs, including existing pave- ment preparation, trench resurfacing, subgrade preparation, placement, compaction and finishing roadway in accordance with the Section 301, 302, 200-1 and 203, as determined by Engineer, the plans and contract documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct 18 and 24 RCP (Bid Items B-3 – B-4) Linear Feet The contract unit prices paid for these bid items shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install the RCP, of the D-load indicated, with watertight joints joints, in accordance with Green Book Section 207-2 and 306-1, as determined by Engineer, the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, surveying, locating utilities, connections plugs and caps, flared end sections, fittings, adapters, bends, excavation, spoil disposal, trenching, dewatering, trench plates, shoring and bracing, bedding, backfill, compaction, resurfacing, AC paving, aggregate base, crushed rock, compacted fill, replacing pavement markings and striping. No additional com-pensation will be allowed therefor. Construct Storm Drain Cleanout Type A-4, Type G, Type F (Bid Items B-5 – B-7) Each The contract unit price paid for these bid items shall constitute full compensation for all work required to construct Storm Drain Cleanout Type indicated in accordance with Section 303-1, as determined by Engineer, the details on the plans and San Diego Regional Standard Drawing D-7, D-8, and D-9, and the contract documents and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. This includes, but is not limited to, surveying, extension of existing pipe if necessary, making connections, excavation, forming, shoring, backfill, base material, compaction, sawcut-ting, removing and replacing pavement adjacent to drainage structure, painting “No Dumping” stencil per Appendix C, and removing and replacing curb, gutter and paving. No additional com-pensation will be allowed therefor. Construct New AC Pavement and Class 2 AB (4/4-inch) (Bid Item B-8 and B-11) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to construct asphalt concrete paving and Class 2 aggregate base, including existing pavement preparation, trench resurfacing, subgrade preparation, placement, compaction and finishing roadway in accordance with the Section 301, 302, 200-1 and 203, as determined by Engineer, the plans and contract documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct AC Pavement Slurry (Bid Item B-9) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to construct asphalt concrete paving, including existing pavement preparation, subgrade preparation, placement, compaction and finishing roadway in accordance with the Section 302 and 203, as determined by Engineer, the plans and contract documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 130 of 442 Construct Signing and Striping (Bid Item B-10) Linear Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to construct permanent traffic signage, striping and pavement markings, as determined by Engi- neer, in accordance with Sections 210, 214, 310, and 312 of the Standard Specifications, the details on the plans, San Diego Regional Standard Drawings, Caltrans Standard Plans, Caltrans Standard Specifications and the contract documents, and no additional compensation will be al- lowed therefor. This item includes, but is not limited to layout, sign foundations, sign poles, special equipment, pollution controls and traffic controls required to install traffic signing and striping. Construct New AC Cross Gutter (Bid Item B-12) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to construct new asphalt concrete cross gutter, of the thickness indicated on plans, including existing pavement preparation, trench resurfacing, subgrade preparation, placement, compaction and finishing road-way, as determined by Engineer, in accordance with the Section 302 and 203, the plans and contract documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Construct PCC Sidewalk per SDRSD G-7 (Bid Item B-13) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for these bid items shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install PCC Sidewalk, of the thickness indicated on plans, per San Diego Regional Standard Drawing G-7, as determined by Engineer, in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, joints, surveying, transitions, excavation, forming, base mate-rial, compaction, and sawcutting. No additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Repair and Construct Miscellaneous Irrigation and Planting Areas (Bid Item B-14) Square Feet The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all work required to construct, repair or modify landscaping irrigation system during storm drain installation, as de-termined by Engineer, in accordance with Section 800 of the Standard Specifications, the details on the plans, San Diego Regional Standard Drawings, and the contract documents, and no addi- tional compensation will be allowed therefor. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 131 of 442 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS 200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS Add the following section: 200-1.7 Permeable Material. Permeable material shall consist of hard, durable, clean sand, gravel, or crushed stone, and shall be free from organic material, clay balls, or other deleterious substances. Class 1 and Class 2 permeable material shall have a Durability Index of not less than 40. Class 2 Permeable material shall have a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 75. Class 1 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.7(A). Class 2 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200- 1.7(B). When permeable material is required and the class or kind is not specified, Class 1 per- meable material shall be used. The alternative gradings within Class 1 permeable material are identified by types. Unless otherwise shown on the plans the Contractor will be permitted to fur- nish and place any one of the types provided for this class. The percentage composition by mass of permeable material in place shall conform to the gradings in Tables 200-1.7(A) and 200-1.7(B). TABLE 200-1.7(A) CLASS 1 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Percentage Passing Sieve Sizes Type A Type B 50-mm (2”) --- 100 37.5-mm (11/2”) --- 95-100 19-mm (3/4”) 100 50-100 12.5-mm (1/2”) 95-100 --- 9.5-mm (3/8”) 70-100 15-55 4.75-mm (No. 4) 0-55 0-25 2.36-mm (No. 8) 0-10 0-5 75-µm (no. 200) 0-3 0-3 TABLE 200-1.7(B) CLASS 2 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing 25-mm (1”) 100 19-mm (3/4”) 90-100 9.5-mm (3/8”) 40-100 4.75-mm (No. 4) 25-40 2.36-mm (No. 8) 18-33 600-µm (No. 30) 5-15 300-µm (No. 50) 0-7 75-µm (no. 200) 0-3 I May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 132 of 442 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 200-2.1 General. Add the following: Aggregate base shall be Crushed Aggregate Base per Greenbook Section 200-2 and as specified herein. 200-2.2 Crushed Aggregate Base. Add the following: Crushed Aggregate Base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before tests are performed. Samples for testing shall represent every 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller. If the results of the aggregate grading tests do not meet the requirements for Percentage Passing Sieve as specified in Table 200-2.2.2 but meet the Quality Requirements as specified in Table 200-2.2.3, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, another day's work may not be started until test results indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements specified for Percentage Passing Sieve. If the results of both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the require-ments of Section 200-2.2, the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be re- moved. However, if requested by the Contractor, and approved at the sole discretion of the Engi- neer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $50 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any mon- eys due, or that may be come due, to the Contractor under the contract. 200-2.3 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from or-ganic matter and other deleterious substances and shall be of such nature that it can be com-pacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include ma-terial processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials. Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's written approval. GGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS Percentage Passing 11/2" Maximum 3/4" Maximum __________________ _____________________ Operating Operating Sieve Sizes Range Range 2" ................................. 100 — 11/2" ............................ 90-100 — 1" ................................. — 100 3/4" .............................. 50-85 90-100 No. 4 ............................ 25-45 35-60 No. 30 ........................... 10-25 10-30 No. 200 ........................ 2-9 2-9 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 133 of 442 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Operating Tests Range Resistance (R-value) 78 Min. Sand Equivalent 25 Min. Durability Index 35 Min. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the Dura-bility Index test is performed. If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for “Operating Range” but meet the “Contract Compliance” requirements, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, an-other day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements spec-ified for “Operating Range.” If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for “Contract Compliance,” the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the En-gineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate grad-ing and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the “Contract Compliance” requirements, only one adjustment shall apply. No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller. SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) Add the following: TABLE 201-1.1.2 (3) PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Type of Construction Concrete Maximum Class Slump mm (Inches) All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-Way 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) (1) (2) Trench Backfill Slurry 115-E-3 (190-E-400) 200 (8”) Street Light Foundations and Survey Monu- ments 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) 100 (4”) Traffic Signal Foundations 350-C-27 (590-C-3750) 100 (4”) Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection 310-C-17 (520-C-2500P) per Table 300-11.3.1 (1) Except that concrete required to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2 SSPWC shall be as per Table 201- 1.1.2 SSPWC. (2) As per Table 201-1.1.2 SSPWC. (3) Portions of Table 201-1.1.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction not shown herein as changed are not affected by this table. - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 134 of 442 201-1.2 Materials. 201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. (d) Air-Entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2 per- centage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504. Add the following section: 201-1.2.4(f) Integral Colored Concrete. Integral color shall consist of colored admixtures devel-oped for use in ready mixed concrete. The product shall be made of the highest quality pigments, as well as other ingredients designed to enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion, workability and finishing performance of the concrete. Integral color pigments shall meet or ex-ceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method shall be designed for concrete flatwork applications (salt finished, broom finishes, rotary finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of architec-tural concrete. Pigment shall be a permanent coloration, uniform throughout the concrete surface and interior, and shall be highly UV and fade resistant. Integral colored concrete shall be cured with QC Color Cure color matched to the concrete (see product information bulletin). Provide sample panel submittals of all colors to be used in the in- stallation on identical surfaces for approval by Resident Engineer. Contractor shall provide a maintenance schedule for integral colored concrete. Admixture for all integral colored concrete paving in medians and other integral colored concrete shall be the following: Color: Mesa Buff. Finish Acid Etch #5. Curing: Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer (or approved equal). See Section 201 of these Supplemental Provisions for Concrete Curing Materials. Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 Admixture products and procedures for installation shall be in strict accordance with the manu- facturer’s specifications and recommendations, and those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the Portland Cement Association (PCA). Add the following: 201-1.7 Miscellaneous Concrete Finishing Products. 201-1.7.1 Water Base Penetrating Sealer for Integral Colored Concrete. (Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer or approved equal) Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted and nat- ural concrete. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 135 of 442 Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted, colored and natural concrete, and other masonry surfaces to preserve the natural appearance of the ma- sonry without darkening or adding gloss to the surface. It shall preserve the natural slip resistance of the concrete, etc. Sealer shall repel spills and soils, minimizing staining and maintenance. Seal shall leave no visible material on the surface and shall be absorbed and locked into the pores of the masonry, repelling liquids and soils but leaving the top surface natural in appearance. Install per manufacturer’s directions. Seal shall be compatible with the surfaces and materials which it is applied. Concrete sealer shall conform to the following specifications: Color: Clear, non-yellowing Odor: Mild Flash Point: None (C.O.C. method) Specific Grav.: 1.03 Density: 8.6 pounds per gallon Drying Time: 30 minutes to 60 minutes Cure Time: 24 to 48 hours VOC Content: None (0 g/l) excluding water Polymer Type: Proprietary Reactive Resin System Coverages (approximate): Smooth Concrete: 300 to 400 square feet per gallon Rough Concrete: 200 to 300 square feet per gallon Note: Coverages vary depending on porosity and condition of surface and method of application. Method of: Airless sprayer. Application Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 All materials shall be furnished, prepared, applied, cured, and stored according to the product manufacturer’s direction. 201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS 201-3.4 Type “A” Sealant (Two-Part Polyurethane Sealant). Add the following: All finished concrete surfaces shall have a ½” continuous expansion joint at locations indicated on the plans and notes and shall be located either parallel to perpendicular to the curb line. When not otherwise indicated, all expansion joints located adjacent to colored concrete shall be sealant Type “A” and colored to match the color of the concrete surface. Contractor shall provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. Contractor shall submit product data from the manufacturer of each joint sealant product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. Contractor shall also submit samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer’s standard bead samples, consisting May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 136 of 442 of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. Samples shall be submitted to Engineer. Submit complete schedule of type (and location where type is to be used) of each sealant. Contractor shall engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Provide color selections made by Engineer from manufacturer’s full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. Sealant color parallel to curbline shall match color of Paving Treatment Type “A” as specified in Section 201-1.2.4(a) of these Special Provisions. Joint sealants shall be multi-component polyurethane sealant. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer’s standard, non-modified, 2-or-more-part, polyurethane-based, elastomeric sealant; complying with either ASTM-C-920-87, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, or FS TT-S 0227E Class A, non-sag, Type II. Acceptable Products: “Sonneborn NPII”; Sonneborn Building Products Division; “Scofield Litho-seal Trafficalk 3-G”, L.M. Scofield Company; or equivalent, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint sub- strates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Plastic foam joint fillers shall be preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, non- extruding strips of flexible plastic foam either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell polyeth-ylene foam, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only. Polysty- rene foam is not acceptable. 201-3.7 Type “D” Joint Sealant. Add the following: Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot- melt rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 201-3.7(A). TABLE 201-3.7(A) CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT Property Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation) Results Conditions Cone Penetration ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 3.5 mm, max. 25°C, 150 g, 5 s Flow, 60°C ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 5 mm, max. Resilience ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 25%, min. 25°C Softening Point, ASTM D 36 82 °C, min. Ductility, ASTM D 113 300 mm, min. 25°C, 50 mm/min Flash Point, COC, °C ASTM D 92 288 °C, min. Viscosity, Brookfield Thermosel, ASTM D 4402 2.5-3.5 Pa·s No. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm, 190°C, - -- -- -- -- -- -- I I I - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 137 of 442 SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. 203-6.3 Job Mix Formula (JMF) and Mix Designs. Add the following: Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-PG 64-28PM and PG 76-22PM. No more than 15% reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) shall be allowed in any asphalt concrete (AC) mix. 203-6.4.4 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of final asphalt concrete material. In addition to evaluation of the final asphalt material, samples of aggregate, RAP, and asphalt binder will be taken for testing. In case of dispute between the contractor and the Agency, the Engineer has the authority to request core samples for analysis from the placed asphalt concrete for any of the acceptance criteria, at the locations determined by the Engineer. All samples shall be taken in accordance with California Test 125, and the following table: Sampling Location Asphalt Concrete • Trucks, or • Mat behind the paver Aggregate • Cold feed belts, or • Hot bins prior to addition of asphalt binder RAP • RAP system, or • RAP feed belts Asphalt Binder • Asphalt binder supplier, or • Storage tanks at the plant during production When behind the paver or core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, suffi-cient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for the required testing. When using core samples, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results. Material samples of the asphalt concrete shall be on a lot basis. A standard lot shall be equal to one day’s production or 750 tons, whichever is smaller. The samples and testing results shall be representative of their entire sample lot. Table 203-6.4.4, design criteria, shall be modified per the following table, the gradation shall stay the same: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 138 of 442 TABLE 203-6.4.4 – MODIFIED (DESIGN CRITERIA) B C1 C2 Dense Medium Coarse Coarse Me-dium Dense Me-dium Asphalt Binder % 5.0-6.5 5.0-6.5 5.0-6.5 Hveem Stability "S Value" (min) 35 35 35 Air Voids 4% 4% 4% 203-6.8 Asphalt Concrete Storage. Replace existing section with the following: Storage of as- phalt concrete shall not be allowed. 203-6.8 Asphalt Concrete Storage. Add the following: Open graded or Gap graded asphalt con- crete stored in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 10 hours, shall not be used in the work. 203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM) WET PROCESS 203-11.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix shall be Gap Graded class ARHM-GG-C. 203-16 Polymer Modified Asphalt Concrete (PMAC). 203-16.1 General. Modify with the following: PMAC shall be the product of mixing mineral aggregate and up to 15% RAP with polymer modified paving asphalt at a central mixing plant. 203-16.3 Job Mix Formulas and Mix Designs. Add the following: Contractor shall submit for approval an asphalt concrete mix design per Greenbook Section 203- 6.3. The asphalt concrete mix design method shall be Hveem with the optimal binder content determined by California Test 367. The mix design shall conform to Greenbook Table 203-6.4.4 for gradation, and the above MODIFIED (DESIGN CRITERIA) table. 203-16.4.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Polymer modified concrete shall be class PG 64-28PM and PG 76-22PM, C2 Dense Medium, as specified on the plans and contract documents. 203-16.9 Acceptance. Modify the second and third sentences, and add the following table: The asphalt binder content shall be within +/-0.4 percent of that shown on the respective job mix formula or mix design. In addition, air voids will also be used as an acceptance criteria. Air voids shall be 4% +/- 2%. 1~ I 7 r - ~ I -t--- I J t-- I L- May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 139 of 442 MODIFIED ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA B C1 C2 Dense Medium Coarse Coarse Me- dium Dense Me- dium Asphalt Binder % Optimum Binder Content +/- 0.4% Hveem Stability "S Value" (min) 35 35 35 Air Voids 4% +/- 2% 4% +/- 2% 4% +/- 2% Add the following: Material samples of the asphalt concrete shall be on a lot basis. A standard lot shall be equal to one day’s production or 750 tons, whichever is smaller. The samples and testing results shall be representative of their entire sample lot. SECTION 204 - LUMBER AND TREATMENT WITH PRESERVATIVES 204-1 LUMBER AND PLYWOOD TABLE 204-1.2 add the following: TABLE 204-1.2 USES GRADES Headers for bituminous pavement up to 50 mm x 100 mm (2”x4”) Construction grade Redwood or preserva-tive treated construction grade Douglas Fir Headers for bituminous pavement larger than 50 mm x 100 mm (2”x4”) Number 1 grade Redwood, or preservative treated number 1 grade Douglas Fir SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS Add the following section: 206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS. 206-7.1 Roadside Signs. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing roadside signs in accordance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the ser-viceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and alumi-num marks. 206-7.1.2 Sign Identification. The following notation shall be placed on the lower right side of the back of each sign where the notation shall not be blocked by the sign post or frame: 1~ r I -I ~ I ,-- I ~ L I I I J May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 140 of 442 A. PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, B. Name of the sign manufacturer, C. Month and year of fabrication, D. Type of retroreflective sheeting, and E. Manufacturer’s identification and lot number of retroreflective sheeting. The above notation shall be applied directly to the aluminum sign panels in 1/4-inch upper case letters and numerals by die-stamp and applied by similar method to the fiberglass reinforced plas- tic signs. Painting, screening, or engraving of the notation will not be allowed. The notation shall be applied without damaging the finish of the sign. 206-7.1.3 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manu-facture of the sign(s) or the date of the “Notice to Proceed” of this contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Desig-nation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.1.5 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designa- tion B449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coat- ing shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication. 206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold- rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45 or, when the sign area exceeds the maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the parameters in SDRS drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be pro-vided with back braces and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used. 206-7.1.6 Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be constructed of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45. 206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the Contractor’s performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and porta-ble signs. 206-7.2.1 General. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing temporary signs in accord-ance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provi- sions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the service- ability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 141 of 442 and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and aluminum marks. 206-7.2.2 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manu- facture of the sign(s) or the date of the “Notice to Proceed” of this contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Desig- nation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.2.4 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designa-tion B449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coat-ing shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication. 206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same manner shown on the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Plans RS1, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as follows: a) Wood posts shall not be used. b) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required. c) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 2.1 m (7’). d) Unless otherwise shown on the plans traffic sign posts shall conform in materials and installation to SDRS drawing M-45 and shall have one post provided for each 0.48 m2 (5 ft2) of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when approved by the Engineer. e) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic sign posts shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post size and number of posts shall be as shown on the plans, except that when stationary mounted signs are installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the plans, post size and the number of posts will be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate. 206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist of a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other approved fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and legend requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in section 206-7.2 of these special provisions. The height to the bottom of May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 142 of 442 the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12”). All parts of the sign standard or framework shall be finished with 2 applications of orange enamel which will match the color of the sign panel background. Testing of paint will not be required. Add the following section: 206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS. Add the following section: 206-8.1 General. This Section pertains to 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tub- ing used for the support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be cold-roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and punching operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be per-forated on all four faces with 11mm (7/16”) holes on 25 mm (1”) centers. Add the following section: 206-8.2 Tolerances. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm (+0.011”, -0.005”). Convexity and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not ex-ceed a tolerance of +0.25 mm (+0.010”) applied to the specific size determined at the corner. Straightness tolerance variation shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1/16” in 3’). Tolerance for corner radius is 4.0mm (5/32”), plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64“). Weld flash on corner-welded square tubing shall permit 3.60 mm (9/64”) radius gage to be placed in the corner. Using 10-gage or 12-gage square tube, consecutive size tubes shall telescope freely for 3.1m (10’). Tolerance on hole size is plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64“) on a size. Tolerance on hole spacing is plus or minus 3.2 mm in 6.1 m (1/8” in 20’). In addition, for the following specific sizes of light gage steel tubing, dimensional tolerances shall not exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and 206-8.2(B) TABLE 206-8.2(A) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE Nominal Outside mm Dimensions (inches) Outside Tolerance for mm All Sides at Corners (inches) 25 x 25 (1 x 1) 0.13 0.005 32 x 32 (11/4 x 11/4) 0.15 0.006 38 x 38 (11/2 x 11/2) 0.15 0.006 44 x 44 (13/4 x 13/4) 0.20 0.008 51 x 51 (2 x 2) 0.20 0.008 56 x 56 (23/16 x 23/16) 0.25 0.010 57 x 57 (21/4 x 21/4) 0.25 0.010 64 x 64 (21/2 x 21/2) 0.25 0.010 51 x 76 (2 x 3) 0.25 0.010 I May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 143 of 442 TABLE 206-8.2(B) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SQUARENESS OF SIDES AND TWIST Nominal Outside mm Dimension (Inches) Squar mm eness(1) (Inches) Twist Permissible mm(2) in 900 mm (3”) (Inches)(2) 25 x 25 (1 x 1) 0.15 0.006 1.3 0.050 32 x 32 (1-1/4 x 1-1/4) 0.18 0.007 1.3 0.050 38 x 38 (1-1/2 x 1-1/2) 0.20 0.009 1.3 0.050 44 x 44 (1-3/4 x 1-3/4) 0.25 0.010 1.6 0.062 51 x 51 (2 x 2) 0.30 0.012 1.6 0.062 56 x 56 (2-3/16 x 2-3/16) 0.36 0.014 1.6 0.062 57 x 57 (2-1/4 x 2-1/4) 0.36 1.014 1.6 0.062 64 x 64 (2-1/2 x 2-1/2) 0.38 0.015 1.9 0.075 51 x 76 (2 x 3) 0.46 0.018 1.9 0.075 (1) Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed. (2) Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate with the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate, and noting the height that either corner on the opposite end of the bot-tom side is above the surface plate. Add the following section: 206-8.3 Fasteners. Fasteners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel “pull-through” electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3/8”) diameter shank, 22 mm (7/8”) diameter head, and a grip range of from 5 mm (0.200”) to 0.90 mm (0.356”). The fasteners shall conform to ASTM B-633, Type III Add the following section: 206-9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN Add the following section: 206-9.1 General. Each portable changeable message sign (PCMS) unit shall consist of a con- troller unit, a power supply, and a structural support system all mounted on a trailer. The PCMS unit shall be assembled to form a complete self-contained portable changeable message sign, which can be delivered to the site of the work and placed in immediate operation. The complete PCMS unit shall be capable of operating in an ambient air temperature range of -20ºC (-4ºF) to +70ºC (158ºF) and shall not be affected by unauthorized mobile radio transmissions. The trailer shall be equipped so that it can be leveled and plumbed. Full operation height shall be with the bottom of the sign at least 2.1 m (7') above the ground and the top no more than 4.4 m (14.5') above the ground. After initial placement, PCMS shall be moved from location to location as directed by the Engineer Add the following section: 206-9.2 Message Board. The message displayed on the PCMS shall be visible from a distance of 460 m (1500') and shall be legible from a distance of 230 m (750'), at noon on a cloudless day, by persons with vision corrected to 20/20. The sign panel shall be 3-line matrix and shall display not less than 7 characters per line. Sign messages to be displayed shall be as approved by the Engineer. The sign face shall be flat black and shall be protected from glare of the sun by a method which does not interfere with the clarity of the sign message. The sign shall be raised and lowered by means of a power driven lifting mechanism. The matrix sign shall be capable of com-plete alphanumeric selection. --I --I I I - - -- -- -- -- - - -- May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 144 of 442 Lamp matrix type signs shall be equipped with an automatic dimming operational mode that au-tomatically compensates for the influence of a temporary light source or other abnormal lighting conditions. The sign shall have manual dimming operation modes of 3 or more different lamp intensities. Matrix signs not utilizing lamps shall be either internally or externally illuminated at night. The controller shall be an all solid-state unit containing all the necessary circuitry for the storage of at least 5 pre-programmed messages. The controller shall be installed in a location allowing the operator to perform all functions from one position. A keyboard entry system shall be provided to allow an operator to generate an infinite number of additional messages over the pre-pro- grammed stored messages. The keyboard shall be equipped with a security lockout feature to prevent unauthorized use of the controller. The controller shall contain a nonvolatile memory to hold the keyboard created messages in memory during periods when the power is not activated. The controller shall provide for a variable message display rate which allows the operator to match the information display to the speed of the approaching traffic. The flashing off time shall be op- erator adjustable within the control cabinet. Add the following section: 206-9.3 Operation and Maintenance. PCMS shall be furnished, placed, operated, and main- tained at locations shown on the plans, specified herein, or designated by the Engineer. The PCMS will be diligently maintained and repaired by the Contractor throughout the project in ac- cordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When ownership is transferred to the City (at the end of the job), it must be demonstrated to be in good working condition, and meet the provisions of these specifications, including current registration. Add the following section: 206-9.4 Measurement and Payment. The contract unit price PCMS shall include full compensa- tion for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, placing, operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, transporting from lo- cation to location, and delivery of the signs to the City at the completion of the construction, in good working order, and as directed by the Engineer, and no other compensation will be made. SECTION 207 GRAVITY PIPE 207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE (RCP). 207-2.5 Joints. Add the following: When watertight joints are indicated on the plans they shall be of the rubber-gasketed type meeting the requirements of ASTM Standard Specification designa-tions C 361-95 and C 443-94. Pipe designated in the plans as “pressure pipe” or with a 100-year hydraulic grade line at or above the soffit shall be bell and groove spigot joint with “O” rings conforming to ASTM C-443 and C- 361 for the limits shown on the plans. Replace section 207-9 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE with: 207-9 IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 207-9.2.2 Pipe Joints Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all joints shall be the push-on type joint. Joints and accessories shall conform to the requirements and dimensions specified in ANSI May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 145 of 442 A21.11, AWWA C111. Rubber gasket material shall conform to 208-1.2 and AWWA C111 and ANSI A21.11-90. 207-9.2.3 Fittings. Add the following: Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in ac-cordance with ANSI 21.50, AWWA C150 and ANSI 21.51, AWWA C151, and shall be of the size and thickness classes shown on the Plans. Unless otherwise specified, size 4-inches through 6-inches DIP shall be thickness Class 52, while size 8-inches and larger shall be thickness Class 50. 207-9.2.4 Lining and Coating. Replace with the following: Unless otherwise specified, all iron pipe and fittings shall be lined with double thickness, cement motor lining with cement conforming to ASTM C150 Type II, AWWA C104/A21.4.90 and outside coating of bituminous coating a mini-mum of 2 mils. thick in accordance with AWWA C151 or C100. Add the following: 207-10 STEEL PIPE add the following: 207-10.1 General Fabricated Steel Pipe and Fittings shall conform in all respects to Carlsbad Municipal Water District Rules and Regulations for Construction of (Potable or Reclaimed) Water Mains, latest edition. 207-10.1.2 Submittals. The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, Submittals Shop Drawings. Submittals are required for the following: Shop Drawings Layout Drawings Manufacturer’s tests Mill Reports or Plant Test Reports Fabrication Details Dimensional Checks Protective Coatings Welding Procedures/Certification for Field Welding Shop Drawings shall be submitted and approved prior to manufacture of pipe. 207-10.1.3 Quality Assurance. Field welders shall be certified under Section IX, Part A of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or in accordance with AWWA C206, Section 3. Welders shall submit a copy of their certification to the District prior to performing any field welding. Certi- fications shall be dated within three (3) years of the job to be performed. The top of all pipe and specials shall be clearly identified by marking the top with “T.O.P.” for easy identifications in the field. Plainly mark each length of pipe at the bell end to identify the proper location of the pipe item by reference to the layout schedule. 207-10.1.4 Protective Coatings and Linings. All steel pipe and fittings exposed within a vault or above ground shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C205 and C602 and painted in accordance with CMWD Approved Materials List. All steel pipe and fittings for underground service shall be cement-mortar lined, taped wrapped and cement-mortar coated in accordance with AWWA C205, C214 and C602 unless otherwise specified on the Drawings. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 146 of 442 Add the following section: 207-26 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE. Add the following section: 207-26.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility Mark- ing Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 mm (0.005”) overall thickness, with no less than a 35 gauge (AWG), 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layers shall be laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or printing shall extend to the edges of the tape. All printing shall be encased to avoid ink rub-off. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables 207-26(A) and 207-265 (B). TABLE 207-26.1(A) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE PROPERTIES Property Method Value Thickness ASTM D2103 0114 mm (0.0056”) Tensile strength ASTM D882 4500g/cm (25 lbs/inch) (5,500 PSI) Elongation ASTM D882-88 <50 percent at break Printability ASTM D2578 >50 dynes/square centimeter Flexibility ASTM D671-81 Pliable hand Inks Manufacturing specifications Heat-set Mylex Message repeat Manufacturing specifications Every 500 mm(20”) Foil Manufacturing specifications Dead soft/annealed Top layer Manufacturing specifications Virgin PET Bottom layer Manufacturing specifications Virgin LDPE Adhesives Manufacturing specifications >30 percent, solid 1.5#/R Bond strength Boiling H2O at 100 degrees Celsius Five hours without peel Colors APWA Code See Table 207-25.1 (B) TABLE 207-26.1(B) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE COLORS Color Utility Marked Red Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric systems. Yellow Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and steam. Orange Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable television. Blue Water systems. Green Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotable. Brown Force mains. Purple Reclaimed water lines. Add the following section: 207-26.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the re-quirements of each of the following agency/association publications. A. Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety. USAS code for pressure piping B31.8, paragraph 192.321(e). B. National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of Dam- age to Pipelines. Adopted June 7, 1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1. --I I -- -- -- -- - - -- -- -- - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 147 of 442 C. American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid pe-troleum pipelines - APR RP 1109. D. General Services Administration, Washington, DC, Public Buildings Service Guide Spec- ification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment - PBS 4-1501, Amendment 2, Page 501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1.1. E. Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC, Na- tional Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate hazards. SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 210-1 PAINT. 210-1.5 Paint Systems. Add the following to Table 210-1.5 TABLE 210-1.5 Surface to be Painted Pre-reatment / Surface Prepa-ration Primer Finish Coats Temporary Railing type (K) Abrasive Blast Cleaning to a Roughened, Textured Appear- ance None Two coats white Acrylic Emulsion Paint (1) (1) acrylic emulsion paint designed for use on exterior masonry. This paint shall comply in all respects to Federal Specification TT-P-19 (latest revision), Paint, Acrylic Emulsion, Exterior. This paint may be tinted by using “universal” or “all purpose” concentrates. Add the following section: 210-1.6 Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking. Modify as follows: Paint for traffic lane lines, turn pocket lines, edge lines, channelizing lines, bike lane lines, chev- rons, and curbs shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to CALTRANS Specification No. PTWB-01. Paint for pavement legends, pavement symbols, pavement arrows, cross walks, park- ing stall markings and stop bars shall be alkyd thermoplastic conforming to CALTRANS Specifi- cation No. 8010-19A. Glass beads shall be applied to the surface of the rapid dry water borne paint and the molten thermoplastic material and shall conform to the requirements of CALTRANS Specification No. 8010-004 (Type II). CALTRANS Specifications for water borne paint, thermo- plastic material and glass beads may be obtained from the CALTRANS Transportation Labora-tory, P.O. Box 19128, Sacramento, CA 95819, telephone number (916) 227-7000. 210-3 GALVANIZING. Add the following section: 210-3.6 Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities. The requirements of this section shall pertain only to the preparation and galvanizing of traffic signal facilities. Galvanizing of products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 3.2 mm (1/8") thick or thicker, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that complete seal welding of tightly contacting surfaces of these products prior to galvanizing is required only where seal welding is shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions. Except for pre-galvanized standard pipe, galvanizing of material 3.2 mm (1/8") thick or thicker shall be performed after fab-rication into the largest practical sections. At the option of the Contractor, material thinner than 3.2 mm (1/8") shall be galvanized either before fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 525M, Coating --I -- I I I - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 148 of 442 Designation Z600, or after fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designa-tion: A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 365 g per square meter (1.2 oz. per ft2) of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a coating weight of less than 305 g per square meter (1.0 oz. per ft2). Galvanizing of standard pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 53. Gal- vanizing will not be required for stainless steel, monel metal and similar corrosion resistant parts. Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, mill- ing, bending, welding and riveting. All welded areas shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to galvaniz-ing to remove all slab or other material that would interfere with the adherence of the zinc. When it is necessary to straighten any sections after galvanizing, the work shall be performed without damage to the zinc coating. Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 153, except whenever threaded studs, bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to ASTM Designation: A 307, A 325, A 325M, A 449, A 563, A 563M, or F 436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be hot-dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in accordance with the requirements of the ASTM Designations. Unless otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication. Components of bolted as- semblies shall be galvanized separately before assembly. Tapping of nuts or other internally threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs shall be done after galva-nizing and shall conform to the requirements for thread dimensions and overtapping allowances in ASTM Designation: A 563 or A 563M. When specified, painting of zinc coated surfaces shall be in accordance with the procedures in Section 210.1 "Paint". Galvanized surfaces that are abraded or damaged at any time after the application of the zinc coating shall be repaired by thoroughly wire brushing the damaged areas and removing all loose and cracked coating, after which the cleaned areas shall be painted with two applications of unthinned zinc-rich primer (or- ganic vehicle type) conforming to the provisions in Section 210-3.5, "Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating." Aerosol cans shall not be used. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 149 of 442 SECTION 213 - ENGINEERING GEOSYNTHETICS 213-5 GEOTEXTILES AND GEOGRIDS. Add the following section: 213-5.1 General. Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in Table 213-5.1(A) Table 213-5.1(A) GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS Application of Geotextile Type Designa- tion Separation of Soil and Street Structural Section 90WS Separation of Soil and Subsurface Aggregate Drain 180N Reinforcement of Street Structural Section 200WS Remediation and Separation of Soil 270WS Reinforcement of Soil 270WS Drainage at the Interface of Soil Structures N/A Drainage at the Interface of Soil and Structures N/A Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Below 225 kg (¼ Ton) 180N Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Including and Above 225 kg (¼ Ton) 250N Plant Protection Covering 90N Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG - 150 mm x 150 mm (6”x6”) Wire and 3 m (10’) Post Spacing 90WS Erosion Control Fence with 1.8 m (6’) Post Spacing and No Wire Fencing 200WS Add the following section: 213-6 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES. Add the following section: 213-6 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 lbs) of 19 mm (3/4“) crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic bags are not acceptable. SECTION 214 TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKERS Add the following section: 214-8 REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS 214-8.1 Temporary Reflective Pavement Markers. Temporary pavement markers shown on the plans and required in the specifications shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-8.1(A), or equal thereto. I I ~ - ~ - ~ -r - r - r - I - - _J I I May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 150 of 442 TABLE 214-8.1(A) TEMPORARY REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS Type Manufacturer of Distributor TOM- Temporary Overlay Markers Davidson Traffic Control Products, 3110 70th Avenue East, Ta- coma, WA 98424, (877) 335-4638 Add the following section: 214-8.2 Permanent Reflective Channelizer. Reflective Channelizer shall be new surface- mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Reflective channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Reflective channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the special provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m at night under illumina- tion of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. Reflective channelizer shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-8.2(A), or equal thereto. TABLE 214-8.2(A) REFLECTIVE CHANNELIZER Type Manufacturer of Distributor Safe-Hit SH336SMA Safe-Hit, A Division of Energy Absorption Systems, Inc. 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1100 Chicago, IL 60602 (800) 537-8958 Carsonite "Super Duck" SDR3036 Carsonite Composites, LLC 605 Bob Gifford Boulevard Early Branch, SC 29916 (800) 648-7916 Repo "The Replaceable Post" Western Highway Products 10680 Fern Avenue Stanton, CA 90680 (800) 854-3360 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2-5.3.3 “Submittals”. Said certificate shall certify that the permanent reflec-tive channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the engineer and were manufactured in accordance with the approved quality control program. SECTION 215 - FENCING Add the following section: 215-1 ENVIRONMENTAL FENCING 215-1.1 Materials. Environmental fence shall be minimum 4’ high, orange colored plastic con- struction fencing installed prior to performing any work. Environmental fence shall be constructed of non-toxic, non-conductive polyethylene capable of withstanding temperatures from –58F de-grees to 194F degrees. Color shall be non-fading. Posts shall be 6’-6” long, shall be spaced no more than 10’-0” apart and buried portion shall be no less than 2’-6” deep. Used materials may - I May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 151 of 442 be installed providing the used materials are good, sound, and are suitable for the purpose in-tended, as determined by the Engineer. Materials may be commercial quality providing the di- mensions and sizes of the materials are equal to, or greater than, the dimensions and sizes spec- ified herein. Posts shall be either metal or wood at the Contractor's option. Galvanizing and paint-ing of steel items will not be required. Treating wood with wood preservatives will not be required. Concrete footings for metal posts will not be required. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 152 of 442 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 300-1.1 General. Add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations, the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contam-inated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment therefore shall be made to the Contractor. 300-1.1 General. Add the following: All clearing and grubbing, including the removal of cleared and grubbed materials, must be completed and the resultant surface made available for meas-urement by the Engineer prior to the Contractor starting any unclassified excavation. The Con- tractor shall notify the Engineer three (3) working days prior to completing clearing and grubbing and the removal of all deleterious material from the site. The Engineer intends to schedule and perform field survey and/or aerial photography of the entire site within 3 days of such notification. If the Contractor has not removed all deleterious material from the entire site by the day before the scheduled field work and/or photography, the field work and/or photography will be cancelled and not rescheduled until the Contractor has completed removing all material from the entire site. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional compensation or extensions in time if the field work and/or aerial photography is cancelled due to the Contractor not completing clearing and grubbing and removal operations as scheduled. If the entire site cannot have field work per- formed and/or be photographed because of weather, poor visibility or adverse flight conditions the Contractor will be entitled to a corresponding time extension but not entitled to any additional compensation due to the delay. 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials. Add the following: Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing street poles and lights, metal guard rail, fences, asphalt concrete and aggregate base, concrete curb and gutter, concrete sidewalk, existing gate, existing headwalls, rip-rap, traffic signs, and other existing features which interfere with the work. Whether or not such items are shown on the plans they shall be removed as a part of clearing and grubbing. Existing underground pipes and conduits that are shown on the plans and desig-nated to be removed shall be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing and grubbing. 300-1.4 Payment. Modify as follows: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be made at the contract lump sum price for clearing and grubbing within the project limits and at stockpile loca- tions and no other payments will be made. Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 153 of 442 remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and con-duits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of aban- doned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. 300-2.1 General. Add the following: Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile of suitable material, recompaction, mixing, grading for mitigation work, trenching and backfilling of storm drains, sewers, other utilities, disposal of unsuitable materials not included in the bid item for clearing and grubbing, all cut and fill including salvaging clean excavated material and filling areas to the required grades and cross section. Unclassified excavation shall be utilized onsite to make all fills shown on the plans. Unclassified excavation shall also include scarification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top 300 mm (1’) of the subgrade in the roadway prism in cut areas to 95 percent relative compaction, wetland mitigation grading and attendant work, export of remaining excess material to a disposal site or spoil area acquired by the Contractor and pumping and disposal of storm and ground water. 300-2.2.1 General. add the following: Alluvial and colluvial removal and recompaction shall con- sist of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas that are designated to receive fills. The existing loose soils shall be removed by the Contractor until a firm unyielding surface is exposed or to a depth determined by the Engineer. If the excavated material contains 4%, or more, water than the optimum moisture content the Contractor shall blend the wet soil with soils having a lower moisture content and/or spread the excavated material in a manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. The cost of spreading and/or drying shall be included in the contract unit price for removal and recompaction. The excavated material shall be placed and compacted in accordance with section 300-4 of the specifications except that section 300-4.9, Measurement and Payment, shall not apply. 300-2.2.1 General. Add the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include, but is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework, and place unsuit- able soils at specific locations or elevations on the site. Add the following section: 300-2.2.3 Compressible Soil. Compressible soils such as existing uncontrolled or unacceptable fill, alluvium, and colluvium may exist within portions of the Project site. Where required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove such compressible soils from areas to receive fill or from areas upon which surface improvements are to be placed. The removal and disposal of such compressible soils shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer in which case it may be paid for in accord-ance with section 300-2.2.1. 300-2.2.4 Instability of Cuts. Add the following: The Contractor shall remove additional material as directed by the Engineer to improve the stability of excavated cuts. The removal of such exca- vated material shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer, in which case it will be paid for in accordance with Subsection 300-2.2.1. 300-2.5 Slopes. Add the following: The hinge points (the top and bottom) of slopes shall be lo-cated within 75 mm (0.25’) of the locations shown on the plans. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 154 of 442 300-2.5 Slopes. Add the following: after the first sentence of the first paragraph: A slope shall be defined as any area steeper than three horizontal to one vertical. 300-2.6 Surplus Material. Add the following: The Contractor shall haul and dispose of all surplus material from the project. The Contractor shall utilize highway legal haul trucks for this export of material from the project site and to a site secured by the Contractor. No earth moving equipment or special construction equipment, as defined in section 565 of the California Vehicle Code, will be allowed for hauling material on public streets. 300-2.9 Payment. Substitute the following: Payment for all unclassified excavation will be made at the Contract Lump Sum price bid for unclassified excavation and shall include compensation for excavation, sloping, rounding tops and ends of excavation, matching existing graded slopes, loading, exporting and disposing of surplus material and unsuitable material shown on the plans or specified herein to be removed, stockpiling, hauling to designated sites, placing and compact-ing, mixing, grading of mitigation site, salvaging clean and suitable material and filling areas to the required grades and cross sections. Unclassified fill, slope rounding, all work incidental to Section 300-4.8 and construction of transitions will be paid for as a part of unclassified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefore. When required by the plans or specifications or where directed by the Engineer, the excavation and stockpiling of selected material will be paid for at the Contract Lump Sum price for unclassified excavation. Removing such selected material from the stockpile and placing it in its final position will also be paid for at the Contract Lump Sump Price for unclassified excavation and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Add the following section: 300-2.10 Grading Tolerance. The Contractor shall finish excavated areas other than slopes and subgrade below structures, within the roadway and sidewalk areas within 30 mm (0.1’) of the grades shown on the plans. Subgrade tolerances shall conform to the requirements of section 301-1.4 SSPWC. 300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 300-3.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, cribbing, pump-ing, and planking required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavations shall be kept free from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable material encoun- tered below grade as directed by the Engineer 300-3.6 Payment. add the following: Dewatering shall be paid for as an incidental to structure excavation and backfill. and no additional compensation will be made therefore. Except for un- suitable materials removed as part of the clearing and grubbing item unsuitable material encoun-tered below grade will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for structure excavation and backfill. 300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL 300-4.2 Preparation of Fill Areas. Add the following: Except as provided in section 300-4.7, “Compaction”, areas proposed for improvements all fill (including backfill and scarified ground May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 155 of 442 surfaces) shall be compacted by the Contractor to no less than 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM Test Procedure D1557-91. 300-4.5 Placing Materials for Fills. Add the following: The Contractor shall perform grading such that the upper 900 mm (3’) of fill placed in the roadway pavement area is composed of properly compacted low expansive soils. The more highly expansive soils shall be placed in the deeper fill areas and properly compacted or exported from the site. Low expansive soils are defined as those soils that have an Expansion Index of 50 or less when tested in accordance with 1994 UBC Standard 18-2 as published by the International Conference of Building Officials. Should insuffi- cient soils meeting the requirement of an expansion index of 50 or less be present within the limits of work, soils of the least expansion index that are available within the limits of work shall be incorporated in the upper 900 mm (3’) of fill placed in the roadway. The Contractor shall break rock encountered in the excavation into particles of less than 75 mm (3”). Particles with dimensions greater than 75 mm (3”) shall be uniformly distributed over the area to be filled so that construction equipment can be operated in such a manner that the larger pieces will be broken into smaller particles and become incorporated with the other materials in the layer. This requirement for particle size reduction does not apply to cobbles, small boulders, and small hard rocks found within the surface soils and formational materials. Rocks having any dimension greater than 460mm (18”) shall not be incorporated into the fill. Rock exceeding 150 mm (6”) in diameter shall not be placed in the upper 900 mm (3’) of any fill. When there are large quantities of rock to be placed in the fill, rocks shall not be nested, but shall be spread with sufficient room between them so that intervening voids can be adequately filled with fine material to form a dense, compact mass. Oversize material which cannot be utilized for erosion mitigation or landscaping onsite shall be broken to acceptable sizes or removed from the site by the Contractor. If disposed of within the City of Carlsbad, a separate grading permit will be required for disposal of rock. 300-4.6 Application of Water. Add the following: The Contractor shall place all fill soil at a mois- ture content no less than one (1) percent below optimum moisture as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91. 300-4.7 Compaction. Add the following: The Contractor shall compact all fill soils placed within the top 1 m (3’) of roadway subgrade to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction. On all areas to receive planting, the top 150 mm (6”) shall be compacted to 85%, +2% -5%, to allow for plant growth. 300-4.8 Slopes. Add the following: Feathering of fill over the tops of slopes will not be permitted. The Contractor shall compact the faces of fill slopes with a sheep’s foot roller at vertical intervals no greater than 600 mm (2’) or shall be built and cut back to finish grade. In addition, if not over built and cut back, the face of the slope shall be track walked upon completion. 300-4.9 Measurement and Payment. Delete and substitute the following: Unclassified fill, grad-ing, shaping, compacting or consolidating, slope rounding, construction of transitions and all work included in and incidental to Section 300-4, “Unclassified Fill” will be paid for as a part of unclas-sified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefore. 300-5 BORROW EXCAVATION. Add the following section: 300-5.2.1 Imported Borrow Properties. The Contractor shall provide imported borrow that is clean well graded soil consisting of material conforming to all of the requirements in Table May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 156 of 442 300-5.2.1(A) and the following requirements. Rock included in the top 1 m (3’) of imported bor-row shall be particles of less than 75 mm (3”). Rock included below the top 1 m (3’) of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 150 mm (6”). TABLE 300-5.2.1(A) IMPORTED BORROW PROPERTIES Tests Test Method No. Requirements R-Value Calif. 301 40 Min. Expansion Index UBC Standard 18-2 10 Max. Plasticity Index ASTM D 424 4 Max. Sieve Analysis ASTM D 422 Percent Passing 75 (No. 200) 15 Max. 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. Modify as follows: 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Add the following section: 300-9.2 General. The Contractor shall provide erosion control and water pollution control con- forming to the requirements shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as elsewhere required by the Contract Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified herein, and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet Best Management Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water dam-age of the limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within the limits of work. Add the following section: 300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded and/or cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded and/or cleared and grubbed within the limits of work from erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel bags, silt fences, stabilized construction entrances and similar measures, coordinated with its construction procedures, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control on site and off site erosion during the construction period. The Contractor will be required to protect areas which have been cleared and grubbed prior to excavation or embankment operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration of the contract. The criteria used to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be the “Best Management Practices”, hereinafter BMP, defined and described in the, "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", current edition, as published by the California Stormwater Quality Association. The Contractor shall main- tain a copy of the "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", current edition, the project site and shall conduct its operations in conformity to said Handbook. Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a) Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior to final roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas within the limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods. b) The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include but shall not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with protected outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment slopes by sur-face runoff; confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff. - - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 157 of 442 c) Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the re-sulting siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and described herein. Add the following section: 300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the require- ments of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments thereto, which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for unclassified excavation, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 300-11 STONEWORK FOR EROSION CONTROL. 300-11.4 Payment. Delete and replace as follows: Rock protection will be paid for at the lump sum contract Price Bid for rock protection, complete and in place, in accordance with the details and requirements of the plans and specifications. 300-12 ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION FABRIC. Add the following section: 300-12.1 Preparation of Subgrade. Prior to placing rock slope protection fabric the Contractor shall clear the surfaces upon or against which rock slope protection fabric is to be placed of loose or extraneous material and sharp objects that may damage the fabric during installation. Equip- ment or vehicles shall not be operated or driven directly on the rock slope protection fabric. Rock slope protection fabric damaged during placement shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at its expense as directed by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-12.2 Placement. The Contractor shall place rock slope protection fabric prior to placing rock slope protection. The Contractor shall grade surfaces to be covered by rock slope protection so as to provide full support for the fabric. Rock slope protection fabric shall conform to the provisions in Section 213-2, “Geotextiles”, and shall be placed by the Contractor in accordance with the details shown on the plans and as specified herein. The Contractor shall handle rock slope pro-tection fabric with care that it is not torn or stretched and place it in accordance with the manufac-turer’s recommendations, these specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall place and fit rock slope protection fabric loosely upon or against the surface to receive the fabric so that the fabric conforms to the surface without damage when the cover material is placed. Rock slope protection fabrics shall be joined, at the option of the Contractor, either with over- lapped joints or stitched seams. When fabric is joined with overlapped joints, all adjacent borders of the fabric shall be overlapped not less than 610 mm (24”). The fabric shall be placed such that the fabric being placed shall overlap the adjacent section of fabric in the direction the cover ma- terial is being placed. When the fabric is joined by stitched seams, the fabric shall be stitched with yarn of a contrasting color. The size and composition of the yarn shall be as recommended by the fabric manufacturer. The number of stitches per 25 mm (1”) of seam shall be 6±1. The strength of stitched seams shall be the same as specified for the fabric, except when stitched seams are oriented up and down a slope the strength shall be a minimum of 80 percent of that specified for the fabric. Fabric damaged beyond repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be replaced by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore. Repairing damaged fabric shall consist of placing new fabric over the damaged area. The minimum fabric overlap from the edge May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 158 of 442 of the damaged area shall be 1 m (3’) for overlap joints. If the new fabric joints at the damaged areas are joined by stitching, the stitched joints shall conform to the requirements specified herein. Damaged fabric that is suitable for repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be repaired by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore. Add the following section: 300.12.3 Measurement and Payment. Measurement and payment for rock slope protection fab-ric shall conform to the requirements of section 300-8.1.2. 300-13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN Add the following section: 300-13.1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. As part of the storm water pollution preven-tion work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, here- after referred to as the "SWPPP,". The SWPPP shall conform to the requirements of the “Green-book” Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, the requirements in the California Storm Water Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construc- tion (“Handbook”), the requirements of the Permit, the requirements in the plans and these sup-plemental provisions. 300-13.1.1 SWPPP Document Within 15 calendar days after the execution of the contract, the Contractor shall submit 3 copies of the SWPPP to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3 of these Special Provisions. Contractor will be provided the digital format for SWPPP to complete required sections. If revi-sions are required, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 days of receipt of the Engineer’s comments and shall allow 5 days for the Engineer to review the revisions. Upon the Engineer’s acceptance of the SWPPP, 3 additional copies of the SWPPP, incorporating the required changes, shall be submitted to the Engineer. In order to allow construction activities to proceed, the Engineer may conditionally approve the SWPPP while minor revisions are being completed. The objectives of the SWPPP shall be to identify pollution sources that may adversely affect the quality of storm water discharges associated with the project and to identify, construct, implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention measures, hereafter referred to as control measures, to reduce to the extent feasible pollutants in storm water discharges from the construc-tion site both during and after construction is completed under this contract. The SWPPP shall incorporate control measures in the following categories: 1. Soil stabilization practices; 2. Sediment control practices; 3. Wind erosion control practices; and 4. Non-storm water management and waste management and disposal control practices. Specific objectives and minimum requirements for each category of control measures are con-tained in the Handbook. The Contractor shall designate a Water Pollution Control Manager who will have the responsibil-ities outlined in the SWPPP. The SWPPP shall include, but not be limited to, the following items as described in the SWPPP: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 159 of 442 1. Source Identification; 2. Erosion and Sediment Controls; 3. Non-Storm Water Management; 4. Waste Management and Disposal; 5. Maintenance, Inspection and Repair; 6. Training; 7. List of Contractors and Subcontractors; 8. Post-Construction Storm Water Management; 9. Preparer; 10. Copy of the local permit; 11. BMP Consideration Checklist; 12. SWPPP Checklist; 13. Schedule of Values; and 14. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Drawings. The Contractor shall amend the SWPPP, graphically and in narrative form, whenever there is a change in construction activities or operations which may affect the discharge of significant quan- tities of pollutants to surface waters, ground waters, municipal storm drain systems, or when deemed necessary by the Engineer. The SWPPP shall also be amended if it is in violation of any condition of the Permit or has not effectively achieved the objective of reducing pollutants in storm water discharges. Amendments shall show additional control measures or revised operations, including those in areas not shown in the initially accepted SWPPP, which are required on the project to control water pollution effectively. Amendments to the SWPPP shall be submitted for review and acceptance by the Engineer in the same manner specified for the initially accepted SWPPP. Accepted amendments shall be dated and logged in the SWPPP. Upon acceptance of the amendment, the Contractor shall implement the additional control measures or revised oper- ations. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the accepted SWPPP and accepted amendments at the project site. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request of a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board, U.S. Environmental Protec- tion Agency or local storm water management agency. Requests by the public shall be directed to the Engineer. By June 15 of each year, the Contractor shall submit an annual certification to the Engineer stating compliance with the requirements governing the Permit. If the project is in non-compliance at any time, the Contractor shall make a written report to the Engineer within 15 days of identification of non-compliance. Add the following section: 300-13-1.2 Availability of SWPPP template. A site-specific draft document intended for use as a template for the required SWPPP document will be made available for use at the Contractor's option, at no cost to the Contractor. The document is available for review in Appendix B. The Contractor shall review the template and modify it as necessary to reflect the Contractor’s opera-tions. Add the following section: 300-13.1.3 Payment. Preparation, implementation and management of SWPPP shall be consid- ered incidental to the items of work and no additional payment will be made therefore. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 160 of 442 Add the following section: 300-13.1.4 SWPPP Implementation. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP, the Contractor shall be responsible throughout the duration of the project for installing, constructing, inspecting and main- taining the control measures included in the SWPPP and any amendments thereto and for re-moving and disposing of temporary control measures. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or specified in these supplemental provisions, the Contractor's responsibility for SWPPP imple- mentation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work ordered in accordance with Section 6-3, "Suspension of Work". Requirements for installation, construction, inspection, maintenance, removal and disposal of control measures are specified in the “Handbook” and these supplemental provisions. Soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures, including minimum requirements, shall be provided throughout the winter season, defined as between October 1 and April 30. Implementation of soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures for soil-disturbed areas of the project site shall be completed, except as provided for below, no later than 20 days prior to the beginning of the winter season or upon start of applicable construction activities for projects which begin either during or within 20 days of the winter season. The Contractor shall implement, year-round and throughout the duration of the project, control measures included in the SWPPP for sediment tracking, wind erosion, non-storm water manage-ment and waste management and disposal. The Engineer may order the suspension of construction operations, at the Contractor’s cost, which create water pollution if the Contractor fails to conform to the requirements of this section as determined by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-13.1.5 Maintenance. To ensure the proper implementation and functioning of control measures, the Contractor shall regularly inspect and maintain the construction site for the control measures identified in the SWPPP. The Contractor shall identify corrective actions and time frames to address any damaged measures or reinitiate any measures that have been discontin- ued. The construction site inspection checklist provided in the “Handbook” shall be used to ensure that the necessary measures are being properly implemented, and to ensure that the control measures are functioning adequately. The Contractor shall submit one copy of each site inspec- tion record to the Engineer, within two days of the inspection. During the winter season, inspections of the construction site shall be conducted by the Contractor to identify deficient measures, as follows: 1. When the five-day rain probability forecast exceeds forty percent (40%). 2. After any precipitation which causes runoff capable of carrying sediment from the construction site; 3. At 24 hour intervals during extended precipitation events; and 4. Routinely, at a minimum of once every week. If the Contractor or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the deployment or functioning of an identified control measure, the deficiency shall be corrected by the Contractor immediately, or by a later date and time if requested by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer in writing, but May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 161 of 442 not later than the onset of subsequent precipitation events. The correction of deficiencies shall be at no additional cost to the City. SECTION 301 - TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. Modify the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading “150mm (6 inches)” to “300 mm (12”)”. 301-1.3 Relative Compaction. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Con- tractor shall compact the upper 300 mm (12”) of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have base or subbase material placed on them, or curb, gutter, curb and gutter, alley pavement, driveway or sidewalk constructed over them to no less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91. 301-1.7 Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be included in the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor, materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or re-compact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be allowed. SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING Add the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for tree trimming along the curb line as noted in Section 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing – so as to provide a clear travel way during the construction of the roadway resurfacing. The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to be surfaced with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to surfacing the street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. Payment for pavement surfacing shall include tree trimming and post emergent herbicide treat-ment of the areas to be surfaced and no extra payment will be made therefore. Public Convenience and Traffic Control. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to pre- vent damage by all traffic. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling Coast Waste Management at (760) 929-9400. At least two weeks prior to work, Contractor shall send, by first class mail, notification letters to all property addresses within 500’ of the work. Obtaining the appropriate addresses shall be the contractor’s responsibility. Letters shall be as shown in bold type as follows, with the ap-propriate information specific to the work inserted at the locations indicated in the brackets and italicized. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 162 of 442 (Name of Contractor) (Address of Contractor) (Contractor’s License Number) (Date) As a part of the City of Carlsbad’s ongoing program to maintain its streets, your street will be slurry sealed, beginning in two or three weeks. This process requires that your street be closed for several hours starting at 7:00 a.m. and continuing until the Contractor removes the traffic control devices. You will be notified 72 hours in advance of the day your street will be closed by a brightly colored 3 ½” x 8 ½” card attached to your doorknob. You will also notice temporary no parking signs on your street with a specific no parking date written on it. A successful street maintenance program depends on your cooperation. Please do not drive, walk, play, skate or allow pets on the street until it is opened by the Contractor. Furthermore, please do not wash your car or turn on any sprinklers while you are waiting. If you don’t plan to leave your home before 7:00 a.m. on the day your street will be surfaced, and you need to use your vehicle later in the day, please park your car on an adjacent street in your neighborhood that is not signed as a no parking zone. When walking to and from your car, remember not to walk on the newly surfaced street or you may have black residue on the bottom of your shoes. The residue may damage some surfaces, may mark surfaces that you track it on, and may be very diffi- cult to remove. (Name of Contractor) is the Contractor that will be performing the resurfacing work for the City and you may call them at (24 hour per day attended telephone number in the 760 area code) for any questions you may have about the pro- ject. On the day your street is surfaced mail delivery may be delayed until the next day. You will not know the exact date your street will be closed until you receive the 3 ½” x 8 ½” card. If you have a moving company scheduled to come to your house within the next two weeks, please call and inform the Contractor of the date. If you have any concerns which are not addressed by the Contrac- tor, please call the City’s Engineering Inspection Department at 602-2780. They will assist you in resolving the concerns. The City of Carlsbad has some of the finest streets in the county due to the concern and cooperation of citizens like you. Your cooperation is greatly ap- preciated.” May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 163 of 442 During operations, the Contractor’s schedule for resurfacing shall be designed to provide resi-dents and business owners sufficient paved parking within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects ve- hicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the af-fected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The Contractor shall deliver the notification which shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor’s permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24 hour number answered by a representative of the Con- tractor who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the con-tents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For door hangers, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and du-rability to 65 lb. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. The precut notices shall be as shown on the example provided in Appendix “A”, with the day of the week circled and appropriate information specific to the work inserted at the locations indicated in the italicized font. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for Traffic Control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional com- pensation for printing and distributing these notices. 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. Add the following: 302-5.2 Pavement Transitions. The Contractor shall ramp the approaches and termini to all structures and vertical joints in the cold-milled area which are transverse to through traffic with temporary asphalt concrete pavement as specified in section 306-1.5.1. Ramps shall be con- structed the same day as cold milling and removed the same day as permanent paving. Ramp dimensions and compaction shall be as approved by the Engineer. 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading. Modify as follows: After second sentence of sixth para- graph, add: The Contractor shall provide the spreading and finishing machine used to construct the asphalt concrete surface course with an automatic screed control for surface course paving. The automatic screed control shall be 9 m (30’) minimum length. The paving machine shall be operated by an operator and two full-time screed men during all paving. Delete the second sentence of paragraph 7 and the subsequent subsections A. thru E. which reference windrow operations. Add the following sentence in place of the deleted sentence and subsequent subsections: The use of windrow operations shall not be allowed. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 164 of 442 302-5.6.1 General. Modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling pro-cedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Modify as follows: After last paragraph, add: Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this section. 302-5.8 Manholes (and other structures). Delete the first paragraph and replace with the fol-lowing: When placing the overlay the Contractor shall pave over appurtenances in the roadway which includes sanitary and storm access covers, water valve boxes, air vents, sewer dead end boxes and survey monument boxes. Each appurtenance shall be treated or covered to prevent adhesion of the overlay. Each appurtenance shall be located immediately after the overlay is placed and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any and all construction debris which may have entered due to the Contractor’s operation. The contractor shall adjust all CMWD water valve boxes per CMWD Standard Drawing No. W11 or CMWD Standard Drawing No. W13. All City of Carlsbad sanitary sewer access covers shall be adjusted per CMWD Drawing No. S1. All storm sewer access co-vers shall be adjusted per SDRSD D-10. Riser rings or extensions shall not be used for the ad-justment of these appurtenances. Raising and adjusting to grade all appurtenances in the roadway shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each as shown in the Bid. Such price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for completing the work as described in these specifications and plans. Add the following section: 302-11 ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND REMEDIATION Add the following section. 302-11.1 General. Asphalt pavement Repairs and Remediation shall consist of the repair and restoration of existing asphalt pavement. Repair of asphalt pavement shall consist of the saw cutting, removal and disposal of existing asphalt pavement in conformance with section 300-1.3, compaction of existing subgrade in conformance with section 301-1, grading and compaction of base material in conformance with section 301-2, application of grade SS-1h emulsified asphalt and the placement of asphalt concrete base and wearing courses as specified herein. Add the following section. 302-11.2 Full Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch. Full depth asphalt concrete patch shall consist of removing asphalt concrete and/or aggregate base/subgrade to 300 mm (1’) below existing asphalt surface and placing replacing the material so removed with asphalt concrete. The area shown on the plans or set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the final limits of the asphalt patch area by outlining the area to be patched. The Contractor shall cut such areas to straight lines in square or rectangular areas as marked. The area so cut shall have two of the sides at right angles to the direction of traffic. The excavated faces of the base/subgrade shall be straight and vertical. The Contractor shall compact the upper 300mm (1’) of subgrade to 95% relative compaction. A tack coat of SS-1h emulsified asphalt shall be applied uniformly to all asphalt to asphalt contact surfaces at a rate of 0.25 L/m2 to 0.45 L/m2 (0.05 to 0.10gallons per square yard) in accordance with subsection 302-5.4, SSPWC. The Contractor shall fill and compact areas designated to be removed with 300 mm (1.0’) full depth asphalt concrete. Asphalt concrete for full depth asphalt May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 165 of 442 concrete patch shall be B-AR-4000. The asphalt concrete so constructed shall have a finish sur-face and density conforming to subsection 302-5.6.2 SSPWC. Add the following section. 302-11.3 Crack Sealing. The Contractor shall wash, blow out and thoroughly dry all cracks des- ignated to be sealed before installing hot poured rubber-asphalt joint sealant material. The sealant shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D1190. The Contractor shall dispose debris from crack cleaning outside the public way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, “Cleanup and Dust Control.” The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit. Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot-melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Containers of hot-melt seal- ant shall be delivered to the job-site in unopened containers that are clearly marked with data showing the manufacturer’s name, the product designation and the manufacturer’s batch number and lot numbers. The level of the sealant shall be flush with the surface of the existing pavement. All excess sealant shall be removed from the crack with a minimum overlap onto adjacent pave-ment. Add the following section: 302-11.4. Measurement and Payment. Quantities of full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealing set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as desig-nated and measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the limits of the Full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealant application areas. Payment for resurfacing shall include post emergent herbicide treatment. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of con-structing full depth asphalt concrete patch shall include but not be limited to: furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for doing the work including, saw cutting and removing and disposing 300 mm (1’) thick section of existing asphalt concrete, aggregate base/subbase and basement soil as designated by the engineer, placement of asphalt concrete, compaction of subbase and asphalt concrete, placement of SS-1h asphalt emulsion and all other work incidental to full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for full depth asphalt concrete patch and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of crack sealing shall include but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to do the work. Crack cleaning, roadway clean up, application of sealant, removal of excess sealant and all other work incidental to crack sealing shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 302-15.3 AC Cold Milling and Disposal of Grindings. Cold Milling or grinding shall be in ac-cordance with the provisions of Section 404 of the Greenbook, latest edition. The Contractor shall cold mill or diamond grind the existing AC to the width and depth as shown on the plans. In the field, the Engineer may change the width and depth of the cold milling at his discretion. If the Contractor’s cold milling severs any traffic detection loops, the Contractor shall replace them im-mediately at the Contractor’s expense. Existing advance traffic signal loop detectors shall be re- placed by the Contractor and paid for per the bid item Traffic Signal Detector Loops, even when video detection has been installed at the intersection. Contractor shall install Type E Loop Detec- tor per Caltrans Revised Standard Plan RSP ES-5B. Contractor shall construct temporary AC ramps at the cold-milled edges which are perpendicular to the direction of travel. Payment for construction, removal, and disposal of temporary asphalt concrete ramps shall be included in the bid item for cold milling. As shown on the plans, some cold milling may require tapering of milled thickness. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 166 of 442 SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS. 303-5.5.2 Curb. Add the following: The Contractor shall stamp the curb face with 75 mm (3”) high block letters directly above the point that it is crossed by underground facilities with the marking specified in Table 303-5.5.2(A) TABLE 303-5.5.2(A) Curb Face Markings Type of underground facilities Marking Water Service Lateral W Sewer Service Lateral S Irrigation Water Lateral or Sleeve RW SECTION 310 - PAINTING 310-5 PAINTING VARIOUS SURFACES. 310-5.6 Painting Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings and Curb Markings. Modify the fifth paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, labor, and supervision necessary for painting traffic lanes, directional arrows, guidelines, curbs, parking lines, cross-walks, and other designated markings in accordance with the Plans, or for approved temporary detours essential for safe control of traffic through and around the construction site. The Contrac- tor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and lines that may con-fuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer required, they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings. 310-5.6.3 Equipment. Delete the ninth paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall provide a wet grinding machine with sufficient capacity to completely remove all existing or temporary traffic striping or markings that conflict with the striping plan, or are contrary to the Traffic Manual, or that may be confusing to the public. The surface produced by grinding the existing or temporary traffic striping or markings on pavement shall not exceed variations from a uniform plane more than 3 mm (1/8”) in 3 m (10’) when measured parallel to the centerline of the street or more than 6 mm (1/4”) in 3 m (10’) when measured perpendicular to the centerline of the street. The use of any equipment that leaves ridges, indentations or other objectionable marks in the pavement shall be discontinued, and equipment capable of providing acceptable surface shall be furnished by the Contractor. This equipment shall meet all requirements of the air pollution control district having jurisdiction. 310-5.6.6 Preparation of Existing Surfaces. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contrac- tor shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or temporary, which are to be abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the plans by wet grinding methods. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 167 of 442 Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping re-moval from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Con-tractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking method other than a minimum 30mm (0.10’) thick asphalt concrete over-lay is not permitted. 310-5.6.7 Layout, Alignment, and Spotting. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contrac-tor shall establish the necessary control points for all required pavement striping and markings by surveying methods. No layout of traffic striping shall be performed by the Contractor before es- tablishment of the necessary control points. The Contractor shall establish all traffic striping be-tween these points by string line or other method to provide striping that will vary less than 80mm per 100m (1/2 inch in 50 feet) from the specified alignment. The Contractor shall obliterate, straight stripes deviating more than 80mm per 100mm (1/ 2 inch in 50 feet) by wet grinding, and then correcting the markings. The Contractor shall lay out (cat track) immediately behind instal- lation of surface course asphalt and as the work progresses. 310-5.6.8 Application of Paint. Modify the second paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall apply the first coat of paint immediately upon approval of striping layout by the Engineer. The Contractor shall paint the ends of each median nose yellow. Add the following to the eighth paragraph: The Contractor shall apply temporary traffic stripes in one coat. Temporary traffic stripes shall be maintained by the Contractor so that the stripes are clearly visible both day and night. 310-5.6.10 Measurement and Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Final and tempo- rary traffic striping, curb markings and pavement markings as shown on the plans and required by the specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price bid for temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compen- sation will be allowed therefore. The lump sum prices bid and shall include all labor, tools, equip-ment, materials, and incidentals for doing all work in installing the final and temporary traffic strip- ing. Add the following Section: 310-7 PERMANENT SIGNING Add the following Section: 310-7.1 General. Add the following section: The Contractor shall provide and install all permanent traffic control signs at locations shown on plans and as specified herein. Add the following section: 310-7.2 Measurement and Payment. Permanent signing and appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump-sum item for permanent signing and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in supplying and installing perma- nent signing and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 168 of 442 SECTION 314 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 314-5 PAVEMENT MARKERS. 314-5.4 Placement. Add the following third paragraph: When being installed on asphalt concrete pavement sooner than 14 days after placement of the asphalt concrete pavement course on which the pavement markers are to be placed. Add the following section: 314-6 REFLECTIVE CHANNELIZER PLACEMENT AND REMOVAL. The Contractor shall place and remove reflective channelizers the same as for pavement marker placement and removal. The Contractor shall place the channelizers uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment to the same tolerances of position as for application of paint in section 310-5.6.8. The Contractor shall perform all layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor. When reflective channelizers are removed the pavement surface shall be re- stored to the same color and surface finish as the adjacent pavement. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 169 of 442 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 8 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS SECTION 800 - MATERIALS 800-1 LANDSCAPE MATERIALS. 800-1.2.3 Commercial Fertilizer. Add the following: Preplant fertilizer shall be granular commer- cial fertilizer 7-7-7 or approved equal. Postplant fertilizer shall be 12-4-6 or approved equal with Ca, Fe, Zn, and Mn and with the majority of nitrogen in nonammoniac form to prevent acidification of soil. Planting tablets shall be compressed fertilizer tablets with a 20-10-5 analysis. 800-1.2.4 Organic Soil Amendment. Add the following: For all types of Organic Soil Amendment mulch materials produced from pine trees grown in Alameda, Monterey, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz or San Mateo Counties shall not be used in the Work. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall conform to the requirements for type 1 Organic Soil Amendment except as modified hereinafter. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall be a wood or rice residual product derived from the bark of pine, white fir, or red fir or cedar or redwood shavings or rice hulls. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall be manufactured from clean wood, free from clods coarse objects and rocks and shall conform to the properties shown in Table 800-1.2.4(B): Table 800-1.2.4(B) SOIL AMENDMENT PROPERTIES Property Minimum Maximum Dry Weight Nitrogen (1) (1) Dry Weight Passing 25 mm (1”) Sieve 100% 100% Dry Weight Passing #4 Sieve 95% 100% Dry Weight Passing #16 Sieve 45% 65% Dry Weight Passing #30 Sieve 30% 40% Dry Weight Passing #50 Sieve 0% 10% Dry Weight Passing #100 Sieve 0% 2% Salinity (1) (1) Iron (Dilute acid soluble on dry weight basis) 0.08% --- Ash (dry weight basis) 0% 6.0% pH 6.0 7.0 Wettability (1) (1) (1) (As Required by Table 800-1.2.4(A) SSPWC) For all types of Organic Soil Amendment the Contractor shall supply the Engineer a sample of the proposed amendment accompanied by an analytical analysis from a qualified agricultural la-boratory.certifying compliance to the requirements herein. Qualified agricultural laboratories shall have an on-going quality assurance program that fulfills the requirements of the most recent ver-sion of the “Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing Program Soil and Plant Analytical Methods”. Certificates of compliance shall contain a statement attesting that the organic soil - - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 170 of 442 amendment meets the requirements of these specifications and that the testing agricultural labor-atory does fulfill the requirements of “Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing Program Soil and Plant Analytical Methods”. Said submittal shall be in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3. Add the following section: 800-1.2.6 Herbicides and Pesticides. Shall be used in their appropriate applications with strict adherence to manufacturer’s specifications and instructions. Postemergent herbicide for all areas shall be Glyphosate, N-(phosphonomethyl) glycine, in the form of its isopropylamine salt such as Roundup Pro, Diquat, Montar, or approved equal. Preemergent herbicide for shrubs and ground- cover areas planted from flats shall be Treflan, Surflan, Eptan, or approved equal. Add the following section: 800-1.2.7 General Soil Conditioners. Agricultural-grade gypsum shall be a calcium sulfate (CaSO4 H20) product - 94.3 percent. 90 percent shall pass a 50-mesh screen. Control of dust during application is mandatory. Iron Sulfate shall be ferrous sulfate in pelletized or granular form containing not less than 20.0 percent iron expressed as metallic iron. Iron Sulfate pellets shall be of size and gradation such that 98 percent is retained on a 10-mesh screen. 800-1.5.3 Tree Stakes. Modify as follows: Tree stakes shall be 50mm (2”) diameter turned lodge-pole pine, pointed on their driven end. Add the following section: 800-1.6 Erosion Control Matting. Erosion control matting shall be made of 100-percent-biode- gradable, weed-free wheat straw of thickness and density yielding 270 grams per square meter (0.50 lb./sy) with photodegradable polypropylene netting with a density of 0.89 grams per square meter (1.64 lb/1000 sy) having an approximate mesh interval of 50 mm x 50 mm (2“ x 2“) on each face of the straw mat. The straw mat shall be sewn together with unidirectional lines of cotton or polypropylene thread spaced approximately 50 mm (2”) apart. Erosion control matting shall be “North American Green, DS150”, “BonTerra S2”, or approved equal. Add the following section: 800-1.7 Erosion Control Mat Staples. Erosion control mat staples shall be 25 mm x 150 mm (1” x 6”), U-shaped 11-gauge mild steel staples. Add the following section: 800-1.8 Root Barriers. Root barriers shall be no less than 1m (39“) in width. Root barriers shall be “Biobarrier”, as manufactured by Reemay, Inc., 70 Old Hickory Boulevard, Old Hickory, TN 97138, Phone 615-847-7000, no substitutes will be accepted. 800-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS. 800-2.1.3 Plastic Pipe for Use with Solvent Weld Socket or Threaded Fittings, Add the following: Except as provided in this section, all buried piping in the irrigation system shall be installed with underground utility marking tape conforming to the requirements of section 207-21. Intermittent pressure lines (lines on the downstream side of a controller valve that will not be subject to constant pressure) will not require underground utility marking tape. Pressure mainline piping for sizes 50 mm (2”) and larger shall be PVC having a pressure rating of 2170 kPa (315 PSI), S.D.R. 13.5. Stenciled pipe is required for all irrigation system piping including portions not required to be marked with underground utility marking tape. All pipe shall have stenciling appearing on both sides of the pipe May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 171 of 442 with the marking “Reclaimed Water” in 16 mm (5/8”) high letters repeated every 300 mm (12“). PVC non-pressure buried lateral line piping shall be PVC Schedule 40. Add the following section: 800-2.1.6 Brass Pipe and Fittings. Brass pipe shall be IPS standard weight 125 LB 85 percent copper and 15 percent zinc, trade designation seamless red brass pipe conforming to the require- ments of ASTM B43-91. Brass pipe fittings and connections shall be Standard 125 LB class 85 percent red brass fittings and connections. 800-2.2.7 Valve Boxes. Add the following: All valve boxes shall be marked “RCV”, “BV” or “QC”, “PB” respectively. Remote control valves shall be marked with station numbers embossed on the valve cover with a brass tag. (RCV boxes shall have locking covers.) Other boxes such as pull boxes, etc., shall be marked with appropriate identification. Add the following section: 800-2.2.8 Ball Valves. Ball valves shall have bottom-loaded pressure-retaining stems, glass-re-inforced seats, and reinforced TFE stem packing seals. Valves sizes 13 mm (½“) to 50 mm (2“) shall be pressure rated at 4140 kPa (600 PSI) WOG and 1030 kPa (150-PSI) saturated steam. Each valve shall be tested, air under water, in the opened and closed position by the manufac-turer. Ball valve must conform to Federal Specification WW-V-35B, Type II, Class A, Style 3, End Connection A or C. Add the following section: 800-2.2.9 Pressure Regulator Valve. Pressure regulator valve shall be bronze body with screw fitting. Add the following section: 800-2.2.10 Wye Strainers. Wye strainers shall have a cast iron or all-bronze body with a remov-able stainless steel or monel strainer. Wye strainers shall be capable of withstanding a cold water working pressure of 1034 kPa (150 psi). Wye strainers at backflow preventer assemblies shall be equipped with a gate valve at the outlet. All other wye strainers shall be equipped with a garden valve at the outlet. The strainer screen for the wye strainer in a backflow preventer assembly shall have an open area equal to at least 3 times the cross-sectional area of the pipe based on an iron pipe size and shall be woven wire fabric with 850-µm mesh or perforated sheet with 1.14 mm (0.045”) diameter holes. All other wye strainers shall be equipped with 425-µm strainer screens. 800-2.3 Backflow Preventer Assembly. Add the following: Backflow preventers shall be one of the approved reduced pressure principle devices listed by the California Department of Health Services, Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Management, 601 North 7th Street, Mail- ing Station (MS) 92, P.O. Box 942732, Sacramento, CA 94234-7320. Backflow preventers shall be factory assembled and shall include 2 check valves, one pressure differential relief valve, 2 shut-off valves and 4 test cocks. Backflow preventer and valves shall be the same size as the pipeline in which they are installed, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Backflow preventer shut-off valves shall be manufactured from iron or bronze and shall be either May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 172 of 442 resilient wedged gate valves, resilient seated and fully ported ball valves, or resilient seated but-terfly valves. Threaded type shut-off valves shall be provided with a union on one side of each valve. Unions shall be brass or malleable iron. 800-2.4 Sprinkler Equipment. Add the following: All sprinkler heads are to have factory built-in check valves or a check valve under each head. Check valves shall be of heavy-duty virgin PVC construction with FIP thread inlet and outlet. Internal parts shall be stainless steel and neoprene. Antidrain valves shall be field adjustable against drain out from 1.5 m to 12 m (5’ to 40’) of head. All sprinkler heads that are without valves in the heads are to have an antidrain valve feature and shall have an excess flow feature, which will automatically stop the flow of water when it exceeds the GPM preset by the manufacturer. Check valves shall be King Bros., Rainbird, or approved equal. Add the following section: 800-2.4.1 Additional Equipment. Contractor shall provide the following items to the Engineer: 1. Two control valve keys. 2. Two wrenches for removing each different type of sprinkler head. 3. Two quick coupler keys. The keys and hose ells shall be of the same manufacturer as 4. The coupling valve. 5. Five keys for opening and locking each automatic controller and enclosure. 800-3 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS. 800-3.1 General. Add the following: All electrical materials shall conform to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. 800-3.2.2 Conductors. Add the following: Low voltage electric wiring running from controller to the automatic control valves shall be no smaller than No. 14 solid single conductor, copper wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm (60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial), or equal, color code wires to each valve. Neutral wires shall be white, no smaller than No. 12 solid single conductor wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm (60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial). 800-3.3 Controller Unit. Add the following: All controllers shall be grounded by one 19 mm (5/8”) diameter by 3 m (10’) long stainless steel grounding rod and a 50-ohm resistance lightning arres-tor. Add the following section. 800-3.4 Irrigation Electrical Service Equipment and Enclosures. Electrical service equipment shall incorporate the following elements: 1. One 100-amp, 120/240-volt, single-phase load center, as approved by the Engineer; 2. One 100-amp rated commercial meter socket suitable for the San Diego Gas and Electric Company meter, with provision for test block bypass having a UL listing and EUSERC ap- proval; 3. One 15-amp circuit breaker for each irrigation controller energized by the service; 4. One 20-amp circuit breaker for the duplex receptacle. 5. The design, assembly, grounding, wiring, and components of the irrigation electrical service equipment and enclosure shall meet the requirements of the 1996 edition of the National Electrical Code. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 173 of 442 6. Electrical service equipment shall be enclosed in a cabinet constructed entirely of 14-gage, or heavier, 304 stainless steel. The cabinet shall be of welded construction with a brushed finish; anchoring points shall be inside the enclosure. 7. The cabinet shall be HYDROSAFE Model No. HS9, Strong Box, or approved equal. 8. The cabinet shall have a 304 stainless steel interior bulkhead separating the 120/240-volt electrical service section from the irrigation controller section. 9. No wood components shall be used in the enclosure. 10. Each section of the cabinet shall have full front opening doors with piano hinges, integral keylock and hasp and staple, or other provision, for padlock. 11. The cabinet shall be provided with cross-flow ventilation. Ventilation openings shall be lo-cated and designed to preclude rain, irrigation splash, vermin, and insects from entering the cabinet. 12. The controller side door shall have provision for mounting control schematics without the use of adhesives or fasteners. The service side door shall have a clear acrylic plastic window to allow the electrical meter to be read. 13. The cabinet shall have a duplex 15-amp, 120-volt receptacle with ground fault interrupter protection mounted on the interior service side. 14. Concrete footings and pads supporting the Electrical service equipment shall be 560-C-3250 and shall be no less than 150 mm (6“) thick. 15. Anchor bolts to secure the service equipment to the concrete pad shall be 10 mm (38“) di- ameter by 150 mm (6“) long hot dip galvanized or stainless steel headed bolts with washers, without sleeves, conforming to section 304-1.7. Anchor bolts to secure the service equipment to the concrete pad shall be embedded in the concrete slab between 65 mm and 100 mm (2½” and 4“). SECTION 801 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION 801-2 EARTHWORK AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT 801-2.2.2 Fertilization and Conditioning Procedures. Add the following: The Contractor shall cultivate the surface of all areas to be planted or hydroseeded by discing, ripping or scarifying the finish grade. After cultivation the Contractor shall clear the planting areas of stones to the depth of cultivation and shall be rake the planting areas to a smooth friable and plantable surface. The Contractor shall cultivate all planting areas, except slopes steeper than 3-1/2:1 (horizontal to ver- tical), to a depth of 300 mm (12”). The planting areas that are slopes steeper than 3-1/2:1, shall be cultivated to a depth of 150 mm (6”). After cultivation, the soil amendments shown in table 801-2.2.2(A) shall be thoroughly blended 150 mm (6”) deep in all planting areas. Except for plant- ing pits the cultivation depths are designated as the root area. Backfill for planting pits shall conform to the requirements of section 801-4.5. After surface preparation and application of the soil amendments shown in Table 801-2.3.2(A) the Contractor shall obtain a minimum of one test for each soil property listed in Tables 801-2.2.2(B) and 801-2.2.2(C) from each median planter, at least one test per 150 m (500’) from each parkway and for each hectare (2.5 acres) of hy-droseeded area and shall submit the results of said tests to the Engineer. The Contractor shall then adjust the soil properties to the acceptable ranges of soil properties shown in Tables 801- 2.2.2(B) and 801-2.2.2(C) using such materials and methods as may be necessary. Organic soil amendment materials shall not be included in the samples used to determine compliance to the soil particle gradation requirements of Table 801-2.2.2(C). If adjustments are necessary, the soil shall be tested by the Contractor after such adjustments for each soil property listed in Table 801-2.2.2(B) and 801-2.2.2(C) to determine that the adjustments to the soil made by the Contractor result in soil properties within the acceptable range. The Contractor shall adjust the soil properties May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 174 of 442 and show acceptable ranges prior to any planting or application of hydroseed slurry. Prior to the start of any planting or application of hydroseed slurry the surface and root area shall be evenly and thoroughly moistened to no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall certify, in writing, that the ground surface has been prepared in accordance with this section and shall request inspection by the Engineer prior to any planting or seeding. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s approval before any planting or hydroseeding. TABLE 801-2.2.2(A) SOIL AMENDMENTS Soil Amendment Metric Application Rate Approx. U.S. Application Rate Agricultural Gypsum 500 g per square meter 100 lbs. per 1,000 square feet Iron Sulfate 50 g per square meter 10 lbs. per 1,000 square feet Calcium Carbonate Lime 500 g per square meter 100 lbs. per 1,000 square feet Organic Soil Amend-ment 0.04115 cubic meters per square meter (average depth 41 mm) 5 cubic yards per 1,000 square feet (average depth 1 5/8”) TABLE 801-2.2.2(B) SOIL PROPERTIES Soil Property Acceptable Range Test Method Repeatability Range of Test pH 6.5 to 7.3 Saturation Paste pH 0.1 pH Dissolved Salts (Ece) 4.0 dS m-1 Saturation Paste Sol-uble Salts 7% Liquid Limit N/A to 30 ASTM D 423 2 Plasticity Index NP to 10 ASTM D 424 2 TABLE -2.2.2(C) SOIL PARTICLE GRADATION Sieve Siize Percent Passing 19 mm (3/4”) 100 9.5 mm (3/8”) 95 - 100 4.75 mm (No. 4) 60 - 85 1.89 mm (No. 10) 40 - 75 475 m (No. 40) 35 - 70 75 m (No. 200) 30 - 70 For areas to receive planting of all types, excluding only hydroseeding, the Contractor shall amend the prepared soil by blending 200 g of 7-7-7 fertilizer per square meter (40 lbs. per 1,000 square feet) into the top 150 mm (6”) of soil after the completion of adjustment of soil properties and acceptance of the planting area by the Engineer. The Contractor shall apply post-plant 12-4-6 fertilizer at the rate of 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet, 30 days after planting and every 30 days through the end of the maintenance period. 801-2.3 Finish Grading. Add following: The Contractor shall prepare the finish grade in hy-droseed slope areas with a moderately rough texture to provide a suitable surface for adherence of the hydroseed mix. - --I I I - - -- I I I -- - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 175 of 442 801-4 PLANTING. 801-4.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall perform actual planting during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable and in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice and as approved by the Engineer. No planting shall be done in any area until it has been satisfactorily prepared in accordance with these specifications. Soil moisture level prior to planting shall be no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s approval of planting pits before planting operations begin. For pit planted vegetation when the soil moisture level is found to be insufficient for planting, the Contractor shall fill the planting pits with water and allow them to drain before starting planting operations. No more plants shall be distributed in the planting area on any day than can be planted and watered on that day. The Contractor shall plant and water all plants as herein specified immediately after removal from their containers. Containers shall not be cut prior to placing the plants in the planting area. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide continuous horticultural services and temporary and/or permanent irrigation to all planted and hydroseeded areas so that the planted and hy-droseeded vegetation is 100 percent healthy and thriving prior to, and throughout the, landscape maintenance period. 801-4.2 Protection and Storage. Add the following: The Contractor shall submit a sheltered and secure location for on-site plant storage area for the Engineer’s approval prior to the delivery of any plant materials. Any plant determined by the Engineer to be wilted, broken, or otherwise damaged shall be rejected at any time during the project, whether in the ground or not. All plants shall be handled by their containers. Any plant that has been handled by its trunk or stem shall be rejected. All rejected plants shall be removed from the site immediately. 801-4.3 Layout and Plant Location. Modify as follows: Planting areas shall be staked by the Contractor and the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s approval of the planting layout before planting operations begin. 801-4.5 Tree and Shrub Planting. Add the following: The Contractor shall amend the backfill for planting holes to a thoroughly blended mixture of clean loamy soil meeting the requirements of Tables 801-2.2.2(B) and 801-2.2.2(C) and then blend the amendments listed in Table 801-4.5(A) into the backfill for planting holes. TABLE 801-4.5(A) BACKFILL AND AMENDMENTS FOR TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING Soil Amendment Metric Application Rate Approx. U.S. Application Rate Agricultural Gypsum 18 kg per cubic meter 30 lbs. per cubic yard Iron Sulfate 600 g per cubic meter 1 lb. per cubic yard Calcium Carbonate Lime 6 kg per cubic meter 10 lbs. per cubic yard Organic Soil Amend- ment 0.67 cubic meters per cubic meter 2/3 cubic yards per cubic yard Planting Tablets 1 1 per 100 mm dia. pot container 1 per 4” dia. pot container Planting Tablets 1 2 per 19 liter container 2 per 5 gal. container Planting Tablets 1 1 per each 50 mm width of each box-size container 1 per each 2” width of each box-size container 1. Planting tablet requirements are not cumulative and apply to the size container indicated - - - - - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 176 of 442 Pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary to remove injured twigs and branches, and to compensate for loss of roots during transplanting, but never to exceed one-tenth the branching structure. Pruning may be done only with the approval of, and in the presence of, the Engineer. Cuts over 19 mm (¾“) shall be painted with an approved tree wound paint. Add the following section: 801-4.5.1 Root Barriers. Root barriers shall conform to section 800-1.8, Root Barriers. The Con-tractor shall install root barriers continuously at the edges of all median planter areas. The top of the root barrier shall be 25 mm (1”) below the finish grade of the planted area. The bottom of the root barrier shall be installed as indicated on the drawings below the finish grade of the planted area. Install as indicated on the plans, eliminating any breaks in the barrier by providing at least 150 mm (6”) of overlap at splices or damaged areas. Splices and repair patches shall be stitched to the root barrier material by a running stitch of no less than 6 1 stitches per 25 mm (1”). 801-4.6 Plant Staking and Guying. Add the following: The Contractor shall install all boxed trees per drawings L-1 and L-2 of the San Diego Regional Standard Drawings unless details shown on the project plans differ therefrom. Add the following section: 801-4.8.3.1 Weed Eradication. The Contractor shall water all irrigated areas to be hydroseeded for three (3) weeks prior to hydroseeding to allow for germination of the weed seeds. The Con-tractor shall spray all weeds with a post emergent herbicide immediately after the completion of the three week irrigation period. After two (2) weeks, the Contractor shall again eradicate the weeds and complete the preparation of the soil prior to the application of the hydroseed mixes. Add the following section, 801-4.10 Erosion Control Matting Installation Add the following section, 801-4.10.1 General. Before installation of erosion control matting the Contractor shall complete all soil preparation, fine grading, and hydroseeding of the areas to receive erosion control matting. Add the following section: 801-4.10.2 Installation. The Contractor shall install erosion control matting using the following techniques: 1. Begin at the top of the slope by placing the erosion control matting into a 150 mm (6“) wide by 150 mm (6“) deep trench with the end of the matting laid flat in the bottom of the trench 2. Anchor the end of the erosion control matting with erosion control mat staples spaced no more than 300 mm (12”) on centers placed at the intersection of the bottom and the downhill vertical face of the trench. 3. Roll the erosion control matting down the slope. 4. Staple the erosion control matting on an alternating grid consisting of three across and two across lines of staples in horizontal lines spaced 900mm (3’) on centers. 5. Erosion control mat so stapled shall be spaced such that no less than 1 ¾ staples per square meter (1½ staples per square yard) are provided to anchor the erosion control matting. 6. Start the adjacent erosion control mat as in Item 1. of this section, overlapping the previously placed mat by no less than 50 mm (2”). 7. Staple placement may be such as to use the staples used to secure the adjacent mat to secure both mats along their edges. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 177 of 442 801-5 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION. 801-5.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall apply irrigation water as often and in sufficient amounts, as conditions may require, to germinate and establish the seed and keep the container plants healthy and growing. The Contractor shall lay out lines, valves, and other under- ground utilities and receive the approval of the Engineer before digging trenches. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused by its operations. Connections shall be made at approx-imately the locations shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for unapproved changes. Permission to shut off any existing in-use water lines must be obtained 48 hours in advance, as to the date, time and exact length of time of each shut-off. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the entire irrigation system is under full automatic operation for a period of seven days prior to any planting. 801-5.3 Irrigation Pipeline Installation. Add the following: The Contractor shall install all pres- sure main line piping from the irrigation system so as to maintain 3.1 m (10’) minimum horizontal separation from all potable water piping. Where reclaimed and potable water pressure mainline piping cross, the reclaimed water piping shall be installed below the potable water piping, sleeved in a pressure rating of 200 PSI SDR 21 “Alertline” PVC sleeve which extends a minimum of 3.1 m (10’) on either side of the potable water piping and be located to provide a minimum vertical clearance of 300 mm (12”) between the reclaimed and potable water lines. Conventional (white) PVC pipe Schedule 40 may be used for sleeving material if it is taped along its entire length with 75 mm (3“) wide purple warning tape which reads “Caution Reclaimed Water”. For trenching through areas where topsoil has been spread, the Contractor shall deposit topsoil on one side of trench and subsoil on opposite side. Subsoil shall be free of all rocks 13 mm (½“) in diameter or larger, debris, and litter, prior to use as backfill. The Contractor shall repair any leaks and replace all defective pipe or fittings until lines meet test requirements. The Contractor shall not cover any lines until they have been inspected and approved by the Engineer for tight- ness, quality of workmanship, and materials. The Contractor shall not be backfill trenches until all required tests and observations are performed. Observations include sprinkler heads, all fittings, lateral and mainline pipe, valves, and direct burial wire. 801-5.3.3 Plastic Pipeline. Add the following: The Contractor shall store all pipe and fittings under cover until used, and all pipe and fittings shall transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. Pipe ends and fittings shall be wiped with MEK, or equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. All field cuts shall be beveled to remove burrs and excess before fitting and gluing together. The Contractor shall center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Joints shall be exposed for inspection during testing. Plastic-to-plastic joints shall be solvent-welded, using only solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer. Add the following section: 801-5.3.5 Installation of Brass Pipe. The Contractor shall cut brass piping by power hacksaw, circular cutting machine using an abrasive wheel, or hand hacksaw. No piping shall be cut with metallic wheel cutter of any description. The Contractor shall ream and remove rough edges or burrs on all pipe so that smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained, place Teflon tape, Teflon dope, or approved equal on male threads only, and tighten to prevent any leakage. The Contractor shall tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 178 of 442 Add the following section: 801-5.4.1 Valves. Add the following: The Contractor shall install each control valve in a separate valve box with a minimum of 300 mm (12”) separation between valves and 150 mm (6”) from any fixed object or structure. Add the following section 801-5.4.2 Valve Boxes. The Contractor shall install no more than one valve per box. All boxes are to be marked as to the type of valve. Remote control valve boxes shall also indicate control station number. Add the following section: 801-5.4.3 Backflow Preventer. The Contractor shall install backflow preventer assembly in ac- cordance with manufacturer's specifications and as directed on drawings. Exact location and po-sitioning shall be verified on the site by the Engineer. 801-5.5.4 Sprinkler Head Adjustment. Add the following: The Contractor shall flush and adjust all irrigation heads and valves for optimum performance and to prevent overspray onto walks, roadways buildings, walls, and other structures. Add the following section: 801-5.5.5 Drip Assembly. The Contractor shall install drip emitter filter on the supply side of all electric pressure regulating control valve for all emitter systems. The Contractor shall install a flush valve on the discharge side of all drip laterals. 801-5.6 Automatic Control System Installation. Add the following: The Contractor shall install all portions of the electrical installation with materials and methods conforming to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. The Contractor shall provide no less than one control wire and one common ground wire to service each valve in system. 801-5.6.3 Sprinkler Coverage Test. Add the following: This test shall be accomplished before any ground cover is planted. 801-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT. Add the following: The Contractor shall maintain planting areas for period of no less than 90 days or until final acceptance of the project, whichever is the greater. The Contractor shall provide complete landscape maintenance of all planted areas. The work shall include, but not be limited to, watering, litter control, weed control, stake repair, cultivating, supplementary fertilization, repair of irrigation systems, and control of dis- eases and pests. The Contractor shall submit a written plan to control weeds, disease, and pest infestations in the planting areas. The submittal shall conform to the requirements for shop drawings as specified in section 2-5.3 et seq. of the specifications. The Engineer shall approve all methods and materials for such control. Upon approval, the Contractor shall implement the control measures, exercising extreme caution in using pesticides and taking all steps to ensure the safety of the public. Only licensed personnel will be permitted to perform toxic spraying work. During the plant establish- ment period, the Contractor shall furnish sufficient workers and equipment on a daily basis to perform the work required by this section. Any day when the Contractor fails to adequately carry out specified maintenance work, as determined necessary by the Engineer, will not be credited as one of the plant establishment days. All planting areas which are damaged by construction shall be repaired by the Contractor within twenty (20) days following completion of construction in such. The Contractor shall repair such damaged areas. The repair shall consist of bringing the damaged area back to final grade, preparing the soil, replanting the area with the same vegetation as originally specified, and maintaining the area to achieve acceptable plant establishment. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 179 of 442 The Contractor shall provide irrigation toall areas for a minimum of 90 days to ensure adequate plant establishment. Should the coverage not be achieved the maintenance period shall be ex- tended until the required coverage is achieved plus an additional 30 day period. The Contractor shall call for a final inspection 30 days before the end of the maintenance period and at the end of the maintenance period. Failure to pass inspection will result in an extension of the maintenance period. The Contractor shall continue to provide maintenance for such time necessary to obtain conformance to the specifications. Delete section 801-7 MEASUREMENT and replace it with the following section: 801-7 GUARANTEE. The Contractor shall guarantee all 600 mm (24”) box trees installed under the contract to live and grow for one year from the day of final acceptance of the contract work. The Contractor shall guarantee all other plant material, including ground covers to live and grow for a period of 30 days from the last day of the maintenance period or final acceptance of the contract work, whichever is the later. The Contractor shall replace, at its expense, all plant material found to be dead, missing, or in poor condition during the maintenance period within 5 days of discovery of such plant material. The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the condition of the plant material. Plant material found to be dead or in poor condition within the guarantee period shall be replaced by the Contractor, at its expense, within 15 days of written notification. Replacements shall be made to the same specifications required for the original plantings. The Contractor shall submit written vegetation, planting and irrigation guarantee in approved form that all work showing defects in materials or workmanship will be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Engineer for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Engineer. The Guar-antee form shall be retyped on the Contractor's letterhead and contain the following verbiage: “Guarantee for Vegetation, Planting and Irrigation System for (Project Name) We hereby guarantee that the vegetation, planting and irrigation system we have furnished and installed for (project name) is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. We agree to repair or replace any defect in vegetation, material or workmanship, including that due to ordinary wear and tear, which may develop during the periods specified in section 308-7 of the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions of said project from date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later, and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Agency. This guarantee does not extend to unusual abuse or neglect that may occur subsequent to the date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later. We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Engineer, after receipt of written notice. In the event of failure to make such repairs or replace- ments within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Engineer, we authorize the Engineer to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense, and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. Project: (Project Name) Location: (Legal Description of Project Property) Name of Contractor: Address: (Of Contractor) Telephone: (Of Contractor) By: (Typed or printed names of signing Officer(s) of the Contractor authorized to bind the Con- tractor in legal matters) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 180 of 442 Title: (Of said officer(s)) Signature(s) Date of Execution: Add the following section: 801-7.1 Record Drawings. In addition to the requirements of section 2-5.4, herein, the Contractor shall prepare record drawings that show all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including those involving both constant-pressure and intermittent-pressure lines and appurtenances. The Contractor shall accurately record, on a daily basis, on one set of blue line prints of the irrigation drawings, all changes in work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including changes in both pressure and nonpressure line. The Contractor shall post information on record drawings no later than the next working day after the work is installed. The Contractor shall record changes and dimensions in a legible and professional manner. When the drawings are approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall transfer all information to a set of reproducible photo mylar drawings. Items required to be shown shall be dimensioned by the Contractor from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement). The accuracy of location of all items to be shown on the drawings shall be 150 mm (6”) in both the vertical and horizontal planes. All text and numerals placed on drawings shall be 0.30 mm (1/8”) in size. Facilities and items to be located in their horizontal and vertical positions and shown on the record drawings include all: a) Point(s) of connection, for water and electrical services b) Routing of irrigation pressure mainlines c) Backflow preventors d) Ball, gate and check valves e) Irrigation control valves. f) Quick coupler valves g) Routing of service wires h) Routing of control wires i) Electrical service equipment j) Electrical junction boxes k) Irrigation controllers l) Sleeves for future connections m) Other equipment of a similar nature (as directed by the Engineer). The Contractor shall keep the blue print drawings available for the Engineer’s inspection at any time. The Contractor shall make all changes to reproducible drawings in waterproof black ink (no ball point pen). Changes in dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and professional manner. Record con-struction drawings shall be maintained at the job site during construction. The Contractor shall pro- vide one set of mylar "record" drawings to the Engineer after submitting blueline prints of the pro-posed "record" drawings for, and obtaining their approval by, the Engineer. Add the following section: 801-7.2 Controller Chart. The Contractor shall prepare record drawings which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval by the Engineer before charts are prepared. The Contractor shall provide one controller chart of the maximum size the controller doorwill allow, for each controller supplied, showing the area covered by that automatic controller. The chart shall be a reduction of the actual record system drawing with a legend to explain all symbols. If the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, The Contractor shall enlarge it to a size that will be readable when reduced. The Contractor shall photocopy the chart, with a pastel transparent color used to show area of coverage for each station. When completed and approved, the Contractor May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 181 of 442 shall hermetically seal the chart between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils thick. The Contractor shall complete the charts and obtain the Engineers approval prior to final inspection of the irrigation system. Add the following section: 801-7.3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals. The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer, within 10 calendar days prior to completion of construction, all required and necessary descriptive material in complete detail and sufficient quantity, properly prepared in four individual bound copies. The descriptive material shall describe the material installed in sufficient detail to permit qualified operating personnel to understand, operate, and maintain all equipment. The Contractor shall include spare parts list and related manufacturer information for each equipment item installed. Each manual shall include the following: a) Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number. b) Duration of Guarantee period. c) List of equipment, with names and addresses of manufacturer's local representative. d) Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. e) In addition to the maintenance manuals, the Contractor shall provide the agency mainte- nance personnel with instructions for major equipment and show written evidence to the En-gineer at the conclusion of the work that this service has been rendered. Add the following section: 801-7.4 Check List. The Contractor shall complete and forward signed and dated checklist to the Engineer before final acceptance of project, using the format shown: a) Plumbing permits (if none required, so note) b) Materials approval c) Pressure mainline test (by whom, and date) d) Record drawings completed (received by, and date) e) Controller chart completed (received by, and date) f) Materials furnished (received by, and date) g) Operation and maintenance manuals furnished (received by, and date) h) System and equipment operation instructions (received by, and date) i) Manufacturer warranties (received by, and date) j) Written guarantee by Contractor (received by, and date) Delete section 801-8 PAYMENT and replace it with the following section: 308-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Add the following: The lump-sum price set forth in the contract documents shall include, but not be limited to, full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment and performing all work necessary to complete, maintain, and guarantee the planting and irrigation work described or specified in the contract documents, in- cluding soils testing and recommended soil amendments, seed and hydroseed slurry, tree stakes, bark mulch, erosion control matting, plant materials, temporary irrigation and permanent irrigation, including reduced-pressure back-flow preventer, ball valves, drip valve assembly, electric control valves, quick couplers, control wires, pull boxes, valve boxes, all piping and sleeves, electrical conduits, irrigation heads, drip emitters, bubblers, drip irrigation equipment, connection from elec-trical service to irrigation electrical meter, connection from meter to irrigation controller(s), instal- lation of controller enclosure, concrete pads, preparation, correction, reproduction and lamination of “as-built” drawings, controller charts, assembly and submittal of the check list and operation and maintenance manuals and all appurtenances to the aforementioned items, as well as 90 days' maintenance and project guarantees. The Engineer reserves the right to stop payment until all punch list submitted to the Contractor every month are completed. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 182 of 442 TECHNICAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 Summary 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 56 39 Temporary Tree and Plant Protection 01 73 00 Execution 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 01 78 40 Warranties and Bonds DIVISION 02 – SITE WORK 02 41 19 Selective Demolition DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE 03 30 53 Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete DIVISION 04 – MASONRY 04 20 00 Unit Masonry DIVISION 05 – METALS 05 73 00 Decorative Metal Railings DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 09 96 10 Anti-Graffiti Coating DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 Common Work Results 26 05 19 Low Voltage Power Conductors 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes 26 05 53 Identification 26 56 00 Exterior Lighting DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 31 10 00 Site Clearing DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 32 84 00 Planting Irrigation 32 91 15 Soil Preparation (Performance Specification) 32 93 00 Plants May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 183 of 442 SECTION 01 10 00 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Work required but not shown. 4. Governing documents, codes, and standards. 5. Conflicts/Clarifications 6. Access to site. 7. Work restrictions. 8. Specification and drawing conventions. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Poinsettia Community Park – Phase III. 1. Project Location: 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California 92008 B. Owner: 1. City of Carlsbad Public Works Department 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, CA 92008 2. Associate Engineer / Project Manager: Brandon Miles (760) 602-2745. C. Landscape Architect: 1. Schmidt Design Group Glen Schmidt & JT Barr 1111th Ave. Suite 500 San Diego, CA 92101. (619) 236-1462 D. Landscape Architect's Consultants: The Landscape Architect has retained the following design professionals who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 184 of 442 1. BWE (Civil Engineer) Carl Fiorica 9449 Balboa Avenue, Suite 270 San Diego, CA 92123 (619) 299-5550 2. Alagia Engineering (Electrical Engineer) Neal Alagia 17743 Del Paso Drive Poway, CA 92064 (858) 746-7414 3. BWE (Structural Engineer) Charlie Colvin 9449 Balboa Ave., Suite 270 San Diego, CA 92123 (619) 299-5550 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: 1. Renovation and construction of a public facility: a. Accessibility Code Compliance Improvements b. Vehicular & Pedestrian Paving c. Site Furnishings d. Seating Walls e. Site Lighting f. Shade Canopy Structure Demolition g. Drainage improvements along Laguna Drive h. Soil Preparation/Finish Grading i. Planting & Irrigation B. Type of Contract: 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.5 WORK REQUIRED BUT NOT SHOWN A. The following items not shown on the drawings and/or described in the specifications shall be done by the Contractor and are included in the General Scope of the Work: 1. Contractor shall coordinate locations of all piping, electrical work and other items required to be installed in overhead, wall or room spaces. Carefully study all drawings, and request permission for sleeves, cutouts, etc., wherever required for proper installation and clearances. 2. Provide drawings showing vertical sections through building wherever required to assure that overhead clearances will not be impaired. These requirements shall May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 185 of 442 apply both to subcontracted and assigned work. Impairment of clearances in equipment rooms and similar spaces will not be permitted. 3. Provide coordination drawings, plans and sections as necessary, showing the relationships between the structure and the systems to be installed. Insure routing of the services is coordinated and that the routings are not in conflict with each other. 1.6 GOVERNING DOCUMENTS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in strict accordance with: 1. The Contract. 2. The Drawings and Specifications. 3. The Project Manual. 4. Change Orders issued by the Owner. 5. The governing Building Code(s), all governing laws, ordinances, rules, permits, regulations and directives from governing authorities having jurisdiction over this work. 6. The approved construction time and sequence schedule. 7. Guarantees, warranties, and bonds in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents, with period of coverage as stated herein; except that if Contractor neglects to correct or complete work in final inspection check lists, during period of guarantee, Contractor shall still be responsible and required to do so after expiration dates of guarantee, until the corrective work is completed and accepted by the Owner. 1.7 CONFLICTS/CLARIFICATIONS A. Contract Drawings and Specifications 1. Relationship of Drawings and Specifications: a. The Drawings and Specifications taken together are the Contract Documents for this project. In the case of a discrepancy between the two, the more stringent will apply. b. The Drawings and Specifications are meant to be supplementary and complementary to each other. 1) That which is shown on the Drawings but not shown in the Specifications shall be provided the same as if shown in both places and to the same standard of quality as for similar items. 2) That which is shown in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings shall be provided the same as if shown in both places and to the same extent as for similar items. 3) Drawings show extent, location, dimension, relationship among various parts, and quantity of items. 4) Specifications show quality, trade names, generic names and workmanship standards. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 186 of 442 2. Specifications: a. The Specifications consist of several parts, which are intended to complement each other so that when taken together they provide the complete project requirements. b. All parts shown in the Contents together with Addenda, Construction Change Directives, Proposal Requests, Approved Change Orders, Executed Contracts, and Bonds comprise the Contract Documents. c. Each Section of the Specification includes all parts of Division 00- Bidding and Contract Documents (including Contract Forms) and of Division 01 - General Requirements, as though written in full within each Section. d. Titles and headings to the Divisions and Sections conform to the CSI format and are introduced for convenience and shall not be taken as a complete or correct segregation of the several units of work. e. Specifications are of the abbreviated type and include incomplete sentences; all instructions are directed to the Contractor even though such phrases as “the Contractor shall,” or “shall be done by the Contractor” have been omitted. f. Terms such as “directed,” “required,” “selected,” “permitted,” “approved,” “acceptable,” “satisfactory,” and the like mean by the Architect, unless otherwise indicated. g. Terms such as “shown,” “indicated,” “detailed,” and the like mean upon the Drawings. h. The terms “provide” or “furnish” mean complete and in place. i. The Scope paragraph, or similar paragraphs that describe the work, in each Section is intended to serve as an index of those items specified within the Section, as a locator for those items which are similar or are interfaces as specified elsewhere, and as a reminder of the inclusion of requirements of Division 00- Bidding and Contract Requirement (including Contract Forms) and of Division 01- General Requirement; the index may not be complete; all products, equipment and labor necessary for a complete, safe and operating project are implied if not fully mentioned. B. Conflicts/Clarifications 1. When conflicts occur that the Contractor is aware of in the Drawings (i.e. structural versus architectural) or Drawings and Specifications (i.e. Roof Detail versus Specifications) NONE of the above governs. The Contractor shall notify Architect PRIOR TO PROCEEDING and the Architect will determine which way to proceed. IN EITHER CASE, IT WILL BE ASSUMED THE CONTRACTOR BID THE MORE EXPENSIVE METHOD. 2. When conflicts occur that are not brought to the Architect’s attention, the following shall govern: a. Addenda or modifications of any nature, to the Drawings and Specifications, take precedent over the original. b. In the case of a discrepancy between the Specifications and the Drawings the more stringent requirement will apply. c. Within the Working Drawings, the larger scale takes precedence over smaller and noted materials over graphic indications. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 187 of 442 C. See also Division 01 - General Conditions for additional information and requirements. 1.8 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. 1.9 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work to normal business working hours of 7 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated. 1. No work on Saturdays, Sundays or city holidays. 2. Early Morning Hours: 7:00 AM. 3. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: 7:00 AM to 2:30 PM. 4. Hours for Core Drilling and other noisy activities: 7:00 AM to 4:00 PM. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager & Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Construction Manager's & Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Owner, Construction Manager, & adjacent residents not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 188 of 442 2. Obtain Construction Manager's & Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. E. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site. 1. Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Owner's representative. 1.10 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 10 00 SECTION 01 25 00 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. General Provisions of the Contract Section 1-1.3, EQUALS AND APPROVALS and Section 4-1.6, TRADE NAMES OR EQUALS apply to this section with regard to substitutions made after Notice to Proceed. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 189 of 442 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." C. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." D. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files. E. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 190 of 442 separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of Landscape Architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Landscape Architect's Action: If necessary, Landscape Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Landscape Architect will notify Contractor through City Engineer of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Landscape Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Landscape Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 191 of 442 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Landscape Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Landscape Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that specified product provided. c. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. d. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. e. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. f. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. i. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 192 of 442 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 25 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 193 of 442 SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. Requests for Information (RFIs). 4. Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 2. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request from Owner, City Engineer, Landscape Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 194 of 442 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 1.6 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Landscape Architect will return RFIs submitted to Landscape Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Landscape Architect and City Engineer. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 195 of 442 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Landscape Architect. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. D. Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's Action: Landscape Architect and City Engineer will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Landscape Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Landscape Architect or City Engineer after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Landscape Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Landscape Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Landscape Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Landscape Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Landscape Architect and City Engineer in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 196 of 442 3. Name and address of Landscape Architect and City Engineer. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's response was received. F. On receipt of Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Landscape Architect and City Engineer within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: City Engineer will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Landscape Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner, City Engineer, and Landscape Architect, within three days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: City Engineer will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Landscape Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, City Engineer, Landscape Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Lines of communications. f. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 197 of 442 g. Procedures for RFIs. h. Procedures for testing and inspecting. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. j. Distribution of the Contract Documents. k. Submittal procedures. l. Preparation of record documents. m. Use of the premises. n. Work restrictions. o. Working hours. p. Owner's occupancy requirements. q. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. r. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. s. Construction waste management and recycling. t. Parking availability. u. Office, work, and storage areas. v. Equipment deliveries and priorities. w. First aid. x. Security. y. Progress cleaning. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Landscape Architect, City Engineer of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility requirements. k. Time schedules. l. Weather limitations. m. Manufacturer's written instructions. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. p. Acceptability of substrates. q. Temporary facilities and controls. r. Space and access limitations. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 198 of 442 s. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. t. Testing and inspecting requirements. u. Installation procedures. v. Coordination with other work. w. Required performance results. x. Protection of adjacent work. y. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Project Closeout Conference: City Engineer will schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Landscape Architect, but no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. 1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, City Engineer, Landscape Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a. Preparation of record documents. b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance. c. Submittal of written warranties. d. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. e. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. f. Requirements for demonstration and training. g. Preparation of Contractor's punch list. h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment. i. Submittal procedures. j. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls. 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. E. Progress Meetings: City Engineer will conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner , City Engineer, and Landscape Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 199 of 442 activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of proposal requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. 5. Retain "Coordination Meetings" Paragraph below if Project is constructed under multiple contracts or if some unusual circumstance requires tighter control than normal. Under multiple contracts, Owner often assigns responsibility for scheduling and conducting meetings to Project coordinator, who prepares the combined contractors' construction May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 200 of 442 schedule. Insert special intervals such as "every third Tuesday" to suit special circumstances. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 31 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 201 of 442 SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files. D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Landscape Architect and City Engineer and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 202 of 442 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. 4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal category: Action; informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's final release or approval. g. Scheduled date of fabrication. 1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Landscape Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic digital data files (PDF and AutoCAD Format) of the Contract Drawings will be provided by Landscape Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. 1. Landscape Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings. a. The following PDF files will by furnished for each appropriate discipline: 1) Building plans and details. 2) Construction Site plans and details. 3) Grading and drainage plans and details. 4) Electrical plans and details. 5) Landscape and irrigation plans and details. b. The following AutoCAD files will be furnished for each appropriate discipline: 1) Construction Site plans. 2) Grading and drainage plans. B. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 203 of 442 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Landscape Architect and City Engineer reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on City Engineer's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 10 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. City Engineer will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Resubmittal Review: Allow 10 days for review of each resubmittal. 3. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Landscape Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. a. Structural, plumbing, electrical components, drainage devises. D. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., SYCPark- 061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., SYCPark-061000.01.A). 3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Landscape Architect and City Engineer. 4. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use electronic form acceptable to Owner, containing the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of City Engineer. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 204 of 442 f. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. g. Category and type of submittal. h. Submittal purpose and description. i. Specification Section number and title. j. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. l. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. m. Related physical samples submitted directly. n. Indication of full or partial submittal. o. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. p. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. q. Other necessary identification. r. Remarks. E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Landscape Architect. F. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Landscape Architect and City Engineer on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal. G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's action stamp. H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. I. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's action stamp. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 205 of 442 a. Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 2. Action Submittals: Submit three paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, will return two copies. 3. Informational Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Landscape Architect and City Engineer will not return copies. 4. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 206 of 442 a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 22by 34 inches. 3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. e. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, will return submittal with options selected. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 207 of 442 5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Landscape Architect and City Engineer will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Location within room or space. 4. Submit product schedule in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. F. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. G. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. H. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. I. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. J. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 208 of 442 K. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. L. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. M. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. N. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. O. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. P. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Landscape Architect and City Engineer. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT'S AND CITY ENGINEER'S ACTION A. Action Submittals: Landscape Architect and City Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Landscape Architect and City Engineer will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 209 of 442 B. Informational Submittals: Landscape Architect and City Engineer will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Landscape Architect and City Engineer will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Landscape Architect and City Engineer. D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Landscape Architect without action. END OF SECTION 01 33 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 210 of 442 SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Landscape Architect, Owner, City Engineer, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Landscape Architect or City Engineer. C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 211 of 442 otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies constructed at testing facility to verify performance characteristics. 2. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope erected separately from the building but on Project site, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies. 3. Room Mockups: Mockups of typical interior spaces complete with wall, floor, and ceiling finishes, doors, windows, millwork, casework, specialties, furnishings and equipment, and lighting. D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. F. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop. G. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. I. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). J. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Landscape Architect for a decision before proceeding. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 212 of 442 B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Landscape Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities. B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. D. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Landscape Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality- assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule. B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project. 1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent. C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 213 of 442 D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: 1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections. 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the "Statement of Special Inspections." 3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents. E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Landscape Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 214 of 442 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 215 of 442 F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 216 of 442 each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 1.9 QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." C. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Landscape Architect, City Engineer, and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 217 of 442 1. Notify Landscape Architect, City Engineer, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. H. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services required by the Contract Documents. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work progresses. 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Landscape Architect, City Engineer, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. 1.10 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency and/or special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 218 of 442 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Landscape Architect, City Engineer, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Landscape Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's reference during normal working hours. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 01 73 00 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 219 of 442 END OF SECTION 01 40 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 220 of 442 SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Landscape Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations. C. Water Service: Pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations. D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire- prevention program. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 221 of 442 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8- inch-OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch-OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch-OD top rails. B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8- inch-OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch-OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch-OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts. C. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 222 of 442 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 10 00 "Summary." B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. E. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1. Install temporary electric power service overhead unless otherwise indicated. F. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. 2. Install lighting for Project identification sign. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 223 of 442 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Provide construction for temporary shops and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Maintain support facilities until city inspector schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings. 1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust. C. Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations. 1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. 2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas. 3. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course according to Section 32 12 16 "Asphalt Paving." D. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. E. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 224 of 442 G. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 01 73 00 "Execution." H. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 01 10 00 "Summary." C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to Sycamore Park SWPPP Site Plan. 1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant- protection zones. 2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. E. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 56 39 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." F. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. G. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 225 of 442 at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials. H. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner. I. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day. J. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. K. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. L. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. C. Operate Project-identification-sign lighting daily from dusk until 12:00 midnight. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 226 of 442 D. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. E. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01 50 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 227 of 442 SECTION 01 56 39 - TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general protection and pruning of existing trees and plants that are affected by execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary site fencing. 2. Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" for removing existing trees and shrubs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Caliper: Diameter of a trunk measured by a diameter tape at a height 6 inches above the ground for trees up to and including 4-inch size at this height and as measured at a height of 12 inches above the ground for trees larger than 4-inch size. B. Caliper (DBH): Diameter breast height; diameter of a trunk as measured by a diameter tape at a height 54 inches above the ground line. C. Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other vegetation to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings. D. Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings. E. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to temporary tree and plant protection including, but not limited to, the following: a. Tree-service firm's personnel and equipment needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Arborist's responsibilities. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 228 of 442 c. Quality-control program. d. Coordination of Work and equipment movement with the locations of protection zones. e. Trenching by hand or with air spade within protection zones. f. Field quality control. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and locations of protection-zone fencing and signage, showing relation of equipment-movement routes and material storage locations with protection zones. 2. Detail fabrication and assembly of protection-zone fencing and signage. 3. Indicate extent of trenching by hand or with air spade within protection zones. C. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by construction. 1. Species and size of tree. 2. Location on site plan. Include unique identifier for each. 3. Reason for pruning. 4. Description of pruning to be performed. 5. Description of maintenance following pruning. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For arborist and tree service firm. B. Certification: From arborist, certifying that trees indicated to remain have been protected during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and properly treated and repaired when damaged. C. Maintenance Recommendations: From arborist, for care and protection of trees affected by construction during and after completing the Work. D. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings indicated to remain, which establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by construction activities. 1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or video recordings. 2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of each tree or other plants designated to remain. E. Quality-control program. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 229 of 442 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Arborist Qualifications: Certified Arborist as certified by ISA. B. Tree Service Firm Qualifications: An experienced tree service firm that has successfully completed temporary tree and plant protection work similar to that required for this Project and that will assign an experienced, qualified arborist to Project site during execution of the Work. C. Quality-Control Program: Prepare a written program to systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow procedures and handle materials and equipment during the Work without damaging trees and plantings. Include dimensioned diagrams for placement of protection zone fencing and signage, the arborist's and tree-service firm's responsibilities, instructions given to workers on the use and care of protection zones, and enforcement of requirements for protection zones. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Moving or parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Foot traffic. 4. Erection of sheds or structures. 5. Impoundment of water. 6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. 7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated. B. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust toward protection zones. C. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones and organic mulch. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Backfill Soil: Planting soil of suitable moisture content and granular texture for placing around tree; free of stones, roots, plants, sod, clods, clay lumps, pockets of coarse sand, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 1. Planting Soil: Planting soil as specified in Section 32 91 15 "Soil Preparation (Performance Specification)." B. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing for trees and shrubs, consisting of one of the following: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 230 of 442 1. Type: Ground or shredded bark. 2. Size Range: 3 inches maximum, 1/2 inch minimum. 3. Color: Natural. C. Protection-Zone Fencing: Fencing fixed in position and meeting the following requirements: 1. Plastic Protection-Zone Fencing: Plastic construction fencing constructed of high- density extruded and stretched polyethylene fabric with 2-inch maximum opening in pattern and weighing a minimum of 0.4 lb/ft.; remaining flexible from minus 60 to plus 200 deg F; inert to most chemicals and acids; minimum tensile yield strength of 2000 psi and ultimate tensile strength of 2680 psi; secured with plastic bands or galvanized-steel or stainless-steel wire ties; and supported by tubular or T-shape galvanized-steel posts spaced not more than 96 inches apart. a. Height: 48 inches. b. Color: High-visibility orange, nonfading. D. Protection-Zone Signage: Shop-fabricated, rigid plastic or metal sheet with attachment holes prepunched and reinforced; legibly printed with nonfading lettering and as follows: 1. Lettering: 3-inch-high minimum, black characters on white background. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Examine the site to verify that temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures are in place. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection zones. B. Prepare written report, endorsed by arborist, listing conditions detrimental to tree and plant protection. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain. Tie a 1-inch blue vinyl tape around each tree trunk at 54 inches above the ground. B. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations. C. Tree-Protection Zones: Mulch areas inside tree-protection zones and other areas indicated. Do not exceed indicated thickness of mulch. 1. Apply 2-inch uniform thickness of organic mulch unless otherwise indicated. Do not place mulch within 6 inches of tree trunks. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 231 of 442 3.3 PROTECTION ZONES A. Protection-Zone Fencing: Install protection-zone fencing along edges of protection zones before materials or equipment are brought on the site and construction operations begin in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering protected areas except by entrance gates. Construct fencing so as not to obstruct safe passage or visibility at vehicle intersections where fencing is located adjacent to pedestrian walkways or in close proximity to street intersections, drives, or other vehicular circulation. 1. Chain-Link Fencing: Install to comply with ASTM F 567 and with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Posts: Set or drive posts into ground one-third the total height of the fence without concrete footings. Where a post is located on existing paving or concrete to remain, provide appropriate means of post support acceptable to Landscape Architect. 3. Access Gates: Install where necessary; adjust to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly; free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding. B. Protection-Zone Signage: Install protection-zone signage in visibly prominent locations in a manner approved by Landscape Architect. Install one sign spaced approximately every 35 feet on protection-zone fencing, but no fewer than four signs with each facing a different direction. C. Maintain protection zones free of weeds and trash. D. Maintain protection-zone fencing and signage in good condition as acceptable to Landscape Architect and remove when construction operations are complete and equipment has been removed from the site. 1. Do not remove protection-zone fencing, even temporarily, to allow deliveries or equipment access through the protection zone. 2. Temporary access is permitted subject to preapproval in writing by arborist if a root buffer effective against soil compaction is constructed as directed by arborist. Maintain root buffer so long as access is permitted. 3.4 EXCAVATION A. General: Excavate at edge of protection zones and for trenches indicated within protection zones according to requirements in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving" unless otherwise indicated. B. Trenching within Protection Zones: Where utility trenches are required within protection zones, excavate under or around tree roots by hand or with air spade, or tunnel under the roots by drilling, auger boring, or pipe jacking. Do not cut main lateral tree roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots as May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 232 of 442 required for root pruning. If excavating by hand, use narrow-tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. C. Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and redirect them without breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and redirection is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction and as required for root pruning. D. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil. 3.5 ROOT PRUNING A. Prune tree roots that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune roots as follows: 1. Cut roots manually by digging a trench and cutting exposed roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break, tear, chop, or slant the cuts. Do not use a backhoe or other equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. 2. Cut Ends: As directed and recommended by the arborist. 3. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently redirected and covered with soil. 4. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly. 5. Backfill as soon as possible according to requirements in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving." B. Root Pruning at Edge of Protection Zone: Prune tree roots 12 inches outside of the protection zone by cleanly cutting all roots to the depth of the required excavation. C. Root Pruning within Protection Zone: Clear and excavate by hand or with air spade to the depth of the required excavation to minimize damage to tree root systems. If excavating by hand, use narrow-tine spading forks to comb soil to expose roots. Cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible. 3.6 CROWN PRUNING A. Prune branches that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune branches as directed by arborist. 1. Prune to remove only injured, broken, dying, or dead branches unless otherwise indicated. Do not prune for shape unless otherwise indicated. 2. Do not remove or reduce living branches to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system. 3. Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300 (Part 1). May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 233 of 442 B. Unless otherwise directed by arborist and acceptable to Landscape Architect, do not cut tree leaders. C. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. D. Do not paint or apply sealants to wounds. E. Provide subsequent maintenance pruning during Contract period as recommended by arborist. F. Chip removed branches and dispose of off-site. 3.7 REGRADING A. Lowering Grade within Protection Zone: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade away from trees as recommended by arborist unless otherwise indicated. 1. Root Pruning: Prune tree roots exposed by lowering the grade. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots. Cut roots as required for root pruning. B. Minor Fill within Protection Zone: Where existing grade is 2 inches or less below elevation of finish grade, fill with backfill soil. Place backfill soil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish elevations. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: Engage a qualified arborist to direct plant-protection measures in the vicinity of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain and to prepare inspection reports. 3.9 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. General: Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Landscape Architect. 1. Submit details of proposed pruning and repairs. 2. Perform repairs of damaged trunks, branches, and roots within 24 hours according to arborist's written instructions. 3. Replace trees and other plants that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by Landscape Architect. B. Trees: Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition before the end of the corrections period or are damaged during construction operations that Landscape Architect determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 234 of 442 1. Small Trees: Provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced for each tree that measures 6 inches or smaller in caliper size. 2. Large Trees: Provide one new tree(s) of 6-inch caliper size for each tree being replaced that measures more than 6-inches in caliper size. a. Species: As selected by Landscape Architect. 3. Plant and maintain new trees as specified in Section 32 93 00 "Plants." C. Excess Mulch: Rake mulched area within protection zones, being careful not to injure roots. Rake to loosen and remove mulch that exceeds a 2-inch uniform thickness to remain. D. Soil Aeration: Where directed by Landscape Architect, aerate surface soil compacted during construction. Aerate 10 feet beyond drip line and no closer than 36 inches to tree trunk. Drill 2-inch-diameter holes a minimum of 12 inches deep at 24 inches o.c. Backfill holes with an equal mix of augered soil and sand. 3.10 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 01 56 39 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 235 of 442 SECTION 01 73 00 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 6. Progress cleaning. 7. Starting and adjusting. 8. Protection of installed construction. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. 4. Section 02 41 19 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 236 of 442 1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching. 2. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work. 3. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 4. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted. a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems. B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated. B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following: a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Fire-suppression systems. c. Control systems. d. Communication systems. e. Conveying systems. f. Electrical wiring systems. g. Operating systems of special construction. C. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 237 of 442 B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Landscape Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. C. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. D. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility and Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 238 of 442 B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Landscape Architect according to requirements in Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Landscape Architect and Construction Manager promptly. B. General: Engage a land surveyor or professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Landscape Architect and Construction Manager when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. D. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Landscape Architect and Construction Manager. 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Identification: Contractor shall identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 239 of 442 B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Landscape Architect or Construction Manager. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Landscape Architect and Construction Manager before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points. C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition. D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework. 1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a legal point. 2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey." 3.5 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 240 of 442 D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Landscape Architect. 2. Allow for movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 241 of 442 D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 01 10 00 "Summary." F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 242 of 442 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 243 of 442 J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements." 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 01 73 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 244 of 442 SECTION 01 74 19 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 02 41 19 "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements, and for disposition of hazardous waste. 2. Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 245 of 442 F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 75 percent by weight of total non-hazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials, including the following: 1. Demolition Waste: a. Asphalt paving. b. Concrete. c. Concrete reinforcing steel. d. Concrete masonry units. e. Electrical conduit. f. Copper wiring. g. Lighting fixtures. h. Lamps. i. Ballasts. j. Electrical devices. k. Switchgear and panelboards. l. Transformers. m. Wood fence. n. Tubular steel fence. o. Utility poles 2. Construction Waste: a. Masonry and CMU. b. Lumber. c. Wood sheet materials. d. Wood trim. e. Metals. f. Piping. g. Electrical conduit. h. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: 1) Paper. 2) Cardboard. 3) Boxes. 4) Plastic sheet and film. 5) Polystyrene packaging. 6) Wood crates. 7) Plastic pails. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 246 of 442 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 30 days of date established for the Notice of Award. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Use Form CWM-7 for construction waste and Form CWM-8 for demolition waste. Include the following information: 1. Material category. 2. Generation point of waste. 3. Total quantity of waste in tons. 4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons. 5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons. 6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons. 7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste. B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work. C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 247 of 442 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. 1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work. 1. Review locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. 2. Comply with Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. B. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site. C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 248 of 442 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area off-site designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. B. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. C. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor. 3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Asphalt Paving: Break up and transport paving to asphalt-recycling facility. B. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials. C. Metals: Separate metals by type. 1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length. 2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. 3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 249 of 442 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. B. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Burning: Burning of waste materials is permitted only at designated areas on Owner's property, provided required permits are obtained. Provide full-time monitoring for burning materials until fires are extinguished. D. Disposal: Remove waste materials and dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner's property. E. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 01 74 19 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 250 of 442 SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site. 2. Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For cleaning agents. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. C. Field Report: For pest control inspection. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 251 of 442 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by City Engineer. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. 6. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 7. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 8. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 252 of 442 D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect and City Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Landscape Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Landscape Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Landscape Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 2. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 3. Submit pest-control final inspection report. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Landscape Architect and City Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. 2. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 253 of 442 b. Date. c. Name of Landscape Architect and City Engineer. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 3. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. MS Excel electronic file. Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, will return annotated file. b. PDF electronic file. Landscape Architect, through City Engineer, will return annotated file. 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Landscape Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. 4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 254 of 442 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned-out bulbs and bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use. END OF SECTION 01 77 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 255 of 442 SECTION 01 78 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for certified survey. 2. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one of file prints. 2) Landscape Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set(s) of prints. 2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 256 of 442 B. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. C. Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Locations and depths of underground utilities. d. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. e. Revisions to electrical circuitry. f. Actual equipment locations. g. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. h. Changes made following Landscape Architect's written orders. i. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. j. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. k. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 257 of 442 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Landscape Architect and City Engineer. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Landscape Architect through City Engineer for resolution. 4. Landscape Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. a. See Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" for requirements related to use of Landscape Architect's digital data files. b. Landscape Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers. C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Landscape Architect and City Engineer. e. Name of Contractor. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file or scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up miscellaneous record submittals. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 258 of 442 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Landscape Architect's and City Engineer's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 01 78 39 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 259 of 442 SECTION 01 78 40 – WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers’ standard warranties on products and special warranties. 1. Compile specified warranties and bonds. 2. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. 3. Co-execute submittals when so specified. 4. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. 5. Submit the above to the Owner for review. 6. Refer to the General Conditions for General Warranty of Construction. 7. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's period for correction of the Work. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted. C. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product war-ranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Work under this Contract shall be warranted by the Contractor against all defects for a min-imum of one (1) year from the Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portions thereof or for a minimum of one (1) year after acceptance by the Owner of desig- nated equipment. In case of items remaining uncompleted after Date of Substantial Com-pletion, the one-year warranty period shall run from the date of acceptance of such items. Special warranties applicable to definite parts of the Work and as specifically stipulated in the separate Sections of the Specifications or other Contract Documents shall be subject to the terms of this Paragraph during the first year of the life of such warranty. If repairs or changes are required in connection with the warranted Work within any warranty period, the Contractor shall, promptly upon receipt of notice from the Owner, Landscape Architect or Architect, and without expense to the Owner, comply with the following: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 260 of 442 1. Place in satisfactory condition in every particular, all of such warranted Work and correct all defects herein. 2. Make good damage to the buildings or site, which is the result of the cause for said repairs and changes. 3. Make good any Work, including the equipment and contents of said buildings or site, disturbed in fulfilling any such warranty. B. The Owner may, at his sole discretion, after the Contractor has received seven (7) days written notice, repair or cause to be repaired special equipment which he has caused to be furnished and installed and which may be damaged and the repair of which is included in the provision of any warranty; however, where special equipment is involved which, be-cause of its inherent nature, may suffer further damage or cause loss to the Owner due to the seven day delay, the Owner may cause such to the seven day delay, the Owner may cause such equipment to be repaired without notice to the Contractor. The cost of such repairs and the reconditioning of the equipment to its exact state prior to damage. C. If repairs or changes are required in connection with warranted Work within any warranty period and notice thereof is given within such period, the warranty shall continue as to Work requiring repair or change until the things herein required to be done are completed, and the termination of the warranty period shall not apply thereto. D. In case of Work performed by Subcontractors and where special warranties are required, warranties addressed to and in favor of the Owner shall be secured from said Subcontrac- tors. E. No provision in the Contract Documents nor in any special or general warranty shall be held to limit, as to time or scope of liability, the Contractor's liability for defects, or the liability of his sureties, to less than the legal limit of liability under laws having jurisdiction. F. The Contractor will not be held responsible for defects due to misuse, negligence, willful damage, improper maintenance, or accident caused by others, nor shall he be responsible for parts whose replacement is necessitated by failure of the Owner's maintenance forces to properly clean and service them provided that the Contractor has furnished complete maintenance instructions to the Owner. G. Submit warranties to Landscape Architect or Architect for review and transmittal to Owner. H. The delivery of any warranties shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation as- sumed under any other provision of the Contract Documents. I. The obligations of the Contractor, under this Section, shall survive termination of the Con-tract. J. Some work may require warranties for more than one (1) year. 1.3 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted construc- tion, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of such failure May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 261 of 442 or must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construc-tion. B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been cor- rected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, re-place or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. D. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise avail-able under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. 1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment on the Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work, until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit written warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors to the Owner. 2. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction, submit documents within 10 days after inspection and acceptance. 3. For all other items, submit at closeout. 4. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Owner within 10 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. 5. For items of work, where acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Sub- stantial Completion, provide update submittal within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 262 of 442 B. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcon-tractor, supplier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty, prepare a written docu- ment that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner for approval prior to final execution. 1. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and partic- ular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Form of Submittal: Compile 2 copies of each required warranty properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. D. Bind Warranties and Bonds in heavy-duty, commercial-quality, durable 3-ring, vinyl-cov- ered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the following: a. Product or work item. b. Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number. c. Scope. d. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. e. Duration of warranty, bond or service maintenance contract. f. Provide information on proper procedures in case of failure, and instances that might affect the validity of warranty or bond. g. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. Bind Warranties and Bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8 ½" by 11" paper. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS" for (list product), the Project title or name and name of the Contractor. 3. When warranted construction requires operation and maintenance manuals, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each re- quired manual. E. Special Guarantees are required by various sections of the Specifications. Assemble writ-ten Guarantees, label and submit to the Owner's Project Manager for review and trans- mittal to the Owner. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 263 of 442 1. Equipment Guarantees shall be written in the manufacturer's standard form and shall be countersigned by the Subcontractor and Supplier and the Contractor. 2. All other Guarantees shall be written on the subcontractor's or supplier's letterhead and shall be countersigned by the Contractor. 3. Bind Guarantees in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8 ½" by 11" paper. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "GUARANTEES", the Project title or name and the name of the Contractor. 4. When operating and maintenance are required for Guaranteed construction, provide additional copies of each Guarantee, as necessary, for inclusion in each required man- ual. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 WARRANTIES A. Submit warranties, bonds, service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respec-tive sections of the Specifications. 3.2 FORM OF WARRANTY A. A Warranties shall be in the form set forth below and shall be typed on the Contrac-tor’s own letterhead. Please see next page. END OF SECTION 01 78 40 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 264 of 442 Following are: • Sample "Warranty For WARRANTY FOR _______________________________________________________ We hereby warrant that the _________________________________________________ that we have installed in the ________________________________________________ has been done in accord with the Contract Documents and that the Work as installed will fulfill the requirements of the warranty included in the Specifications. We agree to repair or replace any or all of our Work together with any other adjacent Work which may be displaced or damaged by so doing, that may prove to be defective in its workmanship or materials within a period of ______ year(s) from date of acceptance of the above-named Work, without any expense to the Owner, unusual abuse or neglect excepted. In the event of our failure to comply with the foregoing conditions within seven (7) days after being notified in writing by the Owner, we collectively or separately do hereby authorize the Owner or its successor in interest to proceed to have said defects repaired and made good at our expense and we will honor and pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. Signed: ________________________________ (Contractor) < or > Signed: ________________________________ (Subcontractor) Countersigned: ________________________________ (Contractor) May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 265 of 442 SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner- occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements. 2. Section 01 56 39 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" for temporary protection of existing trees and plants that are affected by selective demolition. 3. Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures. 4. Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below- grade improvements not part of selective demolition. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. E. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 266 of 442 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's other tenants' on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 267 of 442 B. Notify Landscape Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. C. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Landscape Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. E. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. C. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings preconstruction photographs or video and templates. 1. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. 2. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 268 of 442 3.2 PREPARATION A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. 2. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies. 3. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 3. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 4. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 269 of 442 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 3. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 4. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 5. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 6. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. C. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 270 of 442 3.6 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Using power-driven saw, cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch at junctures with construction to remain. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated. B. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals using power-driven saw, and then remove concrete between saw cuts. C. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts. D. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, and then break up and remove. 3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and recycle or dispose of them according to Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 02 41 19 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 271 of 442 SECTION 03 30 53 - MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Submittals: 1. Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating cost for each product having recycled content. C. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. Comply with the following sections of ACI 301 unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. "General Requirements." 2. "Formwork and Formwork Accessories." 3. "Reinforcement and Reinforcement Supports." 4. "Concrete Mixtures." 5. "Handling, Placing, and Constructing." May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 272 of 442 B. Comply with ACI 117. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, as drawn. C. Plain-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. D. Deformed-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, flat sheet. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Regional Materials: Concrete shall be manufactured within 500 miles of Project site from aggregates and cementitious materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. C. Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type II. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. 3. Slag Cement: ASTM C 989/C 989M, Grade 100 or 120. D. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33/C 33M, 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. E. 1-inch Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. F. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. G. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 273 of 442 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A. Vapor Retarder: Plastic sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class A or B. B. Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils thick; or plastic sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class C. C. Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 3, burlap cloth or cotton mats. C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 1. VOC Content: 200 g/L or less. 2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Comply with ACI 301. B. Normal-Weight Concrete: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated at 28 days. 2. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, slag cement, and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by not less than 40 percent. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301. Do not allow air content of trowel-finished floor slabs to exceed 3 percent. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 274 of 442 1. When air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. 1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. 2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. 3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Design, construct, erect, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3.3 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION A. Install, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. 1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive or joint tape. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 275 of 442 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Landscape Architect. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into concrete when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with ACI 301 for placing concrete. B. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. C. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement. D. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. E. Equipment Bases and Foundations: 1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 2. Construct concrete bases 4 inches high unless otherwise indicated; and extend base not less than 6 inches in each direction beyond the maximum dimensions of supported equipment unless otherwise indicated or unless required for seismic anchor support. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 276 of 442 5. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base, and anchor them into structural concrete substrate. 6. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 7. Cast anchor-bolt insert into bases. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. 1/2 inch Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view. B. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following rubbed finish, defined in ACI 301, to smooth-formed- finished as-cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth-rubbed finish. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on surface. 1. Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. C. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finishes unless otherwise indicated. D. Float Finish: Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, fluid-applied or direct-to-deck-applied membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo. E. Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 277 of 442 quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film-finish coating system. F. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thinset methods. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. G. Slip-Resistive Broom Finish: Apply a slip-resistive finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. 3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 278 of 442 instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests: Perform according to ACI 301. 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. 2. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. END OF SECTION 03 30 53 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 279 of 442 SECTION 04 20 00 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete masonry units. 2. Mortar and grout. 3. Steel reinforcing bars. 4. Masonry-joint reinforcement. 5. Ties and anchors. 6. Embedded flashing. 7. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. 8. Masonry-cell fill. 9. Masonry cleaners. 10. Mortar and grout mixes. 1.3 ALLOWANCES A. Face brick is a part of the Face Brick Allowance. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. CMU(s): Concrete masonry unit(s). B. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For the following: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 280 of 442 1. Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes. 2. Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending, lap lengths, and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency. B. Material Certificates: For each type and size of the following: 1. Masonry units. a. Include material test reports substantiating compliance with requirements. b. For masonry units used in structural masonry, include data and calculations establishing average net-area compressive strength of units. 2. Integral water repellant used in CMUs. 3. Cementitious materials. Include name of manufacturer, brand name, and type. 4. Mortar admixtures. 5. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 6. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 7. Reinforcing bars. 8. Joint reinforcement. 9. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories. C. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Test according to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water retention, and ASTM C 91/C 91M for air content. 2. Include test reports, according to ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. D. Statement of Compressive Strength of Masonry: For each combination of masonry unit type and mortar type, provide statement of average net-area compressive strength of masonry units, mortar type, and resulting net-area compressive strength of masonry determined according to TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 281 of 442 B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms in a dry location or in covered weatherproof dispensing silos. E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides of walls, and hold cover securely in place. 2. Where one wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe, and hold cover in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least three days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading coverings on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 282 of 442 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from single source from single manufacturer for each product required. B. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single source or producer for each aggregate. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide structural unit masonry that develops indicated net-area compressive strengths at 28 days. 1. Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry from average net-area compressive strengths of masonry units and mortar types (unit-strength method) according to TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 2.3 UNIT MASONRY, GENERAL A. Masonry Standard: Comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6, except as modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. B. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated. Do not use units where such defects are exposed in the completed Work and will be within 20 feet vertically and horizontally of a walking surface. C. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with requirements for fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated. 2.4 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide square-edged units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated. B. CMUs: ASTM C 90. 1. Density Classification: Normal weight unless otherwise indicated. 2. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 283 of 442 2.5 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. 1. Alkali content shall not be more than 0.1 percent when tested according to ASTM C 114. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients. D. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91/C 91M. E. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329/C 1329M. F. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and complying with ASTM C 979/C 979M. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. G. Colored Cement Products: Packaged blend made from portland cement and hydrated lime or masonry cement and mortar pigments, all complying with specified requirements, and containing no other ingredients. 1. Formulate blend as required to produce color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 2. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 3. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement or mortar cement by weight. H. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. 2. For joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve. 3. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone. 4. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. I. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. J. Water: Potable. 2.6 REINFORCEMENT A. Uncoated-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 284 of 442 B. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells and to hold reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch steel wire, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of bars indicated. 2.7 TIES AND ANCHORS A. General: Ties and anchors shall extend at least 1-1/2 inches into veneer but with at least a 5/8-inch cover on outside face. B. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene urethane or PVC. B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from [styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805] [or] [PVC, complying with ASTM D 2287, Type PVC-65406] and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated felt complying with ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). 2.9 MASONRY-CELL FILL A. Lightweight-Aggregate Fill: ASTM C331/C331M. 2.10 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 2.11 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 285 of 442 2. Use portland cement-lime masonry cement or mortar cement mortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. For exterior masonry, use portland cement-lime masonry cement or mortar cement mortar. 4. For reinforced masonry, use portland cement-lime masonry cement or mortar cement mortar. 5. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Property Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated or needed to provide required compressive strength of masonry. 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type M. 2. For reinforced masonry, use Type M. 3. For mortar parge coats, use Type S or Type N. 4. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and nonload-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load-bearing walls; for interior nonload-bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N. 5. For interior nonload-bearing partitions, Type O may be used instead of Type N. D. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product or select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. 1. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 2. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement or mortar cement by weight. 3. Mix to match Architect's sample. 4. Application: Use pigmented mortar for exposed mortar joints with the following units: a. Decorative CMUs. b. Pre-faced CMUs. c. Concrete face brick. d. Clay face brick. e. Hollow brick. f. Glazed brick. g. Glazed structural clay facing tile. h. Stone trim units. i. Cast-stone trim units. E. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 286 of 442 2. Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476, Table 1 or paragraph 4.2.2 for specified 28-day compressive strength indicated, but not less than 2000 psi. 3. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. 2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. 4. Verify that substrates are free of substances that impair mortar bond. B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to actual widths of masonry units, using units of widths indicated. B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections. C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to opening. D. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. E. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed. F. Matching Existing Masonry: Match coursing, bonding, color, and texture of existing masonry. G. Wetting of Brick: Wet brick before laying if initial rate of absorption exceeds 30 g/30 sq. in. per minute when tested according to ASTM C67. Allow units to absorb water so they are damp but not wet at time of laying. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 287 of 442 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements: 1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation, do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or minus 1/4 inch. 2. For location of elements in plan, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2 inch. 3. For location of elements in elevation, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total. B. Lines and Levels: 1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 3. For vertical lines and surfaces, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 5. For lines and surfaces, do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 6. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet or 1/2-inch maximum. 7. For faces of adjacent exposed masonry units, do not vary from flush alignment by more than 1/16 inch except due to warpage of masonry units within tolerances specified for warpage of units. C. Joints: 1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch. 2. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from bed-joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 1/8 inch. 3. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8 inch or minus 1/4 inch. 4. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. 5. For exposed bed joints and head joints of stacked bond, do not vary from a straight line by more than 1/16 inch from one masonry unit to the next. 3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 288 of 442 B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond; do not use units with less-than-nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 4 inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less-than-nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. D. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by stepping back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh masonry. E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. F. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated. G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below, and rod mortar or grout into core. H. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated. I. Build nonload-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 2. Fasten partition top anchors to structure above and build into top of partition. Grout cells of CMUs solidly around plastic tubes of anchors and push tubes down into grout to provide 1/2-inch clearance between end of anchor rod and end of tube. Space anchors 48 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 3. Wedge nonload-bearing partitions against structure above with small pieces of tile, slate, or metal. Fill joint with mortar after dead-load deflection of structure above approaches final position. 4. At fire-rated partitions, treat joint between top of partition and underside of structure above to comply with Section 07 84 43 "Joint Firestopping." 3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay CMUs as follows: 1. Bed face shells in mortar and make head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. Bed webs in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters. 3. Bed webs in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 4. Fully bed entire units, including areas under cells, at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 289 of 442 5. Fully bed units and fill cells with mortar at anchors and ties as needed to fully embed anchors and ties in mortar. B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated. 1. For glazed masonry units, use a nonmetallic jointer 3/4 inch or more in width. D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint) unless otherwise indicated. 3.6 MASONRY-JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. 2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in foundation walls and parapet walls. 3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond openings in addition to continuous reinforcement. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at corners, returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. 3.7 ANCHORING MOSONRY TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE A. Anchor masonry to structural steel and concrete, where masonry abuts or faces structural steel or concrete, to comply with the following: 1. Provide an open space not less than 1/2 inch wide between masonry and structural steel or concrete unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Anchor masonry with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches o.c. vertically and 36 inches o.c. horizontally. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 290 of 442 3.8 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control- and expansion-joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in-plane wall or partition movement. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas as needed to perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Inspections: Special inspections according to Level [B] [C] in TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5. 1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of site- prepared mortar. 2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades, sizes, and locations of reinforcement. 3. Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared grout. C. Testing Prior to Construction: One set of tests. D. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. E. Clay Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 67 for compressive strength. F. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 140 for compressive strength. G. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. H. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. Test mortar for mortar air content and compressive strength. I. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 1019. J. Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, according to ASTM C 1314 at 7 days and at 28 days. 3.10 PARGING A. Parge exterior faces of below-grade masonry walls, where indicated, in two uniform coats to a total thickness of 3/4 inch. Dampen wall before applying first coat, and scarify first coat to ensure full bond to subsequent coat. B. Use a steel-trowel finish to produce a smooth, flat, dense surface with a maximum surface variation of 1/8 inch per foot. Form a wash at top of parging and a cove at bottom. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 291 of 442 C. Damp-cure parging for at least 24 hours and protect parging until cured. 3.11 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application, where indicated. C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean brick by bucket-and-brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes 20. 6. Clean concrete masonry by applicable cleaning methods indicated in NCMA TEK 8-4A. 7. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 8. Clean stone trim to comply with stone supplier's written instructions. 9. Clean limestone units to comply with recommendations in ILI's "Indiana Limestone Handbook." 3.12 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site. B. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soil-contaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches in each dimension. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 292 of 442 2. Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part of masonry waste. Fill material is specified in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving." 3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade. C. Masonry Waste Recycling: Return broken CMUs not used as fill to manufacturer for recycling. D. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above or recycled, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 04 20 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 293 of 442 SECTION 05 73 00 - DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel and iron decorative railings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Railings: Guards, handrails, and similar devices used for protection of occupants at open-sided floor areas and for pedestrian guidance and support, visual separation, or wall protection. 1.4 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written instructions to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible. B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver items to Project site in time for installation. C. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support railings temporarily by any means that do not meet structural performance requirements. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 294 of 442 1. Manufacturer's product lines of railings assembled from standard components. 2. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required. 1. Sections of each distinctly different linear railing member, including handrails, top rails, posts, and balusters. 2. Fittings and brackets. 3. Welded connections. 4. Brazed connections. 5. Assembled Samples of railing systems, made from full-size components, including top rail, post, handrail, and infill. Show method of finishing members at intersections. Samples need not be full height. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency. B. Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless-steel products certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. C. Welding certificates. D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935. E. Preconstruction test reports. F. Evaluation Reports: For post-installed anchors, from ICC-ES. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel." 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with railings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 295 of 442 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Steel Decorative Railings: 1. As indicated on plans B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing from single source from single manufacturer. C. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of railings and are based on the specific system indicated. See Section 01 60 00 "Product Requirements." 1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: In engineering railings to withstand structural loads indicated, determine allowable design working stresses of railing materials based on the following: 1. Aluminum: The lesser of minimum yield strength divided by 1.65 or minimum ultimate tensile strength divided by 1.95. 2. Copper Alloys: 60 percent of minimum yield strength. 3. Stainless Steel: 60 percent of minimum yield strength. 4. Steel: 72 percent of minimum yield strength. B. Structural Performance: Railings, including attachment to building construction, shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards: a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied in any direction. c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2. Infill of Guards: a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft. b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior railings by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 296 of 442 2.3 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes. B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Same metal and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide cast-metal brackets with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt. 2. Provide either formed- or cast-metal brackets with predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage. 3. Provide formed-steel brackets with predrilled hole for bolted anchorage and with snap-on cover that matches rail finish and conceals bracket base and bolt head. 4. Provide extruded-aluminum brackets with interlocking pieces that conceal anchorage. Locate set screws on bottom of bracket. 2.4 STEEL AND IRON A. Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M (cold formed) or ASTM A 513. B. Bars: Hot-rolled, carbon steel complying with ASTM A 29/A 29M, Grade 1010. C. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2.5 FASTENERS A. Fastener Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Stainless-Steel Components: Type 304 Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners. 2. Uncoated Steel Components: Plated-steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating where concealed; Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners where exposed. 3. Galvanized-Steel Components: Plated-steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating. 4. Dissimilar Metals: Type 304 Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners. B. Fasteners for Anchoring to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads. C. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching railings to other work unless exposed fasteners are the standard fastening method for railings indicated. 1. Provide tamper-resistant square or hex socket flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 297 of 442 D. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC193 or ICC-ES AC308. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1Group 2 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. C. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting." D. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer. E. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. F. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Water-based galvanized metal primer complying with MPI#134. G. Intermediate Coats and Topcoats: Provide products that comply with Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting." H. Epoxy Intermediate Coat: Complying with MPI#77 and compatible with primer and topcoat. I. Polyurethane Topcoat: Complying with MPI#72 and compatible with undercoat. J. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M. K. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. L. Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 298 of 442 1. Water-Resistant Product: At exterior locations provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use. 2.7 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads. B. Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. C. Make up wire-rope assemblies in the shop to field-measured dimensions with fittings machine swaged. Minimize amount of turnbuckle take-up used for dimensional adjustment so maximum amount is available for tensioning wire ropes. Tag wire-rope assemblies and fittings to identify installation locations and orientations for coordinated installation. D. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inchunless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. E. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. F. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. Locate weep holes in inconspicuous locations. G. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. H. Connections: Fabricate railings with welded or nonwelded connections unless otherwise indicated. I. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Type 1 welds; no evidence of a welded joint. J. Mechanical Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 299 of 442 1. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using an epoxy structural adhesive if this is manufacturer's standard splicing method. K. Form changes in direction as follows: 1. As detailed. L. Bend members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration required; maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. M. Close exposed ends of hollow railing members with prefabricated end fittings. N. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns, unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch or less. O. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated. 1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions, provide crush-resistant fillers, or other means to transfer loads through wall finishes to structural supports and to prevent bracket or fitting rotation and crushing of substrate. P. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. Q. For railing posts set in concrete, provide stainless-steel sleeves not less than 6 incheslong with inside dimensions not less than 1/2 inch greater than outside dimensions of post, with metal plate forming bottom closure. 2.8 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipment. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and texture, of railings. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 300 of 442 2.9 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanized Railings: 1. Hot-dip galvanize exterior steel and iron railings, including hardware, after fabrication. 2. Hot-dip galvanize indicated steel and iron railings, including hardware, after fabrication. 3. Comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M for hot-dip galvanized railings. 4. Comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for hot-dip galvanized hardware. 5. Do not quench or apply post-galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. 6. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work, unless indicated to remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. B. For galvanized railings, provide hot-dip galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components. C. Preparing Galvanized Railings for Shop Priming: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with etching cleaner. D. For nongalvanized-steel railings, provide nongalvanized ferrous-metal fittings, brackets, fasteners, and sleeves, but galvanize anchors to be embedded in exterior concrete or masonry. E. Preparing Nongalvanized Items for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below: 1. Exterior Railings: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Railings Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 3. Railings Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Section 09 96 00 "High- Performance Coatings": SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 4. Other Railings: SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush-off Blast Cleaning." F. Primer Application: Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of railings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry. 1. Shop prime uncoated railings with universal shop primer unless zinc-rich primer is indicated. 2. Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces. G. Shop-Painted Finish: Comply with Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting." 1. Color: As indicated on plans. H. High-Performance Coating: Apply epoxy intermediate and polyurethane topcoats to prime-coated surfaces. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions and with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 301 of 442 Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. Apply at spreading rates recommended by coating manufacturer. 1. Color: As indicated on plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive anchors, to verify that locations of concealed reinforcements have been clearly marked for Installer. Locate reinforcements and mark locations if not already done. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet. C. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. D. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. E. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction. 3.3 RAILING CONNECTIONS A. Nonwelded Connections: Use mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently connecting railing components. Use wood blocks and padding to prevent damage to railing members and fittings. Seal recessed holes of exposed locking screws using plastic cement filler colored to match finish of railings. B. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 302 of 442 C. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip-joint internal sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side, fasten internal sleeve securely to one side, and locate joint within 6 inches of post. 3.4 ANCHORING POSTS A. Use steel pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions. B. Form or core-drill holes not less than 5 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of post for installing posts in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions. C. Cover anchorage joint with flange of same metal as post, [welded to post after placing anchoring material] [attached to post with set screws]. D. Leave anchorage joint exposed with 1/8-inch buildup, sloped away from post. E. Anchor posts to metal surfaces with flanges, angle type, or floor type as required by conditions, connected to posts and to metal supporting members as follows: 1. For steel railings, weld flanges to posts and bolt to metal-supporting surfaces. F. Install removable railing sections, where indicated, in slip-fit metal sockets cast in concrete. 3.5 ATTACHING RAILINGS A. Anchor railing ends to concrete and masonry with sleeves concealed within] flanges connected to railing ends and anchored to wall construction with anchors and bolts. B. Anchor railing ends to metal surfaces with flanges bolted to metal surfaces and welded to railing ends or connected to railing ends using nonwelded connections. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. B. Extent and Testing Methodology: Testing agency will randomly select completed railing assemblies for testing that are representative of different railing designs and conditions in the completed Work. Test railings according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935 for compliance with performance requirements. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 303 of 442 C. Remove and replace railings where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements unless they can be repaired in a manner satisfactory to Architect and comply with specified requirements. D. Perform additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean aluminum and stainless steel by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap, rinsing with clean water, and wiping dry. B. Clean copper alloys according to metal finisher's written instructions in a manner that leaves an undamaged and uniform finish matching approved Sample. C. Clean and polish as recommended in writing by manufacturer. Wash both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. D. Clean by wiping with a damp cloth and then wiping dry. E. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. F. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting" and Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting." G. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units. END OF SECTION 05 73 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 304 of 442 SECTION 09 96 10 – ANTI-GRAFFITI COATING (Comply with State and Local regulations governing the use and application of paint materials.) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes graffiti-resistant coating materials. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00. Provided the following prior to stating the Work: 1. Product Data: Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analy- sis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each material specified. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 4. The environmental and installation recommendations and safety precautions of the MSDS shall be strictly followed. 5. Certification by manufacturer that products supplied comply with requirements indicated that limit the amount of VOCs in coating products. 6. Samples for Verification: For each color and material to be applied, with texture to simu-late actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. 7. Prior to final completion, provide the following: a. Provide the Owner’s Representative with two gallons of the graffiti resistant coatings in new, unopened, and properly labeled one-gallon metal containers. b. Provide the Owner’s Representative with two gallons of the graffiti cleaner solvent in new, unopened, and properly labeled containers. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Coordinate manufacturer with 2.1 A. A. Provide all materials necessary to complete work under this section and as specified herein from a single manufacturer, including coatings and removal agent. Provide products as manufactured by Prosoco, (800-255-4255, fax 785-830-9797), or approved equal.Provide equal materials by another manufacturer in compliance with sections 01 33 00 (Submittal). Approved manufacturers: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 305 of 442 1.4 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in text by the basic designation only: AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM), sections as listed. 1.5 RELATED SECTIONS A. Submission of bid by the Contractor shall be taken as prima facie evidence that he has reviewed all sections of the Specifications, the Drawings, and the Contract documents, and has knowledge of the work required of other trades that may be related to the work per-formed under this section. B. The following list of related sections is provided as an aid to the Contractor in bidding and performing the work. Other sections may also be applicable. All sections of the GENERAL CONDITIONS, SPECIAL CONDITIONS, and DIVISION 1. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and con-tainers bearing manufacturer's name and label with the following information: 1. Name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. Handling instructions and precautions. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a mini- mum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean con-dition, free of foreign materials and residue. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and applying coatings. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air tem- peratures are between 45 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 306 of 442 1. Allow wet surfaces to dry thoroughly and attain temperature and conditions specified before proceeding with or continuing coating operation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GRAFFITI RESISTANT COATING A. Products Approved: 1. Blok-Guard & Graffiti Control II manufactured by Prosoco. 800-255-4255, or ap- proved equal. B. Coatings shall meet requirements of the following: 1. ASTM B 117 and ASTM D 714 (salt spray minimum acceptable of 8000 hours. 2. ASTM D 530 (hardness) 3. ASTM D 412 (tensile strength and elongation) 4. ASTM D 522 (pass 3/8 inch mandral) 5. ASTM 968 (abrasion test) 6. ASTM E 96 (vapor transmission) 7. Water clear, non-yellowing, free of waxes and urethanes. 8. Non-toxic, non-flammable, biodegradable, with a pH 7 - 8.5. 9. Shall allow moisture vapor transmission. C. Undercoating: GSS Barrier; water-based undercoating used as a sealer over porous sur- faces. D. Provide high-solids version for use over porous or uneven surfaces. E. Top coatings: GSS-10; permanent anti-graffiti top coating. F. Finish: Matte. Matte is defined as the finish of the top coating reading less than five de-grees on a Gardner Gloss Meter Color: Color Clear or tinted, as indicated 2.2 GRAFFITI CLEANER A. Graffiti Remover: GSS Erasol; non-caustic, bio-degradable and recyclable, allowing graffiti removal without the use of blasting equipment, hot water, or high pressure wash equipment. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 307 of 442 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 JOB CONDITIONS A. Examine the job conditions under which the work is to be performed. Notify the Contractor of any conditions detrimental to the proper application of paints and finishes. Do not com- mence Work until adverse conditions have been corrected. B. All environmental controls and conditions shall comply with the requirements of the Material safety Data Sheet recommendations. C. No graffiti resistant coating shall be applied in the presence of persons occupying the build-ing or visiting the area of Work, who are not engaged in or responsible for the application of the material. D. Prepare surfaces only in accordance with manufacturer's written guidelines. 3.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Read each components MSDS before use and follow the MSDS instructions. 3.3 PREPARATION A. General: Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be coated. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and coating. B. After completing coating operation, reinstall items that were removed; use workers skilled in the trades involved. C. Cleaning: Before applying coatings, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. D. Schedule cleaning and coating application so dust and other contaminates from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces. E. Surface preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be coated according to manufacturer’s written instructions for each substrate condition and as specified. F. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove primers and reprime substrate. G. Cementitious Substrates: Prepare concrete, brick, concrete masonry block, and cement plaster surfaces to be coated. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods to prepare surfaces. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 308 of 442 H. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. I. Metal Substrates: Clean ferrous-metal surfaces that have been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt and other foreign substances. J. Material Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare coating materials according to the manu-facturers written instructions. K. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying coatings in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Stir materials before applying to produce a mixture of uniform den- sity. Stir as required during application. 3.4 APPLICATION A. General: Apply coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material being applied. 1. Do not apply coatings over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or con-ditions detrimental to forming a durable coating film. 2. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until coating has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat does not cause un- dercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Over Cementitious Surfaces: 1. Base: Minimum of 2 coats or as many as necessary to achieve a pinhole free surface of GSS Barrier undercoating as specified by manufacturer; 3 to 4 mils minimum dry film thickness. 2. Finish: Minimum of 2 coats of GSS-10 top coating; 3 to 4 mils minimum dry film thick- ness or as many coats as necessary to satisfy warranty requirements. D. Application Over Primed Metal Surfaces: 1. Finish: 2 coats of GSS-10 top coating; 3 to 4 mils minimum dry film thickness. E. Completed Work: Match approved Samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, re-finish, or recoat work that does not comply with specified requirements. 3.5 TOUCH-UP, CLEANING, AND REPAIRS A. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coat- ings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 309 of 442 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being coated or not, against damage from coating operation. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Landscape Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly coated finishes. After completing coating opera-tions, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or de- faced coated surfaces. 3.7 MAINTENANCE A. Upon completion of the work, deliver to the Owner’s Representative an extra stock per sec-tion 1.2. END OF SECTION 09 96 10 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 310 of 442 SECTION 10 73 40 - FABRIC SHADE CANOPY PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Awning Shade Canopy and Fabric B. Related Requirements: Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. B. American Welding Society (AWS): i. Standard D1.2 – Structural Welding Code – Galv. Steel 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit within 15 days after contract award. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate size, material and finish. Include plan elevation pages to clearly outline canopy locations. Include installation procedures, details of joints, attachments and clearances. Provide lead time for product and note possible conflicts with standard line. C. Color charts showing manufacturer’s full range of fabric and colors from standard line. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Specifications are based on Custom Awning & Canvas – Manufacturer and Installer is located at 2814 University Avenue, San Diego, CA 92104. www.customawning.net B. Substitutions are acceptable assuming they comply with these specifications, have a min-imum 10 years’ experience and equivalent or better product warranty. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Framing: Minimum one inch diameter .060 wall thickness galvanized structural steel tub- ing. B. Welded, ground-smooth, primed and painted with oil base enamel matching fabric color. C. Maximum bow spacing for awnings with rounded profiles shall be: one foot-eight inches on center. D. Maximum rafter spacing for flat surface awnings shall be: two feet-six inches on center. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 311 of 442 E. Front bars shall be supported horizontally every ten feet on center, maximum. F. Hardware and Fasteners: Nuts, bolts, washers, clevis pins, screws, anchors and pipe spacers to be zinc plated or galvanized steel required to suit application and per pre-en- gineered canopy load requirements. G. Fabric – 100% Sunbrella Acrylic 60” width, Color: True Brown. a. Warranty – 10 year Manufacturers Limited Warranty. H. Detailing a. Each seam joining the fabric will be precisely supported by a framing member and sewn twice, minimum. b. All seams will be straight and sewn flat. c. No raw fabric edges. d. Each cover shall be custom fitted to the appropriate frame. I. Thread a. Ultra-violet resistant polyester thread. b. Color to match fabric. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Fabricate and preassemble canopies in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reas- sembly and coordinated installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install canopies per manufacturer’s written instructions and as indicated on drawings. B. Locate and place canopies level, plumb and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. C. Use concealed anchors where possible. D. Repair damaged finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items to the factory that cannot be refinished in the field. Make required alterations and refinish entire unit or provide new units. E. Protect galvanized and nonferrous-metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by applying a coating of bituminous paint or elastomeric coating on surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry or dissimilar metals. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 312 of 442 F. Appropriate fasteners shall be used with attachment to structural building members at maximum 16 inches on center horizontally. Installations in particularly corrosive environ- ments will require the use of stainless steel fasteners. G. Fastening brackets shall be minimum H-50 heavy duty, galvanized. H. All brackets, screw heads and exposed metal in general shall be painted. I. Installations shall be level, true and executed in a workmanlike manner. END OF SECTION 10 73 40 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 313 of 442 SECTION 26 05 00- COMMON WORK RESULTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electrical equipment coordination and installation. 2. Sleeves for raceways and cables. 3. Sleeve seals. 4. Grout. 5. Common electrical installation requirements. 1.3 CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) – ASTM C1107: Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non-shrink). B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) – ASTM A53/A53M: Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. C. ANSI/NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC), with California amendments (CEC). D. International Electrical Testing Association - NETA ATS: The NETA Acceptance Testing Specifications. E. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) - NECA 1: Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction. F. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) – G. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) – NEMA WC26: Bi-national Wire and Cable Packaging Standard. H. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) – NEMA WC70: Non-Shielded Power Cable 2000 V or Less. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 314 of 442 B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For sleeve seals. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment: 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in- place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral water-stop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side more than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. 2.2 SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 315 of 442 b. Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM, or NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.3 GROUT A. Non-metallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, non- metallic aggregate grout, non-corrosive, non-staining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, or busways penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. B. Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 316 of 442 D. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with fire-stop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. F. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. G. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. H. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. END OF SECTION 26 05 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 317 of 442 SECTION 26 05 19- LOW VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SECTION 26 05 00- COMMON WORK RESULTS B. 1. Section 260500, “Common Work Results for Electrical”. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 3. Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 CODES, STANDARDS, AND REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) – ASTM A53/A53M: Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. B. ANSI/NFPA 70: National Electrical Code, with California Amendments (CEC). C. California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 6, California Energy Code. D. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) - NECA 1: Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction. E. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) – NEMA WC26: Bi-national Wire and Cable Packaging Standard. F. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) – NEMA WC70: Non- Shielded Power Cable 2000 V or Less. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 318 of 442 G. International Electrical Testing Association (NETA) – Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. H. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) – 29 CFR 1910.7: OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Standards. I. Underwriters Laboratories – UL 83 – Thermoplastic Insulated Wires. J. Underwriters Laboratories – UL 467 – Grounding and Bonding Equipment. K. Underwriters Laboratories – UL 486A – Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data for building wire and each cable assembly type. Select each length to complete set of manufacturer’s markings. Attach tag indicating cable size and application information. Provide record documents showing actual locations of components and circuits. B. Qualification Data: For testing agency. C. Field quality-control test reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. D. Provide manufacturer’s instructions for use of ground megger with proposed method indicated. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Contractor will provide an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the International Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Manufacturers: Shall be specialized in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum ten years (documented) experience. D. Comply with CEC. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 319 of 442 E. Comply with CCR Title 24, Part 6, California Energy Code. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Product Requirements: Products storage and handling requirements. B. Deliver wires and cables according to NEMA WC 26. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Division 1 “Project Management and Coordination”: As required for coordination. B. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine routing and lengths required. C. Coordinate layout and installation of wiring and cables with other installations. 1.9 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Coordinate with general contractor and owner to test all 600 volt rated existing branch circuiting for continuity. B. Test ground conductors for separation with any neutral conductors being extended. C. Visually inspect condition of existing circuits. Report any deficiencies as to conductor type or insulation type. Ensure conductors are copper and insulation is 600 volt rated listed for outdoor use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work, include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division. 2. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 3. General Cable Corporation. 4. Senator Wire & Cable Company. 5. Southwire Company. B. Conductors: Copper. Comply with NEMA WC 70. C. Conductor Insulation: Types THHN-2/THWN-2, XHHW2. Comply with NEMA WC 70. D. Type MC or AC Cable shall not be used. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 320 of 442 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. B. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Copper: solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller, stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Feeders & Branch Circuits: Type THHN-2/THWN-2 90 degree rated single conductors in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLE A. Conceal raceways in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary. Compound used must not deteriorate conductor insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer’s recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means; including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips that will not damage cables or raceway. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 321 of 442 B. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than un- spliced conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches of slack. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors, and conductors feeding critical equipment and services, as indicated on drawings, for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in cables and conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. a. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. b. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies splices checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken and observations after remedial action. Furnish original and four copies of the complete report to the Architect in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents D. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. 4. Furnish original and four copies of the complete report to the Architect in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents E. Remove and replace malfunctioning cables and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 26 05 19 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 322 of 442 SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING & BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment, plus the following special applications: 1. Underground distribution grounding. 1.3 CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 70: National Electrical Code, with California Amendments (CEC). B. ANSI/IEEE C2: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - ASTM B3: Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - ASTM B8: Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - ASTM B33: Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. F. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) - IEEE 142 – Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. G. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) - IEEE 81: IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System. H. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) - NFPA 70B: Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance. I. Underwriters Laboratories – UL 467 – Grounding and Bonding Equipment. J. Underwriters Laboratories – UL 486A – Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. UFER – As defined by Article 100 of the CEC. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall conform to requirements of the California Electrical Code. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 323 of 442 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding system resistance shall be 25 ohms or less unless otherwise indicated. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Other Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as-built locations of grounding features specified in Part 3 "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1. Ground rods. C. Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agencies field supervisor. D. Field quality-control test reports. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty shall comply with the provisions of Divisions 1 of these specifications. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the International Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency’s Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International. Electrical Testing Association to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper or tinned-copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V, unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: comply with ASTM B3. 2. Stranded Conductors: comply with ASTM B8. 3. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 324 of 442 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Rods, Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure- type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Sectional copper-clad, 3/4 inch diameter by10 feet in length. Provide driving pins. Provide threaded couplings where necessary to extend rods. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install green insulated, solid conductors for No. 8 AWG and smaller and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods: Bolted connectors. 3.2 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. 3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by CEC: 1. All Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Make mechanical and electrical contact at all panelboards, outlet boxes, junction boxes, and wherever the conduit run is connected. Permanently and effectively ground May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 325 of 442 all conduits and other equipment as required by all applicable codes, regulations, and standards. B. Grounding Conductors: Install a code sized insulated ground wire in all conduits unless a larger size is indicated on plans. Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: An independent, qualified testing and inspecting agency shall perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground- resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, at ground test wells, and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 3. Documentation: a. Prepare dimensioned drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. b. Furnish original and four copies of the complete report to the Architect in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Electrical system maximum ground-resistance value: 25 ohms. C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified value, extend rod(s) or drive additional rods to meet specified resistance. END OF SECTION 26 05 26 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 326 of 442 SECTION 26 05 33- RACEWAYS BOXES AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 260519, "Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables”. 2. Section 260526, “Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems”. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. 1.3 CODES, REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) – ANSI C80.1: Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC). B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) – C80.3: Specification for Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated (EMT). C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) – OS1: Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. D. ANSI/NFPA 70: National Electrical Code, with California Amendments (CEC). E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - ASTM A53/A53M: Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. F. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) - NECA 1: Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction. G. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) - NECA 101: Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT). H. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) – NEMA 250: Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 327 of 442 B. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. C. LFMC: Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. D. LFNC: Liquid-tight flexible non-metallic conduit. E. PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride. F. RMC: Rigid metallic conduit. G. RNC: Rigid non-metallic conduit. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wire ways and fittings, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Custom enclosures and cabinets. 2. For handholes and boxes for underground wiring, including the following: a. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes. b. Frame and cover design. c. Grounding details. d. Joint details. C. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1. Structural members in the paths of conduit groups with common supports. 2. Existing Plumbing items and landscape features in the paths of conduit groups with common supports. D. Qualification Data: For professional engineer and testing agency. E. Source quality-control test reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with CEC. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 328 of 442 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Alflex Inc. 3. Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 4. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 5. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 6. O-Z Gedney; a unit of General Signal. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. 1. Standard weight rigid galvanized steel (RGS) conduit shall be hot dipped galvanized or sheradized. All fittings shall be of the screw thread type. Couplings, locknuts, bushings, etc., shall be hot dipped galvanized or sheradized. C. PVC-Coated Steel Conduit: PVC-Coated rigid steel conduit where indicated on drawings. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum, interior and exterior surfaces of conduit. 3. Conduit stub-ups from underground including the final 90 degrees sweep and the riser shall be RGS with PVC Coating. PVC Schedule 80 conduit bends will be allowed for all underground bends or sweeps and for vertical risers in lieu of RGS with PVC Coating. D. EMT: ANSI C80.3. 1. Electric Metallic Tubing (EMT) shall be galvanized or sheradized. Couplings and connectors shall be galvanized or sheradized. E. FMC: Zinc-coated steel. F. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. G. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquid-tight), EMT, and Cable: NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. Indent or drive-on fittings shall not be permitted. 1. Fittings for EMT: Steel, compression type. 2. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness, 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 329 of 442 H. Joint Compound for Rigid Steel Conduit: Listed for use in cable connector assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded raceway joints from corrosion and enhance their conductivity. 2.2 NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 3. CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. 4. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 5. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 6. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 7. Thomas & Betts Corporation. B. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC, EPC-80-PVC, unless otherwise indicated. C. Underground bends or sweeps in PVC conduits for vertical risers for feeders and branch circuits shall be according to the following formula, as a minimum: For conduits 2” diameter and smaller, sweep radius shall be six times the diameter; for conduits larger than 2” diameter, sweep radius shall be ten times the diameter. D. Fittings for RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. 2.3 CONDUIT SIZES A. The minimum conduit size shall be 3/4 inch for lighting and power branch circuit wiring above grade and 1 inch below grade. The minimum “Homerun” conduit size to any panelboard shall be 3/4 inch. For concrete encased duct structures the minimum size shall be 4 inches unless otherwise indicated. B. Condulets for conduits larger than 1-1/2 inch I.D. shall be of the mogul design secured to the building structure within 6 inches each of conduit connection. 2.4 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. Hoffman. 3. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. Division. 4. O-Z/Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 5. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 6. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 7. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). 8. Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 330 of 442 B. Manufacturer for the custom exterior enclosure shall be Pacific Electric, Inc. Temecula Contact Don Cartwright ph# 951-296-1562 C. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. D. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy Type FD, with gasketed cover. E. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. F. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover. G. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. H. Custom Enclosure: 1. NEMA 3R, galvanized-steel with hinged removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Pad lockable. 4. Supports pre-installed for mounting of equipment. 5. Paint to match existing white finish of electrical room. 1. 2.5 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING A. Description: Comply with SCTE 77. 1. Color of Frame and Cover: Gray concrete in custom enclosure, galvanized diamond plate metal elsewhere. 2. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial unless otherwise indicated. 3. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure where not located in custom enclosure. Refer to handhole schedule on drawings. 4. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 5. Cover Legend: Molded lettering stamped “Lighting”. 6. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit-terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. B. Polymer-Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer-Concrete Cover: Molded of sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel or fiberglass or a combination of the two. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 331 of 442 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Brooks Products. b. Christy. c. BES. d. Jensen. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: EMT. 3. Underground Conduit: Schedule 40 with 80 PVC elbows and risers 4. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed,EMT. 2. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit. 3. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 3R in damp or wet locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size above grade, 1-inch for underground conduit. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. EMT Raceway fittings shall be steel, compression type. 1. EMT: Compression Type. 2. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. 3. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with that material. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Use long sweep bends for all voice/data conduits. C. All conduits shall contain an insulated ground wire whether indicated or not. The ground wire shall be sized in accordance with CEC, unless otherwise noted. All conduit systems shall be mechanically and electrically continuous. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 332 of 442 D. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. E. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. G. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. H. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Label each end indicating destination. I. Expansion-Joint Fittings for RNC: Install in each run of aboveground conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F, and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet. 1. Install expansion-joint fittings for each of the following locations, and provide type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for location: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. c. Indoor Spaces: Connected with the Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F temperature change. 2. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change. 3. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at the time of installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct-Buried Conduit: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. 2. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand-tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling. 3. Install manufactured PVC 80 elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 333 of 442 a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete. 4. Warning Tape: Warning tape shall be 5.5 mil composition film, 6 inches wide, containing one layer of metalized foil laminated between two (2) layers of inert plastic film, specifically formulated for prolonged use underground. Tape shall be highly resistant to alkalis, acids, and other destructive agents found in the soil. Warning tape shall bear a continuous printed message warning of the exact location of underground installations. The message shall be in permanent ink specifically formulated for prolonged use underground. Tape shall have black letters (minimum ½ inch high) on red background with the message “ELECTRICAL” printed on twelve (12)-inch centers for the entire length of the tape. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level 6 inch deep bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch above finished grade. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 26 05 33 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 334 of 442 SECTION 26 05 53- IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for conductors. 2. Warning labels and signs. 3. Equipment identification labels. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70. B. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. C. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual; and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 335 of 442 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Self-Adhesive, Self-Laminating Polyester Labels: Preprinted 3-mil- (0.08-mm-) thick flexible label with acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that provides a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant, self-laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized to fit the conductor diameter such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. B. Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of conductor it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. C. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve with diameter sized to suit diameter of conductor it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. 2.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. White letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). 2.3 CABLE TIES A. General-Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self-extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C), According to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black except where used for color-coding. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 336 of 442 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Cable Ties: For attaching tags. Use general-purpose type, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV-stabilized nylon. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: 1. Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded feeder and branch-circuit conductors. a. Color shall be factory applied b. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Phase C: Blue. B. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches, control panels, control stations. Systems include power, lighting, control systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) high letters on 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches (50 mm) high. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label Stenciled legend 4 inches (100 mm) high 2. Equipment to Be Labeled: a. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. END OF SECTION 26 05 53 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 337 of 442 SECTION 26 56 00- EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, 3, 27, 28 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 260500, “Common Work Results for Electrical”. 2. Section 260519, “Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables”. 3. Section 260526, “Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems”. 4. Section 260553, “Identification for Electrical Systems”. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior luminaires with lamps and ballasts. 1.3 CODES, STANDARDS, AND REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) – ANSI C78.42: American National Standard for Electric Lamps - Guidelines for High-Pressure Sodium Lamps. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) – ANSI C82.1: American National Standard for Lamp Ballast - Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast. C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) – ANSI C82.4: American National Standard for Lamp Ballasts - Ballasts for High-Intensity Discharge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple-Supply Type). D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) – ANSI C136.10: American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment - Locking-type Photo-control Devices and Mating Receptacles - Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing. E. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) – ANSI/IESNA RP-8: American National Standard Practice for Roadway Lighting. F. ANSI/NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code, with California amendments (CEC). G. California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 6 California Energy Code. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. CRI: Color-rendering index. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 338 of 442 B. Luminaire: Complete lighting fixture, including ballast housing, if provided. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each luminaire and support component, arranged in order of lighting unit designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: 1. Physical description of luminaire, including materials, dimensions and verification of indicated parameters. 2. Details of attaching luminaires and accessories. 3. Details of installation and construction. 4. Luminaire materials. 5. Photometric data based on laboratory tests of each luminaire type, complete with indicated lamps, ballasts, and accessories. a. For indicated luminaires, photometric data shall be certified by a qualified independent testing agency. Photometric data for remaining luminaires shall be certified by manufacturer. b. Photometric data shall be certified by manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. 6. Lamps, including life, output, and energy-efficiency data. 7. Materials, dimensions, and finishes of poles. 8. Means of attaching luminaires to supports, and indication that attachment is suitable for components involved. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by manufacturers' laboratories that are accredited under the National Volunteer Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products, and PART 2 - PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles, where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: B. In Lighting Fixture Schedule, where titles below are column or row headings that introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.1 2.2 LUMINAIRES, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. A. Luminaires shall comply with UL 1598 and be listed and labeled for installation in wet locations by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 339 of 442 B. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit re-lamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during re-lamping and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or replacing lenses. Designed to disconnect ballast when door opens. D. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel. PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION A. Fasten luminaire to indicated structural supports. B. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the application and approved by manufacturer. C. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. Include adjustment of photoelectric device to prevent false operation of relay by artificial light sources. 3.2 3.2 CORROSION PREVENTION A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment. 3.3 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. B. Illumination Observations: Verify normal operation of lighting units after installing luminaires and energizing circuits with normal power source. END OF SECTION 26 56 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 340 of 442 SECTION 31 10 00 - SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Protecting existing vegetation to remain. 2. Removing existing vegetation. 3. Clearing and grubbing. 4. Removing above- and below-grade site improvements. 5. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Subsoil: Soil beneath the level of subgrade; soil beneath the topsoil layers of a naturally occurring soil profile, typified by less than 1 percent organic matter and few soil organisms. B. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile. In undisturbed areas, surface soil is typically called "topsoil," but in disturbed areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil. C. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil or existing in-place surface soil; the zone where plant roots grow. D. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil or existing in-place surface soil; the zone where plant roots grow. Its appearance is generally friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects larger than 2 inches in diameter; and free of weeds, roots, toxic materials, or other nonsoil materials. E. Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other vegetation to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 341 of 442 F. Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction and indicated on drawings. G. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants. 1.4 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP A. Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or otherwise remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. 1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or video recordings. 2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of each tree or other plant designated to remain. B. Topsoil stripping and stockpiling program. C. Rock stockpiling program. D. Record Drawings: Identifying and accurately showing locations of capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions. E. Burning: Documentation of compliance with burning requirements and permitting of authorities having jurisdiction. Identify location(s) and conditions under which burning will be performed. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Topsoil Stripping and Stockpiling Program: Prepare a written program to systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow procedures and handle materials and equipment during the Work. Include dimensioned diagrams for placement and protection of stockpiles. B. Rock Stockpiling Program: Prepare a written program to systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow procedures and handle materials and equipment during the Work. Include dimensioned diagrams for placement and protection of stockpiles. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 342 of 442 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed trafficways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing site clearing indicated on property adjoining Owner's property will be obtained by Owner before award of Contract. 1. Do not proceed with work on adjoining property until directed by Architect. C. Salvageable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's premises. D. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing. E. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion- and sedimentation- control and plant protection measures are in place. F. Tree- and Plant-Protection Zones: Protect according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." G. Soil Stripping, Handling, and Stockpiling: Perform only when the soil is dry or slightly moist. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Satisfactory Soil Material: Requirements for satisfactory soil material are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 1. Obtain approved borrow soil material off-site when satisfactory soil material is not available on-site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. B. Verify that trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated have been flagged and that protection zones have been identified and enclosed according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 343 of 442 1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. 3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL A. Provide temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to erosion- and sedimentation-control Drawings and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection zones. C. Inspect, maintain, and repair erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. D. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls, and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. 3.3 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. Protect trees and plants remaining on-site according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." B. Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are damaged by construction operations according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." 3.4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. 1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated. 2. Grind down stumps and remove roots larger than 2 inches in diameter, obstructions, and debris to a depth of 18 inches below exposed subgrade. 3. Use only hand methods or air spade for grubbing within protection zones. 4. Chip removed tree branches and dispose of off-site. B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches, and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 344 of 442 3.5 SITE IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and necessary to facilitate new construction. B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated. 1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut along line of existing pavement to remain before removing adjacent existing pavement. Saw-cut faces vertically. 2. Paint cut ends of steel reinforcement in concrete to remain with two coats of antirust coating, following coating manufacturer's written instructions. Keep paint off surfaces that will remain exposed. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. B. Burning tree, shrub, and other vegetation waste is permitted according to burning requirements and permitting of authorities having jurisdiction. Control such burning to produce the least smoke or air pollutants and minimum annoyance to surrounding properties. Burning of other waste and debris is prohibited. C. Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other nonrecyclable materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials, and transport them to recycling facilities. Do not interfere with other Project work. END OF SECTION 31 10 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 345 of 442 SECTION 32 13 73 - CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cold-applied joint sealants. 2. Joint-sealant backer materials. 3. Primers. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch-wide joints formed between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. C. Paving-Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. 4. Joint-sealant color. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of joint sealant and accessory. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 346 of 442 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backing materials, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2.2 COLD-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS A. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Urethane, Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use T. 2.3 JOINT-SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS A. Joint-Sealant Backer Materials: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Round Backer Rods for Cold-Applied Joint Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 3, of diameter and density required to control joint-sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant. 2.4 PRIMERS A. Primers: Product recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 347 of 442 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Before installing joint sealants, clean out joints immediately to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Joint-Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions. C. Install joint-sealant backings to support joint sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint-sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint-sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent joint-sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install joint sealants immediately following backing installation, using proven techniques that comply with the following: 1. Place joint sealants so they fully contact joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 348 of 442 E. Tooling of Nonsag Joint Sealants: Immediately after joint-sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to the following requirements to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint: 1. Remove excess joint sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. F. Provide joint configuration to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess joint sealant as the Work progresses, by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturers. B. Protect joint sealants, during and after curing period, from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately and replace with joint sealant so installations in repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.5 PAVING-JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Application: Joints within concrete paving and between concrete and asphalt paving. 1. Joint Location: a. Joints between concrete and asphalt paving. b. Joints between concrete curbs and asphalt paving. c. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Multicomponent, nonsag, urethane, elastomeric joint sealant. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: Shall match adjacent concrete. END OF SECTION 32 13 73 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 349 of 442 SECTION 32 84 00 - PLANTING IRRIGATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Piping. 2. Manual valves. 3. Automatic control valves. 4. Transition fittings. 5. Sprinklers. 6. Quick couplers. 7. Drip irrigation specialties. 8. Controllers 9. Boxes for automatic control valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Circuit Piping: Downstream from control valves to sprinklers, and specialties. Piping is under pressure during flow. B. Main Piping: Downstream from point of connection to water distribution piping to, and including, control valves. Piping is under water-distribution-system pressure. C. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote-control, signaling power-limited circuits. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Irrigation zone control shall be automatic operation with controller and automatic control valves. B. Location of Sprinklers and Specialties: Design location is approximate. Make minor adjustments necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards. Maintain 100 percent irrigation coverage of areas indicated. C. Minimum Working Pressures: The following are minimum pressure requirements for piping, valves, and specialties unless otherwise indicated: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 350 of 442 1. Irrigation Main Piping: 200 psig. 2. Circuit Piping: 150 psig. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Irrigation systems, drawn to scale, on which components are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved. Also include adjustments necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards. B. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. C. Zoning Chart: Show each irrigation zone and its control valve. D. Controller Timing Schedule: Indicate timing settings for each automatic controller zone. E. Field quality-control reports. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sprinklers, controllers, and automatic control valves to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Plans and Part 2 of this specification for additional required equipment. B. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Spray Sprinklers: Equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type and size indicated, but no fewer than 5 units. 2. Bubblers: Equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but no fewer than 5 units. 3. Emitters: Equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but no fewer than 5 units. 4. Drip-Tube System Tubing: Equal to 5 percent of total length installed for each type and size indicated, but not less than 100 feet. 5. Rotors: Equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type and size indicated, but no fewer than 5 units. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 351 of 442 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.11 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager at least one week in advance of proposed interruption of water service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of water service without Construction Manager's written permission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Comply with requirements in the piping schedule for applications of pipe, tube, and fitting materials, and for joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, PVC 1120 compound, Schedule 40. 1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D2466, Schedule 40. 2. PVC Threaded Fittings: ASTM D 2464, Schedule 80. 3. PVC Socket Unions: Construction similar to MSS SP-107, except both headpiece and tailpiece shall be PVC with socket ends. C. PVC Pipe, Pressure Rated: ASTM D 2241, PVC 1120 compound, and SDR 21. 1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2467, Schedule 80. 2. PVC Socket Unions: Construction similar to MSS SP-107, except both headpiece and tailpiece shall be PVC with socket or threaded ends. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 352 of 442 2.2 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick unless otherwise indicated; full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E. Solvent Cements for Joining PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. F. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 MANUAL VALVES A. Plastic Ball Valves: 1. As indicated on plans 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-122. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum c. Body Material: PVC. d. Type: Union. e. End Connections: Socket or threaded. f. Port: Full. 2.4 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES A. Plastic, Automatic Control Valves: 1. As indicated on plans. 2. Description: Molded-plastic body, normally closed, diaphragm type with manual-flow adjustment, and operated by 24-V ac solenoid. 2.5 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined. B. Transition Couplings: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 353 of 442 1. Description: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type coupling for underground pressure piping. C. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: 1. Description: PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-socket or threaded end. D. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: 1. Description: MSS SP-107, PVC four-part union. Include one brass threaded end, one solvent-cement-joint or threaded plastic end, rubber O-ring, and union nut. 2.6 SPRINKLERS A. General Requirements: Designed for uniform coverage over entire spray area indicated at available water pressure. B. Plastic, Pop-up, Gear-Drive Rotary Sprinklers: 1. Description: As indicated on plans. a. Body Material: ABS. b. Nozzle: ABS. c. Retraction Spring: Stainless steel. d. Internal Parts: Corrosion resistant. C. Plastic, Pop-up Spray Sprinklers: 1. As indicated on plans. 2. Description: a. Body Material: ABS. b. Nozzle: ABS. c. Retraction Spring: Stainless steel. d. Internal Parts: Corrosion resistant. e. Pattern: Fixed, with flow adjustment. 2.7 QUICK COUPLERS A. Description: Factory-fabricated, bronze or brass, two-piece assembly. Include coupler water-seal valve; removable upper body with spring-loaded or weighted, rubber-covered cap; hose swivel with ASME B1.20.7, 3/4-11.5NH threads for garden hose on outlet; and operating key. 1. Locking-Top Option: Vandal-resistant locking feature. Include two matching key(s). May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 354 of 442 2.8 DRIP IRRIGATION SPECIALTIES A. Drip Tubes with Direct-Attached Emitters: 1. Tubing: Flexible PE or PVC with plugged end. 2. Emitters: Devices to deliver water at approximately 20 psig. a. Body Material: PE or vinyl, with flow control. b. Mounting: Inserted into tubing at set intervals. B. Off-Ground Supports: Plastic stakes. C. Application Pressure Regulators: Brass or plastic housing, NPS 3/4, with corrosion- resistant internal parts; capable of controlling outlet pressure to approximately 20 psig. D. Filter Units: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant internal parts; of size and capacity required for devices downstream from unit. E. Air Relief Valves: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant internal parts. F. Vacuum Relief Valves: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant internal parts. 2.9 CONTROLLERS A. Description: 1. Controller Stations for Automatic Control Valves: Each station is variable from approximately 5 to 60 minutes. Include switch for manual or automatic operation of each station. 2. Exterior Control Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 4, weatherproof, with locking cover and two matching keys; include provision for grounding. a. Body Material: Stainless-steel sheet metal. b. Mounting: Freestanding type for concrete base. 3. Control Transformer: 24-V secondary, with primary fuse. 4. Timing Device: Adjustable, 24-hour, 14-day clock, with automatic operations to skip operation any day in timer period, to operate every other day, or to operate two or more times daily. a. Manual or Semiautomatic Operation: Allows this mode without disturbing preset automatic operation. b. Nickel-Cadmium Battery and Trickle Charger: Automatically powers timing device during power outages. c. Surge Protection: Metal-oxide-varistor type on each station and primary power. 5. Moisture Sensor: Adjustable from one to seven days, to shut off water flow during rain. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 355 of 442 6. Smart Controllers: Use ET, tested in accordance with IA SWAT Climatological Based Controllers 8th Draft Testing Protocol and compliant with ASHRAE Standard 189.1. 7. Wiring: UL 493, Type UF multiconductor, with solid-copper conductors; insulated cable; suitable for direct burial. a. Feeder-Circuit Cables: No. 12 AWG minimum, between building and controllers. b. Low-Voltage, Branch-Circuit Cables: No. 14 AWG minimum, between controllers and automatic control valves; color-coded different from feeder- circuit-cable jacket color; with jackets of different colors for multiple-cable installation in same trench. c. Splicing Materials: Manufacturer's packaged kit consisting of insulating, spring-type connector or crimped joint and epoxy resin moisture seal; suitable for direct burial. 8. Concrete Base: Reinforced precast concrete not less than 36 by 24 by 4 inches thick, and 6 inches greater in each direction than overall dimensions of controller. Include opening for wiring. 2.10 BOXES FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES A. Plastic Boxes: 1. Carson Industries, LLC 2. Description: Box and cover, with open bottom and openings for piping; designed for installing flush with grade. a. Size: As required for valves and service. b. Shape: Rectangular. c. Sidewall Material: PE. d. Cover Material: PE. 1) Lettering: As indicated on plans. B. Drainage Backfill: Cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 3/4 inch minimum to 3 inches maximum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving." B. Install warning tape directly above pressure piping, 12 inches below finished grades, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavement and slabs. C. Provide minimum cover over top of underground piping according to the following: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 356 of 442 1. Irrigation Main Piping: Minimum depth of 24 inches below finished grade, or not less than 18 inches below average local frost depth, whichever is deeper. 2. Circuit Piping: 18 inches. 3. Sleeves: 24 inches. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Set stakes to identify locations of proposed irrigation system. Obtain Architect's approval before excavation. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Location and Arrangement: Drawings indicate location and arrangement of piping systems. Install piping as indicated unless deviations are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install piping free of sags and bends. C. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. D. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. E. Install unions adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2 or smaller pipe connection. F. Install flanges adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2-1/2 or larger pipe connection. G. Install underground thermoplastic piping according to ASTM D 2774 and ASTM F 690. H. Install expansion loops in control-valve boxes for plastic piping. I. Lay piping on solid subbase, uniformly sloped without humps or depressions. J. Install ductile-iron piping according to AWWA C600. K. Install PVC piping in dry weather when temperature is above 40 deg F. Allow joints to cure at least 24 hours at temperatures above 40 deg F before testing. L. Install water regulators with shutoff valve and strainer on inlet and pressure gage on outlet. Install shutoff valve on outlet. Install aboveground or in control-valve boxes. M. Water Hammer Arresters: Install between connection to building main and circuit valves aboveground or in control-valve boxes. N. Install piping in sleeves under parking lots, roadways, and sidewalks. O. Install sleeves made of Schedule 40 PVC pipe and socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 357 of 442 P. Install transition fittings for plastic-to-metal pipe connections according to the following: 1. Underground Piping: a. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Plastic-to-metal transition fittings. b. NPS 2 and Larger: AWWA transition couplings. 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D. PVC Piping Solvent-Cemented Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number, ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 3. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Underground Curb Valves: Install in curb-valve casings with tops flush with grade. B. Underground Iron Gate Valves, Resilient Seat: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. Install in valve casing with top flush with grade. 1. Install valves and PVC pipe with restrained, gasketed joints. 3.6 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers after hydrostatic test is completed. B. Install sprinklers at manufacturer's recommended heights. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 358 of 442 C. Locate part-circle sprinklers to maintain a minimum distance of 4 inches from walls and 2 inches from other boundaries unless otherwise indicated. 3.7 DRIP IRRIGATION SPECIALTY INSTALLATION A. Install drip tubes with direct-attached emitters below grade as indicated on plans. B. Install application pressure regulators and filter units in piping near device being protected, and in control-valve boxes. C. Install air relief valves and vacuum relief valves in piping, and in control-valve boxes. 3.8 AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION-CONTROL SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Equipment Mounting: Install exterior freestanding controllers on precast concrete bases. 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. B. Install control cable in same trench as irrigation piping and at least 2 inches below or beside piping. Provide conductors of size not smaller than recommended by controller manufacturer. Install cable in separate sleeve under paved areas. 3.9 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 22 11 13 "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for water supply from exterior water service piping, water meters, protective enclosures, and backflow preventers. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment, valves, and devices to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect wiring between controllers and automatic control valves. 3.10 IDENTIFICATION A. Warning Tapes: Arrange for installation of continuous, underground, detectable warning tapes over underground piping during backfilling of trenches. See Section 31 20 00 "Earth Moving" for warning tapes. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 359 of 442 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, operate controllers and automatic control valves to confirm proper system operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Any irrigation product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.12 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Verify that controllers are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents. 3. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal. 3.13 ADJUSTING A. Adjust settings of controllers. B. Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate at rated operating pressure required for each sprinkler circuit. C. Adjust sprinklers and devices, except those intended to be mounted aboveground, so they will be flush with, or not more than 1/2 inch above, finish grade. 3.14 CLEANING A. Flush dirt and debris from piping before installing sprinklers and other devices. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 360 of 442 END OF SECTION 32 84 00 SECTION 32 91 15 - SOIL PREPARATION (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes planting soils specified according to performance requirements of the mixes. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 10 00 "Site Clearing" for topsoil stripping and stockpiling. 2. Section 32 93 00 "Plants" for placing planting soil for plantings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AAPFCO: Association of American Plant Food Control Officials. B. Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation. This can be amended or unamended soil as indicated. C. CEC: Cation exchange capacity. D. Compost: The product resulting from the controlled biological decomposition of organic material that has been sanitized through the generation of heat and stabilized to the point that it is beneficial to plant growth. E. Duff Layer: A surface layer of soil, typical of forested areas, that is composed of mostly decayed leaves, twigs, and detritus. F. Imported Soil: Soil that is transported to Project site for use. G. Layered Soil Assembly: A designed series of planting soils, layered on each other, that together produce an environment for plant growth. H. Manufactured Soil: Soil produced by blending soils, sand, stabilized organic soil amendments, and other materials to produce planting soil. I. NAPT: North American Proficiency Testing Program. An SSSA program to assist soil-, plant-, and water-testing laboratories through interlaboratory sample exchanges and statistical evaluation of analytical data. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 361 of 442 J. Organic Matter: The total of organic materials in soil exclusive of undecayed plant and animal tissues, their partial decomposition products, and the soil biomass; also called "humus" or "soil organic matter." K. Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified as specified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. L. RCRA Metals: Hazardous metals identified by the EPA under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. M. SSSA: Soil Science Society of America. N. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. O. Subsoil: Soil beneath the level of subgrade; soil beneath the topsoil layers of a naturally occurring soil profile, typified by less than 1 percent organic matter and few soil organisms. P. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile. In undisturbed areas, surface soil is typically called "topsoil"; but in disturbed areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil. Q. USCC: U.S. Composting Council. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include recommendations for application and use. 2. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements. 3. Include sieve analyses for aggregate materials. 4. Material Certificates: For each type of imported soil and soil amendment and fertilizer before delivery to the site, according to the following: a. Manufacturer's qualified testing agency's certified analysis of standard products. b. Analysis of fertilizers, by a qualified testing agency, made according to AAPFCO methods for testing and labeling and according to AAPFCO's SUIP #25. c. Analysis of nonstandard materials, by a qualified testing agency, made according to SSSA methods, where applicable. B. Samples: For each bulk-supplied material, 1-quart volume of each in sealed containers labeled with content, source, and date obtained. Each Sample shall be typical of the lot May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 362 of 442 of material to be furnished; provide an accurate representation of composition, color, and texture. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For each testing agency. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent, state-operated, or university-operated laboratory; experienced in soil science, soil testing, and plant nutrition; with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated; and that specializes in types of tests to be performed. 1. Laboratories: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide testing by the following: a. Wallace Laboratories 365 Coral Circle El Segundo, CA 90245 Phone: (310)-615-0116 b. Waypoint Analytical 4741 E. Hunter Ave. Suite A Anaheim, CA 92807 Phone: (714) 282-8777 c. SiteOne Landscape Supply 2120 La Mirada Dr. Vista, CA 92081 Phone: (760) 734-4334 1.8 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction soil analyses on existing, on-site soil & imported soil B. Preconstruction Soil Analyses: For each unamended soil type, perform testing on soil samples and furnish soil analysis and a written report containing soil-amendment and fertilizer recommendations by a qualified testing agency performing the testing according to "Soil-Sampling Requirements" and "Testing Requirements" articles. 1. Have testing agency identify and label samples and test reports according to sample collection and labeling requirements. 1.9 SOIL-SAMPLING REQUIREMENTS A. General: Extract soil samples according to requirements in this article. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 363 of 442 B. Sample Collection and Labeling: Have samples taken and labeled by contractor under the direction of the testing agency. 1. Number and Location of Samples: Minimum of eight representative soil samples where directed by Landscape Architect for each soil to be used or amended for landscaping purposes. 2. Procedures and Depth of Samples: According to USDA 3. Division of Samples: Split each sample into two, equal parts. Send half to the testing agency and half to Owner for its records. 4. Labeling: Label each sample with the date, location keyed to a site plan or other location system, visible soil condition, and sampling depth. 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. General: Perform tests on soil samples according to requirements in this article. B. Physical Testing: 1. Soil Texture: Soil-particle, size-distribution analysis by the following methods according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1-Physical and Mineralogical Methods": a. Sieving Method: Report sand-gradation percentages for very coarse, coarse, medium, fine, and very fine sand; and fragment-gradation (gravel) percentages for fine, medium, and coarse fragments; according to USDA sand and fragment sizes. b. Hydrometer Method: Report percentages of sand, silt, and clay. 2. Bulk Density: Analysis according to core method and clod method of SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1-Physical and Mineralogical Methods." 3. Total Porosity: Calculate using particle density and bulk density according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1-Physical and Mineralogical Methods." 4. Water Retention: According to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1-Physical and Mineralogical Methods." 5. Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity: According to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1-Physical and Mineralogical Methods"; at 85% compaction according to ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor). C. Chemical Testing: 1. CEC: Analysis by sodium saturation at pH 7 according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 3- Chemical Methods." 2. Clay Mineralogy: Analysis and estimated percentage of expandable clay minerals using CEC by ammonium saturation at pH 7 according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1-Physical and Mineralogical Methods." 3. Metals Hazardous to Human Health: Test for presence and quantities of RCRA metals including aluminum, arsenic, barium, copper, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium, and vanadium. If RCRA metals are present, include recommendations for corrective action. 4. Phytotoxicity: Test for plant-available concentrations of phytotoxic minerals including aluminum, arsenic, barium, cadmium, chlorides, chromium, cobalt, May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 364 of 442 copper, lead, lithium, mercury, nickel, selenium, silver, sodium, strontium, tin, titanium, vanadium, and zinc. D. Fertility Testing: Soil fertility, including the following: 1. Percentage of organic matter. 2. CEC, calcium percent of CEC, and magnesium percent of CEC. 3. Soil reaction (acidity/alkalinity pH value). 4. Buffered acidity or alkalinity. 5. Nitrogen ppm. 6. Phosphorous ppm. 7. Potassium ppm. 8. Manganese ppm. 9. Manganese-availability ppm. 10. Zinc ppm. 11. Zinc availability ppm. 12. Copper ppm. 13. Sodium ppm and sodium absorption ratio. 14. Soluble-salts ppm. 15. Presence and quantities of problem materials including salts and metals cited in the Standard protocol. If such problem materials are present, provide additional recommendations for corrective action. 16. Other deleterious materials, including their characteristics and content of each. E. Organic-Matter Content: Analysis using loss-by-ignition method according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 3-Chemical Methods." F. Recommendations: Based on the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments and soil amendments to be incorporated to produce satisfactory planting soil suitable for healthy, viable plants indicated. Include, at a minimum, recommendations for nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium fertilization, micronutrients and leaching. 1. Fertilizers and Soil Amendment Rates: State recommendations in weight per 1000 sq. ft. 1000 sq. ft.for 6-inch6-inchepth of soil. 2. Soil Reaction: State the recommended liming rates for raising pH or sulfur for lowering pH according to the buffered acidity or buffered alkalinity in weight per 1000 sq. 1000 sq. ft. for 6-inch depth of soil. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and compliance with state and Federal laws if applicable. B. Bulk Materials: 1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants. 2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials, discharge of soil-bearing water runoff, and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 365 of 442 3. Do not move or handle materials when they are wet or frozen. 4. Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers and soil amendments with appropriate certificates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Regional Materials: Imported soil, manufactured planting soil, and soil amendments and fertilizers shall be manufactured within 500 miles of Project site from materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site. 2.2 PLANTING SOILS SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Soil amendments, fertilizers, and rates of application specified in this article are guidelines that may need revision based on testing laboratory's recommendations after preconstruction soil analyses are performed. The quantities below are for bid purposes only. B. Planting-Soil Type: Existing, on-site surface soil, with the duff layer, if any, retained; and stockpiled on-site; modified to produce viable planting soil. Blend existing, on-site surface soil with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the following quantities to produce planting soil: 1. Bid mix for turf and shrub areas. Soil amendments bid mix shall be the following per 1000 square feet: a. 6 cu. Yds. Nitrogen stabilized organic amendment ‘Humic Compost’ by Agriservice or approved equal. b. 40 lbs. Gro-power Plus c. 100 lbs Gypsum 2. Planting and backfill mix for planting pits and tablets shall be as follows per cubic yard: a. 70% of native soil b. 30% Nitrogen stabilized organic amendment ‘Humic Compost’ by Agriservice or approved equal. c. 16 lbs. Gro-power Plus d. 2 lbs. Ferrous Sulfate 2.3 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Lime: ASTM C 602, agricultural liming material containing a minimum of 80 percent calcium carbonate equivalent and as follows: 1. Class: T, with a minimum of 99 percent passing through a No. 8sieve and a minimum of 75 percent passing through a No. 60sieve. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 366 of 442 2. Class: O, with a minimum of 95 percent passing through No. 8sieve and a minimum of 55 percent passing through a No. 60sieve. 3. Form: Provide lime in form of ground dolomitic limestone. B. Sulfur: Granular, biodegradable, and containing a minimum of 90 percent elemental sulfur, with a minimum of 99 percent passing through a No. 6 No. 6sieve and a maximum of 10 percent passing through a No. 40sieve. C. Iron Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and 10 percent sulfur. D. Agricultural Gypsum: Minimum 90 percent calcium sulfate, finely ground with 90 percent passing through a No. 50sieve. E. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, free of toxic materials, and according to ASTM C 33/C 33M. 2.4 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Compost: The compost used must not be derived from mixed municipal solid waste and must be reasonably free of visible contaminates. The compost must not contain paint, petroleum products, pesticides, or any other chemical residues harmful to animal life or plant growth (less than 1% by dry weight basis). The compost must not possess objectionable odors. The compost shall have a grain size distribution where 98% is passing the 3/4” sieve and less than 25% passing the 3/8” sieve. The compost shall not have any materials larger than the 2” in length. The compost shall also meet the following requirements: 1. pH: 5.5-8.0 2. Moisture: 30-60% wet weight basis 3. Organic Matter: 30-65% dry weight basis 4. Stability (Carbon Dioxide evolution rate): >80% relative to positive control 5. Maturity (Seed emergence and seedling vigor): >80% relative to positive control 2.5 FERTILIZERS A. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble. B. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. 1 lb/1000 sq. ft.Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified testing agency. C. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 367 of 442 1. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified testing agency. D. Chelated Iron: Commercial-grade FeEDDHA for dicots and woody plants, and commercial-grade FeDTPA for ornamental grasses and monocots. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Place planting soil and fertilizers according to requirements in other Specification Sections. B. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in planting soil. C. Proceed with placement only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION OF UNAMENDED, ON-SITE SOIL BEFORE AMENDING A. Excavation: Excavate soil from designated area(s) to a depth of 6 inches and stockpile until amended. B. Unacceptable Materials: Clean soil of concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant growth. C. Unsuitable Materials: stones, roots, plants, sod, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand. 3.3 BLENDING PLANTING SOIL IN PLACE A. General: Mix amendments with in-place, unamended soil to produce required planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. B. Preparation: Till unamended, existing soil in planting areas to a minimum depth 6 inches. Remove stones larger than 1-1/2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protection Zone: Identify protection zones according to Section 01 56 39 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 368 of 442 B. Protect areas of in-place soil from additional compaction, disturbance, and contamination. Prohibit the following practices within these areas except as required to perform planting operations: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Vehicle traffic. 4. Foot traffic. 5. Erection of sheds or structures. 6. Impoundment of water. 7. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. C. If planting soil or subgrade is over compacted, disturbed, or contaminated by foreign or deleterious materials or liquids, remove the planting soil and contamination; restore the subgrade as directed by Landscape Architect and replace contaminated planting soil with new planting soil. 3.5 CLEANING A. Protect areas adjacent to planting-soil preparation and placement areas from contamination. Keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly condition. B. Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable materials, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property unless otherwise indicated. 1. Dispose of excess subsoil and unsuitable materials on-site where directed by Owner. END OF SECTION 32 91 15 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 369 of 442 SECTION 32 93 00 - PLANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plants. 2. Tree stabilization. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 56 39 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" for protecting, trimming, pruning, repairing, and replacing existing trees to remain that interfere with, or are affected by, execution of the Work. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation. B. Container-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted plants grown in a container, with a well-established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball when removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and protect root mass during shipping and be sized according to ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of plant required. C. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. D. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a pest. Pesticides include insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and molluscicides. They also include substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant. Some sources classify herbicides separately from pesticides. E. Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage to plants, animals, or people. Pests include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and slugs), rodents (gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria, and viruses. F. Planting Area: Areas to be planted. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 370 of 442 G. Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. See Section 32 91 15 "Soil Preparation (Performance Specification)" for drawing designations for planting soils. H. Plant; Plants; Plant Material: These terms refer to vegetation in general, including trees, shrubs, vines, ground covers, ornamental grasses, bulbs, corms, tubers, or herbaceous vegetation. I. Root Flare: Also called "trunk flare." The area at the base of the plant's stem or trunk where the stem or trunk broadens to form roots; the area of transition between the root system and the stem or trunk. J. Stem Girdling Roots: Roots that encircle the stems (trunks) of trees below the soil surface. K. Subgrade: The surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordination with Turf Areas (Lawns): Plant trees, shrubs, and other plants after finish grades are established and before planting turf areas unless otherwise indicated. 1. When planting trees, shrubs, and other plants after planting turf areas, protect turf areas, and promptly repair damage caused by planting operations. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Plant Photographs: Include color photographs in digital 3 by 5-inch format of each required species and size of plant material as it will be furnished to Project. Take photographs from an angle depicting true size and condition of the typical plant to be furnished. Include a scale rod or other measuring device in each photograph. For species where more than 20 plants are required, include a minimum of three photographs showing the average plant, the best quality plant, and the worst quality plant to be furnished. Identify each photograph with the full scientific name of the plant, plant size, and name of the growing nursery. B. Samples for Verification: For each of the following: 1. Mulch: 1-quartvolume of each organic mulch required; in sealed plastic bags labeled with composition of materials by percentage of weight and source of mulch. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 371 of 442 Each Sample shall be typical of the lot of material to be furnished; provide an accurate representation of color, texture, and organic makeup. 2. Mineral Mulch: 2 lbof each mineral mulch required, in sealed plastic bags labeled with source of mulch. Sample shall be typical of the lot of material to be delivered and installed on-site; provide an accurate indication of color, texture, and makeup of the material. 3. Weed Control Barrier: 12 by 12 inches 4. Root Barrier: Depth of panel by 12 inches 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For landscape Installer. Include list of similar projects completed by Installer demonstrating Installer's capabilities and experience. Include project names, addresses, and year completed, and include names and addresses of owners' contact persons. B. Product Certificates: For each type of manufactured product, from manufacturer, and complying with the following: 1. Manufacturer's certified analysis of standard products. 2. Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable. C. Pesticides and Herbicides: Product label and manufacturer's application instructions specific to Project. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful establishment of plants. 1. Experience: Three years' experience in landscape installation. 2. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on Project site when work is in progress. 3. Pesticide Applicator: State licensed, commercial. B. Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of plants indicated, complying with applicable requirements in ANSI Z60.1. 1. Selection of plants purchased under allowances is made by Landscape Architect, who tags plants at their place of growth before they are prepared for transplanting. C. Measurements: Measure according to ANSI Z60.1. Do not prune to obtain required sizes. 1. Trees and Shrubs: Measure with branches and trunks or canes in their normal position. Take height measurements from or near the top of the root flare for field-grown stock and container-grown stock. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread; do not measure branches or roots tip to tip. Take caliper May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 372 of 442 measurements 6 inches above the root flare for trees up to 4-inchcaliper size, and 12 inches above the root flare for larger sizes. 2. Other Plants: Measure with stems, petioles, and foliage in their normal position. D. Plant Material Observation: Landscape Architect may observe plant material either at place of growth or at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, cultivar, size, and quality. Landscape Architect may also observe trees and shrubs further for size and condition of balls and root systems, pests, disease symptoms, injuries, and latent defects and may reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work. Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from Project site. 1. Notify Landscape Architect of sources of planting materials 14 days in advance of delivery to site. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of compliance with state and Federal laws if applicable. B. Bulk Materials: 1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants. 2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials; discharge of soil-bearing water runoff; and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. 3. Accompany each delivery of bulk materials with appropriate certificates. C. Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from sun scald, drying, wind burn, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide protective covering of plants during shipping and delivery. Do not drop plants during delivery and handling. D. Handle planting stock by root ball. E. Apply antidesiccant to trees and shrubs using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks (before wrapping), branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect during digging, handling, and transportation. 1. If deciduous trees or shrubs are moved in full leaf, spray with antidesiccant at nursery before moving and again two weeks after planting. F. Wrap trees and shrubs with burlap fabric over trunks, branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect from wind and other damage during digging, handling, and transportation. G. Deliver plants after preparations for planting have been completed, and install immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set plants and trees May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 373 of 442 in their appropriate aspect (sun, filtered sun, or shade), protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist. 1. Do not remove container-grown stock from containers before time of planting. 2. Water root systems of plants stored on-site deeply and thoroughly with a fine-mist spray. Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist, but not overly wet condition. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual grade elevations, service and utility locations, irrigation system components, and dimensions of plantings and construction contiguous with new plantings by field measurements before proceeding with planting work. B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace plantings and accessories that fail in materials, workmanship, or growth within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from abuse, lack of adequate maintenance, or neglect by Owner. b. Structural failures including plantings falling or blowing over. 2. Guaranty Periods: See Section 308-7 of the City Standard Specifications. a. Trees, Shrubs, Vines, and Ornamental Grasses: 1 Year. b. Ground Covers, Biennials, Perennials, and Other Plants: 1 Year. 3. Include the following remedial actions as a minimum: a. Immediately remove dead plants and replace unless required to plant in the succeeding planting season. b. Replace plants that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition at end of warranty period. c. A limit of one replacement of each plant is required except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with requirements. d. Provide extended warranty for period equal to original warranty period, for replaced plant material. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 374 of 442 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLANT MATERIAL A. General: Furnish nursery-grown plants true to genus, species, variety, cultivar, stem form, shearing, and other features indicated in Plant List, Plant Schedule, or Plant Legend indicated on Drawings and complying with ANSI Z60.1; and with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well-shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock, densely foliated when in leaf and free of disease, pests, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement. 1. Trees with damaged, crooked, or multiple leaders; tight vertical branches where bark is squeezed between two branches or between branch and trunk ("included bark"); crossing trunks; cut-off limbs more than 3/4 inch in diameter; or with stem girdling roots are unacceptable. 2. Collected Stock: Do not use plants harvested from the wild, from native stands, from an established landscape planting, or not grown in a nursery unless otherwise indicated. B. Provide plants of sizes, grades, and ball or container sizes complying with ANSI Z60.1 for types and form of plants required. Plants of a larger size may be used if acceptable to Landscape Architect, with a proportionate increase in size of roots or balls. C. Root-Ball Depth: Furnish trees and shrubs with root balls measured from top of root ball, which begins at root flare according to ANSI Z60.1. Root flare shall be visible before planting. D. Labeling: Label at least one plant of each variety, size, and caliper with a securely attached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation of common name and full scientific name, including genus and species. Include nomenclature for hybrid, variety, or cultivar, if applicable for the plant. E. If formal arrangements or consecutive order of plants is indicated on Drawings, select stock for uniform height and spread, and number the labels to assure symmetry in planting. 2.2 FERTILIZERS A. Planting Tablets: Tightly compressed chip-type, long-lasting, slow-release, commercial-grade planting fertilizer in tablet form. Tablets shall break down with soil bacteria, converting nutrients into a form that can be absorbed by plant roots. 1. Size: 21-gram tablets. 2. Nutrient Composition: 12 percent nitrogen, 8 percent phosphorous, and 8 percent potassium, by weight plus micronutrients. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 375 of 442 2.3 MULCHES A. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees and shrubs, consisting of one of the following: 1. Type: As indicated. 2. Color: Natural. B. Compost Mulch: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH of 5.5 to 8; moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through a 1-inchsieve; soluble-salt content of 2 to 4 dS/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows: 1. Organic Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight. 2. Feedstock: Agricultural, food, or industrial residuals; biosolids; yard trimmings; or source-separated or compostable mixed solid waste. 2.4 PESTICIDES A. General: Pesticide registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Pre-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling the germination or growth of weeds within planted areas at the soil level directly below the mulch layer. C. Post-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling weed growth that has already germinated. 2.5 TREE-STABILIZATION MATERIALS A. Trunk-Stabilization Materials: 1. Upright and Guy Stakes: Rough-sawn, sound, new softwood with specified wood pressure-preservative treatment, free of knots, holes, cross grain, and other defects, 2-by-2-inch nominal by length indicated, pointed at one end. 2. Flexible Ties: Wide rubber or elastic bands or straps of length required to reach stakes or turnbuckles. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Wood Pressure-Preservative Treatment: AWPA U1, Use Category UC4a; acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and containing no arsenic or chromium. B. Root Barrier: Black, molded, modular panels 24 inches high (deep), 85 milsthick, and with vertical root deflecting ribs protruding 3/4 inch out from panel surface; manufactured with minimum 50 percent recycled polyethylene plastic with UV inhibitors. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 376 of 442 C. Antidesiccant: Water-insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film forming, for trees and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed, and fully labeled containers and mix according to manufacturer's written instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive plants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and conditions affecting installation and performance of the Work. 1. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil within a planting area. 2. Verify that plants and vehicles loaded with plants can travel to planting locations with adequate overhead clearance. 3. Suspend planting operations during periods of excessive soil moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results. 4. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable or which is dusty. B. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a planting area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Landscape Architect and replace with new planting soil. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities and turf areas and existing plants from damage caused by planting operations. B. Install erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. C. Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake locations, outline areas, adjust locations when requested, and obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of layout before excavating or planting. Make minor adjustments as required. D. Lay out plants at locations directed by Landscape Architect. Stake locations of individual trees and shrubs and outline areas for multiple plantings. 3.3 PLANTING AREA ESTABLISHMENT A. General: Prepare planting area for soil placement and mix planting soil according to Section 32 91 15 "Soil Preparation (Performance Specification)." May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 377 of 442 B. Placing Planting Soil: Blend planting soil in place. C. Before planting, obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading. 3.4 EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS A. Planting Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular planting pits. 1. Excavate planting pits with sides sloping inward at a 45-degree angle. Excavations with vertical sides are unacceptable. Trim perimeter of bottom leaving center area of bottom raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage away from center. Do not further disturb base. Ensure that root ball will sit on undisturbed base soil to prevent settling. Scarify sides of planting pit smeared or smoothed during excavation. 2. Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter for container-grown stock. 3. Excavate at least 12 inches wider than root spread and deep enough to accommodate vertical roots for bare-root stock. 4. Do not excavate deeper than depth of the root ball, measured from the root flare to the bottom of the root ball. 5. If area under the plant was initially dug too deep, add soil to raise it to the correct level and thoroughly tamp the added soil to prevent settling. 6. Maintain angles of repose of adjacent materials to ensure stability. Do not excavate subgrades of adjacent paving, structures, hardscapes, or other new or existing improvements. 7. Maintain supervision of excavations during working hours. 8. Keep excavations covered or otherwise protected when unattended by Installer's personnel. B. Backfill Soil: Subsoil and topsoil removed from excavations may be used as backfill soil unless otherwise indicated. C. Obstructions: Notify Landscape Architect if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations. 1. Hardpan Layer: Drill 6-inch-diameter holes, 24 inches apart, into free-draining strata or to a depth of 10 feet whichever is less, and backfill with free-draining material. D. Drainage: Notify Landscape Architect if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or retention in tree or shrub planting pits. E. Fill excavations with water and allow to percolate away before positioning trees and shrubs. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 378 of 442 3.5 TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PLANTING A. Inspection: At time of planting, verify that root flare is visible at top of root ball according to ANSI Z60.1. If root flare is not visible, remove soil in a level manner from the root ball to where the top-most root emerges from the trunk. After soil removal to expose the root flare, verify that root ball still meets size requirements. B. Roots: Remove stem girdling roots and kinked roots. Remove injured roots by cutting cleanly; do not break. C. Container-Grown Stock: Set each plant plumb and in center of planting pit or trench with root flare 1 inch above adjacent finish grades. 1. Backfill: Planting soil. For trees, use amended excavated soil for backfill. 2. Carefully remove root ball from container without damaging root ball or plant. 3. Backfill around root ball in layers, tamping to settle soil and eliminate voids and air pockets. When planting pit is approximately one-half filled, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. 4. Place planting tablets equally distributed around each planting pit when pit is approximately one-half filled. Place tablets beside the root ball about 1 inch from root tips; do not place tablets in bottom of the hole. a. Quantity: As indicated on Drawings. 5. Continue backfilling process. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of soil. 3.6 TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PRUNING A. Remove only dead, dying, or broken branches. Do not prune for shape. B. Prune, thin, and shape trees, shrubs, and vines as directed by Landscape Architect. C. Prune, thin, and shape trees, shrubs, and vines according to standard professional horticultural and arboricultural practices. Unless otherwise indicated by Landscape Architect, do not cut tree leaders; remove only injured, dying, or dead branches from trees and shrubs; and prune to retain natural character. D. Do not apply pruning paint to wounds. 3.7 TREE STABILIZATION A. Trunk Stabilization by Upright Staking and Tying: Install trunk stabilization as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees of 2- through 5-inchcaliper. Stake trees of less than 2-inchcaliper only as required to prevent wind tip out. Use a minimum of two stakes of length required to penetrate at least 18 inches below bottom of backfilled excavation and to extend two-thirds of the tree height or lower as May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 379 of 442 required to keep stakes below limbs above grade. Set vertical stakes and space to avoid penetrating root balls or root masses. 2. Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees with two stakes for trees up to 12 feet high and 2-1/2 inches or less in caliper; three stakes for trees less than 14 feet high and up to 4 inches in caliper. Space stakes equally around trees. 3. Support trees with bands of flexible ties at contact points with tree trunk. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of tree. 4. Support trees with two strands of tie wire, connected to the brass grommets of tree-tie webbing at contact points with tree trunk. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of tree. 3.8 ROOT-BARRIER INSTALLATION A. Install root barrier where trees are planted within 120 inches (10 feet) of paving or other hardscape elements, such as walls, curbs, and walkways, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Align root barrier vertically, and run it linearly along and adjacent to the paving or other hardscape elements to be protected from invasive roots. C. Install root barrier continuously for a distance of 120 inches (10 feet) in each direction from the tree trunk, for a total distance of 240 inches (20 feet) per tree. If trees are spaced closer, use a single continuous piece of root barrier. 1. Position top of root barrier 1/2 inch above finish grade. 2. Overlap root barrier a minimum of 12 inches at joints. 3. Do not distort or bend root barrier during construction activities. 4. Do not install root barrier surrounding the root ball of tree. D. Where trees are located over the top of the existing 78” storm drain and either of the two 60” sewer force mains, install ‘Biobarrier’ root barrier, or approved equal, horizontally between bottom of tree root ball and top of utility as detailed on the plans. 3.9 GROUND COVER AND PLANT PLANTING A. Set out and space ground cover and plants other than trees, shrubs, and vines as indicated on Drawings in even rows with triangular spacing. B. Use planting soil for backfill. C. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots. D. For rooted cutting plants supplied in flats, plant each in a manner that minimally disturbs the root system but to a depth not less than two nodes. E. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around plants to hold water. F. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 380 of 442 G. Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of recovery from transplanting shock. 3.10 PLANTING AREA MULCHING A. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting areas and other areas indicated. 1. Trees in Turf Areas: Apply organic mulch ring of 3-inchaverage thickness, with 36- inch radius around trunks or stems. Do not place mulch within 3 inchesof trunks or stems. 2. Organic Mulch in Planting Areas: Apply 3-inchaverage thickness of organic mulch, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch within 3 inchesof trunks or stems. 3. Decomposed Granite (Mineral) Mulch in Planting Areas: Apply 3-inchaverage thickness of mineral mulch, to finish level with adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch within 3 inchesof trunks or stems. 3.11 PLANT MAINTENANCE A. Maintain plantings by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, restoring planting saucers, adjusting and repairing tree-stabilization devices, resetting to proper grades or vertical position, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable plantings. B. Fill in, as necessary, soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes. Replace mulch materials damaged or lost in areas of subsidence. C. Apply treatments as required to keep plant materials, planted areas, and soils free of pests and pathogens or disease. Use integrated pest management practices when possible to minimize use of pesticides and reduce hazards. Treatments include physical controls such as hosing off foliage, mechanical controls such as traps, and biological control agents. 3.12 PESTICIDE APPLICATION A. Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents according to authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before each application is performed. B. Pre-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply to tree, shrub, and ground-cover areas according to manufacturer's written recommendations. Do not apply to seeded areas. C. Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply only as necessary to treat already-germinated weeds and according to manufacturer's written recommendations. May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 381 of 442 3.13 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. General: Repair or replace existing or new trees and other plants that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Landscape Architect. 1. Submit details of proposed pruning and repairs. 2. Perform repairs of damaged trunks, branches, and roots within 24 hours, if approved. 3. Replace trees and other plants that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by Landscape Architect. B. Remove and replace trees that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition before the end of the corrections period or are damaged during construction operations that Landscape Architect determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern. 1. Provide new trees of same size as those being replaced 2. Species of Replacement Trees: Same species being replaced. 3.14 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. During planting, keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly condition. Clean wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas. B. Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C. Protect plants from damage due to landscape operations and operations of other contractors and trades. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged plantings. D. After installation and before Substantial Completion, remove nursery tags, nursery stakes, tie tape, labels, wire, burlap, and other debris from plant material, planting areas, and Project site. E. At time of Substantial Completion, verify that tree-watering devices are in good working order and leave them in place. Replace improperly functioning devices. 3.15 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance period includes maintenance of entire park. Construction fence is to remain in place throughout the maintenance period. B. Maintenance Service for Trees and Shrubs: Provide maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in "Plant Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after plants are installed and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established, but for not less than maintenance period below: 1. Maintenance Period: May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 382 of 442 a. 120 days from date of Substantial Completion. C. Maintenance Service for Ground Cover and Other Plants: Provide maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in "Plant Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after plants are installed and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established, but for not less than maintenance period below: 1. Maintenance Period: a. 120 days from date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 32 93 00 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 383 of 442 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR: CARLSBAD C.ITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY & ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS SOURCE OF TOPOGRAPHY TOPOGRAPHY SHOWN ON THESE PLANS WAS GENERATED BY FIELD SURVEY METHODS FROM INFORMATION GATHERED ON DfG. 1ST, 20'16 BY BWE. TOPOGRAPHY SHOWN HEREON CONFORMS TO NATIONAL MAP ACCURACY STANDARDS. PROJECT LOCATION I BASIS OF BEARINGS THE BASIS OF COORDINATES AND BEARINGS FOR THIS EXHIBIT IS THE CALIFORNIA COORDINATE SYSTEM OF 1983 (EPOCH 1991.35), ZONE 6, BASED LOCALLY UPON THE FOLLOWING HORIZONTAL CONTROL STATIONS AS SHOWN ON RECORD SURVEY NO. 17271. THIS PROJECT IS LOCATED WITHIN ASSESSORS PARCEL NUMBER(S) 156-180-46 THE CALIFORNIA COORDINATE INDEX OF THIS PROJECT IS N 2005601.527' E 6223329.699' BENCH MARK DESCRIPTION: A 3" BRASS COUNTY DISK STAMPED "CLSB 129" IN THE TOP OF CONCRETE SIGNAL BASE 500 FEET NORTH OF COAST HIGHV\/AY 101 INTERSECTION WITH RAILROAD TRACKS 14 FEET EAST OF TRACKS, IN THE BACK OF CARLSBAD WATER FACILITY. RECORDED: RECORD OF SURVEY NO. 17271 ELEVATION: 20.040' DATUM: NGVD 29 "DECLARATION OF RESPONSIBLE CHARGE" I HEREBY DECLARE THAT I AM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF WORK FOR THIS PROJECT, THAT I HAVE EXERCISED RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OVER THE DESIGN OF THIS PROJECT AS DEFINED IN SECTION 6703 OF THE BUSINE"SS AND PROFESSIONS CODE AND THAT THE DESIGN IS CONSISTENT WITH CURRENT STANDARDS. I UNDERSTAND THAT THE CHECK OF PROJECT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD AND SAN DIEGO COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF HEAL TH SERVICES IS CONFINED TO A REVIEW ONLY AND DOES NOT RELIEVE ME, AS THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF WORK, OF MY RESPONSIBILITIES FOR PROJECT DESIGN. JEFFREY T BARR SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. 1111 SIXTH AVE, SUITE 500 SAN DIEGO, CA 92101 PHONE: (619) 236-1462 ~ · N URE · ETTBARR REGISTRATION NO: 5209 (EXP. 12/3'112019) WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE DECLARATION 01117/2019 DATE I AM FAMILIAR WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION PLANS CONTAINED IN THE CITY OF CARLSBAD'S WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE REGULATIONS. I UNDERSTAND THAT CONSTRUCTION DRAININGS ARE TO BE PREPARED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THOSE REGULATIONS AND THE LANDSCAPE MANUAL. I CERTIFY THAT THE PLANS HAVE BEEN PREPARED IMPLEMENTING THOSE REGULATIONS TO PROVIDE EFFICIENT USE OF WATER. JEFFREY T. BARR SCHMIOT DESIGN GROUP, INC. 1111 SIXTH AVE, SUITE 500 SAN DIEGO, CA 92101 PHONE: (619) 236-1462 ~A-N URE ~RR REGISTRATION NO: 5209 (EXP. 1213112019) PRIOR TO BEGINNING LANDSCAPE WORK 01/17/2019 DATE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE DESIGNER OF WORK PRIOR TO BEGINNING LANDSCAPE WORK AND THE DESIGNER OF WORK SHALL REVIEW THE PROJECT UTILITY LOCATIONS AND REVISE PLANS ACCORDINGLY TO FULLY SCREEN ALL UTILITIES FROM VIEW AND PROTECT ALL UTILITIES (ABOVE & BELOW GRADE) FROM INVASIVE PLANT GROWTH AND ROOTS. - 1200 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DR. CITY OF CARLSBAD, CA 92008 PROJECT NO. 4725 / 6608 WORK TO BE DONE VICINITY MAP THE IMPROVEMENT WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS, CURRENT AT THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION, AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. CITY OF OCEANSIDE 1. CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL CODE 2. CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGINEERING STANDARDS 3. THIS SET OF PLANS 4. THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (GREEN BOOK) 5. THE SAN DIEGO AREA REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWINGS AND AS MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD STANDARDS. 6. STORM WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWQMP) IS NOT REQUIRED SEE STANDARD PROJECT CHECKLIST E-36 & SITE MAP PREPARED BY BWE DATED 7130118 7. CALIFORNIA STORM WATER QUALITY ASSOCIATION BMP CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK AND CAL TRANS CONSTRUCTION SITE BMP MANUAL 8. 2016 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, PART 2 OF TITLE 24 CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS. 9. 2017 CALDAG CALIFORNIA DISABLED ACCESSIBILITY GUIDEBOOK AND ADAAG (AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES), AND THE 2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN. NO. SHEET INDEX SHEET LABEL 29 30 1 TITLE SHEET T-1.0 PROJECT LOCATION CITY COUNCIL MATT HALL -MAYOR KEITH BLACKBURN -<:,OIJ"\CJ.'-Mtl'A.~~ BARBARA HAMIL TON -COUNCIL MEMBER PRIYA BHAT-PATEL-l'<'\A'(Ol'-, '1711-D "ft!"'\ CORI SHUMACHER -COUNCIL MEMBER SCOTT CHADWICK CITY MANAGER PAZ GOMEZ 9'2{\JT'( C.11"( ~£«- LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LC-2.3 STRUCTURAL NOTES & DETAILS S-1.0 PROJECT ADDRESS HIGHWAY PACIFIC OCEAN LJ-.. CITY OF ENCINITAS 2 GENERAL NOTES T-1.1 31 ELECTRICAL LEGEND SE-1.0 1200 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DR., CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 92008 3 DEMOLITION NOTES D-1.0 4 DEMOLITION PLAN D-1.1 5 DEMOLITION PLAN D-1.2 6 DEMOLITION PLAN 0-1.3 7 DEMOLITION PLAN D-1.4 8 LAGUNA DR & ELMWOOD ST 0-1.5 DEMOLITION PLAN 9 LAGUNA DR STORM DRAIN PLAN AND C-1.1 PROFILE 10 LAGUNA DR STORM DRAIN PLAN AND C-1.2 PROFILE 11 GRADING AND UTILITY PLAN C-1.3 12 GRADING AND UTILITY PLAN C-1.4 13 GRADING AND UTILITY PLAN C-1.5 14 GRADING AND UTILITY PLAN C-1.6 15 EROSION CONTROL PLAN C-2.0 16 EROSION CONTROL PLAN C-2:1 17 EROSION CONTROL PLAN C-2.2 18 EROSION CONTROL PLAN C-2.3 19 EROSION CONTROL PLAN C-2.4 20 CIVIL DETAILS & STORM DRAIN C-5.0 LATERAL PROFILES 21 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION LEGEND LC-1.0 AND NOTES 22 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN LC-1 .1 23 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN LC-1.2 24 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN LC-1.3 25 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN LC-1.4 26 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LC-2.0 27 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LC-2.1 28 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LC-2.2 32 TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS 33 SITE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 34 SITE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 35 SITE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 36 SITE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 37 SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN 38 SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN 39 SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN 40 SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN 41 SINGLE LINE & PANEL SCHEDULES 42 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 43 ELECTRICAL DETAILS ~ --- 44 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 45 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION LEGEND AND NOTES 46 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN 47 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN 48 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN 49 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN 50 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN 51 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION DETAILS 52 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION DETAILS 53 LANDSCAPE PLANTING NOTES 54 LANDSCAPE PLANTING LEGEND 55 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN 56 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN 57 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN 58 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN 59 LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS NOTES: SE-2.0 SE-3.0 SE-3.1 SE-3.2 SE-3.3 SE-3.4 SE-3.5 SE-3.6 SE-3.7 SE-4.0 SE-4.1 SE-4.2 SE-4.3 Ll-1.0 Ll-1.1 Ll-1.2 Ll-1.3 Ll-1.4 Ll-1.5 Ll-2.0 Ll-2.1 LP-0.1 LP-1.0 LP-1.1 LP-1.2 LP-1.3 LP-1.4 LP-2.0 GOVERNING AGENCIES AND UTILITY CONTACTS UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT 800-227-2600 GAS AND ELECTRICITY SAN DIEGO GAS & ELECTRIC 4120 OCEANSIDE BLVD. #215 OCEANSIDE, CA 92054 EMERGENCY: 800-411-7343 NEW SERVICE: 877-789-9866 CABLE TELEVISION TIME WARNER 5720 EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-931-7000 WATER & RECYCLED WATER CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT 5950 EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-438-2722 SEWER CITY OF CARLSBAD 5950 EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-438-2722 STORM WATER CITY OF CARLSBAD 1635 FARADAY AVENUE CARLSBAD, CA 92008 HOTLINE 760-602-2799 1) CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO SUBMIT FINAL AS-BUILT PLANS TO BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE CITY. 2) CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO SUBMIT FINAL PLANS TO BE APPROVED AND SIGNED BY THE CITY PRIOR TO RELEASE OF SECURITIES SCIIMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMEf'JTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.s chm idtd es i gn. com Lie CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 PARKS AND RECREATION CITY OF CARLSBAD 799 PINE AVE, SUITE 200 CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-434-2826 TELEPHONE AT&T NEW PHONE: 800-310-2355 ENGINEERING CITY OF CARLSBAD 1635 FARADAY AVENUE CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-602-2720 BUILDING FIRE CITY OF CARLSBAD 1635 FARADAY AVENUE CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-602-2700 INSPECTION: 760-602-2725 CITY OF CARLSBAD 2560 ORION WAY CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-931-2141 POLICE CITY OF CARLSBAD 2560 ORION WAY CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-931-2131 Expiration Date: 12-31-rn ••• j • • ••• Plot Date: Jtrnuary, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16-106 DATE INITIAL IA ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION PROJECT DIRECTORY OWNER. CITY OF CARLSBAD LOCATION MAP HIGHWA.'f 78 CONTACT: BRANDON MILES ASSOCIATE ENGINEER I PROJECT MANAGER PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 1635 FARADAY AVENUE CARLSBAD, CA 92008 email: brandon.miles@carlsbadca.gov PHONE (760) 602-2745 PRIME CONSULTANT & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT CONTACT: JEFFREY T: BARR PRINCIPAL SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. 1111 SIXTH AVENUE, SUITE 500 SAN DIEGO, CA 92101 email: jtbarr@schmidtclesign.com PHONE (619) 236-1462 ARIC SANDERS PROJECT MANAGER email: asanders@schmidtdesign.com DESIGN CONSUL TANT(S): CIVIL ENGINEER BWE CIVIL 9449 BALBOA AVE, SUITE 270 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 (619) 299-5550 CONTACT: HECTOR MAYTORENA SITE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER BWE STRUCTURAL 9449 BALBOA AVE, SUITE 270 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 (619) 299-5550 CONTACT: CHARLIE COLVIN DIGA ~RT -~ -I< ~--· V .v .• ,~v •.• I · '" DIAL TOLL FREE ./ 'iJ:!y 1-800-422-4133 n AT LEAST l'l'/O DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA I SH1ET I SITE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER ALAGIA ENGINEERING 17743 DEL PASO DR, POWAY, CA 92064 (858) 746-7414 CONTACT: NEALALAGIA (city of Carlsbad 11 AS BUIL T 11 P.E. EXP. REVIEIJED BY, !MSPECT □R CITY OF CARLSBAD PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR T-1.0 DATE DATE ~ 9 CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS TITLE SHEET APPROVED: /11AR5/./,<lLL. I<, f__WJiZ. ...J./4 L /J?VJ.).(,lU./ 1!:'.. ~ 'L~ I TRANSPORTATION DIRFCTOR, ""T 42790 EXP. 3/21 /20 DATE DWN BY: AS, RP PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JTB 4725 I 6608 812-2B Cf) f-z LIJ ~ :J u 0 0 0 O'.) z 0 I-<( > 0 z LIJ a: _J _j <( I >-I-u 0 <( O'.) Cf) _J a: <( u ..,.-- 0 0) ..... 0 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _, C\I May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 384 of 442 GENERAL NOTES 1. THIS PLAN SUPERSEDES ALL OTHER PLANS PREVIOUSLY APPROVED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD REGARDING IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THIS SET OF PLANS. 2. APPROVAL OF THIS PLAN DOES NOT LESSEN OR WAIVE ANY PORTION OF THE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL CODE, RESOLUTION OF CONDITIONAL APPROVAL, CITY STANDARDS OR OTHER ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS LISTED HEREON AS THEY MAY PERTAIN TO THIS PROJECT. THE ENGINEER IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE SHALL REVISE THESE PLANS WHEN NON-CONFORMANCE IS DISCOVERED. 3. CITY APPROVAL OF PLANS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE DEVELOPER OR ENGINEER- OF-WORK FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CORRECTION OF ERRORS AND OMISSIONS DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION. ALL PLAN REVISIONS SHALL BE PROMPTLY SUBMITTED TO THE CITY ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL. 4. NO WORK SHALL BE COMMENCED UNTIL ALL PERMITS HAVE BEEN OBTAINED FROM THE CITY AND OTHER APPROPRIATE AGENCIES. 5. REVISION OF THESE PLANS MAY BE REQUIRED IF THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS ARE NOT CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO THE DEADLINE DATE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF SAID PLANS. 6. NO REVISIONS WILL BE MADE TO THESE PLANS WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE CITY ENGINEER, NOTED WITHIN THE REVISION BLOCK, ON THE APPROPRIATE SHEET OF THE PLANS AND TITLE SHEET. 7. ORIGINAL DRAWINGS SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CITY UPON APPROVAL BY THE CITY. 8. THE ORIGINAL DRAWING SHALL BE REVISED TO REFLECT AS-BUILT CONDITIONS BY THE ENGINEER-OF-WORK PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK BY THE CITY. 9. ACCESS FOR FIRE AND OTHER EMERGENCY VEHICLES SHALL BE MAINTAINED TO THE PROJECT SITE AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 10. WHERE TRENCHES ARE WITHIN CITY EASEMENTS, A SOILS REPORT COMPRISED OF: (A) SUMMARY SHEET, (B) LABORATORY WORK SHEETS AND (C) COMPACTION CURVES, SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, PRINCIPALLY DOING BUSINESS IN THE FIELD OF APPLIED SOILS MECHANICS. THE SOILS REPORT WILL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR WITHIN TWO WORKING DAYS OF COMPLETION OF FIELD TESTS. THE WRITTEN FIELD COMPACTION REPORT(S) SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY SUBMITTED TO THE CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR UPON COMPLETION OF THE FIELD TESTS. 11. AFTER, OR UPON, NOTIFICATION OF CONTRACT AWARD, THE CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR WILL SET THE TIME AND LOCATION FOR THE PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING. ATTENDANCE OF THE CONTRACTOR'S MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MANAGEMENT, ADMINISTRATION, AND EXECUTION OF THE PROJECT IS MANDATORY FOR THE MEETING TO BE CONVENED. FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO HAVE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBLE PROJECT PERSONNEL ATTEND THE PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING WILL BE GROUNDS FOR DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR NO SEPARATE PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S ATTENDANCE AT THE MEETING. THE NOTICE TO PROCEED WILL ONLY BE ISSUED ON OR AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING. ·12. ALL INSPECTION REQUESTS OTHER THAN FOR PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING WILL BE MADE BY CALLING THE ENGINEERING 24-HOUR INSPECTION REQUEST LINE AT (760) 438-3891. INSPECTION REQUESTS MUST BE RECEIVED PRIOR TO 2:00 P.M. ON THE DAY BEFORE THE INSPECTION IS NEEDED. INSPECTIONS WILL BE MADE THE NEXT WORK DAY UNLESS YOU REQUEST OTHERWISE. REQUESTS MADE AFTER 2:00 P.M. WILL BE SCHEDULED FOR TWO FULL WORK DAYS LATER. 13. THE OWNER AND/OR APPLICANT THROUGH THE DEVELOPER AND/OR CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, CONSTRUCT AND MAINTAIN ALL SAFETY DEVICES, INCLUDING SHORING, AND SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFORMING TO ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL SAFETY AND HEAL TH STANDARDS, LAWS AND REGULATIONS. 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFORM TO LABOR CODE SECTION 6705 BY SUBMITTING A DETAIL PLAN TO THE CITY ENGINEER AND/OR CONCERNED AGENCY SHOWING THE DESIGN OF SHORING, BRACING SLOPE OR OTHER PROVISIONS TO BE MADE OF WORKER PROTECTION FROM THE HAZARD OF CAVING GROUND DURING THE EXCAVATION OF SUCH TRENCH OR TRENCHES OR DURING THE PIPE INSTALLATION THEREIN. THIS PLAN MUST BE PREPARED FOR ALL TRENCHES FIVE FEET (5') OR MORE IN DEPTH AND APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER AND/OR CONCERNED AGENCY PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. IF THE PLAN VARIES FROM THE SHORING SYSTEM STANDARDS ESTABLISHED BY THE CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS, TITLE 8 CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE, THE PLAN SHALL BE PREPARED BY A REGISTERED ENGINEER AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. A COPY OF THE OSHA EXCAVATION PERMIT MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE INSPECTOR PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. 15. IF ANY ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES ARE DISCOVERED WITHIN ANY WORK ZONE DURING CONSTRUCTION, OPERATIONS WILL CEASE IMMEDIATELY, AND THE PERMITTEE 'NILL NOTIFY THE CITY ENGINEER. OPERATIONS WILL NOT RESTART UNTIL THE PERMITTEE HAS RECEIVED WRITTEN AUTHORITY FROM THE CITY ENGINEER TO DO SO. 16. ALL OPERATIONS CONDUCTED ON THE SITE OR ADJACENT THERETO, INCLUDING WARMING UP, REPAIR, ARRIVAL, DEPARTURE OR OPERATION OF TRUCKS, EARTHMOVING EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND ANY OTHER ASSOCIATED GRADING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PERIOD BETWEEN 7:00 AM. AND 6:00 P.M. EACH DAY, MONDAY THRU FRIDAY AND NO EARTHMOVING OR GRADING OPERATIONS SHALL BE CONDUCTED ON WEEKENDS OR HOLIDAYS. (A LIST OF CITY HOLIDAYS IS AVAILABLE AT THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT COUNTER.) 17. ALL OFF-SITE HAUL ROUTES SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE CITY ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL TWO FULL WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DEBRIS OR DAMAGE OCCURRING ALONG THE HAUL ROUTE OR ADJACENT STREETS AS A RESULT OF THE HAULING OR GRADING OPERATION. 18. NO BLASTING SHALL BE COMMENCED VI/ITHOUT A CITY ENGINEER APPROVED BLASTING PROGRAM AND BLASTING PERMIT. 19. THE EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF UTILITY STRUCTURES AND FACILITIES SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS WERE OBTAINED BY A SEARCH OF THE AVAILABLE RECORDS. ATTENTION IS CALLED TO THE POSSIBLE EXISTENCE OF OTHER UTILITY FACILITIES OR STRUCTURES NOT SHOWN OR IN A LOCATION DIFFERENT FROM THAT SHOWN ON THE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO TAKE DUE PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES TO PROTECT THE UTILITIES SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND ANY OTHER EXISTING FACILITIES OR STRUCTURES NOT SHOWN. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING FACILITIES (ABOVEGROUND AND UNDERGROUND) WITHIN THE PROJECT SITE SUFFICIENTLY AHEAD OF THE CONSTRUCTION TO PERMIT THE REVISIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS IF IT IS FOUND THAT THE ACTUAL LOCATIONS ARE IN CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED WORK. 24. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE PROVIDED WITH ELECTRONIC TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY AND CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR DEVELOPMENT OF A CERTIFIED HORIZONTAL CONTROL PLAN TO BE PREPARED BY LAND SURVEYOR AND SUBMITTED TO THE RESIDENT ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION STAKING THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS AND CERTIFIED HORIZONTAL CONTROL PLAN. 25. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANIES (SEE BELOW) AT LEAST TWO FULL WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION NEAR THEIR FACILITIES AND SHALL COORDINATE WORK WITH A COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (800)422-4133 SDG&E (800)411-7343 AT&T (800)892-0123 TIME WARNER CABLE (760)438-7741 COX COMMUNICATIONS (619)262-1122 CITY OF CARLSBAD(STREETS AND STORM DRAIN) (760)434-2980 *CITY OF CARLSBAD(SEWER,WATER & RECLAIMED WATER) (760)438-2722 26. IN ACCORDANCE THE CITY STORM WATER STANDARDS ALL STORM DRAIN INLETS CONSTRUCTED BY THIS PLAN SHALL INCLUDE "STENCILS" BE ADDED TO PROHIBIT \NASTE DISCHARGE DOWNSTREAM. STENCILS SHALL BE ADDED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER. 27. CITY HALL WILL REMAIN OPEN TO THE PUBLIC DURING THE CONSTRUCTION FOR THIS PROJECT. ALL EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS SHALL NOT BE A NUISANCE OR HAZARD TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC AND CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY FENCING AROUND THE AREA TO PROTECT THE SITE FROM OTHER ONGOING OPERATIONS AND TO ENSURE THE SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE WORK SITE PICKED UP AND FREE OF LITTER, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT AND ALL OTHER CONSTRUCTION RELATED MATERIALS. CONTRACTOR WILL ONLY BE ALLOWED TO STOCK PILE MATERIALS ON SITE IN FENCED DESIGNATED STAGING AREAS AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY ENGINEERING INSPECTOR. CITY WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR STOCKPILES OR LEAVES AT THE SITE UNATTENDED. EQUIPMENT LEFT ON THE PROPERTY OVERNIGHT AND UNATTENDED SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR WATER NOTES 1. WATER & RECYCLED WATER MAIN AND APPURTENANCES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGINEERING STANDARDS" (LATEST EDITION) VOLUMES 2 & 3. 2. BEFORE ANY CONNECTION OR SHUT DOWN OF VALVES ON EXISTING C.M.W.D. LINES, A PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE C.M.W.D. OFFICE AND MUST BE SIGNED AND APPROVED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD'S DEPUTY CITY ENGINEER AND THE UTILITY OPERATIONS' PUBLIC WORKS MANAGER 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGINEERING INSPECTION DEPARTMENT 48 HOURS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK SO THAT INSPECTION MAY BE PROVIDED -TELEPHONE NO. (760)438-3891. 4. NO TREES OR STRUCTURES SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE WATER LINE EASEMENT, ALL EXISTING TREES AND STRUCTURES SHALL BE REMOVED PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK -ANY EXCEPTIONS SHALL REQUIRE WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE CITY ENGINEER. 5. ALL BURIED COPPER PIPING AND APPURTENANCES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MEANS OF CATHODIC PROTECTION. IF CONTRACTOR CONDUCTS A SOILS TEST REPORT AND DEMONSTRATES THAT PROTECTION CAN BE PERFORMED IN ANOTHER MANNER, THE CITY ENGINEER WILL CONSIDER AN ALTERNATIVE FORM OF PROTECTION. 6. THE EXACT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ALIGNMENT AND TYPE OF MATERIALS OF THE FIRE LINE LOCATED BETWEEN THE DETECTOR CHECK VALVE AND BUILDING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD FIRE MARSHAL. 7. ALL POTABLE WATER SERVICES SHALL BE 1" AND ALL METERS SHALL BE 1" (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS). 8. ALL WATER METER BOXES SHALL BE ·J7'' X 30" X 12" POLYMER CONCRETE AS MANUFACTURED BY ARMORCAST OR EQUAL. 9. MINIMUM SPACING BETWEEN POTABLE WATER SERVICES AND SEWER LATERALS SHALL BE 10 FEET. 10. THE TOP OF WATER METER BOXES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED SURFACE GRADE. Expiration Dote: 1n1-19 11. CONSTRUCTION OF WATER MAINS AND RECYCLED WATER MAINS SHALL ADHERE TO THE "CRITERIA FOR THE SEPARATION OF WATER MAINS AND SANITARY SEWERS" PUBLISHED BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA'S DEPARTMENT OF HEAL TH SERVICES. 12. AXIAL DEFLECTION AT THE PIPE JOINTS IS NOT ALLOWED. THE USE OF A HIGH- DEFLECTION COUPLING AT A PIPE JOINT MAY BE PERMITTED BY THE INSPECTOR ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS NOT TO EXCEED 4 DEGREES TOTAL DEFLECTION PER COUPLING (2 DEGREES/EACH GASKET). USE CERTAINTEED "VINYL-IRON" H.D. FOR C900. 13. BEFORE CONSTRUCTION BEGINS IN ANY PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY, A CITY RIGHT OF WAY PERMIT SHALL BE REQUIRED. 14. NO CUTTING OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE (ACP) IS PERMITTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ACP TO NEAREST COUPLING AND INSTALL ACP X PVC ADAPTORS AND THE NECESSARY PVC SIZE AND CLASS PIPE TO INSTALL THE TEE AT THE STATION. 15. PRIOR TO BACKFILL, INSTALL TRACER WIRE ON TOP OF PIPE AND SECURE IN PLACE WITH 2-INCH WIDE PLASTIC ADHESIVE TAPE AT MAXIMUM 10-FOOT INTERVALS. WIRE TO ENTER VALVE STANDS BY MEANS OF DRILLED HOLE IN PIPE STAND WALL JUST BELOW 4TTBOX. WIRE IS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH VALVE NUT OPERATION. RUN TRACER WIRE CONTINUOUSLY ALONG PIPE AND TERMINATE IN ADJACENT VALVE BOXES FOR BURIED ASSEMBLIES OR BURIED VALVES. WHERE BURIED SPLICES OCCUR, USE AN ELECTRICAL EPOXY RESIN SUCH AS SCOTCHCAST, OR APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE 24 INCHES OF COILED VI/IRE AT ACCESS POINTS FOR ATTACHMENTS OF PIPE LOCATING EQUIPMENT. EACH INSTALLED RUN OF PIPE SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING LOCATED USING THE TRACER WIRE. PROTECT WIRE INSULATION FROM DAMAGE DURING INSTALLATION AND BACKFILLING. WIRE INSULATION THAT IS BROKEN, CUT, OR DAMAGED SHALL BE REPLACED. TRACER WIRE SHALL BE AWG NO. 8 STRANDED COPPER WIRE WITH HIGH MOLECULAR WEIGHT POLYETHYLENE (HMW/PE) INSULATION SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR DIRECT BURIAL IN CORROSIVE SOIL OR WATER. POLYETHYLENE INSULATION SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D 1248, TYPE 1, CLASS C. WIRES WITH CUT OR DAMAGED INSULATION ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE AND REPLACEMENT OF THE ENTIRE WIRE WHICH HAS BEEN DAMAGED WILL BE REQUIRED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. SIGNING AND STRIPING NOTES 1. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING ALL SIGNING AND STRIPING. 2. SIGNING, STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CALIFORNIA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (FHWA'S MUTCD 2014 REVISION 3, AS AMENDED FOR USE IN CALIFORNIA), CAL TRANS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (JULY 2006 OR LATEST VERSION THEREOF), THESE PLANS AND THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 3. ALL SIGNING AND STRIPING IS SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. ANY DEVIATION FROM THESE SIGNING AND STRIPING PLANS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF WORK AND PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR PRIOR TO ANY CHANGE IN THE FIELD. 5. ALL SIGNING AND STRIPING SHALL BE REFLECTIVE PER CAL TRANS SPECIFICATIONS. STRIPING SHALL BE REPAINTED TWO WEEKS AFTER INITIAL PAINTING. SIGNING SHALL USE ENCAPSULATED LENS REFLECTIVE SHEETING (HIGH INTENSITY OR EQUAL). 6. EXACT LOCATION OF STRIPING AND STOP LIMIT LINES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL CONFLICTING PAINTED LINES, MARKINGS AND PAVEMENT LEGENDS BY GRINDING. DEBRIS SHALL BE PROMPTLY REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 8. ALL PAVEMENT LEGENDS SHALL BE THE LATEST VERSION OF THE CAL TRANS METRIC STENCILS. 9. LIMIT LINES AND CROSSWALKS SHALL BE FIELD LOCATED. CROSSWALKS SHALL HAVE 10' INSIDE DIMENSION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 10. ALL CROSSWALKS, LIMIT LINES, STOP BARS, PAVEMENT ARROWS AND PAVEMENT LEGENDS SHALL BE THERMOPLASTIC UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 11. FIRE HYDRANT PAVEMENT MARKERS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CALIFORNIA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (FHWA'S MUTCD 2014 REVISION 3, AS AMENDED FOR USE IN CALIFORNIA) AND SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAINING M-19. 12. ALL MEDIAN NOSES AND FLARES SHALL BE PAINTED YELLOW. 13. ALL SIGNS SHALL BE STANDARD SIZE AS SHOWN IN THE CALIFORNIA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (FHWA'S MUTCD 2014 REVISION 3, AS AMENDED FOR USE IN CALIFORNIA) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 14. SIGN POSTS SHALL BE SQUARE PERFORATED STEEL TUBING WITH BREAKAWAY BASE PER SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING M-45. 15. WHEN A SIGN IS ATTACHED TO A POLE, IT SHALL BE MOUNTED USING A STANDARD CITY OF CARLSBAD MOUNTING BRACKET WITH STRAPS. 16. EXISTING SIGNS REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE DELIVERED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE CITY OF CARLSBAD PUBLIC WORKS YARD AT 405 OAK AVENUE. 17. ALL SIGNS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE NEW SIGNS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR EXCEPT THOSE SIGNS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN AS EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED OR TO REMAIN. 18. (IF NECESSARY) WHERE R4-7 SIGN AND OM1-3 OBJECT MARKER ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN A 2-FOOT WIDE MEDIAN NOSE, THE R4-7 SIGN SHALL BE 18"X24" AND THE OM1-3 OBJECT MARKER SHALL BE 12"X12" STREET NOTES 1. ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND LATERALS SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF CURBS, CROSS GUTTERS OR SURFACING OF STREETS. 2. WHERE AN EXISTING PIPE LINE IS TO BE ABANDONED IT SHALL BE REMOVED WITHIN TWENTY FEET OF BUILDING OR STREET AREAS AND REPLACED WITH PROPERLY COMPACTED SOILS. IN OTHER AREAS THE PIPE WILL BE PLUGGED WITH CONCRETE OR REMOVED AS APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. 3. ALL SURVEY MONUMENTS AND POINTS THAT ARE DISTURBED BY THIS WORK SHALL BE REESTABLISHED, PERPETUATED, AND DOCUMENTED PER THE PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYORS ACT. SEWER NOTES 1. SEWER MAIN AND APPURTENANCES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGINEERING STANDARDS (LATEST EDITION), VOLUME 1-GENERAL DESIGN STANDARDS, CHAPTER 6-DESIGN CRITERIA FOR GRAVITY SEWER LINES AND APPURTENANCES, AND VOLUME 3 · STANDARD DRAWINGS AND NOTES AND THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION, LATEST EDITION (GREEN BOOK). 2. BEFORE ANY CONNECTION TO THE CITY'S EXISTING SYSTEM, A PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE CITY. IT MUST BE SIGNED AND APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER AND SUPERINTENDENT. 3. BEFORE CONSTRUCTION BEGINS IN ANY PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY, A CITY RIGHT OF WAY PERMIT SHALL BE REQUIRED. T-1.1 "AS BUILT'' P.E. __ _ EXP. ___ _ DATE REVIE\,/ED BY, INSPECTOR DATE t----t---+------------+----+--+-----+-------1 I SH2EET I CITY OF CARLSBAD ~9 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ~ ~IM=P=R=o=v=-EM--=E=N=T=P=LA=N=s=F==o=R=-=======::::....:==~ SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.s chm idtd es ign .com Uc.CA 2138, NV 219, Az34139 Plot Doilte: J.1.nuary, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16-106 DATE INITIAL /(/,. ENGINEER OF WORK LJt.:::,. REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE INITIAL OTHER APPROVAL DATE INITIAL CITY APPROVAL CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS GENERAL NOTES APPROVED: J,,/,0 '°t7'11NMJ...N I<. ~ '{ ,df)1__ TRANSPORTATION DIRECTOF, PE: 42790 EXP. 3/21 /20 DATE DWN BY: _A=S~, =RP_ CHKD BY: ~JJ~ RVWD BY: JTB PROJECT NO. 4725 / 6608 DRAWING NO. 812-2B (/) 1-z LJJ ~ ::) () 0 0 0 OJ z 0 ~ <( > 0 z w o:'. .,.J _J <( I >-I- ~ () 0 <( O:l (/) _J o:'. <( (.) I'---..... .... 0 0) ..... 0 ._ ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ __. C\I May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 385 of 442 DEMOLITION NOTES 1. SUMMARY 1.1. CLEAR AND GRUB THE PROJECT SITE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, AND AS NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER PREPARATION OF THE SITE. 1.2. LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF ALL EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS INITHIN THE AREA OF WORK SHALL BE CONFIRMED BY FIELD MEASUREMENT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF NEWWORK. 2. QUALITY ASSURANCE 2.1. USE ADEQUATE NUMBERS OF SKILLED WORKPEOPLE WHO ARE THOROUGHLY TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED IN THE NECESSARY CRAFTS AND WHO ARE COMPLETELY FAMILIAR WITH THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND THE METHODS NEEDED FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. 2.2. NEITHER THE OWNER NOR THE ENGINEER OF WORK WILL ENFORCE SAFETY MEASURES OR REGULATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE THEREFORE. 3. PROJECT CONDITIONS 3.1. TRAFFIC: CONDUCT SITE PREPARATION WORK TO ENSURE MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH EXISTING ROADS, STREETS, WALKS AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES. DO NOT CLOSE OR OBSTRUCT EXISTING STREETS, WALKS OR OTHER OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 3.2. COMPLETE THE CLEARING AND SITE PREPARATION WORK BEFORE STARTING EARTHWORK. ERECT TEMPORARY BARRICADES, ENCLOSURES, AND PROTECTION OF ADJACENT PROPERTY AND EXISTING WORK BEFORE STARTING SITE CLEARING WORK. 3.3. INSPECT AND REVIEW THE PROJECT SITE TO DETERMINE EXISTING CONDITIONS WHICH AFFECT CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE ALL SUBSTRUCTURES, WHETHER SHOWN HEREON OR NOT, AND PROTECT THEM FROM DAMAGE. THE EXPENSE OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF SAID SUBSTRUCTURES SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL EXISTING IRRIGATION LATERALS, HEADS, AND MAINLINES DISTURBED WITHIN CONSTRUCTION LIMIT LINES SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO NEW CONSTRUCTION. AFFECTED IRRIGATION ZONES SHALL BE SHUT OFF WITHIN AREAS OF DISTURBANCE AND ALL EXISTING PLANTING 'TO REMAIN' SHALL BE HAND WATERED BY CONTRACTOR UNTIL AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION IS REINSTALLED. 3.4. PROTECTION OF EXISTING TREES AND VEGETATION: PROTECT EXISTING TREES AND OTHER VEGETATION INDICATED TO REMAIN IN PLACE, AGAINST CUTTING, BREAKING, OR SKINNING OF ROOTS, SKINNING AND BRUISING OF BARK, SMOTHERING OF TREES BY STOCKPILING CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS OR EXCAVATED MATERIALS WITHIN DRIP LINE. PROVIDE TEMPORARY GUARDS TO PROTECT TREES AND VEGETATION TO REMAIN. 3.5. ANY STOCKPILE, STAGING AND CONSTRUCTION AREAS SHALL BE FENCED WITH 6' HT. FENCING PER THE REQUIREMENTS FOR FENCING AT THE LIMIT OF WORK LINE SEE SPECIFICATIONS. 3.6 ALL EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS SHALL NOT BE A NUISANCE OR HAZARD TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC AND CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY FENCING AROUND THE AREA TO PROTECT THE SITE FROM OTHER ONGOING SITE OPERATIONS AND TO ENSURE THE SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE WORK SITE PICKED UP AND FREE OF LITTER, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT AND ALL OTHER CONSTRUCTION RELATED MATERIALS. THE OWNER WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT THE CONTRACTOR STOCKPILES OR LEAVES AT THE SITE UNATTENDED. EQUIPMENT LEFT ON THE PROPERTY OVERNIGHT AND UNATTENDED SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 4. SITE CLEARING 4:1. CLEAR THE PROJECT SITE OF EXISTING PLANTING TO BE CLEARED, CONCRETE PAVING, CURB AND GUTTER, AND MISCELLANEOUS DEBRIS WITHIN THE LIMITS OF WORK. DISPOSE OF MATERIALS FROM THE CLEARING OPERATION OFF-SITE TO A LEGAL DISPOSAL AREA 4.2. REMOVE EXISTING WORK AND ITEMS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED IN SUCH MANNER THAT MINIMUM DAMAGE AND DISTURBANCE IS CAUSED TO ADJACENT AND CONNECTING WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR AT HIS/HER/ OWN EXPENSE ANY DAMAGES MADE TO EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS DURING MOBILIZATION, CONSTRUCTION OR THE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD. 5. DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS 5.1. REMOVE MATERIAL EXCEPT THOSE ITEMS INDICATED TO BE RE-USED TO A LEGAL DISPOSAL AREA 6. NOISE ABATEMENT AND DUST PALLIATION 6.1. NOISE ABATEMENT: LIMIT NOISE TO A REASONABLE LEVEL AS DEFINED BY CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL CODE SECTION 8.48, AS RELATED TO SPECIFIC ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT USED AND THE HOURS OF USE. THIS DOES NOT PRECLUDE USE OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS JACK HAMMERS, POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS, OTHER APPROVED EQUIPMENT. 6.2. DUST PALLIATION: DURING SITE CLEARING, KEEP DUST, DIRT, AND POLLEN FROM BLOWING OR SPREADING BY WATERING DOWN AT REGULAR INTERVALS. 7. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 7.1. BARRICADE OPEN DEPRESSIONS AND HOLES OCCURRING AS PART OF THIS WORK, AND POST WARNING LIGHTS ON PROPERTY ADJACENT TO OR WITH PUBLIC ACCESS. 7.2. OPERATE WARNING LIGHTS DURING HOURS FROM DUSK TO DAWN EACH DAY AND AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR REPAIR/ REPLACE NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED; IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR AND OR REPLACE ANY EXISTING IRRIGATION/ PLANT MATERIAL NOTED TO BE "PROTECTED IN PLACE" AND DAMAGED DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. REPLACEMENT WILL REQUIRE EXACT MATCH OF DAMAGED COMPONENT I PLANT MATERIAL (IN SIZE AND KIND). LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT TO APPROVE REPLACEMENT (OR EQUIVALENT) PRIOR TO REINSTALLATION. 7.3. PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURES, UTILITIES, SIDEWALKS, PAVEMENTS, AND OTHER FACILITIES FROM DAMAGE CAUSED BY SETTLEMENT, LATERAL MOVEMENT, UNDERMINING, WASHOUT, AND OTHER HAZARDS CREATED BY OPERATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION. 7.4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A SIX FOOT TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK CONSTRUCTION FENCE WITH GREEN PRIVACY/ DUST CLOTH, GATE, AND CONSTRUCTION SIGNS AROUND LIMIT OF WORK LINE DURING CONSTRUCTION. LOCATION OF FENCING SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE OWNER. STABILIZE TEMPORARY FENCE WITH SAND BAGS OR OTHER SUPPLIER APPROVED METHOD. 7.5. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL FACILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 8. UTILITIES 8.1. COORDINATE WITH UTILITY COMPANIES AND AGENCIES AS REQUIRED CONTRACTOR WILL MAKE EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS AND LOCATE EXISTING UNDERGROUND FACILITIES SUFFICIENTLY AHEAD OF CONSTRUCTION TO PERMIT REVISIONS TO PLANS IF REVISIONS ARE NECESSARY BECAUSE OF ACTUAL LOCATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES. 8.2. WHERE UTILITY CUTTING, CAPPING, OR PLUGGING IS REQUIRED, PERFORM SUCH WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE UTILITY, COMPANY OR GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION. 8.3. BEFORE EXCAVATION, VERIFY THE LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AT LEAST TWO WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO EXCAVATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUEST MARK-OUT OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES BY CALLING THE BELOW LISTED REGIONAL NOTIFICATION CENTER FOR AN INQUIRY IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: UNDERGROUND SERI/ICE ALERT (USA) ................... (800) 422-4133 CABLE TELEVISION: TIME WARNER CABLE .... (760) 806-9809 GAS & ELECTRIC: SDG&E. . ................. (800) 411-7343 TELEPHONE: AT&T ....................................................... (858) 886-1906 SEWER & WATER ......................................................... (760) 602-2400 CITY OF CARLSBAD ................................................. (760) 602-2719 8.4 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A PRIVATE UTILITY LOCATOR TO MARK OUT ALL PRIVATE UTILITIES WITHIN THE PROJECT FOOTPRINT NOT IDENTIFIED BY (USA). ALL MARK-OUTS WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS MUST BE IDENTIFIED PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION AND EXCAVATION OPERATIONS. 9. IRRIGATION REQUIREMENTS 9.1 THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO HAND WATER OR PROVIDE TEMPORARY IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT TO IRRIGATE ALL AREAS WITHIN OR OUTSIDE THE PROJECT LIMITS AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION OF THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM. 9.2 CONTRACTOR SHALL ABIDE BY THE CURRENT WATERING RESTRICTIONS IN FORCE AT THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER TO DETERMINE DAYS AND FREQUENCY OF OPERATION ALLOWED. 10. ADDITIONAL SOIL REQUIREMENTS 10.1. ASPHALT AND CONCRETE GRINDINGS OR PIECES MUST BE REMOVED COMPLETELY FROM ALL AREAS THAT ARE DESIGNATED FOR LANDSCAPE PLANTING. CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO NOT INTENTIONALLY OR ACCIDENTALLY INCORPORATE ANY OF THE ASPHALT OR CONCRETE MATERIAL INTO THE FINISHED SITE SOIL. 10.2. BASE MATERIAL: ALL BASE MATERIAL MUST BE REMOVED COMPLETELY FROM ALL AREAS THAT ARE DESIGNATED FOR LANDSCAPE PLANTING. THE BASE MATERIAL MUST BE SCRAPED OFF THE SOIL BELOW AND CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO NOT INTENTIONALLY OR ACCIDENTALLY INCORPORATE IT INTO THE FINISHED SITE SOIL. 10.3. STORAGE AREAS: FOR ANY STORAGE PILES OF ASPHALT OR CONCRETE THAT IS IN AN AREA DESIGNATED FOR LANDSCAPE PLANTING THE SOIL BELOW THE PILE MUST BE REMOVED TO A SUFFICIENT DEPTH UNTIL IT IS FREE OF ALL CONTAMINATES. 10.4. BUILDING MATERIALS FROM REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES; INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO STUCCO, DRYWALL, WOOD, ROOFING MATERIAL, GLASS, METAL AND PVC: CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO NOT INTENTIONALLY OR ACCIDENTALLY INCORPORATE IT INTO THE FINISHED SITE SOIL IN AREAS DESIGNATED FOR LANDSCAPE PLANTING. 10.5. LIQUID CONTAMINATES; INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SLURRY FROM CONCRETE OR ASPHALT SAW CUTTING CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO NOT ALLOW LIQUID CONTAMINATES TO DRAIN INTO ANY AREA THAT IS DESIGNATED FOR LANDSCAPE PLANTING. IF CONTAMINATES DO DRAIN INTO AN AREA DESIGNATED FOR LANDSCAPE PLANTING THE SOIL MUST BE REMOVED TOA DEPTH OF 12". ALL CONTAMINATES INCLUDING CONTAMINATED SOIL MUST BE REMOVED FROM CITY PROPERTY AND DISPOSED OF ACCORDING TO REGULATIONS. 10.6. IF A CITY ENGINEER FINDS THAT ANY DEBRIS OR CONTAMINATE HAS BEEN INCORPORATED INTO THE SOIL IN AN AREA DESIGNATED FOR LANDSCAPE PLANTING THAT SOIL WILL BE REMOVED AND PROPERLY DISPOSED OF OFF CITY PROPERTY AND REPLACED WITH CLEAN SOIL OF A STRUCTURE SIMILAR TO THE SITE SOIL. THIS WILL BE DONE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. GENERAL NOTE: 1. ALL EXISTING SIGNS SHALL BE PROTECTED IN PLACE TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE. REMOVE AND REINSTALL SIGNS WHERE NEW IMPROVEMENTS REQUIRE DISTURBANCE. 2. ALL SIGNS LOCATED ON MASONRY CANOPY SHALL BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO THE WALKWAY ON WOOD POSTS. 3. ALL SIGN LOCATIONS AND INSTALLED HEIGHTS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE CITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. REFER TO TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION IN SPECIFICATIONS, SECTION 01 56 39. p.~~.:c'l l.i ··. :"a.:1 ·.). ·,·. ,,-. ,, [_ .'..c. ·:__:ce.J D DEMOLITION LEGEND SYMBOL 8 DEMOLITION DESCRIPTION PLANTING AND/OR TURF TO BE REMOVED. CLEAR AND GRUB PLANTER AREA PAVING, STAIRS, WALLS, HANDRAILS, CURBS AND GUTTERS TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL. EXISTING EDGING AT TURF TO BE REMOVED ASPHALT PAVING TO RECEIVE GRINDING AND OVERLAY. SEE ALSO CIVIL PLANS AND LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. OVERHEAD MASONRY CANOPY, POSTS AND FOOTINGS TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION. EXISTING WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL. TREES TO BE REMOVED. GRIND TO 18" MIN. DEPTH AND DISPOSE OF TRUNK AND ROOTBALL EXISTING SIGNAGE TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED, TYPICAL. EXISTING WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO BE REMOVED, SALVAGED AND TREATED. SEE LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. LIGHT STANDARD TO BE REMOVED. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE WITH CITY REPRESENTATIVE TO RETURN OR DISPOSE OF FIXTURES. CONTRACTOR TO BID AS DISPOSAL OF FIXTURE. EXISTING CITY HALL MONUMENT SIGN TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING FLAG POLES TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED. SEE LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING OVERHEAD BUILDING MECHANICAL ROOM TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. SEE ALSO STRUCTURAL SHEET AND LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND DETAILS. TURF AND PLANTING AREAS WITHIN LIMITS OF WORK TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING BIKE RACKS TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROLLER A TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO THE CITY. SEE IRRIGATION PLANS FOR NEW CONTROLLER. EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROLLER B TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO THE CITY. EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROLLER C TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO THE CITY. SEE IRRIGATION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROLLER D, METER AND POST TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO CITY. COORDINATE WITH SAN DIEGO GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY TO REMOVE ELECTRICAL METER. EXISTING UTILITY LODGEPOLE AND GUY WIRES TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING DROP BOX, BOLLARD AND CONCRETE PAD TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING PARKING BLOCKS TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF, TYPICAL EXISTING IRRIGATION MAINLINE AND WIRES TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING CITY HALL MAP SIGN TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED, SEE ALSO LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. SYMBOL (§) (§) (§) 1111,111111 8 DEMOLITION DESCRIPTION EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING CURB TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL. EXISTING LANDSCAPE AND SITE FURNITURE AT ATTORNEYS OFFICE TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF. EXISTING RAISED CONCRETE POT TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING CURB INLET TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING IRRIGATION METER AND BACKFLOWTO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO THE CITY. CAP SERVICE LINE. EXISTING POWERED ACCESSIBLE DOOR PUSH PLATE TO BE DISMANTLED AND REINSTALLED, PROTECT WIRES AND CONDUIT. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL AND LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. EXISTING UTILITIES SUCH AS SEWER, GAS AND WATER TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL. EXISTING TRASH ENCLOSURE TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. 0-1.0 11 AS BUIL T 11 P.E. __ _ EXP. ___ _ DATE REV!Ew'ED BY: INSPECTOR DATE l----t--+------------+---+--+----l---l I SH3EET I CITY OF CARLS BAD PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ~=:'..============'-'==~ SHEETS 59 ~---+--+------------------J.---1-----ll---l-----l IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS DEMOLITION NOTES 1,..,-.t-lOSCA;:,£ ~ ·~ ,c-:,~ ~-..i1".IAR"1' C',y ~· -e2• ,,,.-4" ,, ,, .. "" ~-. .· q ~ ~ ·,~ ... .ff, ALL t " BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IM DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY U) 1-z w ~ =, u 0 0 0 -co a I-~ Q z w (('. -' -' <( :r: >-1-<] 0 <( co U) -' er (3 SEE SHEET D-1.0 FOR DEMOLITION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS D-1,1 TO Ll-1,5 FOR DEMOLITION PLANS _, Y'~ Jj) A ~ ~ ll \ 1 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, S,rn Diego, CA 92101 APPROVED: ' 1:;::;,'.~"; I n1;\ " telepho~,e {:1cr} 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8;92 '7'/W,.)J.)).,ll!f /!.... µ_,,---;-, '-!hs/19 ~ \'1-&•~::;~;;" J,,,. ij!iJi; www.sc mi t esign.com f---t---1----------------l---+--l----l-----l TRANSPORTATION OIRECTOli?PE:42790 EXP. 3/21120 bATE ,,- ~::s,.o~,"c=':L~,(o.,''' • ,, ~ Lic.CA2138,NV219, AZ34139 f--D~A~TE=-+-IN_ITI_A_L+------------------l---1---1------!.--1 OWN BY: AS. RP PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. 0 /4. _DA_T_E ~I_NIT_IA_L-+-D_A_TE~_IN_IT_IA_L_, CHKD BY: JJ 0) Expiration Dote-11.1,.,9 PlotDate:1,nuary,172019 ENGINEER OF WORK ~ REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JTB 4725 / 6608 8'12-2B ,,- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------•SD•G•P•ro .. je•ct•N•um•b•e•r:•,6•••0•6--------•u-------------------------------------------...J ~ May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 386 of 442 I I I I I I I I I I I I ~Iv--.,,--.,, I I'// u,,," ;;;.0/ &,' ""?I -:%' -::J-1 I I I ~-I,"'~~~~~-~-- I I I I I I I I <XX , I Y/V'-✓V I I I. I I f/',/V'V I I "''"'n I I v,,,". I I I I I ✓-/'-" I A/'-/''-./.' I //'-,/V'V • • • • • • • • • ., • • • • • • • ., . , "'·I-"'"' ,.,,•j, "'•¥"' 'V"'"' * "' • "' "' + • * * * "' "' "' •J, X)()<{"/'-✓'- • • • • • • • • • • • • • . ,, • • • • . ,, • • ' MA TCH LINE -SEE SHEET 0-1.3 . f I --,, , ~-G -~ --------'-----'------1 .,.,,, SHEET KEY MAP -NTS -.. --. ,· -,· _._, _..·•· II MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET D-1.5 I I I I I I I - . ' .. ' '._ ... -. V 'V''-/'V''-./'.,''./'-/ -✓ ,,/ '-/ V' ',/ './ ,,, '-/V' 'v' ,/ 'v' V' '-,/'V '-/ 'v/ '-/' '-X "''-/''-/',/'-/'.,/ '-./ I I~ 0 \• ... ·. :. '· . ' ; ·-:·· :--. '·. .-'' ;·\ -·· ,: .... -,·' .., -,-,· . .. -' .. ' . '. .. -· . -,: . ' . '• ' ~-. . -, . •', . :: •. '. ~ i. : . ... ' ' .. ,, h' ">' , .• . ' .. ' :,._ ·.:, •,• . ~' --· D-14 EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION WORK -MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET 0-1.4 ;l\s J J J J J J J J J J J I J ] J I J ~&\ J D-15 J .L----- 18 I (f) I~ - I I J. PARTIAL DEMOLITION LEGEND -D-1.1 SYMBOL B 0 5 DEMOLITION DESCRIPTION PLANTING AND/OR TURF TO BE REMOVED. CLEAR AND GRUB PLANTER AREA PAVING, STAIRS, WALLS, HANDRAILS, CURBS AND GUTTERS TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL. ASPHALT PAVING TO RECEIVE GRINDING AND OVERLAY. SEE ALSO CIVIL PLANS AND LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. OVERHEAD MASONRY CANOPY, POSTS AND FOOTINGS TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION. EXISTING WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL TREES TO BE REMOVED. GRIND TO 18" MIN. DEPTH AND DISPOSE OF TRUNK AND ROOTBALL EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING OVERHEAD BUILDING MECHANICAL ROOM TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. SEE ALSO STRUCTURAL SHEET AND LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND DETAILS. TURF AND PLANTING AREAS WITHIN LIMITS OF WORK TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING PARKING BLOCKS TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF, TYPICAL EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING LANDSCAPE AND SITE FURNITURE AT ATTORNEYS OFFICE TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING RAISED CONCRETE POT TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING POWERED ACCESSIBLE DOOR PUSH PLATE TO BE DISMANTLED AND REINSTALLED, PROTECT WIRES AND CONDUIT. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL AND LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. EXISTING UTILITIES SUCH AS SEWER, GAS AND WATER TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL. EXISTING TRASH ENCLOSURE TO REMAIN. PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. 11 AS BUIL T 11 P.E. __ _ EXP. ___ _ 10 20 REVJE\JED BY• SCALE : 1" = 1 0'-0" INSPECTOR 0-1, 1 DATE DATE l---t---+-----------+---t---+---+--• I SH4EET I CIT y OF CARLSBAD I SH5E9ETS I PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ~=:'....'.::::=========='..'.:===: SEE SHEET D-1.0 FOR DEMOLITION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS 0-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR DEMOLITION PLANS Expiration Date: p.11-rn Sc IIMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. .,~ ~'; d'\;,. ~ ~ BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-,462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.sch rnidtdesi gn.corn Lie. CA 21381 NV 219, Al 34139 Plot Date: January, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16-106 DATE INITIAL ENGINEER OF WORK DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR; CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS DEMOLITION PLAN APPROVED: --/+-''t'M=J!.U~cv~(~I'-~· ~µ+,-/-, -!-----,--'/fu,_,h~~- TRANSPORTATION DIRECTcli!. PE: 42790 EXP. 3 21 20 DATE DWN BY: AS, RP PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. CHKD BY: JJ RVWD BY: JTB 4725 / 6608 812-2B z G -1--<( > G ~ o:'. ....!I ....!I <( JI >-H- 0 0 <( co (f) ....!I a: <( u ..-:-0 (J) ..... 0 ________________________________________________________________________________ ...., ___________________________________ _.c--1 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 387 of 442 I I I I I I - - I L ; D-02 EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION WORK ~-lD-01 LIMITS OF WORK r-------- I I I I I I I ------------------------------------J ' ; _,,--.0-27 D-07 • • • • . , . • • • ~~D-25 ,-.------------,i,,;,,,v-i, -----------------) I I I I ::,: cr:: ~ LL 0 (/) 1- 2 ....I ~--<D-02 EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE D-16 ·--· 0-16 D-02 "' -.. "' "' "' ,i, "' -------------- 0-27 -- ::,: er:: 0 s LL 0 (/) 1- 2 ::J w > -n:: 0 w (9 <( _J _J -> 0 <( co (f) _J n:: <( u L--------~-----------~ <XX)<'_X;,c:,;s;--"';,s::-/s;-A7v'-7\7'-;,'--,..,_7'-;;~T.;<:;;<;,r;;<:;';<;7v"Al J I ---------------------------~ PROTECT EXISTING POINT OF CONNECTION IN PLACE. SEE CIVIL AND IRRIGATION PLANS FOR NEW POINT OF CONNECTION WORK. -a••• II SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. --·---·· ,. , ______ .. -----· ... : __ ; -., .. --'-'·.\ .. ' -~--. _s_H_~·-ET_K_E_Y_M_A_P ___ N_T_. s ___ "'_._..--___ __,{9 SEE SHEET D-1.0 FOR DEMOLITION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS 0-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR DEMOLITION PLANS Expiration Date: 17.31.19 BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92·101 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile (619) 236-8792 www.schmidtdesign.com Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 Plot Date: January, 17 2019 SDG Project Number; 16-106 DATE INITIAL IA ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION PARTIAL DEMOLITION LEGEND -D-1.2 DEMOLITION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 8 8 8 B § B (§) 8 § PLANTING AND/OR TURF TO BE REMOVED. CLEAR AND GRUB PLANTER AREA PAVING, STAIRS, WALLS, HANDRAILS, CURBS AND GUTTERS TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL. EXISTING EDGING AT TURF TO BE REMOVED OVERHEAD MASONRY CANOPY, POSTS AND FOOTINGS TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION. TREES TO BE REMOVED. GRIND TO 18" MIN. DEPTH AND DISPOSE OF TRUNK AND ROOTBALL EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING OVERHEAD BUILDING MECHANICAL ROOM TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. SEE ALSO STRUCTURAL SHEET AND LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND DETAILS. TURF AND PLANTING AREAS WITHIN LIMITS OF \J\/ORK TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROLLER C TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO THE CITY. SEE IRRIGATION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. EXISTING IRRIGATION MAINLINE AND WIRES TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING CITY HALL MAP SIGN TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED, SEE ALSO LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING RAISED CONCRETE POT TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING POWERED ACCESSIBLE DOOR PUSH PLATE TO BE DISMANTLED AND REINSTALLED, PROTECT WIRES AND CONDUIT. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL AND LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. "AS BUIL T 11 I! i i 7 ff P.E. EXP. D 0 5 10 SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" 20 \ REV!Ev/ED BY, INSPECTOR I S5ET I CITY OF CARLSBAD PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: 0-1.2 DATE DATE SHEETS 59 CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS DEMOLITION PLAN APPROVED: 1'MJ,,1.,U;II/ I< . ~ 'IL Z'-/ / r ~ TRANSPORTATION DIRE OR. PE: 42790 EXP. 3/21 /20 DATE DWN BY: AS, RP PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JTB 4725 I 6608 812-2B (£) f-,- 2 lJJ ~ :J (.) 0 0 C) OJ z 0 I-'- <( > 0 z ~ -;.I _j <;( r >--H- Q 0 <( C(l (£) -;.I ~ Q r--,... ~ ,..;-- Q) qi ~ 0 ._ ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _,_C"I May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 388 of 442 MATCH LINE -SEE BELOW MATCH LINE SEE SHEET D-1.1 ".. • • • • • .., l I "' ,... ~ $ $ $ "' ! f T $ .J • . ., ( "' ! 2 I •• -• • ~ • : • : • : • : • : • : • : • • • • • : ,o~--0_1~: II • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ., • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ., • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ., • • . , • • • • • • ' • . , • • • • • • • • • •• • I • ·1 ,I • I 0-02 ., • • • • • • • • • • • • ' • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . .. ' ' ,. • • • • • • .. • • 'Y '-.J-·>< -i .. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ..,, .. ,, .., : . . ' . '.• .-. '. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . ' ..... ·:' ~ .', ., . . "(; . ;, . ' , .. ' . ,, . -:-. ' ' ' . ' . • • • ,._ .. ~--· . ,. ·' .. "-1 . • ,->:.' . . . ; ,-.. ~ : : . .-'-. • • • • • ' • • • • • • • • • • · ........ ·. ·• ... ., ... ,-. -~ .... ' ' . ' . \-· ·" ·, -.··· • ·. ; , .. -.. : ' ·.·-~- V . ~-' ,• . ·,.· -. . ,-: ._. .. ~ -~ "~ __ ,:··· ... ,. ' . .. ,, ~-. ,_ '· ,. ., ... ." \. , .. , .. .. " ·,. •. ':: . .. ·., :· ' . .· -· ' ·-• ... ,·-· -,: ·,· . .,. '. . _ ...... . ' . · .• '_.,. ,. ,, .. < ... . ',·. -.;_. ,., ,;: · .. :::... ,. •: .. ,, •,.' .·;.• ·~-. '· .. -~--··'·. •' ·-. •: . -. . ., ,. .. --.... . . /• ... . : .. : ,., . :',: .. • . ,. ' : ·-< ;• • • • ·-~ . :, ;__ .-.. ,. ·,· . ·-.>- :-, . .• .-. '. ! ~ ,• " '"' _, "'· . ,"-" --: .;: \: .. ,. " . , .. - . ,: .. ·.> ::: :_: <" , :· .. ~-;-'-< . ,, . ... : .. ,: .-.-.. ·-.. .._ . ,_,•· .. .::.:-. '. ,.,. ..., ::. . ' D-16 • -✓ •• ·,. ' ••• ·: •• '·, ·;,:-_. ........ . . . . ···-' '·: ·'·· . \ .; . •: . : ~ . _-:·' ' . ', .. •, ~ ,. ,-1:~ _._,._. •·, ' • • < : ·' • . ' ·-. ' . : : '' ·. - " ! -·· •: ', ·.' '1· .,· . . ,• ,' ' . -' -'. -',. \ . .. -' .. . . ' ' .··· 1· ' '· ....... ,, ',I 't""" I 0 . . . ,_ ,,. · .. ,: ... ,, : . ' .. , . . . , .. : .\ •, .;.: ',, 1 ·, ' ,. - ., ... ,, '_.''. , .. J ,.,. . ..,,_.. ,•_" . . ' .. •-,·· ·-l \· .. .) . :~ ... , ,-. . ' .. . ; ,. :. ; ,. : •.: __ : . ·., -. ·.,,·. -· ~: : : : : : : : : : : :: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :'~z < . . . . . . •. 028 j/i,:,:il . /• . . . .: . •.•• :I~. t-><:x~D,__-2_a ., "'"' \"',., ...... ,i,.., "'"'"'.., "'..,,."' ,i,"',.., ... "'..,"' ... "'"',.,,.,"'.., "' .... "'"'"' "'\:_~-~-<-, ___ ... -., _._ .. ;::-::_,::_:··?;·;) ___ .,. <.:-~--_,. ,;"",,'.,. ~ __ ' "' ... "' ... + "' . ., "' "' ... ,., "' "' ..., "' "' "' 'I,¾ . . ' ,, .. . .. , ., . .·•, .., . > :, -: ;'. '•• ·' •. ' •' • v,. ·,. ~ • • ' • • • • • • • • ., • • • • • • • • • • • ' ·• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' ,_.::_: ___ •.·"'_;··-.·._>. --· _·: ..... · ......... --'· ·.·•·· ... ·· .......... , .. • .. ,·.· .. ·.· .. ·•· · .... ' •.. -..... ,.': .. -•• --' ,· .. --~ •. ·, .,. ' .... -,, ·, •. ' · .. ··... . "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' :;:'" ----. -. ---~·..:..:....:·_,_··_:_~c::.:._-~·:::. ... :--: .. -=::::...:..::...:.~;~-, .. ; .... '. ... : .. :.-...:.::::. . ...:......:·~-:::_:: . .:.:.:.:..,.:.s,_:~·-.~--~:....::...··.::.::::~-......:.!_;:_ . ....:.._.~.·G.:..:..:::.::.:...·::.=:_:_::·,.....:.:.·,~-'..:..:::..:.:. .. ~.....:.:.......~~·~---~··~· . ..:..:.::.-·~ • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • : . : . : . : . : . : . : . : . : .r-------------------------------------------------------LIMITSOFWORK-----------------------r· "' "' "' "' .., "' ,... "'I • • • • '" ." "' "' ." "' "' I "'.., ¥"'"'"' ~ 'V"'"' "'~"' "'t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •I • I ·1 • PARTIAL DEMOLITION LEGEND -D-1.3 SYMBOL 8 DEMOLITION DESCRIPTION PLANTING AND/OR TURF TO BE REMOVED. CLEAR AND GRUB PLANTER AREA PAVING, STAIRS, WALLS, HANDRAILS, CURBS AND GUTTERS TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL. ASPHALT PAVING TO RECEIVE GRINDING AND OVERLAY. SEE ALSO CIVIL PLANS AND LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. EXISTING WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL. TREES TO BE REMOVED. GRIND TO 18" MIN. DEPTH AND DISPOSE OF TRUNK AND ROOTBALL EXISTING WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO BE REMOVED, SALVAGED AND TREATED. SEE LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. LIGHT STANDARD TO BE REMOVED. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE WITH CITY REPRESENTATIVE TO RETURN OR DISPOSE OF FIXTURES. CONTRACTOR TO BID AS DISPOSAL OF FIXTURE . EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE TURF AND PLANTING AREAS WITHIN LIMITS OF WORK TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROLLER D, METER AND POST TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO CITY. COORDINATE WITH SAN DIEGO GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY TO REMOVE ELECTRICAL METER. EXISTING UTILITY LODGEPOLE AND GUY WIRES TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING PARKING BLOCKS TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF, TYPICAL EXISTING IRRIGATION MAINLINE AND WIRES TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE . EXISTING CURB TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL . EXISTING CURB INLET TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING IRRIGATION METER AND BACKFLOW TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO THE CITY. CAP SERVICE LINE. EXISTING UTILITIES SUCH AS SEWER, GAS AND WATER TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL 11 AS BUIL T 11 D-1.3 • • • ' • CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE CONCRETE • • • PANEL TO THE • NEAREST JOINT. • • • • •• • I "'"' "'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'"'I • • • • •• r, i i ~ ~ __.;.:,,'\ P.E. EXP . DATE I I\,; I • ' ... __ ' -',.,.. ;:_ I, -•-•- , ,_I' ' ' _S_H_E_E_T_K_E_Y_M_A_P ___ N_T_S_~y-· _··_· ----G • • • • .., ·-MATCH LINE -SEE ABOVE SEE SHEET D-1.0 FOR DEMOLITION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS 0-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR DEMOLITION PLANS Expiration Dote: 17-31-19 SCHMIDT DESIGN CROUP, INC. BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSJOf'J IN DESIGN WITH Er-JVIROi'JMEi'JTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Dicgo1 CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.sch mid tdes i gn .com Lie. <:.A 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 Plot Date: January, 17 2019 SOC Project Number: 16-106 0 DATE INI rlAL IA ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION ~ 5 10 20 ~ REVIEVED BY• SCALE 1·· = 10'-0" INSPECTOR DATE I SH6ET I CITY OF CARLSBAD I SH;~TS I PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENT PlANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS DEMOLITION PLAN APPROVED: 1 ,,,JW))j,(,vf JL.._, ttft. '-I [2.~ li~ TRANSPORTATION DIREC~ PE:42790 EXP. 3/21120 DATE OWN BY: AS, RP PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKO BY: JJ OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RI/WO BY: JTB 4725 I 6608 812-2B (f) 1---z LlJ 2 ::> (.) 0 0 0 ro z 0 -I- <( > 0 :z ~ _J _J <( I >-1-· -(.) 0 <( ro CJ) _J Q:'.'. <( (.) ..-- 0 0) "<"'" 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 389 of 442 I MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET 0-1.1 . ' ,;---\D-07 EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE ."":., .,., . ~ .. ' ,.,._:. :_. ··'·::· - . ' , _,-1·.. . .. . -~ ' :_ .. -:,,, . :.\ :. ,, ,_ '',, -,, ,,. ---.. -';_::_.,.;'"., ·-•:, ... , . · .. ·._; ... ,.--~-. :. ;· ..... ~:: -: ' ' '.' -.. '. ,. ",, .. ' ,' ,. -. ·.,.•. ·s>: ·-.. •. : •. ·:· ;,;·· ·'. ,:: . . •., ., .. .,, -••' "' ... : _ .. ; . ",' ~-.' '!• ~ :•"' _., ... -... ~ .. .. -, • '-., .• '-·.,. . ·~:: .~•·.-.:··c . . . ' . •. '' ' . '· ·/: .·. ..-. ,· ;:·, .......... -. .... ', -..-, I ., ," .. ...~ .,_.-.... :., ' ' t . •c. • . ••:· ""I: , ,. ; '' .. .'-'·:. : ... . . ' ' -,• ·, ·' ·• , ·•.' --. '. . ... ··--.:·-',·: . :,-. · .. , ... ' -; ·,,, . -:··. "· ' . .:•\ _ .. • ..: '.: • _;., .• .... :. >, :, ; • .-- •, •' ·,. ~. '· '. ', ., ' ' · .. ·.,'. >._.,. ':\-.. . •,• ---~ , .. _,, ., -. '-'•,.' ·•!. -·:-~_., .... ~ .. ,., _.,, .. ' ...... -, :· ..•... , -~ .. '• ·' ·-... ;. . .. ' -,. ('• .. ·•,:. ·:.~ · .. _: '., ... ··-·;.-·· _,: .·-'•· ., ... .,.: .. _,: .. _:, ... ,,. ·., '-. ·•"---· . '·.' -.... . .,_ \ ., .. <: .. . ,_,,, ·-. !, : •· ·\ ' • • .-,. -.t• . ',:. ·, .. '-: :;":, ·-~ •. •. ....... .> .-·., .. ,,, . .. . '. . . " ' . , . ,._....,. J / ·: ,. :. ' '. : . ·. '., .. -... , :.-,_· ·-..... . :,\:. '·., •· ,~.- .... ,:.: '.:, ..... . ~·-. V• •0 .,. /-'. -. ':,_: , __ , .. _. _··,; .... -., '''.:.:·- . :-. . · . ' . ,. '-· --.-~· .. ~-- ~ .. :•; '· ,. ' :_ . ----~ ... . . : ·":.~ :' ,_. ' . .-: ;_ :.:. '.. .;, •:: ,:• t ·: ~-:: :··=: . --~--. ~--· :. . " _-, .. :(·· -.~-' : <·-1 ·. . ·-.. ·. ;><,. :'·· ::· . . • . . ·-' . \ ·,, ·, ~~-\i·._":\:, , ... ,. . '-. --. ' ·:·· . ,·-.... ·-·· /. '.·~ ·::•: ., , _... ,· . ;,_..-:,·.;. ., -1, ' . -, ',.~ •:~· - : ' '. ·>' .•..•.• : ~· : . • _;. ·. >· ·• . '··'· . ' •• V •• ·-:.: .. ,'-< •· , . .-•. ,. .. -.-•. ' ,, . : , .. ,· ... ' .. .,,. .,. . '. ·, ,: . ... -:,,,· "'"· ·, . ' : _., ... ,_.; ... :· '. · . ,· ... •· . . _., -. ·.:. •f. ·.'.' .. ~ " . ·, ,. ·-·,, :,_ ' . . ..... . '-:. -. · :, :" .;· . . '-.. ··-. .. '' . ' .•·· . ' ; ' . . ,.·._,,-: .·· ' ·.'· ': '· ·, . ,, ' ; '. ·.-~· ... ~~ . -: . .. ~.-, • •• < • _ •• ' SEE SHEET D-1.0 FOR DEMOLITION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS D-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR DEMOLITION PLANS . .. , .. }_. ,,· ., . . . .. '. :, ·'· .. -. . , ' .. ·• . -~ . ,· .. Expiration Date: 1z.31.19 MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET 0-1.2 ,-----------------------I I I I D-27 LIMITS OF WORK SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619} 236-1462 facsimile {619} 236-8792 www.schmidtdesign.com Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 DATE • I •1 -~D-19 • I . : ·:-8 • • INITIAL Plot Date· J.inuary, 17 ?.019 SDG Projeci: Number: 16-106 ENGINEER OF WORK IL REVISION DESCRIPTION PARTIAL DEMOLITION LEGEND -D-i .4 SYMBOL B DEMOLITION DESCRIPTION PLANTING AND/OR TURF TO BE REMOVED. CLEAR AND GRUB PLANTER AREA PAVING, STAIRS, WALLS, HANDRAILS, CURBS AND GUTTERS TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL. ASPHALT PAVING TO RECEIVE GRINDING AND OVERLAY. SEE ALSO CIVIL PLANS AND LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. OVERHEAD MASONRY CANOPY, POSTS AND FOOTINGS TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION . TREES TO BE REMOVED. GRIND TO 18" MIN. DEPTH AND DISPOSE OF TRUNK AND ROOTBALL EXISTING SIGNAGE TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED, TYPICAL EXISTING WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO BE REMOVED, SALVAGED AND TREATED. SEE LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS . LIGHT STANDARD TO BE REMOVED. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE WITH CITY REPRESENTATIVE TO RETURN OR DISPOSE OF FIXTURES. CONTRACTOR TO BID AS DISPOSAL OF FIXTURE . EXISTING CITY HALL MONUMENT SIGN TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING FLAG POLES TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED. SEE LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE TURF AND PLANTING AREAS WITHIN LIMITS OF WORK TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING BIKE RACKS TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROLLER A TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO THE CITY. SEE IRRIGATION PLANS FOR NEW CONTROLLER. EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROLLER B TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO THE CITY. EXISTING DROP BOX, BOLLARD AND CONCRETE PAD TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING PARKING BLOCKS TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF, TYPICAL EXISTING IRRIGATION MAINLINE AND WIRES TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING CURB TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL EXISTING WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF. 11 AS BUIL T 11 D-1.4 r, ~ 1~ I P.E. EXP. DATE ~ 0 5 10 20 REVIE\vED BY, \ SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" INSPECTOR DATE ~ I SH;ET I CITY OF CARLSBAD PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS DEMOLlnON PLAN APPROVED: Y)'W.,(J.(,/,/.,r/ Jc._, f½t;;, </ Ji.</ /1~ TRANSPORTATION DIRECT~ PE: 42790 EXP. 3/21 /20 DATE DWN BY: AS, RP PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JTB 4725 I 6608 812-2B (J) 1-z w ~ :'.) 0 0 0 0 -co z 0 1-<-C > 0 z w 0::: _j _j <( I ~ 0 0 <( en (J) _j 0::: (3 ~ 0 Cl) ~ 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 390 of 442 MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET 0-1.1 • , -, .. : J , . ., , , . ,.,. ;~, ,.. ' ... _,_ - 0-35 MATCH LINE -SEE BELOW 0-02 MATCH LINE -SEE ABOVE SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 PARTIAL DEMOLITION LEGEND -D-1.5 SYMBOL (§) NOTE DEMOLITION DESCRIPTION PAVING, STAIRS, WALLS, HANDRAILS, CURBS AND GUTTERS TO BE REMOVED. TYPICAL. EXISTING UTILITIES SUCH AS SEWER, GAS AND WATER TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL. SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS AT LAGUNA DRIVE. "AS BUILT" r, P.E. EXP. 0 5 10 20 REVIEVED BY• SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" INSPECTOR I SH~ET I CITY OF CARLSBAD PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: 0-1.5 DATE DATE ~ 9 CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LAGUNA DRIVE & ELMWOOD STREET DEMOLITION PLAN APPROVED: (j) 1-z w ~ :::, 0 0 0 0 OJ z 0 ~ 0 z w 0:: _J _J <( I ~ -0 0 <( OJ (J) -I 0:: <( 0 •~-- f",11-~.,. telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 __ _,'/,--'--~---'-'r/,_,_/--=.(.~· --'~:+-!'---------,1_/z.u /1q SEE SHEET D-1.0 FOR DEMOLITION LEGEND & NOTES www.schmidtdesign.com -_1_ __ ' -/ :y G SEE SHEETS D-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR DEMOLITION PLANS • €_, {;ij'r· Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 1--□A_T_E +I-NI-TIA-L+------------------1-□A-T-E-+-IN-IT-IA-L-I-D-A-TE-+-1-NI-TI-AL--l ~~:s:~~TA~~~R~IRECT°\::~~;~~ ~:-3 21 ~~AW~NA:E~IO. 0 ---------"----'--------<I Ne, ~ CHKD BY: JJ 0) SHEET KEY MAP -NTS '• Expirntion Date: ,1 ,,,,, PlotD,te:J,nuary,17201 9 ENGINEER OF WORK LJD. REVISION DESCRIPTION RVWD BY·. JTB 4725 / 6608 812-28 _ SDG Proiect Number: l6-io6 OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL , ---------------------------------------------------------------~;;;;;;;.._,;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;::;:::;:::;::::;:::;:::;:::;:::;:::;:::;:::;:::;::;:::;::;::::;:;::;::;;;:;::;;;::::;:::;;;;;;:;::;;:;::::;:::;:::::::;~~ May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 391 of 442 110 ~--------~------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~ 100 90 · 80 EX 24" RC SD X 0 co EX 24" RCP SD ti:., ..., Cc'. "" -... co~ 3 r-rj ue X • w~ ITT 0 + N = '"' cO EX 8" VCP SEWER 'L - - - --"':_§ 8241 LF OF 24" RCP @ 0.50% Q=.32.60 cfs V=l0.38 ft/s 250' (NOTE: ALL PIPE JOINTS NEED TO BE WATER TIGHT, PIPE SEGMENT IS UNDER PRESSURE) 00 "' UL· o:,; go2 "'o "'"' I <D <C ITT Wo, O..o, i:::..f a, + N a W ,a-- C",j=~ I °' c-I ~~ WW Ov ~~ 00 ITT ITT EX 8" VCP SEWFR \'' \', 0 56 08 LF OF 24" RCP @ 0.507. 0=32.60 cfs V=I0.38 ft/s w r--.-o.. o 2::tn "' en + "' "' ~ WWW --- ITT ..., "' :r: N ro ITT ro ..., C) ~ O:>' 8et: <n ro v"' 1n « en wc-J 0.. CD r::: ~ + v . : •·•ce "'""\ .. \ / Q=J2.00 cfs V=I0.19 ft/s ..., i'2 Cu s "' w -~ ~ v ,~ ... "' 0 X "' w w ..., a, (.'.) ~ :r: ITT ITT ..., "' :r: ·~ / EXISTING SURFACE @ ~ CENTER OF PIPE . \ ' ·/~-/ v 0=29.90 cfs V=9.82 ft/s / °' r~ WN ~o 3 2 c5 !:!:! 70 ~----------,,:--'-::-:,-------------------------,-=--------------11+00 12+00 13+00 14+00 15+00 lfi'\ EX CURB INLET / '21 12+08.58 LINE I....,,/ 83.74 RIM PROFILE: STORM DRAIN LINE 1 @ WPE G-1 CB I +20.68 LINE A 89.43 TG HORZ. -I "=20' VERT. -I "=4' @nPE G-1 CB 1+19.41 LINE B 93.02 TG CAUflON 1 EXIST. UTILITIES CROSSING (TYP) 21 -------------·-------ROW- @nPE A-4 SDCO 12+94.99 LINE I 86.70 RIM .·•·.,v ::. -_;" ~:: ,-··' 0 CIVIL ·STRUCTURAL· SURVEY· PLANNING 9449 BALBOA AVE. STE 270 ---- -··--·· -- ~---------~\ LAGUNA DRIVE 2 --.... ,--------~ r;?, WP[ A·4 SDC0~-1---~ "d@:ffPE A-4 SDCO -E ,_I_§, 13+55.07 UNE I . ·. ....__: .. · 16 ·. 14+17.62 LINE I·. ·. ·::::; ~--= '-1+0000 LINE A--,-.. . . -~r=l+00.00 I_INE B· · •·· ·.· .. ~ ·.··~ c--~ 89.48 R"I (_. . ... f'__ • j 93.58 RIM ~-----9~ .• ----s.••-=--------~-•= ... --J}_ -. ,_ -- -~ . --,,· -- '(\ "7: - J ' PLAN VIEW 1' =20' 10 I 0 20 40 I SCALE IN FEET 1 inch ~ 20 ft. SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. ~ " ' . BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, Siiln Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236•1462 facsimile {619] 236-8792 www.s chm id tdes i gn .com Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 ~ -= ~~ <=a... ~ DATE INITIAL 4- ,r(24) CL/ - ---------RO'// ' I OOyr HYDRAULIC ~ / / / GRADE LINE ' ~ EX 8" VCP SEWER ' -- 17 18 I 0 co . LO <( f- V) N u f-w w :r: V) ( ,~ u 18 :r: -I~ V) ,~ _J :r: u f-<( 2 q-' ·--. . ,,. .. DATE INITIAL SHEET KEY MAP -NTS SAN DIEGO. CA 92123 619 299 5550 Expiration Dote:06/30/19 Plot D,te: January, 17 2019 SOC Project Number: 16-106 ENGINEER OF WORK IL REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHER APPROVAL 0 co + LO <( f- V) DATE LEGEND ITEM SYMBOL PROPERTY UNE/RIGHT OF WAY LINE EXISTING CONTOUR --~R-OW,!J!Jei.L ___ _ OR .,........ 405 __.. EXISTING OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE EXISTING GAS LINE EXISTING WATER LINE EXISTING SEWER LINE 1 OOYR HYDRAULIC GRADE LINE (HGL) EXISTING SEWER --~----- SLURRY SEAL flEW SIDEWALK flE'/1 ASPHALT PAVEMENT INITIAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES (D PROTECT EXISTING UTILITY SUCH AS SEWER, GAS, WArER (TYP) ® PROTECT EXISTING CURB INLET (j) CONNECT fO EXISTING CURB INLEI @ NEW 18" RCP STORM DRAIN @ TYPE G-1 CArCH BASIN PER SORSO DWG NO. D-08 @) TYPE A-4 STORM DRAIN CLEANOUT PER SDRSD DWG NO. D-09 @ NEW 24" RCP STORM DRAIN @ PIPE BEDDING & TRENCH BACKFILL FOR STORM DRAINS PER SDRSD DWG. NO. D-60, & ASPHALT PAVEMENT GS-27 & GS-28 @ SLURRY SEAL WHOLE ROAD WIDTH AFTER UTILITY INSTALLATION PER GS-27 @ REMOVE & REPLACE SIDEWALK PER SDRSO G-07 & G-11 @ REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER PER SDRSD G-02 & G-11 @ REPLACE STRIPING IN KIND NOTE I. SEE SHEET Cl .3 THRU. Cl.5 FOR SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS ON SOUTH SIDE OF LAGUNA DRIVE. 2. UTILITY DEPTHS ARE UNKNOWN AS POTHOLING HAS NOT BEEN CONDUCTED. UTILITIES SHOWN ON PROFILE ARE PER RECORD PLANS. 3. GAS, ELEC, SEWER & '//ATER LOCATION SHOWN PER LAGUNA DR & ELMWOOD ST PLANS. PROVIDED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD. NO DRAWING NUMBER OR PROJECT NUMBER ASSIGNED. THERE IS A I" TO 3" DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THIS PLAN & B'/IE SURVEY. fHE PLAN PROVIDED INDICATED LOWER ELEVATION. 4. rRENCHING & EXCAVATION SHALL MEET ALL OSHA REQUIREMENTS. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AC PAVEMENT AND BASE THICKNESS AND CONTRACTOR SHALL lflSTALL A MINIMUM 4" AC/4" CAB PER TABLE A (STREET DESIGN CRITERIA) OF CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGlflEERlflG STANDARDS VOLUME ONE . . . STORM DRAIN DATA w BEARING/DELTA LENGTH SLOPE SIZE/TYPE (CLASS) 1 N36'06'29"E" 82.41' 0.50¾ 24" RCP (0-2000) 2 N89'23'36''w'' 56.08' 0.50¾ 24" RCP (D-1350) 3 N89'23'36''w'' 58.55' 5.98¾ 24" RCP (0-1350) 4 N89'23'36''W" 175.28' 9.75:7. 24" RCP (D-1350) 11 N0'35'24"E" 15.47' 0.50% 18" RCP (D-1350) 12 No·oo'oo''W" 17.41' 0.50:7. 18" RCP (D-1350) UTILITY NOTES I. THE LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AS SHOWN HEREON ARE BASED ON OBSERVATION OF VISIBLE, ABOVE-GROUflD STRUCTURES AND REVIEW OF RECORD DRAWINGS. THE DEPICTED LOCATIONS, SIZES AND TYPES OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES/STRUCTURES MAY VARY FROM THE RECORD DRAWINGS AND/OR ACTUAL AS-BUILT LOCATIONS. ADDITIONAL BURIED UTILITIES/STRUCTURES MAY BE ENCOUNTERED. NO EXCAVArlONS WERE MADE DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE SURVEY TO LOCATE BURIED UTILITIES/STRUCTURES. 2. 8\VE MAKES NO CLAIM AS TO THE ACCURACY OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SHOWN HEREON. THE USER OF THIS DRAWING SHALL CONDUCT INDEPENDENT PHYSICAL INSPECTION OF EACH UNDERGROUND UTILITY PRIOR TO EXCAVATION OR CONSTRUCTION. C1 .1 11 AS BUIL T 11 p E. EXP DATE REVIE\,/ED BY, INSPECTOR DATE I SH9ET I CITY OF CARLSBAD SHEETS PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 59 .. -IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LAGUNA DRIVE STORM DRAIN PLAN AND PROFILE ··--APPROVED: "nv,Ull,?/ ;::... ~ :!..~I 19 TRANSPORTATION DIRE~, PE: 42790 EXP. 3/21 /20 DATE OWN BY: HM PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. CIIKD BY: CF CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: CF 4725 I 6608 812-2B (f) 1-z w ~ ::) 0 0 0 0 ro z 0 i 0 z w 0::: .....J .....J <( I ~ (..) 0 <( ro (.I) .....J 0::: <( (.) ~ 0 en '>(""" 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.....IN May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 392 of 442 0 CX) . LO . . <( f- (/) 2 u f-w w :r: (/) ' ----+---------------··--·----------- o:,; g ci:: V>N si-C! I rn «s w -p..o /'.:~ co °' -n 00 0 o::.E--g 0:: "'co -.:t-t--~ I n «:;:: w_ "-<D i'.::~ ,-sj-+ CD c-0 00 0 <D ~ ' -' -_, _, ('.) ('.) :c :c ' / I ,· i , r,<,' ------~ ' EXISTING SURFACE @\ CENTER OF PIPE ' ,. 0 --- 'i EX OF 19', .42 LF 8" VCP RCP @ 1.507. SEWER 24" 0=27,20 cfs V;10 05 fi/s -I-....J _J LO ______________ G G WW u f-w w :r: (/) w w (/) w :z: _J :r: u f- <( 2 w w (/) w :z _J :r: u f- <( 2 0 CX) + LO ,- <( f- (/) 1/ \---:C---- L!.J LJ.J L!.J --- on"' "' a:, a:, (00(.0 ~ EX s" ~CP SEWER Q;27.20 cfs V= 10.89 ft/ s --------~ zw~-------.,. ~~ N a a Q;27.30 cfs V;1Q.59 ft/s ·--··-:=' 2 2 ------· -----· ' I I I I I l ~ ~ ~ I I o~~ !::!~I:!;! r-~ 0 0 ~ ~ ~ -NN 000 16+00 r--I 1 ";; ____ .11/-f ~ ( \ TYPE F ca @ I +20.40 LINE C 108.77 RIM CAUTION! EXIST. UTILITIES CROSSING (TYP) 17+00 l!.0-=--===. ==--=--=--F-=--=-=--.====--=--=-----=----=--,, ,1r .,, _,,. _1r-~,-·-'( _,,-_,-...~,'-'r"r.,,-._,.-~·r _,, . ._.,, ~,-.. ,,-,,-" , _,, _,,·-~r ," ,-_,, •. ,-, -'~F--"'~ " .'( TYPE A-4 SDC0 @ TYPE A-4 S0C0 @ 15+96.90 LINE I /®4 16+47.56 LINE 1 =I +00.00 LINE C =1+00.00 LINE D I 09.02 RIM 113.76 RIM UTILITY NOTES @TYPE A-4 SOCU 17+74.98 LINE 1 124.83 RIM 1. rHE LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AS SHOWN HEREON ARE BASED ON OBSERVATION OF VISIBLE, ABOVE-GROUND STRUCTURES AND REVIEW OF RECORD DRAWINGS, THE DEPIC rrn LOCATIONS, SIZES AND TYPES OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES/STRUCTURES MAY VARY FROM THE RECORD DRAWINGS AND/OR ACTUAL AS-BUILT LOCATIONS. ADDITIONAL BURIED UTILITIES/STRUCTURES MAY BE ENCOUNTERED. NO EXCAVATIONS WERE MADE DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE SURVEY TO LOCATE BURIED UTILITIES/STRUCTURES. 2. BWE MAKES NO CLAIM AS TO THE ACCURACY OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SHOWN HEREON. THE USER OF THIS DRAWING SHALL CONDUCT INDEPENDENT PHYSICAL INSPECTION OF EACH UNDERGROUND UTILITY PRIOR TO EXCAVATION OR CONSTRUCTION. SHEET KEY MAP -NTS ----18+00 PROFILE: STORM DRAIN LINE 1 HORZ. -1 "=20' VERT. -I ";4' -----ROW-------·-----------....__ LAGUNA DRIVE PLAN VIEW I ';20' CIVIL· STRUCTURAL· SURVEY· PLANNING 9449 BALBOA AVE, srE 2/0 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 619.299.5550 Expiration Date:06/30/19 19+00 10 0 :, u i'2 D _, U1 N 0 :, i2 -u i'2 ... D w ,~ U1 0 5 <( '.:' N ... w r <D (l_ ci «: N °' N i'.:: 0 w "' ~ 0 w -<D 0 0 (l_ "' N + 3' "' i'.:: ... ~ -"' .,. X L,;! io N -w n + -c:5 co 0 L,;! ~ N "' N ~ X L,;! w co V rn rn ~ ~ 0 0 0 0 N N ~ ~ 0 0 N N _, _, ~ -"' ('.) _, -_, \ } "' "' -\ l 100yr HYDRAULIC / --------~ 0 ~ --- 0 GRADF LINE --- --------0 . ·~ -- 40,01 LF OF 24" RCP @ 1,507. --' w z ... "::---'":.--' 0=24.80 cfs N" " I v ro N ~ y;g 94 lt/s r-I I ::::,z z o __ WWW --- CD O"l L[) N .-, 0 ro ro o --N ---·- 20+00 (125.67) FS - -z '__,. -N" ,;:<:; -, ::::,z Q_ ~ I,,:! O,N -"' rn rn ---- ... 54.40 LF 2411 RCP @ 0=24.80 V;9,99 !_125 63_Il@ _/I 125,67 FS/FG OF 1.50% els ft/s 0 0 0 ~ 2 _J (125.63) FS ~-/l. 125.67 FS/FG ... at·· .J 125.55 FL.@ w f-w w 0:::: f- Ul ·--1 f ,. I \ 126.05 TC 125.55 FS WPE G-1 CB @ 1+.lB.91 LINE E 125.10 TG r1 2537 £L.@ (125.67) F~---~ l-~·-· / (125.44) FS WPE G-3 CB @ 20+73.81 LINE I 125.40 TG ----125.67FS/FG , __ 125.40 FL@ CAUTION! EXIST. UTILITIES CROSSING (TYP) 20 40 SCALE IN FETT 1 inch = 20 ft. SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619} 236.1462 facsimile {619) 236-3792 www.schmidtdesign.com Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, l'IZ 34139 filci.67 FS DATE INITIAL ~--® J / . .J1cil 4 FS/FQ. 'l~ ~ . '•. 125.57 FL@ , 125.85 FS/FG TYPE A-4 SOCD 20+14.41 LINE I 126.20 RIM w "' u r- "' Si' L ('.) "' N w -(l_ i'.:: - ~ n r--+ n 0 -N N N --_, "' :c ~ - --.::....::..: .. ' sj-N I f-::::, 0 L,;! n "' 0 N ~ @ Plot D,te: J.inuary, 17 2019 SDG ProJect Number: 16-106 ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION .. 130 120 110 100 LEGEND ITEM PROPERTY LINE/RIGHT OF WAY LINE EXISTING CONTOUR EXISTING OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE EXISTING GAS LINE EXISTING WATER LINE EXISTING SEWER LINE 1 OOYR HYDRAULIC GRADE LINE (HGL) EXISTING SEWER ABANDON PIPE & SLURRY. FILL SLURRY SEAL NEW SIDEWALK NEW ASPHALT PAVEMENT SYMBOL ---"R~OW~ ~L ___ _ OR ,,--405__,. --$------ CONSTRUCTION NOTES (D PROTECT EXISTING UTILITY SUCH AS SEWER, GAS, WATER (TYP) CI) REMOVE EXISTING 12" CMP PIPE (CONTRACTOR TO FIEI.D VERIFY EXACT LOCATION & DEPTH) @ EXISTlflG 12" CMP PIPE TO REMAIN, ABANDON IN PLACE, SLURRY FILL PIPE IN IT'S ENTIRETY WITH 2-SACK SAND CEMEflT & SLURRY @ NEW AC SWALE PER DETAIL 4/C5.0 (!.Q) CAP & PLUG EXISTING CMP CULVERT @ NEW 18" HCP STORM DRAIN @ TYPE G-1 CATCH BASIN PER SDRSD DWG NO. D-08 @ TYPE G-2 CArCH BASIN PER SDRSU UWG NO. D-08 @) TYPE F CATCH BASIN PER SDRSO DIVG NO. D-07 @ TYPE A-4 STORM URAIN CLEAflOUT PER SDRSO DWG NO. D-09 @ NEW 24" RCP STORM DRAIN @ PIPE BEDDING & TRENCH BACKFILL FOR sroRM DRAINS PER SORSD DWG. NO. 0-60, & ASPHAU PAVEMENr GS-27 & GS-28 @ TYPE G-3 CATCH BASIN PER SDRSD DWG NO. D-08 @ SLURRY SEAL WHOLE ROAD WIDTH AFTER UTILITY INSTALLATION PER GS-27 @ REPLACE STRIPING IN KIND NOTE 1. SEE SHEET C1.3 THRU. Cl.5 FOR SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS ON SOUTH SIDE OF LAGUNA DRIVE. 2. UTILITY DEPTHS ARE UNKNOWN AS POTHOLING HAS NOT BEEN CONDUCTED. UTILITIES SHOWN ON PROFILE ARE PER RECORD PLANS. 3. GAS, ELEC, SEWER & WATER LOCATION SHOWN PER LAGUNA DR & ELMWOOD ST PLANS. PROVIDED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD. NO DRAWING NUMBER OR PROJECT NUMBER ASSIGNED. THERE IS A I" TO 3" DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THIS PLAN & BWE SURVEY. fHE PLAN PROVIDEU INUICATED LOWER ELEVATION. 4. rRENCHING & EXCAVArlON SHALL MEET ALL OSHA REQUIREMENrs. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AC PAVEMENT ANO BASE rHICKNESS AND CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A MINIMUM 4" AC/4" CAB PER TABLE A (STREET DESIGN CRITERIA) OF CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGINEERING STANDARDS VOLUME ONE. STORM DRAIN DATA l1l BEARING/DELTA LENGTH SLOPE SIZE/TYPE (CLASS) 5 NS9'23'36''w'' 46.66' 9.007. 24" RCP (D-1350) 6 N89'23'36''W" 123.42' 6,66¾ 24" RCP (D-1350) .. , 7 N89'24'00"W" 191.42' 1.50% 24" RCP (D-1350) 8 N89'59'55'W" 40,01' 1.50% 24" RCP (D-1350) 9 NI O' I 5'54''E'' 54.40' 1.507. 24" RCP (D-1350) 13 N0-38'03"E" I 8.40' 0.50% 18" RCP (D-1350) 14 N0"36'24"E" 10.75' 0.50¾ 18" RCP (D-1.150) - 15 N89'07'08''W" 31.67' 0.50% 18" RCP (D-1350) 16 N0'21 '33"W" 35.95' 0.50% 18" RCP (D-1350) C1 .2 11 AS BUIL T 11 P.E. __ _ EXP ___ _ DATE REVIE11ED BY, INSPECTOR DATE I s10T I CITY OF CARLSBAD SHEETS PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 59 ---·. -· ·-IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LAGUNA DRIVE STORM DRAIN PLAN MID PROFILE APPROVED: '!/Z-'i j1~ ,YNJJ.J,,tJf_ }'-, ~ TRANSPORTATION DIRECfR, PE: 42790 EXP. 3/21 /20 DATE DWN BY: HM DATE lfJITIAL DATE INITIAL PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. CHKD BY: CF OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL R\/WD BY: CF 4725 / 6608 8i 2-2B (J) 1-z w ~ :) u 0 0 0 -co z 0 I-~ 0 z w 0:: ...J ...J <( I ~ u 0 <( co (J) ...J 0:: <( 0 I I'-- ~ ~ 0 0) ~ 0 0,J May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 393 of 442 ITEM NO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 SITE INFORMATION TOTAL LOT SIZE ON SITE CALCULATED AREA LIMIT TOTAL DISTURBANCE IN CALCULATED AREA [ITEM 7+1TEM 8) EX AMOUNT OF PERVIOUS IN CALCULATED AREA EX AMOUNT OF IMPERVIOUS IN CALCULATED AREA NEW AMOUNT OF PERVIOUS IN CALCULATEO AREA NEW AMOUNT OF IMPERVIOUS IN CALCULATED AREA REMOVEO & REPLACED IMPERVIOUS IN CALCULATED AREA [ITEM 9HTEM 10+1TEM 11) REMOVED & REPLACED IMPERVIOUS AREA DUE TO ADA ~ION-COMPLIANCE REMOVED AND REPLACED IMPERVIOUS AREA DUE TO STRUCTURAL MAINTENANCE REMOVED & REPLACED OTI-IER PAVEMENT ---· ASPHALT OVERLAY TOTAL AMOUNT OF IMPERVIOUS IN CALCULATED AREA [ITEM 5+ ITEM 7) IMPERVIOUS% INCREASE IN CALCULATED AREA AREA COUNTED TOWARDS ~IEW AND REPLACED IMPERVIOUS FOR STORMWATER PURPOSES [ITEM 7+1TEM 11] ----RIGHT OF WAY (EXCLUDED FROM SITE AREA) CALCULATED AREA LIMIT EX IMPERVIOUS AREA DISTURBED AREA SQFT ACRES 217364 4.99 118936 2.73 15617 0 36 55564 1.28 63372 1 45 0 0.00 1693 0.04 13924 0.32 10278 0.24 3184 0.07 462 0.01 33782 0.78 65065 1.49 2.7% 0.00 2-155 0.05 3460 0.08 3444 0.08 1936 0.04 /; I I I I 115.50TC 115.00FL 115.17RIM@ Y~/U® 113.BBFL ~ I I I I 107.48 TC ;@;7 II REMOVED AND REPLACED IMPERVIOUS AREA 1936 0.04 NEW AMOUNT OF IMPERVIOUS AREA 0 0.00 TOTAL AMOUNT OF IMPERVIOUS AREA 3444 0.08 ~~~~-----78 ---------------_ II _\ _____ •---- 11 1,--/ '\@I c:_0~7~:._ f • ~ .!,M.!,T~ ~F-~~\ ----1----1 O~.-~TC I ------106.49FL 107.35TC I I I /~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I / I I ,l 78 76 12 I I 2 I I I I 40 I I I I I I I 0'/ 54 I I I I I 105.20LIP 3 ii II !( I \ I ~ I !§ ~~) r ~' I I I ~ i / --®/ it / I I I I / / I /I_ -_-_ -_105.74TC §j -../7\..--,' ~ en "I rn CD C, -GB 106.35FS 78 II II I~ /µit2rc --_____ 1os.07FL __ ___,~=----------'-Y-__ \.:.,/7 ________ ~~' _,2--=:~~ 7 ~,-,..,~_, __ a.7_a~_---0, / / (~~5.05FL \ -~~;~~~C 105.81FS / ~ 106.56FS ,,.-,,_____ ~ --..:.. -106.51FS "o· II ~II !f!@v~,~1~1,'"~1 .. 105.82FS r---------------------106.60FS - - - -~;;;_:;;:: 6 106. 4 FS ' I I (1~ F I ~I : 75 -~ I i 54 I I CD ~ I 06.60FS '-~-~~: -, ;@ 6 nP }' 106.85FS .!JQ1\ TIP ~ ~ I 10/ . .lBrc 106.38FL 24 { 106.88FS J~I 1 D6.38TC 105.88FL 105.0DLIP 106.85TC 106.35FL _ 106.42FS ~ 1 6.50TC 106.BOFS \.---, 106.83FS I .r--'-+--i 7 I 106.47FS ~, CD (') 106.53FS_ I 12 .. J 106.78FS 5j QJQ1; GB GB §I "' I I I I I I I I I 1:: u I GJ w ,~ w ,~ I I I ,, I w z I I I I '<o• °"' / / : : "------------- I I - / I ~ v I I ;0'1 ~I I-I I I I \""" I GB I 106.52FS (j / I / '1l!.) I rc;12:::=:~: 10660FS@ I I I ~- ;111 ~.1 1 1Z• I :,-:;;:-GB I / Cl ll"S::::::1lJ I ;0'1 ~ ~I 4 I I I I o:'.J / I ~ I I I lL I / I I o I I I ~I / ~· I I I ~. ;c?I _,I l--/ -I MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET C1 .5 I I I I I I • I 06.52FS '.,v CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, SURVEY, PLANNING 9449 BALBOA AVE STE 270 SAN DIEGO. CA 92123 619 299 5550 EXISTING BUILDING FF=( 106.62) @ 1 6.68 FS MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET C1 .6 SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC, BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, S.in Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619} 236-1462 Facsimile {619} 236-8792 www. schm idtdes ign.com Lie. CA 213~, NV 219, AZ 34139 DAfE INITIAL @106.60FS I I I I _J NOTES 1. A PRELIMINARY TITLE REPORT HAS NOT BEEN PROVIDED EASEMENTS MAY OR MAY NOT EXIST ON SUBJECT PROPERTY. 2. WRITTEfl DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OYER SCALED DIMENSIONS. 3. THE LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN SHOWN HEREON. THE USER OF THIS SURVEY IS HEREBY CAUTIONED TO CONDUCT PHYSICAL INSPECTION OF EACH UNDERGROUND UTILITY PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. 4. CONTRACTOR SIIALL VERIFY THAT AC PAVEMENT HAS NO PETROMAT INSTALLED. COflTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE UNIT PRICING FOR PETROMAT REMOVAL & PROVIDE AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM. 5. CONTRACTOR SIIALL PROVIDE 5 CORE SA,IPLE FROM TflE EXISTING SITE TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE DEPTH OF GRIND & OVERLAY 6. SEE SHEETS C1.1 & C1.2 FOR NEW STORM DRAIN ON LAGUNA DR. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH AMERICAN DISABILITY ACT (ADA) FOR NEW WALKWAYS, SEE T1 .0. 8. BOTTOM OF STAIR ELEVATION SHALL BE vrn1r11::u BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSrRUCTION. 9. NEW BFP SHALL BE INSTAUED OUTSIDE CARLSBAD VILLAGE DR. ROW. LEGEND Nl:.W CONrnl:JE PAVEMENT NEW ASPHALT PAVEMENT SLURRY SEAL rRENCH RESURFACING NEW ASPHALT GRIND & OVERLAY NEW TRUNCATED DOMES NEW CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER NEW CONCRETE CURB SAWCUT LINE GRADING LIMIT CONSTRUCTION KEYNOTES CD SAWCUT LINE Q) NEW AC PAVEMEfl r PER DETAIL 1 /C5.0 (D CRINU ;,_'' & OVERLAY AC PAVEMENT SEE NOTE 5 C±) STRIPING PER LANDSCAPE DWGS TYP. REPLACE IN KIND @ NEW 6" CURB & GUHER TYPE G PER SDRSD G-2 (0 NEW CURB RAMP WITH DETECTABLE WARNING PER SDRSD G-31, G-30 & CITY OF CARLSBAD STD DWG GS-32 (j) NEW WALKWAY PER DETAIL 2/C5.0 @ NEW CURB RAMP & DETECTABLE WARNINGS PER SDRSD G-30 & CITY OF CARLSBAD STD DWG GS-32 @ MATCH EX PAVEMENT ELEVATION @ NEW 6" CURB PER SDRSD G-1 @ REMOVE & DISPOSE EX WHEEL STOPS TYP. @ NEW VARIABLE HEIGHT CURB AND GUTTER TYPE G PER SDRSD G-2 (IO" fMX HEIGHT) @ GUTTER CROSSLOPE IN ADA STALLS SHALL BE 2%MAX @ NEW 8" CURB PER SDRSO G-1 @ PROTECT EX DRY UTILITY HANDHOLE @) PROTECT EX WALL & FOOTINGS @ EX REDWOOD HEADER TO REMAIN @ SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR CONDUIT ROUTING, REMOVALS, RELOCATIONS & ADDITIONS. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY Qj) REMOVE EXISTING RISER AND PORTION OF 12'' CMP PIPE (WITHIN DRIVl:.WAY LIMIT) @ PROTECT EXISTING RETAINING W,\LL AND FOOTINGS @ PROTECT EXISTlflG CURB/BERM @) CONSTRUCT CONCRETE CROSS GUTTER AS SHOWN 7.5" THICK CONC CROSS SECTION 560-C-3250 @TYPE-F CATCfl □ASIN PER SDRSD DWG NO. 0-07 SEE SHEET C1.2 @ PIPE BEDDING & TRENCH BACKFILL FOR STORM DRAINS PER SDRSD OWG. NO. 0-60 @) MATCH EXISTING BERM/CURB HEIGHT @ RELOCATE EXISTING SIGNAGE (TYP.) @ PROTECT EXISTlflG SIGNAGE (TIP.) @) 3' WIDE CURB CUT W/CO □BLE AT □ASE OF EXISTING AC SPILLWAY @ CAP & PLUG EXISTING CMP CULVERT @ SEE LANDSCAPE FOR ADA SIGNAGE @ NEW WHEEL STOPS PER LANDSCAPE PLANS (TYP) @ BUILDING AWNING PER LANDSCAPE PLANS @ AC OVERLAY ON PARKING LOT EDGE PER DETAIL 5/C5.0 @ GRIND & OVERLAY 2" THICK, 12" WIDE FROM EDGE OF NEW CONG PVMT @) LIMIT OF FULL AC PAVEMENT ~ ~ / 5 0 1 0 20 P.E. I ' ' I SCALE IN FEET REVIE\./ED 1 inch = 1 0 ft. INSPECTOR "AS EXP. BY: BLJIL T" uTI 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: C1 .3 DATE DATE ~ 9 CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRADING AND UTILITY PLAN APPROVED: /ijV.,i,U{f/ )(_. 14h ~k-11 1~ TRANSPORTATION DIRFC110R, PE: 42790 EXP. 3121 120 DATE ~ ---DWN BY: HM PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: CF (I) 1-z w ~ ::J u 0 0 0 co z 0 ~ 0 z w O'.'. _j _j <( I ~ -u 0 <( co (I) _j 0::: <( u ~ 0 IA REVISION DESCRIPTION ENGINEER OF WORK OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAl. RVWD BY: CF 4725 / 6608 812-2B SHEET KEY MAP -NTS Pim Date: January, 17 2019 0) SDG Project Nurnbfi: 16-106 ~ ..... -------------------------------------------------------~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;::::::;:::::::;::::::;:~~ Expiration Date:06/30/19 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 394 of 442 I I I I I I I I I 31 81 ili I w ~I ~I _J ~I ~I EXISTING BUILDING FF =(106.60) r-----i(g(l)-, I ___,._-1...I_ -_ -" I (106. FS I I I 06.33F 106.44 FS r ----l-( 1.507.) 1 12 I I i J • ( @ _ 12_s~s~ ____ ..;~i.::s_o!~~R! __________________ ... _ -~ _ J ~-------------------------------------------------J : t - I I 29 --- 106.52FS I I I I 106.55FS 106.50FS 106.37FS · 106.47FS -"'' -i "---0] ro,\106.00~ L\8'±t04.781E: SHEET KEY MAP -NTS 1.207. 21 105.93TG ±104.60IE 106.21FS '°" 106.08TG '-8' ±104.58IE ' 106.11 FS : . l.207. . 106.24FS 106.14FS . 1 6.00FS LP 106.llFS .·· 105.93TG '2P ±104.43IE '-8' ±104.25IE ·~··· .. ·· ... ···.·.~· . '°" 106.1 STG ±104.35IE ltY ±104.58IE. \ @\iii·· .. ~t ■ I 106.50FS 106 38FS .. 23 f/1 cl/ 105.38FS 106.30FS ~ 21 106.30TG ± 104.871[ ·~ 106.38FS g.·.1 " 10B.3BFS I 06.43FS t 06.38FS 106.06FS 105.SOFS I 105.04FS 175r. ~ 06.57FS MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET C1 .6 STORM DRAIN DATA ~o1 BEARING/DELTA RADIUS LENGTH 1 N33'54'23''W --18.33' 2 N33'35'37"'11 --16.35' 3 N56'05'56"E --8.51' 4 N56"06'05"E --9.48' 5 N33'54'09"'11 --7.60' 6 N56'05'51 "E --17.83' 7 Ns6·oo·oo"E --14.70' 8 N33'54'04"W --23.02' 9 N5G'47'06''W --29.52' SLOPE (%) SIZE/TYPE (CLASS) 1 6" PVC -SDR-35 1 6" PI/C -SDR-35 1 6" PI/C -SDR-35 1 6" PVC -SDR-35 1 6" PVC -SDR-35 1 6" PI/C -SDR-35 1 6" PVC -SOR-35 1 6" PI/C -SDR-35 1 6" PVC -SDR-35 CIVIL· STRUCTURAL· SURVEY· PLANNING 9449 BALBOA AVE. STE 270 SAN DIEGO. CA 92123 619.299.5550 Expiration Dote:06/30/19 ,,· ... , ,, ., ,,., - SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, Sorn Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236•1462 f.csimile {619) 236-8792 www.sch mid tdes ign. com Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 Plot Date: Joinuary, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16-106 DATE I.J.J > -ec: 0 I.J.J v :s ...J > 0 ~ V) ...J ec: 0 INITIAL ENGINEER OF WORK -5 0 I ' IL REVISION DESCRIPTION NOTES 1. A PRELIMINARY TITLE REPORT HAS NOT BEEN PROVIDED EASEMENTS MAY OR MAY NOT EXIST ON SUBJECT Pf!OPERTY. 2. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. 3. THE LOCATIONS OF UflDERCROUND UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN SHOWN HEREON. THE USER OF THS SURVEY IS HEREBY CAUTIONED TO CONDUCT PHYSICAL INSPECTION OF EACH UNDERGROUND UTILITY PRIOR TO EXCAVAIION. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT AC PAVEMENT HAS NO PETROMAT INSTALLED. CONTRACTOR SH/ILL INCLUDE UNIT PRIClfJG FOR PETROMAT REMOVAL & PROVIDE AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 5 CORE SAMPLE FROM THE EXISTING SITE TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRI\TE DEPTH OF GRIND & OVERLAY 6. SEE SHEETS CI 1 & C1.2 FOR NEW STORM DRAIN ON LAGUNA DR. 7. CONrRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH AMERICAN DISABILITY ACT (ADA) FOR NEW WALKWAYS, SEE T1.0. 8. BOTTOM OF STAIR ELEVATION SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 9. NEW BFP SHALL BE INSTALLED OUTSIDE CARLSBAD VILLAGE DR ROW. LEGEND NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT NEW ASPHALT PAVEMENT SLURRY SEAL TRENCH RESURFACING NEW ASPHALT GRIND & OVERLAY NEW TRUNCATED DOMES NEW CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER NEW CONCRETE CURB SAWCUT LINE GRADING LIMIT CONSTRUCTION KEYNOTES CD SAWCUT LlflE (i) NEW AC PAVEMENT PER DETAIL 1 /C5.0 @ NEW 6" CURB & GUTTER TYPE G PER SDRSD G-2 (i) NEW WALKWAY PER DETAIL 2/C5.0 @ MATCH EX PAVEMENT ELEVATION @ NEW 6" AREA DRAIN PER DETAIL 3/C5.0. USE ATRIUM GRATE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. @ NEW 6" PVC SDR-35 STORM DRAIN. CONNECT TO EX. PIPE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF EX. PIPE, SLOPE AND OUTLET POINT @ PLANTER WALL PER LAflDSCAPE @J SEE ELECfRICAL PLAN FOR CONDUIT ROUTING, REMOVALS, RELOCATIONS & ADDITIONS. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY @) TRANSITION BETWEEN CURB AND GUTTER ROLLED SDRSD G-04 TYPE B TO CURB AND GUTTER COMBINED SDRSD G-2 TYPE G @ NEW 1.5" IRRIGATION WATER METER @ NEW z'' IRRIGAflON SERVICE PER CITY OF CARLSBAD STD DWG W-4 @ NEW 1.5 IRRIGATION BACKFLOW PREVENTOR PER CITY OF CARLSBAD STD DWG W-20 @) fJEW METER BOX FOR 1.5" IRRIGATION METER @) CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATION OF CROSSING EXISTING IJTIUlY @ ENCASE STORM DRAIN WI rH 3 SACK SLURRY MIX @ REPI..ACE STRIPING IN KIND @ PIPE BEDDING & fRENCH BACKFILL PER GS-25 @ BUILDING AWNING PER LANDSCAPE PLANS ' / ~-----... "'' ~ V ' 10 20 I ' ~, SCALE IN FEET 1 inch = 10 ft. I' P.E. REVIE\/ED INSPECTOR 11 AS EXP. BY, BUIL T11 ~ 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: C1 .4 DATE DATE SHEETS 59 CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRADING AND UTILITY PLAN APPROVED: ")"M..V .. .l?(;J k... (~ 1Lm_\ 19 TRANSPORTATION DIRECTm, PE:42790 EXP. 3121 /20 DATE DWN BY: HM PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: CF OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: CF 4725 / 6608 812-2B (f) 1-z w 2 :::) (J 0 0 0 co z 0 ~ > 0 z w 0::: .....I .....I <( :c ~ 0 0 <( co (f) .....I 0::: <( 0 -----0 en -----0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 395 of 442 , . . ; •I r J_ ?;. '-. <J ., .. ,, " •J~ ' ,-,J l•.· I I I I/ _1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I J I I I I i I --------------#;~u~ESs1;;;:.:" './ /4-<::.:: ..,< '\'., MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET C1 .3 I 105.59FS 105.67FS 105.52FS 105.49FS ~ 15 16 96.13FS 96.15FS . 1.9¾" UJ (D Cl· 'G. 3 SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. ~,,_., . d', BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SE~ISITIVITY ... ~"'• 11 Y r·/P~<':t.'\ _,,,,. 1 )~ 1 .,. (f_,~£ 6, 1 /,1,1 ~\ ~V\_:" 1111 Sixth l'wenue, Suite 500, S.i.n Diego, CA 92101 " • 01 11 iL\. ~ telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 '(<~-.~ , o~ 1 / ' ~ i:: www.schmidtdesign.com -"0 9449 BALBOA AVE, STE 270 ' :--::-10,,, CAL1' // .. ~> ~.'I' .. ____________ _ 105:74F~ 16 DATE INITIAL I I I <.O '°" 0 1-w w I Cf) w w Cf) w z _J I 0 ~ ~ NOTES 1. A PRELIMINARY TITLE REPORT HAS NOT BEEN PROVIDED EASEl1ENTS MAY OR MAY NOT EXIST ON SUBJECT PROPERTY . 2 WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. 3_ THE LOCATIONS OF UNOEHGROUNO UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN SHOWN HEREON. THE USER OF THIS SURVEY IS HEREBY CAUTIONED TO CONDUCT PHYSICAL INSPECTION OF EACH UNDERGROUND UTILITY PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT AC PA'IEMENI HAS NO PETROMAf INSTALLED. CONIRACIOR SHALL INCLUDE UNIT PRICING FOR PETROMAT REMOVAL & PROVIDE AS A SEPARATE LINE I IEM. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 5 CORE SAMPLE FROM THE EXISTING SI IE TO DETERMINE IHE APPROPRIATE DEPTH OF GRIND & OVERLAY 6_ SEE SHEETS C1.1 & C1.2 FOR flEW STORM DRAIN ON LAGUNA OR. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH AMERICAN DISABILITY ACT (ADA) FOR NEW WALKWAYS, SEE T1 .0. 8. BOTTOM OF STAIR ELEVATION SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 9. NEW BFP SHALL BE INSTALLED OUTSIDE CARLSBAD VILLAGE DR. ROW. LEGEND NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT NEW ASPHALT PAVEMENT SLURRY SEAL I\ I TRENCH RESURFACING ~I NEW ASPHALT GRlflD & OVERLAY NEW TRUNCATED DOMES NEW CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER NEW CONCRETE CURB SAWCUT LINE GRADING LIMIT CONSTRUCTION KEYNOTES G) SAWCUT LINE @ NEW AC PAVEMENT PER DETAIL 1 /C5.0 @ GRIND 2'' & OVERLAY AC PAVEMENT SEE NOTE 5 (±) STRIPING PER LANDSCAPE DWGS TYP. REPLACE IN KIND (j) NEW WALKWAY PER DETAIL 2/C5.0 @ MATCH EX PAVEMENT ELEVATION @NEW 6" CURB PER SORSD G-1 @) NEW STAIRS & HANDRAILS PER LANDSCAPE DWGS @) REINSTALL EX REDWOOD HEADER @ REMOVE & DISPOSE EX WHEEL STOPS TYP. @ EX REDWOOD HEADER TO REMAIN @ SLEEVE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT THRIJ NEW FOOTING. SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN @) SEE ELECTRICAL PLAfl FOR CONDUIT ROUTING, REMOVALS, RELOCATIONS & ADDITIONS_ SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY @ PROTECT EXISTING CURB/BERM @) CONSTRUCT CONCRETE CROSS GUTTER AS SHOWN 7.5" THICK CONC CROSS SECTION 560-C-3250 (§ PROTECT EXISTING SIGNAGE (TYP.) @ NEW WHEEL STOPS PER LANDSCAPE PLANS (TYP) @ AC OVERLAY ON PARKING LOT EDGE PER DETAIL 5/C5.0 @ GRIND & OVERLAY 2" THICK, 12" WIDE FROM EDGE OF NEW CONC PV.~T @ LIMIT OF FULL AC PAI/EM EN r ' "AS BUILT" I' 5 0 10 20 P.E. EXP. I I I I SCALE IN FEET REI/IE\JED BY: 1 inch = 1 0 ft. INSPECTOR uTI CITY OF CARLSBAD 3 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: C1 .5 DATE DATE ~ 9 CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRADING ANO UTILITY PLAN APPR~ ,r, I r:.-. ~ 'I /z.'-l 119 TRANSPORTATION DIR~. PE: 42790 EXP. 3121120 DATE DWN BY: HM PROJECT NO. DRAWING ~10. DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: CF (f) 1-z UJ ~ ::) 0 0 0 0 co z 0 I-~ 0 z UJ O'.'. _J _J <( I ~ -0 0 <( co (f) _J O'.'. <( 0 ffi ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: CF 4725 I 6608 812-28 ~~/ c1v1L-srnucruRAL•suRvEY·PLANN1N0 (~4 16 --t~Y ~'\ ,,r;.;,,, ~~,-,~,, uc. CA 2138, NV "9, AZ 34139 0 ~ c SAN DIEGO. CA 92123 619.299.5550 "-'=~-=------I 0) SHEET KEY MAP -NTS / ' Expiration Oote:06/30/19 Pot Date:January, 17 2019 .. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------•S•DC-Pr•oj•ec•l N•u•m•b•er•:,•6-•10•6 __________________________________________ .;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;. __ ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;..;;..;.J ~ May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 396 of 442 I "' I "' a ~ ~ / a a Ill N I STORM DRAIN DATA @ BEARING/DELTA RADIUS LENGTH SLOPE (7.) 10 N56'05'51 "E --32.84' 6.6 MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET C1 .4 SIZE/TYPE (CLASS) 6" PVC -SDR-35 B\VE CIVIL· STRUCTURAL· SURVEY· PLANNING 9449 BALBOA AVE, STE 270 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 619.299.5550 \ \ \ \ \ ' ·, Expiration Date:06/J0/l9 1/ / / / ------ I I I / ~-------~ ----- ___ ,,.,,.- , -___,,..,.-·, ;,__,--- -----·---,,,.----I,. ,·,_, . ,.J .,,.------v '- ----------- • ' -' --~-- . ------ . ,_ ,, " / /' / / --·V _'i ' . ' . . ' . ' , ' ·c '·\ / --✓ ---~-/' ' -----. - '-{ .. ---~-.---~------ SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. ••• I ~~-. -·· BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Six.th Avenue, Suite 500, Sorn Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile (619) 236-8792 www.s chm id tdes i gn .com Lie. CA2138, NV 219, AZ34139 Plot Date: January, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16.106 ---- -----/ / / / --------•------. --- DATE INITIAL IA ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION NOTES 1. A PRELIMINARY TITLE REPORT HAS NOT BEEN PROVIDED EASEMENTS MAY OR MAY NOf EXISf ON SUBJECT PROPERTY. 2. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. 3. THE LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN SHOWN HEREON. THE USER OF THIS SURVEY IS HEREBY CAUTIONED TO CONDUCT PHYSICAL INSPECTION OF EACH UNDERGROUND UTILITY PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT AC PAVEMENT HAS NO PETROMAT INSTALLED. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE UNIT PRICING FOR PETROMAT REMOVAL & PROVIDE AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 5 CORE SAMPLE FROM THE EXISTING SITE TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE DEPTH OF GRIND & OVERLAY. 6. SEE SHEETS C1.1 & C1 .2 FOR NEW STORM DRAIN ON LAGUNA DR. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH AMERICAN DISABILIIY ACf (ADA) FOR NEW WALKWAYS, SEE T1.0. 8. BOTTOM OF STAIR ELEVATION SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CON IRACIOR PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 9. NEW BFP SHALL BE INSTALLED OUTSIDE CARLSBAD VILLAGE OR. ROW. LEGEND NEW CONCRETE PAVEMEN f NEW ASPHALT PAVEMENT SLURRY SEAL TRENCH RESURFACING NEW ASPHALT GRIND & OVERLAY NEW TRUNCATED DOMES NEW CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER NEW CONCREIE CURB SAWCUT LINE GRADING LIMIT CONSTRUCTION KEYNOTES CD SAWCUT LINE (D NEW AC PAVEMENT PER DETAIL 1/C5.0 @ GRIND 2'' & OVERLAY AC PAVEMENT SEE NOTE 5 (D STRIPING PER LANDSCAPE DWGS TYP. REPLACE IN KIND (j) NEW WALKWAY PER DETAIL 2/C5.0 @ MATCH EX PAVEMENT ELEVATION @ NEW 6" CURB PER SDRSD G-1 @ NEW STAIRS & HANDRAILS PER LANDSCAPE DWGS @) REINSTALL EX REDWOOD HEADER @ REMOVE & DISPOSE EX WHEEL STOPS TYP. @ NEW PLANTER PER LANDSCAPE DWGS 1\\\1\\\\\11.1\\ \\\\\\\II\ II I\\\ I ~I ....... ····································· ::!:!:::::::;:;:;:::;::*::;:;:;:;:;:;:::;:;:;:;:;: ,:,:,;,:!:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•···•:•:•:•~········•: @ NEW 6" AREA DRAIN PER DETAIL 3/C5.0. USE ATRIUM GRATE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. @ SLEEVE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT THRU NEW FOOTING. SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN @ SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR CONDUIT ROUTING, REMOVALS, RELOCATIONS & ADDlflONS. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY @) PROTECT EXISTING RETAINING WALL AND FOOTINGS (@ NEW RETAINING WALL PER STRUCTURAL @) 4" STORM DRAIN @ SLEEVE STORM DRAIN THRU FOOTING @ OUTLET STORM DRAIN THRU WALL FACE @ ENCASE STORM DRAIN WITH 3 SACK SLURRY MIX @) REPLACE EXISTING WOOD HEADER PER LANDSCAPE PLANS @ NEW WHEEL STOPS PER LANDSCAPE PLANS (TYP) @ BUILDING AWNING PER LANDSCAPE PLANS @) AC OVERLAY ON PARKING LOT EDGE PER DETAIL 5/C5.0 @ LIMIT OF FULL AC PAVEMENT C: ' ·, /,_ 5 0 10 20 I I I I SCALE IN FEET 1 inch = 1 0 ft. I s14 1 l C1 .6 11 AS BUIL T11 P.E. EXP. DATE REV!Ew'ED BY, INSPECTOR DATE CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS GRADING AND UTILITY PLAN APPROVED: ~/<.. ~ '/ [z.y\1ci IRANSPORTATION DIREC'0K, PE: 42790 EXP. 3/21-/20 DATE DWN BY: HM PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: CF OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: CF 4725 / 6608 812-2B (j) 1-z UJ ~ ::> 0 0 0 0 CD z 0 -~ 0 z UJ 0::: _J _J <( I >-I-:--0 0 <( CD (j) _J 0::: <( 0 ,...._, ..-- ..-- 0 0) ..-- • j 0 ,I .._-------~----......... -....,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------IN I i I 1 !•· ' I May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 397 of 442 ~-2 D.. IIJ 0 II) " t') (J) ~ / (/} G 's: D ~ w I (/} / (/} G ;: 0 / (/} w ~ G D.. ::, c§ <( _J _J <( I ~ 0 si m (f} _J Q:'. CJ 0 0 EROSION + SEDIMENT CONTROL NOTES 1. IN CASE EMERGENCY WORK IS REQUIRED, CONTACT _______ _ AT _____ (PHONE NUMBER) 2. EQUIPMENT AND WORKERS FOR EMERGENCY WORK SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES DURING THE RAINY SEASON. ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS SHALL BE STOCKPILED ON SITE AT CONVENIENT LOCATIONS TO FACILITATE RAPID CONSTRUCTION OF TEMPORARY DEVICES WHEN RAIN IS EMINENT. 3. FOR PROJECTS COVERED BY STATE SWPPP /WDID, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION ORDER ISSUED BY THE CALIFORNL'\ REGIONAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD, THE QUALIFIED SWPPP PRACTITIONER (QSP) SHALL UPDATE AND MAINTAIN THE WATER POLLUTION CONTROL (WPC) PLAN TO ADDRESS UPDATED SITE CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. THE UPDATED WPC PLAN AND UPDATED SWPPP SHALL BE KEPT AT THE PROJECT SITE AND MADE AVAILABLE TO THE CITY INSPECfOR. ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION BMP'S BEYOND THE ORIGINAL APPROVED SWPPP SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ADDRESS SlfE CONDlflONS NOT ANTICIPATED. THE QSP SHALL REPORT BMP DEFICIENCIES TO THE CITY INSPECTOR. THE QSP SHALL OBfAIN APPROVAL FROM THE QUALIFIED SWPPP DEVELOPER AND THE CITY INSPECTOR REGARDING ANY SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO BMP DEPLOYMENT. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES TO WORKING ORDER TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER AFTER EACH RUN-OFF PRODUCING RAINFALL. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CfTY ENGINEER DUE TO UNCOMPLETED GRADING OPERATIONS OR UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH MAY ARISE. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE AND SHALL TAKE NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT PUBLIC TRESPASS ONTO AREAS WHERE IMPOUNDED WATERS CREATE A HAZARDOUS CONDITION. 7. ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES PROVIDED PER THE APPROVED SWPPP AND/OR EROSION CONTROL PLAN SHALL BE INCORPORATED HEREON. 8. GRADED AREAS AROUND THE PROJECT PERIMETER MUST DRAIN AWAY FROM THE FACE OF SLOPE AT THE CONCLUSION OF EACH WORKING DAY. 9. ALL REMOVABLE PROTECTIVE DEVICES SHOWN SHALL BE IN PLACE AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY WHEN THE FIVE (5) DAY RAIN PROBABILITY FORECAST EXCEEDS FORTY PERCENT ( 40i':). SILT AND OTHER DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED AFfER EACH RAINFALL. 10. ALL GRAVEL BAGS SHALL BE BURLAP TYPE WITH 3/4 INCH MINIMUM AGGREGATE. 11. SHOULD GERMINATION OF HYDROSEEDED SLOPES FAIL TO PROVIDE EFFECTIVE COVERAGE OF GRADED SLOPES (90i': COVERAGE) PRIOR TO NOVEMBER 15, THE SLOPES SHALL BE STABILIZED BY PUNCH STRAW INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 35.023 OF THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL HANDBOOK OF THE DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION, STATE OF CALIFORNIA. 12. TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHOWN ON THE PLANS, WHICH INTERFERE WITH THE WORK, SHALL BE RELOCATED OR MODIFIED AS THE WORK PROGRESSES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE ENGINEER OF WORK & AS APPROVED BY THE QUALIFIED SWPPP PRACTITIONER (QSP). 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STABILIZE ALL DISTURBED SOILS AS NECESSARY. ALL AREAS OF SOIL AND NON-SOIL DISTURBANCE SHALL BE STABILIZED DURING THE RAINY SEASON. 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMPLEMENT WATER CONSERVATION (CASQA NS-1) & SPILL PREVENTION & CONTROL (CASQA WM-4) PRACTICES DURING WATER TRANSFER TO AREAS REQUIRING OUST CONTROL & COMPACTION. 15. ANY POWER WASH WATER OR OTHER WASTE WATER FROM GROUTING, CUTTING, OR OTHER ACflVlflES SHALL BE CAPTURED AND DISCHARGED TO THE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM. 16. GRADED, DISTURBED, OR ERODED AREAS THAT WILL NOT BE PERMANENTLY PAVED, COVERED BY A STRUCTURE, OR PLANTED FOR A PERIOD OF OYER 90 DAYS SHALL BE TEMPORARILY RE-VEGETATED WITH A NON-IRRIGATED HYDROSEED MIX, GROUND COVER, OR EQUIVALENT MATERIAL. APPLY HYDROSEED PER CASQA EC-4. 17. ALL GRADED, DISTURBED OR ERODED AREAS THAT WILL NOT BE PERMANENTLY PAYED OR COVERED BY STRUCfURES SHALL BE PERMANENTLY REVEGETATED AND IRRIGATED AS SHOWN IN TABLE 142-04F ANO IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARDS IN THE SAN DIEGO MUNICIPAL CODE, SECTION 142.0411. ALL REQUIRED REVEGETAflON AND EROSION CONTROL SHALL BE COMPLETED WITHIN 90 CALENDAR DAYS OF THE COMPLETION OF GRADING OR DISTURBANCE. / I I I I / / / ----r / "''- I I I --//-, . < /1 -I I I 'I I -1- -' I I i I I \ * 'I JJ I /4 I ' ' /1 ' - I I /4 ,/ \ I ; -/;' 1/ 1/ /I I I I ,I II I I I I ;I I /1 1/ 11 1/ I I II 1/ II // NS-12 NS-13 MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET C2.2 \1 Jq ... l,j t " -.. . -. ..:_ ,~ h--'--.•--~-• , ---1 .. •\ ," -'1 i , • I I I I MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET C2.4 I I / SE-12 I I I I I ,/, ,, ~" -·~ _J .c:. .. .J ,,. . __ ._:,1 _(c ____ _j -I I I :,._~:I ,:...:,,,_ j ', - / / !J I I I I /, I J I r I I \ ) II '< \\\~/) \ ~-~· MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET C2 .3 SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. ..-/ ; . g----•:--·-··_i-;· ········"·· ·,·-·•:t/.ii;,ilil1~;=t BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN ~ •-\p ======l=I _,_-p . i . NS-12 NS-13 -, ~ •--' p n. t.--b LJ I I I ·;,- _i,,/ . ;,. ·. --,, -. :f ... i - -' I --_--_, I 1_. • ' NS-12 NS-13 ' I I I I I I I I I r- -1 . N u I I-w w I I CJ) w w I CJ) w I z __J I I u ~ I ~ I -,1 ,, ' I 1 I A•-· I LEGEND RIGHT-OF-WAY/PROPERTY LINE SILT FENCE (CASQA SE-1) CONSTRUCTION FENCE FIBER ROLL (CASQA SE-5) DIRECTION OF FLOW GRAVEL BAGS (CASQA SE-10, TYPE 3) INLET PROTECTION (CASQA SE-10) STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (CASQA TC-1) ROW ----SF---- --, ----x-- ----FR---- = ... < 0 OIi EROSION + SEDIMENT CONTROL KEYNOTES PRESERVE VEGETATION TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PRACTICABLE: PRESERVATION OF EXISTING VEGETATION USED ON EXPOSED & DISTURBED SOIL SURFACES REQUIRING TEMPORARY STABILIZATION: TEMPORARY SOIL BINDER STRAW MULCH WOOD MULCH USE PLASTIC COVERS ON STOCKPILES. USE ON EXPOSED AND DISTURBED SOILS DURING RAIN EVENTS. GEOTEXTILES & MATS __ MAY USE: I EC-14 I COMPOST BLANKETS SOIL PREPARATION FOR VEGETATIVE ESTABLISHMENT IN CONJUNCTION WITH RECOMMENDED EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPs. SOIL ROUGHENING ON ANY DISTURBED SLOPES OR SOIL STOCKPILES IN CONJUNCTION WITH (EC-7): --1 EC-15 I SOIL PREPARATION/ROUGHENING PLACE ON AREAS OF OISTLRBED SOIL WHERE VEGETATION WILL NOT BE ESTABLISHED ANO ON MATERIAL STOCKPILES REQUIRING STABILIZATION FROM WATER __ OR WIND EROSION: I EC-16 I NON-VEGETATIVE STABILIZATION INSTALL AROUND DISTURBED SOIL AREAS OR CONSTRUCTION STOCKPILES: I SE-1 I SILT FENCE INSTALL AROUND DISTURBED SOIL AREAS & STOCKPILES; PLACE ALONG THE PERIMETER OF THE PROJECT SITE TO DIVERT SEDIMENT RUN-ON/RUN-OFF FROM PROJECT AREAS: I SE -5 I FIBER ROLLS OR I SE-6 I GRAVEL BAGS __ (MAY ALSO USE SE-13 & 14) I SE-13 I COMPOST SOCKS AND BERMS lsE-14! BIOFILfER BAGS USE GRAVEL BAGS ON PAVED SURFACES IMPLEMENT ANYWHERE SEDIMENT IS TRACKED FROM THE PROJECT SITE ONTO PAVED SURFACES, TYPICALLY AT POINTS OF INGRESS/EGRESS: STREET SWEEPING & VACUUMING INSTALL FILTER FABRIC & GRAVEL BAGS AT ALL STORM DRAIN INLETS ANTICIPATED __ TO RECEIVE RUNOFF FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SITE: I SE -10 I STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION INSTALL AT POINTS OF INGRESS/EGRESS FROM ALL CONSTRUCTION AREAS: STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE/EXIT IMPLEMENT AT SOIL STOCKPILES & AT ALL AREAS OF DISTURBED SOIL: WIND EROSION CONTROL IMPLEIJENT AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE PAVING, SURFACING, SAWCUTTING, ETC MAY POLLUTE STORMWATER RUNOFF: PAVING & GRINDING OPERATIONS VEHICLES & EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE SHALL BE IN DESIGNATED CONTAINED AREAS ~~ ONLY: NS-8 VEHICLE & EQUIPMENT CLEANING NS-9 VEHICLE & EQUIPMENT FUELING NS-10 I VEHICLE & EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE ~~ IMPLEMENT AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE CONCRETE IS USED: I NS-12 I CONCRETE CURING & I NS-13 I CONCRETE FINISHING SEGREGATE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS IN BERMEO/COVERED AREA: IBiElJ MATERIAL DELIVERY & STORAGE & IB[] STOCKPILE MANAGEMENT AREA OF NON-DISTURBED SOIL ACTIVITIES WITH THE POTENTIAL TO IMPACT STROM WATER QUALITY (I.E. EXTERIOR PAINTING). lliif] IMPLEMENT MATERIAL ~ SPILL PREVENTION & CONTROL PLACE WASTE IN A COVERED AREA OR SECONDARY CONTAINMENT RECOMMEND A MINIMUM OF 50' FROM DRAIN INLETS OR WATERCOURSES: ~ SOLID WASTE (\v[] HAZARDOUS WASTE ~ CONCRETE WASTE & lli[] SANITARY /SEPTIC WASTE MANAGEMENT I"~ I C2.0 %), 11 AS BUIL T'1 I 5 0 10 20 P.E. EXP. DATE ' ' ' ' .J SCALE IN FEET REV!Ev/ED BY, 1 inch = 1 0 ft_ INSP,-CT □R DATE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD I SH~91S I 5 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS EROSION CONTROL PLAN APPROVED: '7'/'W--1.))./,?/ /(. . i>'I/ i---, '/ ft.cl/ I 9 (J) f---z w 2 ::J (_) 0 0 0 cc z 0 ~ 0 z w 0::: .....J .....J <( I ~ (_) 0 ~ (J) .....J 0::: <( (_) ~ • ~-cc;-~ ~, .• ~~·"~c:'.:·-[g;.~---B ,v ;[ ;~ ; ! • •• , ~:: :1i,:: :~::u:,::i:eT ::o~ :,NnS ~;~;~,T;A 92101 ;;;--=-=-=-=--=-=-=:-,;.e ___ '',, !,,., I ., ;__ "' ::,~~~~~i::xl,~;r7~:!2 facsimile{619}2368792 ti -·1',1··--__ -_, ...-~o.. _____________ ,_-------I. ii~~ ;~~~~~L~~:~:\~~R;~Y·PLANNING • • • Lic.c,2133,Nv219, AZ34139 ~ TRANSPORTATION DI RECTO, A'E: 42790 EXP. 3121-120 DATE OWN BY: HM PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL IA DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: CF , I'\'.;§_), SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 619.299.5550 / / Plot Date: January. 17 2019 _ / SHEET KEY MAP NTS Expiration Date:06 30 19 , ::;; -SDG Project Number: 16-106 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------IN ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: CF 4725 / 6608 812-2B May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 398 of 442 ~ ::;; 0.. Ol 0 U1 st I') Ol ~ I I') I I') 0 ~ ~ D <ti ~ w 0 q :::, r-- 0) r--"' 0 . N u 1-w w I 'I~ !I I ___ ,,, ' ; ' ,. .. '.. :.!:·. / / / -----~-- ,.,.. ...... ___ 1··-,. =-~--~-~-------------+--J-~) _J i I -------( --'c---,__, r-- , \ ,,' i "• ----., C' ,,----. , ' ( y-' ', ',' '\ ,,-··,, y'"•y ·(-·y· /- -------.. ~ -.r>. _,--...,--.,--r-✓ ··,--r··v-(·y.,---,"/"'1-·•-\·--{·-,,-v-·Y -r···v--.--\-\/,,--,,-.,r-\-•/·-,,---, ",--r '•, ,--, v··, ,--·, , , : ·f --,-,' ',"( '<"' ~ ---. . -------~ ---·--- -----~- -------------r. i ---~--- -----------:r --------·-----,. -I _j I f j_ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I )I I\ I' ) '' f / : I : I I I I I I I I I I\: 1}-l ,, ·i .....__ --- I I I , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I / 1/ I I / .< / / --i / I I I I I ;;, / -,~-/ I / I I I I I I I ' I ,_ --~11 1 / ':1·· / ' :( / i~ / '1:1··---,. / :, --' ' I ~\ ··-.... / r--i: -1 I I I I '' J I 1--------------~~~====~-----------___ :-_ ---~ :-==~L~f ~ -_~; t~i_ _______ . ---- --------------------~-------------------------~----~-----------' -·--+-------i--r--, -----· ---..,.......---·-----~ ~ --__, ---• -:_ --I / ~>--/ / / I I I I ---·-·a-··-l' .,,,---'-• ---·-- ---+-.· i --,--__,. ,------"---·-· I ',·,-~I-=..,_..~_,-;-----__ · __ . --------_,_, --· ----- -----------------------------._;;.-- I ---------,.----T -~ -·-----------,-' -~ ---· ----r ---~-.-~ , ___ --_____________ .....;.--/ --------~-- / I / / ---✓ / ,,, / / ,,, / -,,, -,-___ --------------r--------- ' ----....._.__ --·----r-------·-..... --------,, i I~ --.:. ~ ~ ::_: _:__ ~ ~ = --_ :_= :_ -1__ ':'._ --= --= -=--= -=------=--_--_ __:_ __:_ __:_ -:_ -~ - -~ ~ ~ ~ :_ _. •-~---~~~~: __ :·--t~ ~ -=-·-=--=--=--=--=-----=-~~--: -~~--~--~ ~-~---·- -----....._ / ---;:-=-~-~r."'r~,-~ -1--~i-·---·--__ ------------------/ ,, ,, / I i __ ,,, ,,__ , --' ---- ----------~ ----""':'---, I-- I ""--., _________ .,,,,, ------/ 1/v',\;i "'-... / . ! -,-,-:--r ----·--------------------~- -._, ./ I ,_ \ T I '--\-.,,..__,\ .. 1,_..,.. __ ..., ___ .,."., 1 ___ , • .,,,,,--..._ (t;.ii'C 1/ ___ ,1nc.;,;,zs--_-"' ___ ., '.'!~;5::t.:a I :~" ,:,;,ii:-< -:~t--_::.:3_·.·. ·-, __ ,'-...-\,_..\._,\,_ ,\_,\....,~-~ _,'._\ .', ,\ ' __// -· ..:....r_t,:,, ' .-· 1._ur __ ,:, ::i6 (i5 v· _Q:(~!£~./(6,~_ -6' i1,:! ·;p ,,-_\:{,j_ . !,.-~-.. i 'i ;.;i _ ===~ _,.-----=;:::_\....'\_.•-=:::..-".:;:;:;.,?,....\_A_ rs,;lr~-r -~~(i/ ~1/:d 1'3/A 'A',fiCT ! ~ ' • ~-,--, -~_. --------...::...,t ~ ', \__J-.J,J-\J-"-=-"-fP --X,,A -_rtt-..... J-', .,..._,, ___ ...._,.,_) ..... A,_'/.,\),~]._)-.,\ .,.1,, _'-~ , ,1) s~~)----~-------·--· .. --?::·___ \{).~~{) -_b_________ (bA%j -__l_',;i__ '.~ ~1o"·-(o.rJf(f __ ' _____ ,t_~-. ' f;~;-· ~--1; , :r ,,~ :cc:·:,: It~ ~jr1rL1 .J.. 1"0 ,,.,; :·-·· ~t:~ I-~;;--;~---~ ,, ~~~~L\--\~~io~ --~ --~~ ~-',, "--cc~::T-,, '\-~:5vl( r~,;;f~ ,;J'~~; ~, , 1 , · j : 1 · ,;'!-~· ---- --( --- ---·----~----·---1---.::'... -----.,..._ __ _-;, 100. 50' ' I ---- ,, •, ' ., '-, ' ' \ \ \ ' :I :1 -.'ll ',) ' ' ' \ \ I \ I ' .-\ \ i' I \ \ I I f'-;. \ I J ' j:''-,. I ',, ·,. ~I NS-12 NS-13 I I I \ \ \ r-·· ___ .f ,. -.., \ , __ _/ -i ', i ---~, ,. w z ~I I I I I I I I I I '--,, SE-10 ,---~ ,"TC'g",'j" -11 . \ • . lo.. .:: ,I -:_") : .. .-. . . :::...~ . .! ___.. ! : ---l':,SE-10 ... ·1 ~ ~jf ,--'-'-,:_..-',:) /,\,--.. ', : ; :~1--;-i" _, ,, .. - t.c"t'". ' / / / ,,--. -~----- \ I I I' 1--, I \- ) \ I \ \~ --:, I I ✓---•''I',' ·-t_ \ / er, , , - , I ·-.._ \ / --i I -, __ V ,,\-c•: ."--- \ I \ J \.--- [ U" ' I,-~!-..._ I I '-', I' '•, .. --'•. ,_ ··- ~ I -,~· //// ~ FB ----~,--'--FR -_-----__ -__ --__ FR----~---FR--------FR-~+------' SE-10 - -1•· : ..... '' , (r -• '.'., ' ,, SE-10 MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET C2.3 ,,:,, (, 'i -01 -1 " -_-'-1,:.:;, . : :, .. ··'• .·_, i . ·-rl .·. ', 1: Ii ' I ·. ,1 . ·: ·1 ·--"~' :.r··· ( ).-' 1'?1 .. :·1~; /.'.' I I I I / .-c ..---"7' -· / " , I SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. . -' . -. -- -. " ,--- - ---- ' I B\VE CIVIL•STRUCTURAL ·SURVEY· PLANNING 9449 BALBOA AVE, STE 270 SAN DIEGO, CA92123 619,299,5550 Expirotion Dote:06/30/19 ••• ♦ (L,. -·· BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.schmidtdesign.com Lie, CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 Plot Date: janu.try, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16-106 ---- DATE INITIAL ENGINEER OF WORK ' I, ! i i ' ---:+----: ---------i------ --- ------. ----r----- ---- SE-3 -------- \'. -------------I' . -5 0 ' ' SCALE IN 1 inch ~ ·-·-·----------··- -------------------- --------- it DATE INITIAL REVISION DESCRIPTION OfHER APPROVAL LEGEND RIGHT-OF-WAY/PROPERTY LINE SILT FENCE (CASQA SE-1) CONSTRUCTION FENCE FIBER ROLL (CASQA SE-5) DIRECTION OF FLOW GRAVEL BAGS (CASQA SE-10, TYPE 3) INLET PROTECTION (CASQA SE-10) ROW ------sr--------x -----, --- -----FR----- = ... < 0 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (CASQA TC-1) • NOTE= FOR EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL NOTES AND KEYNOTES SEE DRAWING C2,0 C2.1 ' 11 AS BUIL T 11 1,0 2,0 P,E. EXP, DATE FEET REVIE\vED BY, IO ft, INSPECTOR DATE urJ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 6 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESS/BIL/TY IMPROVEMENTS EROSION CONTROL PLAN APPROVED: ~ /<.. ~ 4/t.'1\l, TRANSPORTATION DIRECT'. PE: 42790 EXP. 3/21 /20 DATE OWN BY: HM PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO, DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: CF CITY APPROVAL R\/WD BY: CF 4725 I 6608 812-2B Cl) 1-z LlJ ~ ::J (_) 0 0 0 co z 0 I-~ 0 z LlJ a::: ....:.1 ....J <( I >-I--(_) 0 ~ Cl) ....J a::: <( (_) I'--. ..... ..... 0 0) ..... 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 399 of 442 Ol I «) 0 ~ C) 'lo a VJ 0 0: w I ' ' ' ' ' ( t r ' ,--,-- " / }. ·-9() ____ _ ' ) II I I I -\ / I I I ------ --·· ----· --- B\VE CIVIL· STRUCTURAL· SURVEY· PLANNING 9449 BALBOA AVE, STE 270 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 619.299.5550 Expiration Date:06/30/19 MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET C2.0 SCHMIDT DESIGN GROU.P, INC. :••· •' #°. 'i..b' ••• !lALANCING AR1·1s 1·1c EXPRESSION JN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENS!TIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.schmidtdesign.com Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 -- --------- ' ) -·1 -.... ........ ------< \ ______ ..:,_ ____ ·----r ' ,, -·: . ____ ,, __ DATE INITIAL (Y') • N u ~ w w I (J) w w (J) w z .....J I u ~ ~ -- .. ---- Plot Date: J•nuary, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16•106 ENGINEER OF WORK IA REVISION DESCRIPTION [ ~. I' ~ 5 0 I I SCALE IN 1 inch = DATE INITIAL OTHER APPROVAL LEGEND RIGHT-OF -WAY /PROPERD LINE SILT FENCE (CASQA SE-1) CONSTRUCTION FENCE FIBER ROLL (CASQA SE-5) DIRECTION OF FLOW GRAVEL BAGS (CASQA SE-10, TfPE 3) INLET PROTECTION (CASQA SE-10) STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (CASQA TC-1) NOTE: ROW -----SF----- --x ----x -- ----FR----... ·=·=·=· ( 0 [I] FOR EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL NOTES ANO KEYNOTES SEE DRAWING C2.0 C2.2 ' "AS BUIL T 11 10 20 I I P.E. EXP. DATE FEET REV!Ev/ED BY, 1 0 ft. INSPECTOR DATE uTI CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ -- 7 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR. CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS EROSION CONTROL PLAN APPROVED: ~u /~. ~ 4 /z.-1\1~ TRANSPORTATION DIRECTO , PE: 42790 EXP. 3/21/20 DATE DWN BY: HM PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: CF CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: CF 4725 I 6608 812-2B (f) f-z w ~ =, u 0 0 0 IIl z 0 -~ 0 z w IX'. _J _J <( I >-f- u 0 <( IIl (f) _J IX'. <( u May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 400 of 442 Ol I ..., I I') 0 ~ ~ vi 0 0:: w ::, " D'J " N ~ '6 0 l() N w w Cf) w z ....J I u I- <( ~ I I I : _ ... _ . -.: :·: /L---=i·· ·"~..:.. .. ·,_ .-.... ------ . _. \ .er SHEET KEY MAP -NTS ,;1_··._.·•• . /' II, MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET C2.1 / / / ./ / ,, I ',' I \/ B\VE CIVIL• STRUCTURAL· SURVEY• PLANNING 9449 BALBOA AVE, STE 270 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 619.299.5550 - / 0:: , -l "-' .. ,,-; -----·--·----- . '//,_....:;..,,- / / / :/ ' -. . ' ,( '', .,, . . . - ·--·,.::.. ---~;: -... .... ..__ .,_;..-- ---'---~: ------ .' ' ;_,.. . .;.,---I > -<c•-,-lr--' : " i ·' ------ SE-6 " ·"- .. 7 .---------------·--------------·------ " - ______ ......... _....,.,,..---'-, -' \ Expiration Date:06/S0/19 \ -- \ \ \ -_,..:---- I I -,. I . ._,,_ --- -------·-..__ "\-_,. -,--__ ,..._ ---~ ' -- ' , .... ~---------------·------_,._;.---------------.... -- SOH.MIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. ••• ' --~·· -·· BALANC!NG ARTJSTJC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WlrH ENVIK.ONMENTAL SENS11·1v1rY 1111 Sixth Avenuei Suite 5001 Sorn Diego, CA 921m telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.s chm i dtdes i gn.co m Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 Plot Date: January, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16-106 / / / ·----~-· ------- ( r ----- ----- ' ;\ / " / / -. -/ -----~ ;' r ·-- ,"-, ' " 'c-, -'-\. ,, / " ·. / ____, ___ -----___ _.,,.. . / . / / / / -------· -~-~ -·-·- DATE INITIAL IA ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION }'-- 5 ? ' SCALE IN 1 inch = DATE INITIAL OTHER APPROVAL ' LEGEND RIGHT-OF-WAY /PROPERTY LINE SILT FENCE (CASQA SE-1) CONSTRUCTION FENCE FIBER ROLL (CASQA SE-5) DIRECTION OF FLOW GRAVEL BAGS (CASQA SE-10, TYPE 3) INLET PROTECTION (CASQA SE-10) STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (CASQA TC-1) NOTE: ROW -----SF----- ---x ----' --- -----FR----- +- CCC• < 0 n FOR EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL NOTES AND KEYNOTES SEE DRAWING C2.0 C2.3 ' 11 AS BUIL T11 1,0 20 P.E EXP. DATE I FEET REVIEI-/ED BY, 1 U ft. INSPECTOR DATE uTI CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 8 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMEclT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS EROSION CONTROL PLAN APPROVED: ~ /L. ~ 4/2'1 [19 TRANSPORTATION DIRECT~E: 42790 EXP. 3121-120 DATE OWN BY: HM PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: CF CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: CF 4725 I 6608 812-2B (f) 1-z w ~ :::, (.) 0 0 0 co z 0 -I-~ 0 z w 0::: __J __J <( I ~ (.) 0 <( co (f) __J 0::: <( (.) r-.... ..- ..- 0 0) ..- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 401 of 442 ------ 0, I 11 SE-10 ELMWOOD ST ·,,\,' ,- . '' ,---; I r I I I I I lol I (fl I I I I I I I I I I I lol I (fl I SE-6 SE-10 I I -------- B\VE CIVIL· STRUCTURAL• SURVEY· PLANNING 9449 BALBOA AVE, STE 270 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 619.299.5550 " ... --MO'd-- - SE-6 Expiration Date:06/30/19 ~~ ' ~::7 I -,n cs: -----~ --sD---~--,.,_: ..LL,: > /' -~77 ii ·-~ -\1' ;: i! .----0 --~ --ij ! I I I I. MATCHLINE -SEE BELOW SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. ••• ft,. ••• ' BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 5001 San Diego1 CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.schmidtdesign.com Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 Plot Date: January, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16-106 DATE INITIAL & ENGINEER OF WORK 5 0 10 20 SCALE IN FEET 1 inch = 1 0 ft. I i ' ! ' • / ' ' ,:; - ~- , __ --=i f- I~ ~ 5 0 ' ' I ··-··-·-·· DATE INITIAL REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHER APPROVAL LECEND RIGHT -OF -WAY /PROPERTY LINE SILT FENCE (CASQA SE-1) CONSTRUCTION FENCE FIBER ROLL (CASQA SE-5) DIRECTION OF FLOW GRAVEL BAGS (CASQA SE-10, TYPE 3) INLET PROTECTION (CASQA SE-10) STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (CASQA TC-1) NOTE: ROW --- -----Sf----- --, ----x -- ----FR----.... ·=·=·=· ( 0 mo FOR EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL NOTES AND KEYNOTES SEE DRAWING C2.0 C2.4 =- J/AS BUILT'' 10 20 P.E. EXP. DATE ' ' SCALE IN FEET REVIEWED BY1 1 inch = 1 0 ft, !NSPECT□R DATE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 9 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS EROSION CONTROL PLAN APPROVED: ;;-,, "'.:,' (<. . .:.v , 4/,i/1~ TRANSPORTATION DIRECTOR ,PE: 42790 EXP. 3121120 DATE DWN BY: HM DATE INITIAL PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. CHKD BY: CF 812-2B CITY APPROVAL RI/WD BY: CF 4725 I 6608 Cf) 1--z w ~ :::, u 0 0 0 cc z 0 -~ 0 z w 0::: .....J .....J <( I ~ u 0 <( cc. Cf) .....J 0::: <( u ..-- 0 en; ..--o: N' May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 402 of 442 TOP OF GRATE ELEV. ON PLAN 6" BRASS GRATES IN PAVED AREAS. CAST IRON ATRIUM GRATE IN PLANTING AREAS. NOTES: 1. ALL GRATES SHALL BE VANDAL PROOF IN TWO PLACES SLop[ 17. Ml 2. ALL GRATES IN PAVED AREAS SHALL COMPlY WITH CURRENT ADA SPECIFICATIONS I 10 0 ~ ~ APPLY TACK COAr PRIOR TO AC PLACEMEN I NOTES: 1. THE PAVEMENT SECTIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON THE ASSUMED R-VALUE OF 10. R-VALUE TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED ON BULK SAMPI_ES OF THE SOILS THAT ARE EXPOSED AT THE FINISHED SUBCRADE ELEVATIONS AT THE COMPLETION OF THE MASS GRADING OPERATIONS. IF MATERIAL WITH LOWER R-VALUES ARE FOUND, INCREASED PAVEMENT SECTIONS WILL BE REQUIRED. 2. NO CEOTECHNICAL REPORT HAS BEEN PROVIDED A~s PAVEMENT . E) (STORM DRAIN EAST PARKING LOT ADA) 10 °l 100 "--~---- 0 "' CO'-'> u 0 c2 u>- V, ro -,<) ~ 'I: 1"': c:,en .le 2 ro w 9 w g CL ro ~ ~ <O r EXISTl~G SURFACE @ 0 "" -f CENT R OF PIPE 0 + + -- n "' ... <O " ~ LO -:i: --"'ro -I 8S -~::; -c:51:::::!-3c co ro u.J X r..n~wl:::::!· Ir --CL \ t~~-1 u, -n -u:, 1/ ro ro r--. J, T r;S i:::::!-~1->-_ro >----~I-_J <D __ "' c..: -:,: - HIO ro -_J co -~-[i]-1--:r: --- - ----\: 0- 07.~ 16.47 LF OF ~~ ' rn·~RcP-@-o/ '-,-w z '° ------.!. 8 80 -·--· °-7 7 Ot80 "" ... aJ I "" -::0 >--I I 0 ::;; 0 z z w w w w n "" u, u, r--. 0 D -0 --ro a:, a:, a:, Q=0.60 csf V=0.34 ft/s 1+00 -- NOTE: ALL PIPES JOINT NEED TO BE WATER TIGHT, PIPE fEGMENT IS UN9ER PRESSURE PROFILE: STORM DRAIN LINE A HORZ. -1 "=20' VERT. - 1 "=4' 12" OVERLAP WHERE NEW AC MEETS . - -- EX ASPHAU (AC)~ EXISTING AC PAVEMENT, TYP. 2,, GRIND AND PAVEMlNf, [YP. ----~ I I IVERLAY, TYP. •~~~:,::: ;\:,:~::~~: ,'<" (-~~( ~~ ~-: ;~~~, ~~ , : :: ~ ~~INruLt~r.~f~R~2 y ',,,,' ', ,,'-. ', ~::,,•..::<·,,>~,:, '-,'-.,,,, ~ .J< f1'. SECTION WHERE ---11 --· I 1~·1 I ~!I:-~' ~, OCCURS PER PLAN ro DRAIN u. o.% ·-- 3. ALL NON-BRASS CRATES SHALL BE GALVANIZED. ·.:·_ :. /;. ·._. .-·· '. •' ., . ~~~4" OF PCC CONCRETE 1. ALL GRATES SHALL BE VANOAL PROOF IN TWO PLACES ' . 6" PVC RISER-+-- (ADD REDUCER AS NEEDED) ·-45' BEND 2. THE TOP OF GRATE SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO MATCH [HE SOIL GRADE WHUI LOCMED IN A PLANTER BED. THE CONTRACTOR MAY SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING THE SOIL ELEVATIONS FOR VERIFICAflON OF GRATE ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 10 n - 9 0 8 n " NOTES: • CONCRETE SHALL BE F'c 2,500 PSI CONCRETE WALKWAY NTS ---•--· ""·----··--.-. --------- I o:::, -t---··· u-o°' a:, ~ ---· v,<XJ 0 set L<.! ,n 1· 1-'l <( en (9 ' -,,, w 0 a.. A CL -~ " ""f ~'""" -SURFACE-@-! D o, + r;-CENTER OF PIPE ---·-··--r+--- °" r '---:,::·"' -1 -r~ :._~;:: f:: ro-ff) (.'.) ~ =: o-i '° co_ CL _x ,x ~ r--w w· ! u.J "' "': " 00 ' ,----C2....+ -! --SCARIFY SUBGRAOE TO A DEPTH OF 8", MOISTURE CONDITION TO OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT AND COMPACT TO 907. RELATIVE COMPACTION PER ASTM D-I557 (9 WYE FLOW 120-------120 +-----+-----+---~~--+------i +----->----~----<-~-~-+------ -EXlpflNG SURFACE @ +------+----•-crnTEWOF-PIPl'--+-----1 +-----8~--r-w~----t--------1 otl:: Ul--- -j--~----_ I,/) N -----·-... ----i..i.,,lt-----+-----~ ~o :r---- 1 0) ~•1aco,_· ----1-------1 ,-~----,;0--~~j" w ~ ' -+-~--~ g---~-~-~-+--~-->- +------i;g --! ci + i+ - --· 110-- - +-----,~~-~--~~-±'::-------+----~ I (.9~ ---~---, --------·-----110 I ~--+~--Q-w---1-,·+-~r=-~--=.-_--_-_-_-_-_: __ -_-_~=~~=:~=:~-+- I 28 'Ov --.. I I W--- I) ' r-90 ! (!) -~----+---~---i t----c......_-T"N-=~==lf'r__,.)-.{.,-' --... "' D I D ---~j--.0, ! "' ==r _J -" ----------· ·-G '"' ----:,: :c ,----l~J----1 -- \ - Q=2.10 csf \-. 17.41 LF OF r 1------' --·V=1.19 ft/s '=15"-RCP-@ -o 50% ----. i ,-,,----... r::o ----1 ..,. 3~--- "" ' ' I .. -----··-·· ·-· ~ co .... >-- ,-N -------=i ::, I I O 0 z z --___ w ·I---·-· W'...U W ---r--. T-L.(") co OC) ------O"'l ____ _j en a:, a:, ..,: l ..f ..f ..f ca co ca co ~ OTE: ALL PIPE: JOINT NEED TO BE WATER TIGHT, I PIPE _, SEGMENT IS UNDER +-~~--f-+-1---®1----1+-1----+-~~---j __ , ____ _ -----· --.=.r t'' --- ~.--~ '\_ 1 A .Lil It:" ()(:" +------1--~n-, 18" RCP @ 0.607. 101:J--t------i----v..----....---<X) ---~--t------· --100 '---' +--------"' ->-1-------+-----1 . ---.---..-. ~ 6 ·-= z: w·(f) _w ____ ,.. --t-..___,,..___,, - --"' .. ---~-- NII II Q_ +------·--1 co ~-u 01-<n•1-------+---------< 1--.---N >.----r<) ::>II ciN ---· ·· -· o ~ ~ ·'k a-o - -------------~----- ~ WWW X +-------·w \:;/-+------+----1 r--D 0 +--~-~ennn __ --+----~-----,....: N c--i ODO +----~C:f-'-=-..,c-c..__ __ +------+-------j NOTE: ALL PIPES JOINT -rTIGHT, PIPE SEGMENT -V=L49 ft/s · ~ 7 0+80 1+00 ' :--PRESSURE \ r:75 1+60 NEED TO BE WATER -0=2.60 csf i gc IS UNDER PRE{~IJR_E __ --1------i----~- 0+80 1+00 1tro'0 PROFILE: STORM DRAIN LINE B HORZ. - 1 "=20' VERT. -1 "=4' PROFILE: STORM DRAIN UINE C HORZ. -1 ";20' VERT. -1"=4' FL PER PLAN AREA DRAIN NOT TO SCALE i "----···-··--------·-· I 12 n --, ·r-EXISTING~UR CENTER OF P --- --------- 11 0- STORM DRAIN SIZE PER PLAN FI_OW (9 ---------------------------·----. ---------·-·--,-------------------- u, u >-- -------.. _______ ,., _________ _c_ ~ . ., --o ::::i:: ------·--u-u.J 0"' ;I: .,. v,"'-cn ~ -st-I: u I ,,-, --"" 0 ,0 «:C := I r---""~•t-· G "" r--a--;:; -... PF -~ D o._ -+ -g--~ Ln" N + " --- + r --L I . -3: r----_,, . -_ 0)-=- ~-·· . -~ :---~. --~ ..... ·-····--,<) ·-----··-· a:, o w_ o o D --.--. ---______ .--- (0 --1 ...... ........1 ........1 ___J ·2§~ -t 1-(~ -'j y--------~-··---. Xw--z--fil -... - -'--¾-h -,------~-=-· :1:;: OF ~ - --------··"' w _ r--/ C ,o.-1s--LF-o, , 18" RCP @ o.50¾~ 1 8'_'.__R( 10 0-. -. -- ' I 27---···· 9 0+60 P-@-0:~,-' ~-co io w -:-' I ---co-Q=0.10 csf ~---~ ft/s ::, I V=0.08 0 z-~ I 0 "" ,..----.,.,---._-L...J "'-,<) "' '-,-(/) w "' u.J ':.._,.,;,---" cor---- c;S -i CQ"'l""-CC?"--: r--0 ,-N (0 r-~ -V) I I oo ::, CL --·--o zz-.-.---.. -"·---· ---------- u co > t'}_ee "' "" ' ... ro D on n u, a, co -Q w 0(0 <D 00 D --- Q=0.10 csf V=0.06 ft/s - 1+00 PROFILE: STORM DRAIN LINE D HORZ. - 1 "=20' VERT. -1 "=4' ----- ·-----I - -------.. ----" -1 - 1 - - a . 1+80 :::i ,-.. fl) ,-.. N 7 111==1 i 0-=1 v';y~)\);~\' EXISTING BASE_____,/ /.,I:-1) l~S('.~~~«~~ ~ COMPACTED SUBGRADE, SEE SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION JN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL. SENSlrlVITY "' Ar EXISTING AC PAVING ~ , 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 20 10 00 2 ELEVATION PER PLAN (MATCH EXISTING) EXISTING AC ~OADy-- VARIES 3 TO 5 VARIES 3' TO 5 El.EVATION PER PLAN ELEVATION PER PLAN AC PAVEMENT & BASE PER DETAIL 1/C5.0 AC SWALE 8 NOT TO SCALE 14 " 13 ~ ---EXISTING Sl -CENTER-De. l 12 " l i i 11 G_-j 0+60 140 - - 0 "' V ii: 0 V) N -,.., ... CD® .le c--U1lt-N -'P w I i': RFACE @. --~ 0----·•-"··•· ··---·--(.9l() --0 'I" P.IP.E_f ~- D t,::' 0 + ~ " -' ~ f)'.) ,'Ii' 130 "' r o-----(/) ..,: --« 0 N ' __ ! I -;1;-ij N c.., co 0 0 N N ---==i-- _J _, -c.o 0- 'f 'f ,_ ! / !'.~ \ ==r .. --"---8-----,_ ~ -=- ~1 -f-35.95 LF OF -,...: -+-]18" RCP 1@ 0.507.-=:- ~ 0=2.40 csf ;" "' '1=3.75 ft;,-.!. ,,..--...,_,-,, w "=> ::: W Z 3:: 0 'V ::--::---w w N "'"¢ co (/) .!. N --o._ n :::;, I I UlO N 0 ~~ >O"l 0 w "'"=! -iol~ "" ' . <D en,,-,- N ~~ r:s~ 120 ro ca o -.--..-C'-I -------~ ~110 1+60 PROFILE: STORM DRAIN LINE E HORZ. - 1 "=20' VERT. -1"=4' P.E. REVIE\/ED INSPECTOR CITY 11 AS BUILT 11 EXP. BY, OF CARLSBAD [s20T I PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: C5.0 DATE DATE ~ 9 CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS CIVIL DETAILS, STORM DRAIN LATERAL PROFILES APPROVED: "J'T'N.,WI,/ I'-' ' ; ' '( i 2. '4 I I~ (J) 1--z w ~ ::J 0 0 0 0 co z 0 ~ 0 z w 0::: _J _J <( I >-I- 0 0 <( co (J) _J 0::: <( 0 s~-TYPICAL SAWCUI LOCAflON AC PAVEMENT DETAIL 1/C5.0 B,v E' •.. . ••. ~ ASPHALT OVERLAY ON PARKING LOT · • -L, • :~0!.~~~:f!;:rl,~;:_-~;;!2 facsimile 1619i 236 -8792 ~2<L--, AND EDGE (95 CIVIL·STRUCTURAL·SURVEY·PLANNING •. , ,_.. Lic.cA2138,Nv219, Az34I39 § ~ -9449 BALBOA AVE, STE 270 ,,_,, , NOT TO SCALE SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 619.299.5550 Plot Date: January, 17 2019 ..-.,,,.,. Expiration Date:06/30/19 ~ SOC Project Number: 16-106 O TRANSPORTATION DIRECTOi (PE: 42790 EXP. 3/21 /20. DATE OWN BY: HM PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL IA DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: CF ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: CF 4725 / 6608 812-2B ._ _____________ ..., ______________________________________ _,.. ____________________________________________________ .,1N II May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 403 of 442 CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION AND LAYOUT WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE LOCATION, PLACEMENT AND DETAILING OF THE PAVING TO OCCUR ADJACENT TO THE BUILDING, CONCRETE MASONRY WALLS, CONCRETE MASONRY SEAT WALLS, LANDSCAPE WALLS, CONSTRUCTION OF CERTAIN SPECIFIED SITE FURNITURE. 2. SEE ENGINEER'S PLAN FOR PARKING AREA, SITE DRAINAGE AND GRADING, FINISH GRADING, SITE UTILITY LAYOUT AND CONSTRUCTION. 3. DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON PLANS SHALL PREVAIL OVER PLAN SCALE. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACES OF AND PERPENDICULAR FACE OF BUILDING WALLS UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. ALL ANGLES AND CONNECTIONS ARE (90) DEGREES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WALKS CONNECTING DOORS ARE TO BE ALIGNED WITH FACE OF BUILDING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL COORDINATE POINTS AND DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN FROM THE BACK OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE AS LOCATED ON THE PLANS AND WHERE CONCRETE MEETS EXISTING WALLS, PAVING, OR OTHER HARD SURFACES. EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE SEALED TO PREVENT MOISTURE SEEPAGE AFTER CURING. EXPANSION JOINTS ON WALKS TO BE A MAXIMUM OF 30'-0" ON CENTER PER GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. PROVIDE 1/2" SMOOTH DOWELS AT 24" O.C. AT ALL EXPANSION JOINTS AND #3 REBAR DOWELS AT 24" O.C. AT ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL DRILL EXISTING CONCRETE TO REMAIN AND EPOXY SET AS REQUIRED. ALL EXPANSION JOINTS TO BE SANDED. COORDINATE SAND COLOR WITH PAVEMENT COLOR. 6. SCORE JOINTS SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR SET ON TYPICAL ON CENTER SPACING AND ALIGN WITH BUILDING EDGES. 7. CONSTRUCT EXPANSION, WEAKENED-PLANE (CONTRACTION) AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 303-5.4 OF (GREENBOOK) STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BEA MINIMUM STRENGTH OF 2500 PSI AT 28 DAYS FOR PEDESTRIAN PAI/ING AND 4,000 PSI AT 28 DAYS FOR VEHICULAR PAVING UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. FINISH SHALL BE AS NOTED ON PLANS. 9. CONCRETE PAVING SHALL HAVE FINISHED GRADES SMOOTHED TO ELIMINATE PUDDLING OR STANDING WATER. ALL FINISH SURFACES SHALL MAINTAIN A 1.5% SLOPE AWAY FROM BUILDINGS AND WALLS INTO DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND SHALL HAVE A MAX. CROSS SLOPE OF 1.5%. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY OF ANY CONFLICTS MAINTAINING DRAINAGE. 10. LAYOUT POINTS OF ALL RADIUS SHALL BE CONNECTED BY SMOOTH EVEN LINES TO CREATE THE CURVED CONFIGURATION AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 11. SEE IRRIGATION PLANS FOR SLEEVE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 12. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR CONDUIT AND LIGHT POLE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 13. GRAFFITI PROTECTION: ALL VERTICAL MASONRY AND CONCRETE SURFACES, AND CONCRETE AMENITIES SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO TABLES, BENCHES, DRINKING FOUNTAINS, ETC. SHALL BE TREATED WITH A NON-SACRIFICIAL ANTI-GRAFFITI COATING. ANTI-GRAFFITI COATING SHALL BEAS MANUFACTURED BY PROSOCO OR APPROVED EQUAL. MATERIALS SHALL BE APPLIED PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 14. NO DEVIATIONS FROM PLANS SHALL OCCUR WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE CITY. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND VERIFY ALL FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW PLANS AND DETAILS TO ASCERTAIN LOCATIONS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO POWER IRRIGATION, LIGHTING, ETC. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE LOCATION AND DEPTH OF ALL SITE UTILITIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY THE CITY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE CITY VERIFY ALL CONSTRUCTION STAKING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE & D.G. PAVING. 19. ALL HARDWARE SUCH AS NAILS, BOLTS, FASTENERS ETC. SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A 3'X3' MOCK UP OF ALL PAVING MATERIALS AND SEAT WALLS FOR APPROVAL BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 21. ALIGN ALL UTILITY BOXES SET IN CONCRETE PARALLEL WITH ADJACENT SCORING. 22. ALL SIGNAGE TO BE PROTECTED IN PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THESE PLANS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE WITH OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE FOR ANY SIGNS TO BE RELOCATED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 23. CONTRACTOR TO EXTEND EXISTING WOOD DROP CEILING IN KIND AT MECHANICAL/ HVAC BUILDING WHERE MASONRY CANOPY IS REMOVED. 24. CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT ALL EXISTING UTILITIES IN PLACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON CIVIL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS. 25. SLURRY ASPHALT AT LAGUNA DRIVE AND ELMWOOD STREET AFTER NEW STORM DRAIN SYSTEM AND REPLACE EXISTING STRIPING, SEE ALSO CIVIL PLANS. 26. CAD FILES WILL BE PROVIDED TO THE CONTRACTOR, UPON REQUEST, FOR DEVELOPMENT OF CERTIFIED HORIZONTAL CONTROL PLAN. SEE SHEET LC-1.0 FOR CONSTRUCTION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS LC-1.1 TO Ll-1.4 FOR CONSTRUCTION PLANS SEE SHEETS LC-2.0 TO LC-2.3 FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS r, /~UNAIUl'II: 12·31-19 Expiration Date: p.11-19 CONSTRUCTION LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION EJ 0 4" THICK PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING PER CIVIL PLANS. COLOR: NATURAL. FINISH: MEDIUM BROOM. 0 NEW 2" IRRIGATION SERVICE PER CIVIL PLANS. ' ' ' '\ ' ' 0 NEW CONCRETE CURBS AND CROSS GUTTER PER ' ' ' ' " '\. ,,,,,, CIVIL PLANS. -0 NEW ASPHALT PAVING PER CIVIL PLANS. ~ 0 ASPHALT PAI/ING TO RECEIVE GRINDING AND OVERLAY. SEE ALSO CIVIL PLANS. 0 NEW STANDARD GREY CONCRETE STAIRS TO INCLUDE CHEEK WALLS AND HANDRAILS. 0 NEW ACCESIBLE CURB RAMP WITH TRUNCATED DOMES, COLOR: YELLOW, PER CIVIL PLANS. -0 NEW 6" -8" ARIZONA RIVER ROCK. AVAILABLE THROUGH DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUAL. PH. 800.699.1878. I I 0 DETAIL SYMBOL C-5.0 @ - - CJ C-5.0 - ·I/LC-2.2 -_Q_ - DESCRIPTION EXISTING GUARDRAIL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. PAINT EXISTING GUARDRAIL TO MATCH NEW GUARDRAIL. EXISTING RAISED CONCRETE POTS TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. TEMPORARILY STORE ON SITE AND WATER DURING CONSTRUCTION. RELOCATED POWERED ACCESSIBLE DOOR PUSH PLATE WITH NEW POST. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL PLANS. NEW ROLLED CURB PER CIVIL PLANS. NEW 6" CURB TO MEET FLUSH WITH NEW STAIR CHEEK WALL. EXISTING WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL. NEW ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE PER CBC 11 B-502.6. NEW "NO PARKING" TEXT AND 4" WHITE STRIPING, TYPICAL. DETAIL 4/LC-2.2 4/LC-2.0 3/LC-2.3 ~~~ . , 11 EXISTING SIGN TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING FLAG POLE, RELOCATED. NEW LIGHT POLE. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL PLANS. NEW WALL SCONCES. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL PLANS. CONTROL JOINT -LOCATE PER PLAN. 3/LC-2.2 SE-4.1 NEW 17" X 22" TOW AWAY SIGN PER CBC 11 B-502.8. NEW STANDARD CANVAS AWNING. AVAILABLE THROUGH CUSTOM AWNING & CANVAS. PH: 619.260.1300. FABRIC COLOR: TRUE BROWN. AVAILABLE THROUGH SUNBRELLA OR APPROVED EQUAL. PH: 1.336.221.2211. f-r::!J .. = @ @ G @ @ ® @ @ ® @ @ EXPANSION JOINT -LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW GUARDRAIL. NEW 6" CONCRETE CURB. NEW POURED IN PLACE CONCRETE AND TIMBER SEATWALL. COLOR: NATURAL GREY, SMOOTH TEXTURE. NEW PARKING BLOCKS, REBAR AND DOWEL INTO AC. PAVING -LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW 4" PARKING STRIPING -LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO MATCH EXISTING. NEW 18" HT. CMU WALL COLOR: TO MATCH BUILDING. FINISH: SPLITFACE. ENHANCED CONCRETE PAVING. INTEGRAL COLOR: MESA BUFF. FINISH: ACID ETCH #5. REINSTALL EXISTING CITY HALL MAP SIGN. BUILDING FASCIA REPAIR. EXISTING CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING CMU WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. NEW POURED IN PLACE WALL. FILL AND DOWEL TO EXISTING WALL. COLOR AND FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING WALL. SDRSD G-10 SDRSD G-10 3/LC-2.0 2/LC-2.0 5/LC-2.0 2/LC-2.0 4/LC-2.1 5/LC-2.2 1/LC-2.3 2/LC-2.2 . C . ., @ ' • . ; EXISTING CANVAS AWNING FRAME TO REMAIN. REPLACE FABRIC WITH NEW FABRIC. COLOR: TRUE BROWN. AVAILABLE THROUGH SUNBRELLA OR APPROVED EQUAL. PH: 1.336.221.2211. 3/LC-2.3 ::,_j REPLACE STRIPING IN KIND NEW 6" CURB PER CIVIL PLANS NEW METAL EDGING 4/LC-2.3 PA PLANTING AREA SEE ALSO PLANTING PLANS. ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE NOTES 1. ALL SLOPES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN WERE DESIGNED AT OR BELOW MAXIMUMS ALLOWED. IN ORDER TO ALLOW FOR CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH ACCESS LAWS. AND IN THE El/ENT THAT A DESIGN QUESTION SHOULD ARISE, OR A FIELD CONDITION PRESENTS ITSELF THAT IS DIFFERENT THAN SHOWN ON THESE PLANS, WORK SHOULD CEASE AND THE ENGINEER BE NOTIFIED SO THAT AN ACCEPTABLE SOLUTION CAN BE DETERMINED. 2. THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED TO CAREFULLY CHECK ALL PHASES OF WORK RELATING TO ACCESS LAWS FOR THIS PROJECT. SINCE THE CODE DOES NOT ALLOW FOR A CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCE, THAT EXCEEDS MAXIMUM OR MINIMUM DIMENSIONS AND SLOPES AS CALLED OUT BY ACCESS LAWS ARE SUBJECT TO REJECTION BY THE CITY AND MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. 3. SINCE THE CIVIL ENGINEER OR SURVEYOR CANNOT CONTROL THE EXACT METHODS OR MEANS USED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR THEIR SUBCONTRACTOR DURING GRADING AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, THE CIVIL ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF ACCESS LAWS RELATED ITEMS OF THIS PROJECT BY THE CITY, ANY OTHER AUTHORITY OR OTHER AFFECTED PARTIES. COMPLIANCE WITH ACCESS LAWS REQUIREMENTS WILL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THEIR SUB-CONTRACTORS. LC-1.0 II AS BUIL T 11 P.E. __ _ EXP. ___ _ DATE REVIEI-/ED BY• INSPECTUR DATE f----+---+----------+----l---+---+-----l I S2HE1ET I CITY OF CARLSBAD ~9 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ~ ::==:'....::===========-==~ 1----+---+-----------------+----+-----1-----+-----t IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION LEGEND AND NOTES ••• . (_ ... • ~:.,, ••• BALANCING AR·r1sTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.schmidtdesign.com Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 Plot Date; January, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16-106 APPROVED: 'f!<J..l.i,(4/ {(.' ~ '/ /2:,i)13 1----+---+-----------------+----+--~l-----+---I TRANSPORTATION DIRECTM. PE:42790 EXP. 3/21/20 DATE 1----+~~-+-----------------+----+-----1-----+-----1 OWN BY: AS, RP DATE INITIAL f,,. t--DA_T_E ~I_NI_TIA_L--+-_DA_TE-~IN_IT_IA_L__, CHKD BY: JJ ENGINEER OF WORK l!L:,. REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JTB PROJECT NO. 4725 / 6608 DRAWING NO. 812-28 Cf) 1-z w 2:: ::J u 0 0 0 co z 0 ~ 0 z w 0::: _J _J <( I >-1-u 0 ~ Cf) _J 0::: <( u ""'" 0 CJ) ""'" 0 ._ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _.N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 404 of 442 I /\ . ) ., /'-.:-/ / /;1,I I , ' ·'· ·I .. I / / ' /' l1 !/ // I •, " • I ,, I I , I ; I ,\ \ ' \ -"-/ I / / ) • I / ; ' i/ /; / // • ,. I,, I ) / ' ' ' '/ -,· ,I SEE SHEET LC-1.3 I SEE SHEET LC-1.0 FOR CONSTRUCTION LEGEND I. NOTES SEE SHEETS LC-1.1 TO Ll-1.4 FOR CONSTRUCTION PLANS SEE SHEETS LC-2.0 TO LC-2.3 FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ,.,,._,,•;-.-· i i EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN.I PROTECT IN PLACE ' i - 4 MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET LC-1.4 faplrati•n Date: 1N1-J!II SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. ••• •t~ .• ••• IALANCING Al"-TISTIC EX!l'~ESSION JN DESIGN WITH ENVl"ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, S1rn Die::o, CA 92101 telephone {619) 2Ji•14i2 facsimile (619) 236.1792 www.schmidtdesi:;n.com Lie, CA 2131, NV 219, AZ 3•P39 !'lot Date: January, 17 201, SDG l'roject Number: 1i-1oi 34 ,,--., 7 I I I I I I I - I N r- 1 0 _J 1-w w I I~ I I - ~' I " • ...1 EJ . ' '\, ' ' ' ' \. ''\. '''' , , '\,''' -~ = □ _Q_ _Q_ 0 PARTIAL CONSTRUCTION LEGEND -LC-1. 1 SYMBOL 0 0 0 0 0 @ @) @ G @ @ @ @ @ PA NOTE: DESCRIPTION 4" THICK PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING PER CIVIL PLANS. COLOR: NATURAL. FINISH: MEDIUM BROOM. NEW CONCRETE CURBS AND CROSS GUTTER PER CIVIL PLANS. NEW ASPHALT PAVING PER CIVIL PLANS. ASPHALT PAVING TO RECEIVE GRINDING AND OVERLAY. SEE ALSO CIVIL PLANS. NEW ACCESIBLE CURB RAMP WITH TRUNCATED DOMES, COLOR: YELLOW, PER CIVIL PLANS. NEW LIGHT POLE. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL PLANS. NEW WALL SCONCES. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL PLANS. CONTROL JOINT -LOCATE PER PLAN. EXPANSION JOINT -LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW PARKING BLOCKS, REBAR AND DOWEL INTO A.C. PAVING -LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW 4" PARKING STRIPING -LOCATE PER PLAN. BUILDING FASCIA REPAIR. EXISTING CMU WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING RAISED CONCRETE POTS TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE.TEMPORARILY STORE ON SITE AND WATER DURING CONSTRUCTION. RELOCATED POWERED ACCESSIBLE DOOR PUSH PLATE WITH NEW POST. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL PLANS. EXISTING WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL. NEW ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE PER CBC 11 B-502.6. NEW "NO PARKING" TEXT AND 4" WHITE STRIPING, TYPICAL. NEW 17" X 22" TOW AWAY SIGN PER CBC 11 B-502.~. NEW STANDARD CANVAS AWNING. AVAILABLE THROUGH CUSTOM AWNING~ CANVAS. PH: 619.260.1300. FABRIC COLOR: TRUE BROWN. AVAILABLE THROUGH SUNBRELLA OR APPROVED EQUAL PH: 1.336.221.2211 . NEW 6" CURB PER CIVIL PLANS PLANTING AREA. SEE ALSO PLANTING PLANS. SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR LAGUNA DRIVE IMPROVEMENTS. DETAIL C-5.0 C-5.0 SE-4.1 SDRSD G-10 SDRSD G-10 1/LC-2.3 4/LC-2.2 4/LC-2.0 3/LC-2.3 LC-1.1 11 AS BUIL T 11 P.E. ___ _ EXP.----~ DATE 5 10 20 REV!E\./ED BY: SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" INSPECTOR DATE SHEETS fsHml2 CITY OF CARLSBAD t---t---t-----------------t----t-----+---+----1 ~ PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT f----+---f---------------------+----f---+----+--~ 59 DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION D1rlE~ A~~~OVAL CITY APPROVAL IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN APPROVED: '7V'l,)..(),,lU K. ~ TRANSPOR r ATION DIRE~ PE: +2790 EXP. 3 21 DWN BY: AS, ~~ PROJECT NO. ~~~g ~~'. J;JB 4725 / 6608 'i lz.~ Ii?> I I 20 DATE DRAWING NO. 812-28 (f) f-z w ~ :J (.) 0 0 0 (D z 0 f-~ 0 z w a'. __J __J <( I ~ (.) 0 <( (D (f) __J a'. <( (.) ..-a (J) ....- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 405 of 442 ;;:::.·-----~ -~--- -·,----- ·-~---- --- ---·-~-·--- / / __ ,. --/ / () 0 C > ---' -... i ·---~ ----------· 1\~ ~.. ~ ~~~-·~~~~ ...• ~. ·~ ---- ----_ _L -------· ---- ----·-------------------------------- / :=-17------ 1 ___ .,__ o----- _J tuw ··1· -'--, -\::,--',.: -'--~ I ;1 \ ·--------✓ / / / / --./ / EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE LIMITS OF WORK -------------,-1111\. ____ _ \ ', "· " -\._ ~ "--'---. -'· '1111 '-,_ '-,_ >-'\ 1/\ i / i._· a,• .-•--.,. ' . . ··-· .. • .. ' . ,o; ..... ., .. ;' ... -~ ' ·.. :· ....... : ... r I I • . •. 1 .. ...._ .,. . .. 4 : . . : .... .., . ' • . . ,,.. .... ·(O. . . ' .... '. 'io • C ' ·• : ',,,·• .... -,- ' 4 ... ". .. • •' 4 •' .. ·-. ,._ . . . -~ -· . / _JJ -- ·.r .. L -' I ' ~ .. . " , ' . ~◄.~·-.. ,,,,.:.......- SHEET KEY MAP -NTS / .. ·• ..... • / I I +_-_ .. , I i-', I I -I I _, I' j .--,._ :--0 - - - - -r ---, 'I '1· --, ' ' I, I • ,. • ~-! . ~ ~ ~ I -:: -• : :~i•· PA : ;,, • •• ~. I : ,I. -'!_ . ... "' .. ' ' .., :' .. I •----4,--• • - - I ··,j_J1'•-·· .' _..,,. ... . ~·;-·• II •, .\ / .-,f.. .. \ , . . -.. ,. /\ ·. ·• -· '"! ' \. • • • • . '~···-~:1-.. ·,+·., .. •• ·-. •.1 -.. "i J .. ' "· i J _1\ ,-, -' • • • ••• . ........ ·•. ·• •-.. -•· .... ·· .... · .. ',I .. •A. · ...... • • . - •• •-.•._·.;. .. .. • .•. . -• • ' w (f) w (f) j I I I w ~ (/) I I I I w I . (f)L~-------------~~--- !3s ---3S,=c;:--3S -· 3S 37 ~~ 12 1---~ I I - EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE ' .. i' .. ... I.\ ... -~- .. • SEE SHEET LC-1.0 FOR CONSTRUCTION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS LC-1. 1 TO Ll-1.-4 FOR CONSTRUCTION PLANS SEE SHEETS LC-2.0 TO LC-2.3 FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS .\ Expiration Date; ,z.11-1, 3S • . ·, ' •. I I:! r . CJ . . 'I I / ./ ,.)' / i ! -'/ 1/ I/ I i/ ,, ,1 I I I ,r• \ ,1 i I,· ' I I .. i :.:: o:'. w > -Ct'. 0 w (9 <( _J _J > 0 <( co Cf) _J Ct'. <( (_) , _ _; --J - □ I I &;C'-,III-"---~·•-·-· -H\--1 ).. .• - i I ' .. I • I I I I I ~ LL 0 (/) f-- ~----------------J I ---+~1f-----\,-. :f-, : ... . . / ,, I , ' I • I I I ~ _J - / 'I i I /.: I ,' I l. I. _ _): I . ·, i. 1 • 39 !\'-- ' \ ' I ' ._j '\ I W .• \;,:\ 1 ---. • • . ) ~--,---------i-----1 ;LJj ----~ --.. // I I w~-~-. I I , , I • . . 011------------' I 4 -------' ' ' I ; llllllllf .... ! ••,■ :1 . II . : ! SCH.MIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. ••• •' /'· .• ¼, ••• IALANCING AIHISTIC EX~l'.ESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVll"-ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, S;m Diez:o, CA 92101 telephone (619) 236-1~62 facsimile (619) 236-1792 www.sch midtd~sicn.corn Lie. CA 2131, NV 219, AZ 3-4139 ~lot Date: J•nuary, 17 201, SDG l'roject Number: 11i-10• DATE INITIAL IA ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION I 0 PARTIAL CONSTRUCTION LEGEND -LC-1.2 SYMBOL 0 0 0 0 @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ PA I 5 I 10 DESCRIPTION 4" THICK PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING PER CIVIL PLANS. COLOR: NATURAL. FINISH: MEDIUM BROOM . NEW 2" IRRIGATION SERVICE PER CIVIL PLANS. NEW ASPHALT PAVING PER CIVIL PLANS. NEW 6" -e" ARIZONA RIVER ROCK. AVAILABLE THROUGH DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUAL. PH. eoo.699.1 e7e. NEW WALL SCONCES. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL PLANS. CONTROL JOINT -LOCATE PER PLAN. EXPANSION JOINT -LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW POURED IN PLACE CONCRETE AND TIMBER SEATWALL. COLOR: NATURAL GREY, SMOOTH TEXTURE. ENHANCED CONCRETE PAVING. INTEGRAL COLOR: MESA BUFF. FINISH: ACID ETCH 1/5_ REINSTALL EXISTING CITY HALL MAP SIGN. BUILDING FASCIA REPAIR. EXISTING RAISED CONCRETE POTS TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE.TEMPORARILY STORE ON SITE AND WATER DURING CONSTRUCTION. RELOCATED POWERED ACCESSIBLE DOOR PUSH PLATE WITH NEW POST SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL PLANS. NEW ROLLED CURB PER CIVIL PLANS. NEW STANDARD CANVAS AWNING. AVAILABLE THROUGH CUSTOM AWNING & CANVAS. PH: 619.260.1300. FABRIC COLOR: TRUE BROWN. AVAILABLE THROUGH SUNBRELLA OR APPROVED EQUAL_ PH: 1.336.221.2211 _ EXISTING CANVAS AWNING FRAME TO REMAIN. REPLACE FABRIC WITH NEW FABRIC. COLOR: TRUE BROWN. AVAILABLE THROUGH SUNBRELLA OR APPROVED EQUAL. PH: 1.336.221.2211. REPLACE STRIPING IN KIND NEW METAL EDGING PLANTING AREA SEE ALSO PLANTING PLANS. DETAIL C-5.0 C-5.0 SDRSD G-10 SDRSD G-10 5/LC-2.0 5/LC-2.2 1/LC-2.3 4/LC-2.2 3/LC-2.3 3/LC-2.3 4/LC-2.3 LC-1.2 11 AS BUIL T 11 I ,/' ___>\ P.E. EXP. DATE 20 ~ REVIE\,'ED ~y, SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" ~ INSPECTOR DATE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 3 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN APPROVED: 'l[t'i /1, /fMW:Ul /<.' ~ TRANSPORTATION DIRECT. PE: 42790 EXP. 3121120 DATE DWN BY: __ !,S" ~p -PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ OTHE~ A~~ROVAL CITY AP~~OVAL RVWD BY: JTB 4725 / 6608 812-2B (f) ~ z w ~ ::) () 0 0 0 co z 0 ~ 0 z w 0::: ...J ...J <( I ~ -() 0 <( co (f) ...J 0::: <( () I'--..- ..-- 0 (J') ..-- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 406 of 442 . :'§'' / ,// /I II 1/ ) ,/ I ' SHEET KEY MAP -NTS \ I I ,, SEE BELOW _j_ / / I ~- \ I MATCH LINE MATCH LINE SEE SHEET LC-1.1 ,/ '/ j ,f f / ~> / SEE ABOVE .. / SHRUBS TO REMAIN,---.._ PROTECT IN PLACE. I I Ii -1· I I.-. ,I SEE SHEET LC-1.0 FOR CONSTRUCTION LEGEND I. NOTES SEE SHEETS LC-1.1 TO Ll-1.<I FOR CONSTRUCTION PLANS SEE SHEETS LC-2.0 TO LC-2.3 FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS I I r: k -., .. . I I I ,!' . I, . ;/-' // ,/LIMITS OF WORK ' ~~--------------' "'// ' ' 1// ' ' 11 /-=c----- PA ··-· I r;:x___ _1,_11(' v "'.1, ,/ ,I;./ ' ;/ •• ,.-.·,; J ""' ~/ ~ ... ~./ ~/ ... 1.;{/ :, \ --. ·-, • ,.-----/ . .. \-, i.------,11' ---'\ PA 11'----~ ,,, ,,, ''' PARTIAL CONSTRUCTION LEGEND -LC-1.3 SYMBOL 0 0 DESCRIPTION 4" THICK PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING PER CIVIL PLANS, COLOR: NATURAL. FINISH: MEDIUM BROOM. NEW CONCRETE CURBS AND CROSS GUTTER PER CIVIL PLANS. DETAIL C-5.0 I, .~ ,, I/' ..... J.• 0 0 ','/ /_/ ; ( • • -.ill ., '('". j ·•· .·-1 ...... •' ··"' ' ' ' ·-• • • ...• '•· .,'. -_. __ .... •, • . -• .. ,.Q _, ~ '. • -~ . ' __ ._.,_, ' . ' •· SCH1v!IDT DES I GN GROUP, INC. ••• • (L, • -·· IALANCING A1"TJSTIC EXP'1'ESSION li\J DESIGN WITH ENVII\ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Die;o, CA 92101 telephone {619} 236-1+62 facsimile {619} 236-&792 www.s chm i dtd~s i ;n.co m Lie, CA213I, NV 219, AZ 3+139 l"lot Date: January, 17 201, SDG l'roject Number: 1•-10.i ...... ' _, . _,,,,: . • • • .b . .. . -~ ... -· ' .•.. :''. _J I u I- <( ~ -~ ' r / f ' >--J --N--- = _Q_ 0 0 @ @ G @ @ @ PA NOTE: NEW ASPHALT PAVING PER CIVIL PLANS. ASPHALT PAVING TO RECEIVE GRINDING AND OVERLAY. SEE ALSO CIVIL PLANS . NEW STANDARD GREY CONCRETE STAIRS TO INCLUDE CHEEK WALLS AND HANDRAILS. NEW LIGHT POLE. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL PLANS. CONTROL JOINT -LOCATE PER PLAN. EXPANSION JOINT -LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW 6" CONCRETE CURB. NEW PARKING BLOCKS, REBAR AND DOWEL INTO AC. PAVING -LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW4" PARKING STRIPING-LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO MATCH EXISTING. EXISTING CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. EXISTING GUARDRAIL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. PAINT EXISTING GUARDRAIL TO MATCH NEW GUARDRAIL. EXISTING WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE, TYPICAL NEW "NO PARKING" TEXT AND 4" WHITE STRIPING, TYPICAL NEW 17" X 22" TOW AWAY SIGN PER CBC 11 B-502.~. PLANTING AREA. SEE ALSO PLANTING PLANS. SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR LAGUNA DRIVE IMPROVEMENTS. C-5.0 1ILC-2.2 SE-4.1 SDRSD G-10 SDRSD G-10 2ILC-2.0 2ILC-2.0 LC-1.3 11 AS BUIL T 11 P.E. ---EXP. DATE 5 10 20 REVIE\.IED BY1 SCALE: 1" ::: 101-0 11 INSPECTOR DATE fsHffr1 CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ f---J--+----------------j~-1--1-1-I ~Lli_J:::=4:::=~==pu::::B:::L:::IC~W:::::O::::RK::::S:::::::::D:::::EP=A::::R=T=M=EN=T=='....::~==9===; IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR; CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN APPROVED: ~ 1/.,u/10 ~t?j /( ' _, ~'" -,~--7=-_ ~====⇒====j==============================⇒=====F====F====f===~ ~T~RA~N~s;'PO~R5:tTE:A r;1;1o~N~Dl~RE~c=ro=R==, ~:~+~27~9~o~E~X~P ·=3=/=2~11~2~0 ~D~A~TE~ J-DWN BY: AS, ~P PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. ~~~g ~~: J~~ 4725/6608 812-2B DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE INITIAL OTHE~ A~P~0VAL CITY APPROVAL (f) 1-z w ~ => 0 0 0 0 a::i z 0 I-~ 0 z w 0::: _J _J <( I >-I--0 0 <( a::i (f) _J 0::: <( 0 T""" 0 CJ) T""" 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 407 of 442 • -.... •, .... • .. -. .. • ·. . . MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET LC-1.1 -' • EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE .• ' .. ~--- .. . "., -:/• • • • ... r•· . .. . /_ ·r .. '; . •, ·~:~:' ~ (~•:•-i ,:'"•,:· . . .. -·:-,_:,_. :'-.::··~ ~-. . .. , ... \ ),-~-~·,.·· >·.-··-~·--·-·., ' ·-~ ';, .. _·:,, ----·-.. ., •' ,i '/ •• •• • . 6 '·i-i STAIR RISE AND TREAD VARY, SEE DETAIL 1/LC-2.2 1D . ' ·• .. ·. :."--•-i;Q. -';;, . _J ' .• ,c;- \ .·· ..• .. . " ....... . PA ' .. . • i ... .. .. ,: . ·" . -·~···'';":• ... -.-.. ·.-,-.,--\·:".<::·' . :·~.-• .. " -··, ,·.•· . -___ ··::·.'·:·:,·:···:, , ,., :.·.;_ ..... .-... ·:-··,, ··'• .,. '·"•.'•,··_.• •• l;, · .• ,.,.•,"•.•.•.:' .• ,•.;.: ..• ·,; .• ;.,•.•::•.· . ._ • •••··-•·"< ,_-,,,', .. •,_·,,;,, .. ;•· • • • >.• •••• ,.· ,.-. ,, ..... --.-... -~ -.,,;.;....... . ,.!·,,,.;:~ ..... ~·:/·7-,, .. , '._ ,.;,: .. , .. ·. .. , ... , .. ' . , . .-.• .•. ; .. ,•· ,. ·. . ... ,:., ·•'.• ·•· ' •': _. ·_ '.-. ; ' . . . . . ·,·,.:··.·, .• ,.'·.:·.··•.···:···:_,.' ... · .. ·:•.··.···.·:.'·, ., ..... · .·.·.' .. '_:·:·.·,·,:.·,·.:.:.. _·,.··:··.,··,···'·.:··':·:···•.·,· .. : ~-:-:./. :.:;:-::;_. •. ::/·:·;/··.-._:. :· .. :·;.::--:\:'·=':/\··, ~---·.:>_::>':.: :\.~·.:_; ;:. ~.-... ~~·.: ~.. . ·,' •.,• .. \/\;·.~:~. :-:--. . . ~. ' •. •,., ---·-··. \··., .... ,. :, . .-~ : •. .. ·•, . •,•• ', .. . -~ . . . . . .. -•.• :, ,· ·.= • :. '. ...... ·• . -~-" ""· ... • .. . , •• •r-------------__ -__ --.-.---~---_--------~ I -LIMITS OF WORK .... _ . _ __ _ . -- - . ----- _ --. ·: -I I -·1 \ . --------.... ----. . . -. -. ·-t --;.. ;.. J \ . , I • SHEET KEY MAP · NTS . ' SEE SHEET LC-1.0 FOR CONSTRUCTION LEGEND&. NOTES SEE SHEETS LC-1,1 TO Ll-1.4 FOR CONSTRUCTION PLANS SEE SHEETS LC-2.0 TO LC-2.3 FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS • • . -~ .... -.. -} .• • . ! ...... • ;_ ... • Expiration Dote: w-·11-1, • • • • ·,· ., a ' a N . • • • 6 .. • • >--+--------< H--~-tt-~~v-• .. • O-----+>-,~ .. +----l'le---->---~------l 01---~-. H---~-r, .. ... '. . .. • ··"'· .. . -.... . ' ·• •• .. • -1•.-PA I I I I I \.-----'_j :~~ . I~ ~----{ 21 I EJ • . . ,•. • '~ ·.; <I-. . • + A • ' ·" I •. . •. .. . ._ ... .. 1 • . ~ _ ... I I I a ·' .... '· ~ ·,·. ~ '·,. '. • • • • • 1 :. ... • 4' •• r. ._. .. . . • ... . ,._·1 .-T .~-, J---:--40<----c- " . ...,, ; f .. ~-'. ... -I~:• I • . "' .. ., .... • .. ' .• . :'. " ... .... -. .. =.-· •·· " • .. .. '· .: ·,; ·, A •. . . . . --~--12· ... _o·.~ r ·• •· •. •·-•• . •. . "·' -· .. · 15'-0" .. . . . •·'. . '" .. .. • • r---... .. ;. . . • ., . • .. '.r I I I ... . . .. A .. .,· I f-. ~·~-+.;•,__...,,.--'I : 11 ' . • 4A .. ... • • . •· • •• •. 'I • . •. I . .. I I I I :,, -~-'. • '---.. · .• ·: · .•. • 1· t ·! · 1~~·-011-~::·:··.r.-.-~- .. ·"' .. :-. ,~--1'-~ ... . ... .. :.: I I I I I I r----------------------J I LIMITS OF WORK I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC . IALANCING A~TISTIC EXl'l'.ESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVll'..ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Dieco, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236.1-,62 facsimile {619} 236-l792 www.sch rn id tdesi c:r1.cu rn Lie. CA 2131, NV 219, AZ 3.-4-139 l'lot Date: January, 17 201, SDG P'roject Number: 1i-10i DATE ENGINEER _., _Q_ c>(=i I 0 INITIAL it OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION PARTIAL CONSTRUCTION LEGEND -LC-1 .4 SYMBOL 0 0 0 © @ @ @ @ @ ® PA I 5 10 DESCRIPTION 4" THICK PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING PER CIVIL PLANS. COLOR: NATURAL. FINISH: MEDIUM BROOM . NEW ASPHALT PAVING PER CIVIL PLANS. ASPHALT PAVING TO RECEIVE GRINDING AND OVERLAY. SEE ALSO CIVIL PLANS . NEW STANDARD GREY CONCRETE STAIRS TO INCLUDE CHEEK 'NALLS AND HANDRAILS . EXISTING SIGN TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE . EXISTING FLAG POLE, RELOCATED. NEW LIGHT POLE. SEE ALSO ELECTRICAL PLANS. CONTROL JOINT-LOCATE PER PLAN. EXPANSION JOINT· LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW GUARDRAIL. NEW 6" CONCRETE CURB. NEW PARKING BLOCKS, REBAR AND DOWEL INTO A.C . PAVING -LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW 4" PARKING STRIPING -LOCATE PER PLAN. NEW WOODEN HEADER BOARD TO MATCH EXISTING. NE'N 1e" HT. CMU WALL. COLOR: TO MATCH BUILDING. FINISH: SPLITFACE. EXISTING CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. NEW POURED IN PLACE WALL. FILL AND DOWEL TO EXISTING WALL. COLOR AND FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING WALL. EXISTING GUARDRAIL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE . PAINT EXISTING GUARDRAIL TO MATCH NEW GUARDRAIL. NEW 6" CURB TO MEET FLUSH WITH NEW STAIR CHEEK WALL. NEW "NO PARKING" TEXT AND 4" WHITE STRIPING, TYPICAL. NEW 17" X 22" TOW AWAY SIGN PER CBC 11B-502.e. NEW STANDARD CANVAS AWNING. AVAILABLE THROUGH CUSTOM AWNING & CANVAS. PH: 619.260.1300. FABRIC COLOR: TRUE BROWN. AVAILABLE THROUGH SUNBRELLA OR APPROVED EQUAL. PH: 1.336.221.2211. PLANTING AREA. SEE ALSO PLANTING PLANS. DETAIL C-5.0 C-5.0 1/LC-2.2 3/LC-2.2 SE-4.1 SDRSD G-10 SDRSD G-10 3/LC-2.0 2/LC-2.0 2/LC-2.0 4/LC-2.1 2/LC-2.2 3/LC-2.3 LC-1.4 11 AS BUII_ T" ~ I 7' 'I P.E. EXP, DATE 20 It REVIEVED BY• SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" ~ \; INSPECTOR DATE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 5 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN APPROVED: ~ J~. ~ ~/1.~/1~ TR"'NSP0RTATI0N DIRECW. PE:{2790 EXP. 3/21/20 0"' TE OWN BY: AS, ~p PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ OTHE~ A~P~OVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JTB 4725 I 6608 812-2B (j) 1-z w ~ ::) u 0 0 0 co z 0 ~ 0 z w a:: ....I ....I <( I ~ u 0 <( ca (j) ....I a:: <( u -s- 0 0) -s- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 408 of 442 ' .. , 5 _, ' ,-.1 LEGEND: 4" (TYP) ====~-¥-- 1 ', ~ ==-=..i 711, PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE: 24" MAX. (TYP.) VEHICULAR CONCRETE: 12" MAX. (TYP.) -----I., ----= 'I PLAN (fJ LU (l'. ;;; I ti s (D EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINT PER SDRSD G-10 -WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN 6 3 I---. 6" ~---i2 ,"I. ~·0 3" 6" • ~ .............. ~ ....... "-----0 SECTION AT AC PARKING LOT LEGEND: G) FINISHED GRADE 2" BELOW TOP OF WOOD HEADER BOARD IN SHRUB BEDS TO RECEIVE 3" THICK CARLSBAD STUMP MIX MULCH BY MB ORGANICS. 0 6" CONCRETE MOW CURB 0 II~ REBAR HORIZONTAL AND CONTINUOUS OVERLAP SPLICES 12" MINIMUM- WRAP AROUND POSTS WHERE OCCURS 3" ·,,, ·, "-----0 SECTION AT CONCRETE WALKWAY 6'-0" MAX. 6 \ 6" (?) TOOLED EDGES TO MATCH EXISTING 0 ADJACENT PAVING PER PLAN 1----------1 I-------,.--~~ @ EXISTING CONCRETE. G) NEW CONCRETE PER PLAN. INSTALL SLEEVE WHERE EXPANSION JOINT OCCURS. ® 16" LENGTH #3 BAR DOWEL AT CONTROL JOINT. (PROVIDE 3/15" SMOOTH STEEL DOWEL AT EXPANSION JOINT LOCATION PER PLAN). FOR EXISTING CONCRETE, DRILL AND GROUT INTO EXISTING AT CENTERLINE, TYP. 0 COMPACTED SUBGRADE AT 90'/, RELATIVE COMPACTION. 0 6" X 6" REDWOOD HEADER BOARD NOTES: A PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINTS AT 30'-0" MAX. O.C., TYP. PER DETAIL. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS@ 10'-0" O.C., TYP. B. CONTRACTOR TO STAIN AND SEAL REINSTALLED WOODEN HEADER BOARD ELEVATION 0 CONCRETE PAVING CONNECTION 1,-.---------2f-------------------® WOODEN HEADER BOARD NO SC,'\LE EQUAL SPACING~• MAX -t EQ. --+----EQ. ---t ~/1r-,---1f-l-------r----t-----~ ""1 \ f ., 3 314" ""1\, , , . MAX. NO SCALE ENLARGEMENT LEGEND: CD WELD POST TO TOP RAIL W/ CONTINUOUS WELD. GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH TYP. ® 1/4" STEEL TAB WELDED TO POST WITH 3/16 HOLE FOR TURNBUCKLE SYSTEM. ® GUARD RAIL: 1-1/4" DIAMETER DOUBLE EXTRA STONG (PIPE) PAINTED STEEL POST AND TOP RAIL. ~ ~ 3'-6' "~'.. 'i "I 1' TYP. ~~ ------i~+-----~~=====t====::::::2lt~6 Ci) 1-1/4" DIAMETER DOUBLE EXTRA STRONG (PIPE) PAINTED STEEL POST. USE AT CABLE END RUNS AND TENSIONER ASSEMBLY POINTS. ® STAINLESS STEEL TURN BUCKLE ASSEMBLY 3/16 STAINLESS STEEL SWIVEL TOGGLE JAW TERMINAL MACHINE SWAGE, MACHINE SWAGE TERMINAL, CABLE TURNBUCKLE AND TOGGLE JAW. WELD IN PLACE TO PREVENT REMOVAL. ~ ~,, --0 ti-... T• .. l; ....... ~1-llllrl' ... . II =;:- II' ,1-[;. u·: ~ GUARDRAIL 0 NTS 115" 1 A 4 •· SECTION # SECTION 2"TYP. ENLARGEMENT 3 1/2" -t } }-24" MAX. SECTION A 1/2" 2"TYP. ® 3/16" DIAMETER STAINLESS STEEL CABLE. (j) FINISH SURFACE, PER PLAN. ® 1/4" THICK PAINTED STEEL SPACER. ® CONCRETE FOOTING. @ADJACENT BUILDING WALL. LEGEND: G) ROUND EDGE OF SEAT 1/4" RADIUS, TYP. 0 2" X 4" !PE WOOD BOARDS, SEALED @ CONCRETE SCREW, MIN. 1" EMBED G) 2" X 4" IPE NAILER ® (E) CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE WALL; COVER EXPOSED SURFACES W/ NEW CONCRETE SLURRY TO PROVIDE SMOOTH FINISH ® EB-TY BISCUIT FASTENER 0 #7-2 1/4" TRIM HEAD STAINLESS STEEL SCREW ANGLED AT 45 DEGREES @ ROUTE SLOT AT EDGE OF IPE BOARDS TO RECEIVE EB-TY BISCUIT FASTENER ® FASTEN ONE SIDE OF THE FIRST AND LAST IPE BOARD USING SS SCREWS, COUNTERSINK AND PLUG 5 1------------------0 SEATWALL NO SC,'\LE SEE SHEET LC-1.0 FOR CONSTRUCTION LEGEND I. NOTES SEE SHEETS LC-1.1 TO Ll-1.4 FOR CONSTRUCTION PLANS SEE SHEETS LC-2.0 TO LC-2.3 FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ,_ -.. '~·-----< ~---: •••• ··-•• -, ----•-', Expiration Date: 12-Jl-1' NOTES: A. ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. C. GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH. D. CABLE RUNS NOT TO EXCEED 40' WITHOUT TENSION FITTING ASSEMBLY/ POST CONNECTION (SEE ENLARGEMENT). E. MAXIMUM SPACING BETWEEN TURN BUCKLES NOT TO EXCEED 100'. F. NOMINAL SIZE OF ALL POSTS AND RAILS TO BE 1-1/4". G. ALL RAILINGS TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. TREAT ALL WELDS AND REPAIRS WITH COLD GALVANIZED PAINT. H. PAINT ALL TUBULAR STEEL WITH SINGLE COAT OF EPOXY PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF EPOXY PAINT COLOR: DARK BROWN, RAL# 8028. SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. IALANCING AIHISTIC EXP'1'ESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVl1'0NMENTA.L SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Die:o, CA 92101 telephone {619} 236-1-'<62 facsimile {619) 236-&792 www.schmidtdesi:;n.com Lie. CA213I, NV 219, AZ 3~139 DATE 1 2 12'-0" .. 1--------'S---,.___,<--: ; ·,·" 2" MIN. LEGEND: 0 DISABLED PARKING SIGN., COLORS AND SIGN THICKNESS PER OWNER AND REGIONAL STANDARDS. ® VAN ACCESSIBLE SIGN (IF APPLICABLE) 0 CONCRETE FOOTING WITH 1.5" DIA GALVANIZED POST 0 FINISH GRADE NOTE 1 A SIGN SHALL BE INSTALLED AS INDICATED ON PLANS AND SHALL NOT OBSTRUCT THE PATH OF TRAVEL B. SIGN SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF A MINIMUM 1.57mm (.062") THICK ALUMINUM. C. LETTERING, SYMBOL AND BORDER SHALL BE REFLECTIVE WHITE, ON A BLUE BACKGROUND. D. LETTERING SHALL BE 25mm (1") AND 51 mm (2") HIGH E. WHERE SPACE IS DESIGNATED FOR VAN ACCESSIBILITY, A SIGN 'VAN ACCESSIBLE' SHALL BE INSTALLED. F. MINIMUM VAN ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCE IS 2.5m (15'-2"). 1- 45/mm(li") ------j E .. E-... C't ,r, - I (~PARKING _,_l__ T J Q[\JLY UNAUTHOmZEO VEHICLES NOf .c ~ DISPLAYIMC DISTINGUISHING -~ -0 .c -v, PLACARDS Ofl LICENSE PLATES ' ~ -ISSUED FOR -E E E DISABLED PERSONS E "' WILL BE rowrn AWAY AT "1 <O "' r, OWNERS EXPENSE ~ LO TO~A:;D '1EHICLE3 MAY IE 11:ECLAIMED 0 .c ~ AT O" IY l(LEfllHCMlt-lG C ·c •u ~ -Veh. Code 22:'>1 Le(d) C --' SIGN DETAIL 4 --------------0 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN NO SCALE LC-2.0 11 AS BUIL T 11 P.E. EXP. DATE REVIEVED BY, INSPECT DR DATE 1 5 26T I CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS APPROVED: , '7M(ti{.l,/,j )'.. l"V ) </ fz_,i)1q TRANSPORTATION DIRECTO I; PE: ',2790 EXP. 3/21 /20 DATE OWN BY: AS, II~ PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. INITIAL DATE INITIAL DATE INlllAL CHKD BY: __ _,t,i_ !"lot Date: Jornuary, 17 201, SDG Project Number: 11i-101i ENGINEEII OF WORK IL REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHEII A~PIIOVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JTB 4725 / 6608 812-2B Cf) f--z w ~ ::J 0 0 0 0 co z 0 f--~ 0 z w D.'.:'. _J _J <( I ~ 0 0 <( co Cf) _J D.'.:'. <( 0 .,- 0 CJ) .,- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 409 of 442 LEGEND: G) ADJACENT PAVING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN @ 8" WIDE CMU WALL WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS. SEE CONSTRUCTION LEGEND FOR BLOCK TYPE FINISH AND COLOR. G) EXPANSION JOINT PER PLAN, SEE EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL 0 8" WIDE CHEEK WALL AND FOOTING ON BOTH SIDES OF STAIRS WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS 0) 1-1/4" O.D. ROUND STEEL HANbRAILS (TOP RAIL) BOTH SIDES. (SEE SECTION 1/LC-2.2) 34" MIN. 0 0 CONCRETE STAIRS 520-C-2500. SLOPE TREADS 1/4" FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE. SEE DETAIL 1/LC-2.2 FOR RISE AND TREAD DIMENSIONS. RELOCATED FLAG POLE AND FOOTING. COMPACT SUBGRADE AT 90% RELATIVE COMPACTION 0 GUARDRAIL: 11/4" DIA. GALVANIZED RAIL. @ SEE DETAIL 4/LC-2.0. EXISTING POURED IN PLACE CONCRETE WALL BEHIND STAIRS, PROTECT IN PLACE. 11. 111-111-.111,- @ ® 2 8" WIDE CHEEK WALL AT STAIRS. 8" X 6" RAISED CURB. 34" MIN. 6" <-"--~ ®- ~- f-------1 42" f------< 34" MIN. TYP. 0 ~---+'--'--, I 11 1=-1 11 -11-I I~ I Ill !lIT-1: I 1i'11 11i'1ri~r 1 -1 11=11~11· ~II ~ I I 51_511 1 ---~-----ll_ 1-~ ~~· ~-------------~ L _=lL----~ L 1 1 II" MIN. TYP. -111tHl™ffiJkl3tl~lill=ill=i ll~::~~11-- ---_J NOTES: A 8 \--- 5 E.Q. . .W Ill Ill Ill 111 •J· ·.fllllllllllllllllllllllllITTI • . ml 11-111 111 111 . ) ' ~11 i' 1111 i' 1111 i' 11-11 i' ~~. @ml 11ml 11ml I Irr •• 4 ~ E.Q. ',1·.·~ 'i<-TT==r,.-l,,,,-rr,1 ·_-3=-" r,j , IITTII ;-. -1 lrnl I lm~ffi.1. · mmk, II-~. • • 2 .• LEGEND: CD CONCRETE STAIRS. SEE DETAIL 1/LC-2.2. @ 2500 PSI CONCRETE FOOTING G) COMPACT SUBGRADE AT 90% RELATIVE COMPACTION. G) #4 X 1'-10" DOWELS AT 12" O.C. EMBED 3-1/2" IN SIMPSON SET-XP EPOXY PER ICC-ESR-25015 @ 15" CONCRETE STEM (2500 PSI) #4 REBAR AT 12" O.C. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL @ SELECT NON-EXPANSIVE FILL (jJ 60 MIL SELF-ADHERED SHEET MEMBRANE INSTALLED OVER PRIMER PLACE TERMINATION BAR WITH FASTENERS AT II" O.C. WITH CONTINUOUS SEALANT ALONG THE TOP OF THE EDGE. @ 2 #4 CONTINUOUS REBAR @ 5 #4 HORIZONTAL REBAR -Y1 .1~11 i'11 11 i'11 11 i'11 111m1 3 111m111 111m111~1 A. sEE sHEET Lc-2.2 FoR HANDRAIL DETA1Ls (V--/ _:::-111=-111 111 111 111-111 ii=iil-· B. ALLRAILINGSTOBEHOTDIPPEDGALVANIZED '_,, -111=-1'' -111 m-· PRIOR TO FABRICATION. TREAT ALL WELDS AND TYP. _e·r-+-------' -"l.--.j___;W-I-~ "•.· • 0 ~:~~~0'~NTRY STAIRWAY-1 c?';=:==9~ 42" 34" MIN. TYP. -~11 1-11-=111 I 3 '1-1 NOTES: A. SEE SHEET LC-2.2 FOR HANDRAIL DETAILS B. ALL RAILINGS TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. TREAT ALL WELDS AND REPAIRS WITH COLD GALVANIZED PAINT. C. PAINT ALL TUBULAR STEEL WITH SINGLE COAT OF EPOXY PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF EPOXY PAINT COLOR: DARK BROWN, RAL# 8028. 5 34" MIN. TYP. --II" -REPAIRS WITH COLD GALVANIZED PAINT. ELEVATION C. PAINT ALL TUBULAR STEEL WITH SINGLE COAT OF EPOXY PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF EPOXY PAINT COLOR: DARK BROWN, RAL# 8028. LEGEND: G) ADJACENT PAVING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN @ 8" WIDE CMU WALL WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS. SEE CONSTRUCTION LEGEND FOR BLOCK TYPE FINISH AND COLOR. 0 EXPANSION JOINT PER PLAN, SEE EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL 0 8" WIDE CHEEK WALL ON BOTH SIDES OF STAIRS WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS n 34" MIN. TYP. 0) 1-1/4" O.D. ROUND STEEL HANDRAILS (TOP RAIL) BOTH SIDES, (SEE SECTION 1/LC-2.2) 0 0 ® CONCRETE STAIRS 520-C-2500. SLOPE TREADS 1/4" FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE. SEE DETAIL 1/LC-2.2 FOR RISE AND TREAD DIMENSIONS. EXISTING ENTRY MONUMENT SIGN, PROTECT IN PLACE. COMPACT SU BG RADE AT 90% RELATIVE COMPACTION 0 GUARDRAIL: 11/4" DIA. GALVANIZED RAIL. L ~-~;.------- 2 z ~ [l_ ffi ~ [l_ 2 Cl) -w (') ~ 4 ci ...J () ,,,___ 3" CLR . ~---31.511 9 RETAINING WALL AT STAIRS -SECTION A 3/4" = 1'-0'' ci ...J () • (') 3" CLR 2' LEGEND: CD ADJACENT PAVING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN @ 15" WIDE CMU WALL. SEE CONSTRUCTION LEGEND FOR BLOCK TYPE, FINISH, AND COLOR G) II" WIDE CMU WALL CAP. SEE CONSTRUCTION LEGEND FOR BLOCK TYPE, FINISH, AND COLOR G) 2 #4 CONTINUOUS REBAR @ #4 32" O.C. VERTICAL REBAR @ #4 AT 16" O.C. HORIZONTAL REBAR, CENTER (j) #4 CONTINOUOS REBAR @ 2500 PSI CONCRETE FOOTING @ EXPANSION JOINT PER PLAN, SEE EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL @) 60 MIL SELF-ADHERED SHEET MEMBRANE INSTALLED OVER PRIMER PLACE TERMINATION BAR WITH FASTENERS AT 11" O.C. WITH CONTINUOUS SEALANT ALONG THE TOP OF THE EDGE. @ FINISH GRADE @ 1" PVC DISCHARGE PER CIVIL PLANS. PROVIDE 3" MIN. LAYER OF GRAVEL AROUND PERFORATED PIPE. 1/2" -314" CRUSHED GRAVEL WRAPPED IN FILTER FABRIC. TYPICAL CMU PLANTER WALL-SECTION B 3/(' = 1'-0" LC-2.1 Cf) f--z UJ 2 :::) 0 0 0 0 DJ z 0 ~ 0-G:-: 11 :::-:-~-:~-:---~0':::-~-N_T_R_Y_S_T_A_IR_W_A_Y_-2 _________________________________________________ ""_-_----:::'.:-:::::'. _J ----- B 11 AS BUIL T 11 0 z UJ cc: _J _J <( I SEE SHEET LC-1.0 FOR CONSTRUCTION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS LC-1.1 TO Ll-1.-4 FOR CONSTRUCTION PLANS SEE SHEETS LC-2.0 TO LC-2.3 FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. IALANCING AIUISTIC F.XP'IUSSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVll'!ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, Sin Diei::o, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1-',62 facsimile {019) 236-1792 www.schrn ici tcies i:n. com Lie. CA 2131, NV 219, AZ J-',1)9 P.E. EXP. DATE REVIE'w'ED ~y, INSPECTOR DATE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 7 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS APPROVED: /ftW..;.JJJ.,,~ IC I. 1 'f.[2.'l/1~ TRANSPORTATION DIRECT~#. PE: +2790 EXP. 3/21 /20 DATE OWN BY: AS, ~~ PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. >-f-- 0 0 <( DJ Cf) _J cc: <( 0 ..-- 0 lllot Date: J•nu•ry, 17 201, 0) DATE INITIAL IA DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL REVISION DESCRIPTION CHKD BY: JJ ENGINEER OF WORK OTHER A~P~OVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JTB 4725 / 6608 812-2B SDG l'roject Number: 1i-10i ~ ----------------------------------------------------------~~~~~~~~~~~~~=~~~~~;;;;;:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Explr.tlon O.to:Of/30/20 Expiration Date: 12-31.1, May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 410 of 442 1'-1" i-----5'-0" MAX. ----i R=4" 12" R =6" ~ R=6l1 6" 16" 15 ELEVATION ~ 11-211 TYP. 11-611 TYP. I 1.5" 1. " 2" R=4" e 5 TYP. 11-0•1 R=6" 1.5" 9 34" MIN. TYP. 3 l 34" MIN. TYP. 1 24" ! i--+Hl--r 8" 10" 3" CLR. SECTION 19 1. " 2" 5 TYP. 1.5" 34" MIN. TYP. 4" -1----,H e" I · ----J1 j;±,df:.____,@ l=r'hee!bm!:'.=f-lt~t ml±firiJ.L__ _ _____,0 SECTION AT GRAND ENTRY STAIRWAY LEGEND: (D ADJACENT PAVING PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN @ 1/2" RADIUS ON ALL EDGES TYPICAL 0 2" O.D. STEEL POSTS, SET IN 21/2" GALV. STEEL SLEEVE,@ #3 REBAR HORIZONTAL AT EACH STAIR TREAD GROUT IN PLACE WITH POR-ROCK OR APPROVED c.;-., EQUIVALENT. POUR ROCK SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A ® #4 REBAR AT 12" ON CENTER TYPICAL CROWN TO PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM @ #4 REBAR AT 24" ON CENTER TYPICAL POSTS TYP. @ RISE VARIES 5" TO 6" AS REQUIRED TO MEET ELEVATION Q) EXPANSION JOINT PER PLAN, SEE EXPANSION JOINT @ TREAD VARIES 11" TO 12" AS REQUIRED TO DETAIL MEET ELEVATION 0 8" WIDE CHEEK WALL ON BOTH SIDES OF STAIRS WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS @ 1-1/4" O.D. ROUND STEEL HANDRAILS (TOP RAIL) BOTH SIDES (SEE SECTION) @ CONCRETE STAIRS 520-C-2500. SLOPE TREADS 1/4" FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE (!) COMPACT SUBGRADE AT 90% RELATIVE COMPACTION 0 1" RADIUS CAP, WELD AND GRIND SMOOTH ® 1/2" STEEL SUPPORT, WELD ALL CONNECTIONS AND GRIND SMOOTH @CONCRETE FOOTING WITH 2 1/2" GALVANIZED STEEL SLEEVE, TACK WELD AND FILL SEAL WITH NON-EXPANSIVE GROUT. ALLOW NO PONDING OF WATER @ FINISH GRADE @3" STAIR BORDER WITH (4) 1/4" GROOVES AT 3/4" ON CENTER TYPICAL ALL STAIR TREADS AND UPPER APPROACH. STAIN BORDER WITH CONTRASTING DARK BROWN COLOR PER CBC TITLE 24. SECTION 1133B @) ADJACENT PLANTING AREA @ #5 REBAR AT TOP, CENTER AND BOTTOM @ #3 REBAR AT 24" ON CENTER TYPICAL NOTES: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. B. ALL METAL TO BE GALVANIZED STEEL INSIDE AND OUT C. WELD AND GRIND SMOOTH ALL CONNECTIONS, EDGES, AND CORNERS TO ELIMINATE ANY SHARP EDGES D. ALL RAILINGS TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. TREAT ALL WELDS AND REPAIRS WITH COLD GALVANIZED PAINT. E. ALL RADII SHALL BE SMOOTH F. PAINT ALL RAILINGS WITH SINGLE COAT OF EPOXY PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF EPOXY PAINT COLOR: DARK BROWN, RAL# 8028. G. ALL STAIR SETS AND RAILINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC TITLE 24, SECTION 1133B 1 ---------------------------------------0 STAIRS WITH HANDRAIL 1 / 2" = 1 '-0" • ' .. +/-6'j • . . . . . -d .. ·• ,.J) ,J). • .1,, ,,. . . . . . . . . • 4 • .. ' ' .'I _J • ·r'-+---J,. ..... • ' ,J -, j LEGEND: CD NEW PERPENDICULAR WALL (?) INFILL GAP WITH CONCRETE. MATCH THICKNESS, COLOR AND FINISH OF EXISTING WALL. @ EXISTING CONCRETE WALL G) #4 AT 12" O.C. DOWELS WITH STANDARD HOOK. EMBED 6" IN SIMPSON SET-XP EPOXY PER ICC-ESR-250e. LEGEND: SLOPE CONCRETE CD RELOCATE EXISTING FLAGPOLE FINISHED (?) REPLACE EXIST! NG ANCHOR BOLTS SURFACE IN KIND _ __,....:S'.:'.~2:. -~-~-_:r:,·:z=~.-p~l....,~~r~~!.,.._ @ 11/2' ORY PACK AND LEVELING NUTS I ._,___·_.~-_I''~ G) 3#3AT11/2"0.C . • @ CONCRETE FOOTING r •. · .• · 1 N ® #3TIESAT12"O.C. . f; --.. -. . •:-l (j) e #5 VERTICAL, SPACE EQUALLY · I ~ . ,. I · • • 0 •. .·. . --j· --.. • 7 ,--....._ I • : • 4. 1· 3" CLR. ·.1--~ ~ --l • . L • • . ·I . r . . .. . ~--. _;____ j . ~ i·· .'l ~ . . . L_,. -· _j-1-'"<- • • ,,L 2'DIA. -,t SECTION • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • PLAN z ~ 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 7 (D <'"J • a N co ~ 'Cj" ... .. NEW WALL TO EXISTING WALL CONNECTION 3 ---------0 FLAGPOLE FOUNDATION 4 ADA PUSH PLATE ATP NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE SEE SHEET LC-1.0 FOR CONSTRUCTION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS LC-1.1 TO Ll-1 . .( FOR CONSTRUCTION PLANS SEE SHEETS LC-2.0 TO LC-2.3 FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS E><plrallon Date: 12-11-u NOT TO SCALE SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. IALANCING AltTISTIC EXl'IHSSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVlltONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Dieio, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1-462 facsimile {619) 236-&792 www.schmicltdesi,n.com Lie. CA 213&, NV 219, AZ 3-4139 Plot D.i.te: Janu.i.ry, 17 201, SDG l'roject Number: 1,-109 LEGEND: CD RELOCATE EXISTING ADA POWERED DOOR PUSH PLATE (?) 5" X 5" GALVANIZED STEEL POST WITH FLUSH CAP PER PLAN. @ BASE PLATE AND ANCHOR BOLTS G) CONCRETE FOOTING @ ADJACENT PAVING PER PLANS. @ ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND WIRING INSIDE OF POST PER ELECTRICAL ENGINEER'S PLANS . (j) COMPACTED SUBGRADE AT 90% RELATIVE COMPACTION. @ CONTINUOUS SEALANT AT SEAM CONNECTIONS NOTES: A. ALL HARDWARE TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. B. POST TO RECEIVE 2 COATS OF EPOXY PRIMER AND 2 COATS OF EPOXY PAINT COLOR: DARK BROWN, RAL# eo211. OWERED DOORS DATE INITIAL it. ENGINEE~ OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION 5" H LEGEND: CD 5" X 5" STEEL POST PER PLAN. (?) BASE PLATE AND ANCHOR BOLTS @ CONCRETE FOOTING G) ADJACENT PAVING PER PLANS. @ COMPACTED SUBGRADE AT 90% RELATIVE COMPACTION. j 5 \ CITY HALL MAP SIGN FOOTING ._ , NOT TO SCALE LC-2.2 11 AS BUIL T11 P.E. EXP. DATE REVIE\./ED BY: INSPECTOR DATE uTI CITY OF1 CARLSBAD ~ 8 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS APPROVED: / -17",v,W.{..(../ /(_ 11Ji?.-'(z.,J/1~ TRANSPORTATION DIREci: PE: -42790 EXP. 3121120 DATE DWN BY: AS ~~ PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INI rtAL CHKD BY: JJ 0THE~ Al'P~OVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JTB 4725 I 6608 812-2B (I) f--z w ~ :::, 0 0 0 0 ((l z 0 f--~ 0 z w 0::: _J _J <( I >--f-- 0 0 ~ (I) _J 0::: <( 0 ~ 0 0) ~ 0 .,_..,. _______________________________________________________________________________________________________ __,IN May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 411 of 442 12" MAX. EQ. EQ. EQ. -36" MAX. 1 .J 6"MIN . ' • . I • • 9" MIN. .. ' ~ 3" --,/',f- FRONT ELEVATION •• . . . \ A"STinl 3n·.:l SECTION 112" / '-..'. _ __,.., ENLARGEMENT EQ.i -y 1 '--4" NOTES: TOP AND BASE ASSEMBLY ISOMETRIC A. CAP ALL SIDES OF EXPOSED MASONRY CANOPY. B. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. C. HOT DIP GALVANIZE EACH CAP ASSEMBLY AFTER FABRICATION. D. PAINT ALL CAP ASSEMBLY SURFACES WITH SINGLE COAT OF EPOXY PRIMER AND TWO LEGEND: (D EXISTING MASONRY CANOPY. CUT TO WITHIN 8" FROM BUILDING FACE. @ GALVANIZED 1/4" STEEL CAP, TOP AND BASE ASSEMBLY, PAINTED. G) EXISTING CMU BUILDING WALL. 0) EXISTING ENTRY DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME. @ SILICONE SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH STEEL CAP. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SILICONE SEALANT BETWEEN STEEL CAP AND BUILDING WALL FOR WATERPROOFING. @ ANCHOR STEEL CAP BASE TO EXISTING MASONRY CANOPY WITH 1/4" CONCRETE SCREWS. PRE DRILL HOLES TO RECIEVE SCREWS. (D ATTACH STEEL CAP TOP TO BASE WITH 3/e" SCREWS . PRE DRILL HOLES TO RECIEVE SCREWS. COATS OF EPOXY PAINT. COLOR: DARK BROWN, RAUi eo2e. E. FOR CAP ASSEMBLY LARGER THAN 11'-0", FABRICATE IN TWO PARTS AND WELD ON SITE. COAT ALL WELDS WITH COLD GALVANIZING PAINT. F. ALL HARDWARE TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. PAINT EXPOSED HARDWARE TO MATCH CAP ASSEMBLY. ,. ' TYPICAL WALL CAP AT BUILDING I 1 ,1-----------------------------------------------.. ~ 1/2" = 1'-0" 0 WOOD CEILING REPAIR 2 NTS 3 1 EQ. 1, EQ. ~ a· MAX. l e· MAX. 4" MAX. f-f-2' TYP. --f ==================.=/ 4' 10'-0" MIN. SIDE ELEVATION TYPICAL AWNING AT ENTRY DOOR 1/2" = 1 '-0" 1 J,--3" 3" ----,r Lic============"======I F=====~~6" MIN. BUILDING ATTACHMENT ENLARGEMENT FRONT ELEVATION 4"TYP. □J COVER TO FRAME ENLARGEMENT 9 LEGEND: (D 1" GALVANIZED STEEL TUBING @ GALVANIZED STEEL CAP PER DETAIL 1/LC-2.3 G) ALUMINUM AWNING RAIL 0) CONTINUOUS SILICONE SEALANT @ #e X 1/2" HWH TEK SCREWS AT 24" O.C. MAXIMUM @ 11 GUAGE, ZINC PLATED "Z" CLIPS AT 24" O.C. MAXIMUM (D MASONRY SCREWS @ ALUMINUM RIVET @ LACE BAR WELDED TO 1" STEEL TUBING @ #6 ULTRA BRAIDED LINE @ #1 SPUR GROMMET AT 6" O.C. MAXIMUM @ LINE OF FABRIC. COLOR: TRUE BROWN 6021-0000. AVAILABLE THROUGH SUNBRELLA OR APPROVED EQUAL. PH: 1.336.221.2211. NOTES: A. PAINT ALL EXPOSED STEEL FRAME WITH SINGLE COAT OF EPOXY PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF EPOXY PAINT COLOR: DARK BROWN, RAL# eo2s. B. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION. LEGEND: CD DECORATIVE GRAVEL MULCH PER PLANTING PLANS ® METAL EDGE. START OR END 2'-0" SECTIONS AT ALL START AND STOP POINTS (BOTH POINTS) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G) STAKESAT2'O.C. 0 COMPACTED SUBGRADE AT 90% RELATIVE COMPACTION ® EXISTING PLANT MATERIAL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN 1 PLACE. 1.5% ! : I ' . ! • 4 METAL EDGE AT DECORATIVE GRAVEL NO SCALE \ ' ' ' I ! I • ' i : : i : i '' ii 5 ' ' LC-2.3 11 AS BUILT" P.E. __ _ EXP. ___ _ DATE REVIE\./ED BY: INSPECTOR DATE f----f-----+-----------+---l-----+---l--~ I s2HE9ETI ·c1_T_Y_o_F_c_A_R __ 1_s_B_A_D_ I SHsE9ETS I PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ~=====--==========='....'::::==~ 1---t--+----------------+---+---11----1-----1 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: (/') f--z w ~ ::) u 0 0 0 co z 0 i 0 z w O'.'. _j _j <( I >-f--u 0 <( Ill (/') _j SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS O'.'. <( --·-------------------------~ SEE SHEET LC-1.0 FOR CONSTRUCTION LEGEND I. NOTES SEE SHEETS LC-1.1 TO Ll-1.<I FOR CONSTRUCTION PLANS SEE SHEETS LC-2.0 TO LC-2.3 FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS i I ! --,,,7c~~~."~=c·,·~L-.-... -.. -.. •.-~.--.-.-.-.-.-... -_-_-___ -_-__ -_-_-_.-____ .-___ -__ ~-_._-___ -____ -.. -~-_-__ -_-__ -_Jj IALANCING Al'-TISTJC EXl'l'.ESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENYll':ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Die;o1 CA 92101 telephone {619) 236•1462 facsimile {619) 236-1792 www.schmidtdesi:n.com Lie. CA 2131, NV 219, AZ 3-4139 u ~ f---c::-:-::::c-f-;:--;;c;;;-;--;--+----------------+---+---11----l-----1 DWN BY: AS, ~P PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. O APPROVED: ~! /<'.., /l-17h '{/z.,1\19 l---t--+----------------+---+---11----1-----1 TRANSPORTATION DIRECTOR,YPE:42790 EXP. 3/21/2 □' DATE DATE INITIAL /4. i-=-:DA.:.:.T=-E .J--:l.::.:Nl.::,:TIA.::.L-1--::.:.DA:_::IE::__J_,::IN_::_IT..::.IA:::.L--1 CHKD BY: JJ Plot Date: Jan,;ary, 17 201, ENGINEER OF WORK il:::,. REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHE~ A~~~OVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JTB 4 725 / 6608 812-28 0) SDG l'roject Number: 1i-10i -r----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~~~~~~~~~;;;;J ~ Expira tlon Date: 17-31-1, May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 412 of 442 /-MECHANICAL ROOM· DO NOT / DEMOLISH. SEE NOTE 2. ~----------------------------------"'----~ ' 1---------------0 1--------------0 1--------------0 1-----------1 t-------·---------- 1-------------a 1--------------0 1-----------1 t------·-----·-··- ~ REMOVE FILL WALL ~ CONCRETE WALKWAY COVER TO // BE DEMOLISHED. SEE NOTE 1 NOTES: . ... .. . ... . ~ .... .. ' . :· " .• .•. ·' .. ·-•. i. ..... • ..... ·- • . . . ... ..... .. •, . . • • ' •• . • . . , . .. . . . ·-·~. • .: ·.:· <!-•·-~·-. . ' 1. CUT/DEMOLISH ALL WALLS AND FINISHES BEARING ON WALKWAY PRIOR TO REMOVING WALKWAY. ·•, .. . . • . •. . • • . . . .. 1·, II ( II .' II • II • JI • I 2. BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS, MECHANICAL ROOM IS DESIGNED TO SUPPORT ITSELF INDEPENDENT OF THE WALKWAY. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT OVER TIME, WITH DEFLECTION AND LONG TERM CREEP, THE WALKWAY IS CURRENTLY SUPPORTING SOME OF THE LOAD. THERE MAY BE SOME DEFLECTIONS WHEN CONNECTIONS ARE REMOVED. IF ANYTHING EXCEEDS 1/2" DEFLECTION, NOTIFY EOR AND AOR IMMEDIATELY. 3. PROTECT EXISTING ADA PUSH PLATE WIRING AND CONDUIT IN PLACE. SEE LANDSCAPE AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR NEW ADA PUSH PLATE LOCATIONS AND DETAILS. ~ ~ PROTECT DROP CEILING IN PLACE r EXISTING ADA PUSH PLATE TO BE / REMOVED AND SALVAGED ELEVATION: WALKWAY UNDER MECHANICAL ROOM (N.T.S.) - StructUrill Civil Surveying Pl,rnning 'NWW.bwHsd.corn ,1,.299.S550 9 ◄◄9 l.ilb•a ,\venue. Suit@ VU I S,rn Olege, CA I 92 l:.!J Explrotlen Dote: Oi/3o/2o NOTES: •vSAWCUT V CONCRETE WALKWAY COVER TO BE DEMOLISHED. SEE NOTE 1. 1---.~ .•. ~. -,-. -. ~.-•. -. -. -.• ~]['~ .• -. -· -.. -.. -.-.. ~ .. L,. ·~ " . .. •'!1 .. · ·, ··~ ~ ,;:;-- - SHORE BEFORE SAW CUTTING . • .. • . . . ,· . . ... • . ,-.. . . • . ' .. ~ . ' •, I 1. DO NOT REMOVE PORTION OF ROOF PANEL WHICH IS BUILT INTO THE BUILDING WALL-THIS SERVES AS THE DOOR HEADER. AFTER DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE, PROTECT ALL CUT/EXPOSED REINFORCING WITH ZINC-RICH PAINT. GENERAL COPYRIGHT © 2018 BWE 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES THAT ARE FOUND. 2. DO NOT SCALE DETAILS OR DRAWINGS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS WHERE REQUIRED. 3. SPECIFIC NOTES AND DETAILS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GENERAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS. 4. WHERE NO CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ARE SHOWN OR NOTED FOR ANY PART OF THE WORK, THE DETAILS USED SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR OTHER SIMILAR WORK. 5. WHEN A DETAIL IS IDENTIFIED AS TYPICAL, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO APPLY THIS DETAIL IN ESTIMATION AND CONSTRUCTION TO EVERY LIKE CONDITION WHETHER OR NOT THE REFERENCE IS REPEATED IN EVERY INSTANCE. 6. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE 2016 EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (C.B.C.) AND OTHER REGULATORY AGENCIES WHO MAY HAVE AUTHORITY OVER THE WORK. 7. THESE DRAWINGS REPRESENT THE STRUCTURE IN ITS FINAL CONFIGURATION. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR ALL MEANS AND METHODS ASSOCIATED WITH ACHIEVING THIS FINAL CONFIGURATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SHORING, BRACING OR SOILS EXCAVATIONS. 8. ALL REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS SHALL BE THE LATEST APPROVED EDITION, U.O.N. 9. IN THE CASE OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL GOVERN. S-1.0 "AS BUILT" P.E,---EXP. ___ _ DATE REVIEIJED JY, INSPECT DR DATE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ ~====:====~============================~====~~===~====~===~ ~ PUBUC WORKS DEPARTMENT ~ SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. IALANCJNG A"TISTIC EX~IUSS!ON IN DESIGN WITH ENVl"ONMENT~L SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite ,oo, San Die:o, CA ,2101 telephone (61,) 230-1',62 facsimile {61,) 236-1792 www.schmidtdesicn.com lie. CA 2131, NV 219, AZ 3<\139 ~'lot D.ite: November, 07 2011 SDG l'roject Number: 1it-10i IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS STRUCTURAL NOTES AND DETAILS APPROVED: I /(fv.J.A),l(,tj /<...' Mt'-i ':I 't"l 11~ l----+--1-----------------1---1---4----l.------l lRANSPORTATION DIRECTOR •E:42790 EXP. 3/21/20 DATE DA TE INITIAL /:!,. ENGINEE~ OF WO~K L.JD. REVISION DESCRIPTION DA lE INlllAL OTHEI! >,~~OVAL DATE INlllAL OWN BY; CHKD BY: JJ CITY A~~~OVAL RVWD BY: JII PROJECT NO. 4725 / 6608 DRAWING NO. 812-2B (/) I-z w ~ :) 0 0 0 0 OJ z 0 -~ > 0 z w 0::: _j _j <( I >-I- u 0 <( OJ (/) _j 0::: <( u I'--,- -.;- 0 0) -.;- I 0 ('.J May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 413 of 442 _j • I • I ,_) I ' , I '' . ' ' L L C " ~J ~ Li -, ' ,I '' ' oJ I r--;:.-... l()l~!j L.-':::'-..a -EX- -R- -A- -· -XR-- SYMBOL LIST DASHED SYMBOL INDICATES EXISTING FIXTURE, OUTLET, DEVICE OR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. FINE-LINED SYMBOL INDICATES EXISTING FIXTURE, OUTLET, DEVICE OR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONDUIT TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONDUIT TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING CONDUIT TO BE ABANDONED. RETAIN CONDUIT AND EXISTING PULLBOXES FOR FUTURE USE. MARK AS TO ORIGINAL AND CONTENT. EXISTING CONDUIT TO BE REUSED. REMOVE CONDUCTORS, EXTEND CONDUIT AND PROVIDE NEW CONDUCTORS AS INDICA TEO. ,..~ INDICATES FIXTURE TYPE. SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR Ll>.MP, \'Y WATTAGE, AND MOUNTING INFORMATION. TYPICAL FOR ROOM D INDICATED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1 0...,.---INDICATES CONTROLLING SWITCH 1<__ LEG. DENOTES BRANCH CIRCUIT NUMBER SUPPL YING FIXTURE. - = SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD. SURFACE MOUNTED CABINET, AS NOTED. ----CONDUIT CONCEALED UNDERFLOOR SLAB OR UNDERGROUND. -----CONDUIT INSTALLED EXPOSED. .. .. 111 1111 1/10 111 A-1,3 3/-i-"-3#15+1#10 EG 1' CONDUIT WITH 2#12 CONDUCTORS PLUS 1#12 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 1" CONDUIT WITH 3#12 CONDUCTORS PLUS 1#12 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, 1" CONDUIT WITH -i-#12 CONDUCTORS PLUS 1#12 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. A NUMBER ADJACENT TO THE HASH MARK IN ANY CONDUIT RUN INDICATES THE CONDUCTOR SIZE TO BE USED IN LIEU OF #12 AWG. CONDUIT ANO EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SIZED PER CEC, U.O.N. HOMERUN TO INDICATED PANELBOARD ('A'). NUMBERS (1,3) INDICATE BRANCH CIRCUIT NUMBERS. INDICATES 3/-i-" CONDUIT WITH (3) 15 AWG CONDUCTORS + (1) 10 AWG EQUIPMENT GROUND. SYMBOL FIXTURE MANUFACTURER AND CATALOG NUMBER TYPE n n ©»CD RAB LIGHTING ALED-5T5-2N/D10 15FT AL POLE RAB LIGHTING ALED-5T5-2N/D10 15FT AL POLE NO KNOWN EQU,t,L. NO KNOWN EQUAL. S• @ _J_ NV\ \NV -11-- WEATHERPROOF SPEAKER MOUNTED AT +10'-0" AFF VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT IN FIELD. PROVIDE ATLAS SOUND APF-15 SERIES IN WP L20-213 BOX AND 15 INCH BAFFLE. NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. SIZE AS NOTED. (NFDS) ELECTRIC,t,L PULL BOX ELECTRICAL PEDESTAL. COPPER CLl>.D GROUND ROD, U.O.N. COPPER CLl>.D GROUND ROD IN A YARD BOX. ELECTRICAL NOTE REFERENCE INDICATES DETAIL '1' ON SHEET E-6 EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTED ON POLE AS INDICATED IN FIXTURE SCHEDULE. SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW TOGGLE SWITCH, SUBSCRIPT INDICATES CONTROLLING SWITCH LEG. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED AT +115" AFF TO CENTER OF BOX U.O.N. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, GFCI TYPE, MOUNTED INTEGRAL INTO POLE WITH W.P. COVER., U.O.N. AUDIO/VISUAL COMMUNICATION STATION, + 115" AFF. METER SOCKET OR MOTOR CONTACTOR. GROUND CONNECTION. POWER TRANSFORMER. NORMALLY OPEN POWER OR RELi>. Y CONTACT. ~ SWITCH SIZE 6g0--NO. OF POLES ,L "'" S,ZE r---TRIP SETTING 1 oofr k--FRAME SIZE 22sM'/.r) 3P LIGHTING FIX-1URE '----NO. OF POLES EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURER SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS QTY • LAMPS 1 1 TYPE LED LED ' LAMPS WATTS COLOR TEMP. 52 .i.ooo· K 52 -i-ODO' K ABBREVIATIONS AMPERE AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WIRING ON THIS PROJECT SH,t,Ll BE COPPER AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. A, AMP ,t,IC CEC cu EA. EG C,t,LIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (TITLE 2-i-, PART 3). COPPER 2. INSTALL A PULL ROPE IN ALL CONDUITS LABELED "CONDUIT ONLY". PULL ROPE TO BE 200 POUND TENSILE STRENGTH MINIMUM. INCLUDE A #1-i-CU TRACER WIRE WITH THE PULL ROPE TO ALLOW FOR EASY LOCATION OF CONDUIT. 3. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ASSUME THE RESPONSIBILITY OF FITTINGS, EQUIPMENT, RACEWAYS, ETC. IN THE EXISTING SPACE ALLOWED. All NEW INSTALLATIONS SH,t,LL BE AT NEAT RIGHT ANGLES. EX GFCI GND IEC K KCM KVA KW EACH EQUIPMENT GROUND, OR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. EXISTING GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GROUND INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT KELVIN TEMPERATURE 1000 CIRCULAR MIL (kcmil) KILOVOL TAMPS (kVA) KILOWATT (kW) LTG LIGHTING, OR LIGHT MH SPD U.O.N. WP (R) (E) METAL HALIDE SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED WEATHERPROOF FIXTURE OR DEVICE TO REMOVE EXISTING FIXTURE TO REMAIN SCHEDULE FIXTURE TOTAL BALLAST MOUNTING INPUT INPUT TYPE VOLTS WATTS CD 100-277 55 LED DRIVER POLE 100-277 55 LED DRIVER POLE -i-. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CODES AND AMENDMENTS: • THE 2016 EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) ADOPTS THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) AND THE 2016 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS . •THE 2015 EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) ADAPTS THE 201-i- NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) AND THE 2016 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS. • THE 2016 EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA OF THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS. 5. ALL ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND ALL OTHER RELATED CONTRACT DRAWINGS. 6. CAREFULLY EXAMINE ALL CONTRACT DRAWINGS/SPECIFICATIONS AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER FITTING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AT EACH LOCATION AS INDICATED WITHOUT SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION. IN AS MUCH AS THE DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC AND BECAUSE OF THE SMALL SCALE OF THE DRAWINGS, IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO INDICATE ALL OFFSETS, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED. FURNISHING FITTINGS REQUIRED TO MEET SUCH CONDITIONS SHALL BE AT NO COST TO THE CLIENT. 7. CONDUIT RUNS ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY ONLY AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER TO PREVENT CONFLICTS WITH EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS. EXPOSED CONDUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL TO BEAMS AND WALLS. 15. ,t,LL CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES SH,t,LL HAVE THE REQUIRED RATINGS AND INTERRUPTING CAPACITY EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT AT ITS SUPPLY TERMINAL. 9. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ADVISE ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR DEVIATIONS BETWEEN PL,t,NS AND ACTUAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 10. PATCH AND REP,t,IR ALL SIDEWALKS AND ASPHALT PER CITY STANDARDS WHERE NEW CONDUIT IS TO BE INSTALLED. REPAIR IRRIGATION LINES AFFECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 11. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF GAS SEWER AND WATER LINES WITH FACILITIES PERSONNEL. ROUTE CONDUIT ACCORDINGLY. 12. ROUTE CONDUIT AROUND TREE DRIP LINES PER THE OWNERS DIRECTION. IF NEEDED BORE UNDER ROOT SYSTEMS INSTEAD OF TRENCHING TO AVOID D,t,MAGE TO TREES. DESCRIPTION POSTTOP LED FIXTURE DIE CAST ALUMINUM WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEAR W,t,RRANTY. REFER TO DETAIL. POLE AND FIXTURE TO BE MOUNTED ON CONCRETE FOUNDATION WITH MINIMUM 3' -0" ABOVE GRADE. POLE TO BE ALUMINUM, ANCHOR BOLTS/NUTS TO BE GALVANIZED STEEL. SAME AS TYPE SA EXCEPT MOUNTED SEMI-FLUSH WITH GRADE. ® FIXTURE NOTES FIXTURE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. SPORTS LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE EXEMPT FROM TITLE 2-i-LIGHTING RESTRICTIONS. CATALOG NUMBERS ARE BASED ON VENDOR INFORMATION, SALES LITERATURE AND PHOTOMETRIC D,t, T,t, ON HAND AT THE TIME OF PROJECT DESIGN BY ALAGl,t, ENGINEERING AND ARE INTENDED TO CONVEY THE FEATURES/PERFORMANCE REQUIRED. EACH FIXTURE MUST BE PROVIDED COMPLETE WITH ALL FITTINGS AS APPROPRIATE FOR PROPER MOUNTING AT THE LOCATIONS INDICATED. Cf) 1-z w -----~------------------------------t----t------+----t--~--l-----+---+----+------+-------------------------------1 @ ~ :J 0 0 0 @ ® RAB LIGHTING ALED-5T5-2N/D10 15FT AL POLE WITH (2) HNLED-10NB-VXJ1 RAB LIGHTING SUM-FC-57N RAB LIGHTING SLIM-HIN NO KNOWN EQUAL. 1 LED 52 2 LED 11 NO KNOWN EQUAL. 1 LEO 57 NO KNOWN EQUAL. LED 19 -i-000' K 100-277 -i-000" K 100-277 <1000" K 100-277 75 57 19 LED DRIVER LED DRIVER LED DRIVER POLE WALL WALL SAME AS TYPE SA EXCEPT MOUNTED SEMI-FLUSH WITH GRADE AND WITH TWO LED FLOOD LIGHTS MOUNTED ON POLE AT +12'-o• AIMED AT FLl>.G POLES. DIE CAST ALUMINUM GASKETTED FIXTURE WITH FULL CUTOFF OPTICS. SAME FAMILY AS TYPE SB EXCEPT A SMALLER WATT,t,GE AND FIXTURE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO COUNT FIXTURES ON PLANS AND USE THE NUMBER OF FIXTURES SHOWN ON PL,t,NS FOR BIDDING PURPOSES. SE-1.0 0 co z 0 ~ i----t------t-----------f------------------+--+----+------+----+--+---f------1------+---------------------------11 AS BUIL T 11 0 z w 0::: ....J ....J <( 1' PHILIPS HADCO B9-D-W-H STAKE S3-H NO KNOWN EQUAL 1 ALAGIA ENGINEERING 17743 DEL ~ASO DR. (151)-7<!6-7<!1<! alagiaengineering@gmail.com AEl#160254 Nul 01/15/1! -10: 22~rn li02!i_E1.• ELECTI'!!C,'.L LEC£NO.tl"'' LED 10 ,?f ,. ~\. Al At/ <v, <C; "'" ,1' ~ ,; 13~29 j \,i Exp. 6-30-20 f;J *,.r, <'ftcr 0 \'-'~ <:: /-I;; '' ~' r or c~\. \'ill"' 3000" K 120 10 LED DRIVER STAKE STAKE MOUNTED ADJUSTABLE LUMINAIRE WITH ADJUSTABLE OPTICS AND INTEGRAL DRIVER. FIXTURE TO BE WET LISTED WITH MINIMUM 5 YEAR WARRANTY. SET OPTICS TO 15 DEGREES AND ,t,DJUST IN FIELD. FIXTURE TO BE BRONZE IN COLOR. REFER TO DETAIL -i-/SE--i-.2. P.E, __ _ EXP. ___ _ RE\/!El,/ED BY, !~!SPECTOR SHEET 31 CITY OF CARLSBAD PUBLJC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVE.ME.NT PLANS FOR: DATE DATE SHEETS 59 I >-I- SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL LEGEND 0 0 <( co Cf) ....J 0::: <( il'&l .Ii,;;:\ 1/1;;,~. .,, • v ' • -·· '; ' .. . ..,___._ IAL,t.NCING AIHISTIC EXP'll!ESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVlll'.ONMENfAL SENSlflVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, S,m Die:;u, CA 92101 telephone (619) 236-1-4-62 facsimile {619) 236-1792 www.schmidtdesicn.com Lie. CA 2131, NV 219, AZ 3~139 0 APPROVED: --~~1f'WJ-Ui~-=--"l,/~/D'~~·~M=1~11--___ i~l1~q_ rRANSPORTATION DIRECTOR. p, 142790 EXP. 3/21-/20 DATE ,.- 1-------1'------+------------------.. . ,,. .. -· j __ __j ___ _ DATE INlll.'L DW~I BY: NJA,PS PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. O /;/._ DSTE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: NJA ..,._ ~lotDate:Janua,y,17201, ENGINEER OF WORK L.lt::,. REVISION DESCRIPTION OTIIE" A"PROVAL RVWD BY·. N,JA 4725 / 6608 812-2B :'..'. Expiraliufl Dute: 6/30/20 SDG ~rojl'!Ct Numbl'!r: ii-iolt 1, r CITY APPROVAL , ... ----------------------------------------------~1---------~---~=============~==~==~=============~ ~ May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 414 of 442 ' '· ''' ' I' I 1,·) '· ' ' I. L 1.·, ,, ,. 'i' ' I '' 1.il I,' .. l~-· . srATE UF CALIFORNIA SlAIE OF CALIFOI\NIA Outdoor Lii:;htin,: -Outdoor Lii:;htini:; CALIFORNIA l;NERGY COMMISSION ~ Q' I~ 'f,l NRCUTO-E (Cr~i.ltei.J ,/17) CA~IFOHNIA ENERGY COMMISSION 11....--i NHCC-UO-E (Crt.!Jtcd 9/17) CERTIFICATE Of COM~ll;\NCE NRCC-LTO-E CE~TIFICATE Of COMPLIANCE N~CC-lTO·E ~~~-i~--~ocurru!nt is used to demo(lstrute compliance with requirem~nts in_~.J~_ §130.0, f13_Q,.l. f140. l~ an~ f_1tJ1.Q(l;,)2L for 0~~<!_'!5:'r lighting ~~0?_~.S using the prescriptive path. [l'roject Name: C;irlsbild City H<lll .. --------1report l'ilije: ------l'.i:e 2 of i l',oject NJme: Carlsbad City Hall l~eport ~aijo: 11".ii:e 1 □f ■ '11,ojeCt AdCfress·: -1200 cJiTsbad 'iilla°eeOr--~ Date l"rep~red: 7/29/2011 L._. __ .__ • ·~ ~--·-l'roject Address: 1200 Carlsb.id Vill.:i1e Dr !Date ~repared: 7/29/2011 lo, EXCEPTIONAL CONDITIONS I 0 A-GENEI\AL INFOI\MATION ~3 lrhis table (s auta-fllled with uneditable comments becuusf!! of selections made or data entered in tablt!!s throughout thf!! form. 01 Project location (city) Ct1rlsbad 04 !Total lllurninated Hardscape Area (ft2) I 61,,30 r~~ exce~~;o~~-i-~~ndit~~ns-:·~ply to this projl!!ct. . .. -----02 Climate Zone 7 ·--03 Outdoor Uehting Zone per Title~_part 1 __ §10-114 or as designated by Authority H•vine Jurisdiction (AHJ): . __ ,. IE. ADDITIONAL IIEMAIIKS I -II] O LZ-0; Very Low -Undeveloped P.irkl.ind D LZ-2: Moderate -l'.urul Are;1s D LZ-4: Hfgh -Must be reviewed by CA Energy Commission for Approvul D LZ-t: low~ Developed ~<Jrklund [ZJ LZ-3: Moderately Hlgh -Urbc1n Area5 This table incfudes remarks made by the permit appficont to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. -· , _____ -·--__ ,. -·---~ ,_, ___ . ···--. -;=;- I. ~I\OJECT SCO~E .. _·.· . . ~J . fable lmtructiom: Jncludl! uny outdoor lir;;fiting systems thut ore within the scope of the permir application and are demonstrating comµliancf!! using the prescriptive puth -------------... -_, ----~ uutfirted in §).!lQ..Z or §_ltJJ.,Q(fl)l.i.for ulteraliom. F. OUTDOOI\ LIGHTING FIXTUI\E SCHEOULE i ~ My project consists of: . This St'ctfon Does Not Apply 01 02 [2] New U,:htin~ System Must Comply with Allow~nces from ,l_':1-Q,_7. F. OUTDOOI\ LIGHTING FIXTUI\E SCHEDULE : @ ' D Altered Li1,htin,: System ls your alteration increasinc the connected li1htine, loud {Watts)? (" Y•s (" No Tobie J,isuuctions: fQr new or altered lightilig systems demonstrating comp(icmce with jliJQ,_l fie Tcsble I flas expanded for input), include all luminaires being instolled ond any 1 FOOTNOTES:% of Existing Lumiliaires leing Altered .. (Sum rota/ of Lumin~ires Being }.,lded or .,1,/tered I Existing L~1minaires within the Scope of the ,ermit Application) x 100 existing Jumitwires remaining or being moved within the spaces covered by fht! permit (/ppfication in the fable be(ow. For altered lighting systems using the Existing /lower C. COM~LIANCE I\ESULTS ~] method per §j._4)._Ql!Jlll, (ie Table N has expanded for input), i()c/ude only ne'w lumiriaires being fr,sta/Jed r.wd replucement fuminuires beilig installed as part of the project scoµe (ie, do not include existing Juminaires remaining or existiog Juminaires beirifi moved). fable lnsuuctions: If any cell on this tubfe says "VOES NU( COMPLY" or "COMl'LIES with Exceptional CoriditioftS" refer to fable o. for guidance, Deslc;netl W•tt•c:e: Calculation of Tot•I Allowed Li:htin: Power (W«tts) §.140.7 or§.14LO(bl2l CQmpliance ft.esults DI D2 u, 04 ' us 0li 07 01 u, 10 ui Ol o, 04 05 Oi 07 Oll o, W I. Cutoff l';eq. Field Inspector -No1.me or wans per How atta=e 1s Total number Lumlnaire Excluded per General Per Sales ~er Specific Existinc Item Ta,: Complete luminaire Description lumln.1irel determined luminaires Statusi §!1Q2l~l Desi~n Watts > 150W Hardscape Ornament•! iJ3!UU!l' Pass Fsil f Applic.:idon f FrOr1tii1:e f f Arl!!a 0~ f'ower • Total Allowea ' Total Actual AllOWince li'l!). 7(d)2 il19J("ll §!10JlcJ), §l40.7ldl, §141.0lli}2L (Watts) (Watts) 07Mustbe2:0I fYPE SA/SAl/5A2 ~osrro~ 52 NAi Default 1, New D ,a1 D 0 ,,_4_Q,I('1l1 ----··-·- fYPE sa SCONSE LAftGE 57 NAll Oefau!t 4 N•w D 221 D LJ (See Table l) (See Table J) (See Table I<) (See Tobie l) (See Table M) (See fable N) (See fable F) D .. --□-TY~E SC SCONSE SMALL 19 NAI Oefau!t II New 342 LJ 3,914.2 , !,f . ,,::t: >:: .... --_:: •i: -;:!:;{\::;: 0~ . ',:i-, ·,·,; : '-·' :· .. ,. ·. 3,914.2 1,551 COM~LIES + t "" + 1·:,··.-\ ,:,,.';,'(,, ;·;· ::,-+ -, -rotal Desi;ned Watts: : 1,551 Cutoff Compliance (See Tii_ble G for Details} ::'-•': -·::.• :" ,.,·:' -i,,_:,·.;· ::-:: .: N.at Appllca.ble . * NOTES: Selections with a* require a note ln the spiice below expliiininc how compliance is •chieved. Controls Compliance (See Table H fot Details} COM~LIES EX: luminoirt! is llghting o statue; EXCEl'TION 2 to §130.2(b). G. CUTOFF I\EQUII\EMENTS (IUG) I ii] ' . This Section Voes Not Apply CA luildini E11er1;:y Efrkiem:y Stand~rds -2011i Nonresidential Cumpllance: http://www.eneqj.y.c.i.r;:ov/litle2-i/20l,st.indonJs. September 2017 CA Buildina Enere,y Hfidemcy Standards-20Ui, Nonresidential Cornpli.ince: http://wi;vw.eneriy.ca.i;:ov/tit!e24/20His!andards September 2017 srArE Uf CAUFOI\NIA srAfE OF CAUFUHNIA Outdoor Li~htini:; r.r 1\1 rJ Outdoor Lii:;htin,: CALIFOI\NIA EMEI\GY COMMISSION m NRCC-L fO·E (Cn,ated 9/ 17) c.-.UFOHNIA ENERGY COMMISSION NJlCC·l TO·E (Cri!attd 9/ 11) CE~TlflCATE Of COMPLIANCE N~CC-LTO-E CE~TlflCATE Of COM~LIANCE NRCC-lTO·E l'rnject Name: Carlsbad City H«II l~eport l'il__;e: ,uge 4 of 6 ~foject Name: Ciilrlsbiid City Hall lrteport l'a1e: l'Jc;e 5 of i l'rnject Address: 1200 Carlsbad Villai:e Dr IDate Prepared: 7/29/2011 ~roject Address: 1200 Carlsbad Villai:e Dr IDJte Prepared: 7/29/2011 .. -· jcaJcu!ated Gen~rnl Ha,dscape·L_li_~itinfiC l'owe, Allowunce per LJ~lg MQ.7•8 ~-DECLAIIATION OF IIEQUII\EO CEI\TIFICATES OF ACCEPTANCE I @ Table fmtructions: Selections huve been made bu:;ed 011 informotion ptovided iri previous tablt!s of this document. Jf any selectio11 needs to bf!! changed, please exp!oin wf,y in lnitiiill Wattiil,!e Allow<Jnce for Entire Site {Watts): 520 Table E. Additiorwl 1'emarks. Thest documeflt5 must be provided to the building irispector during construction afld must be completed through an Acceµtcmce fest fechniciun Tota! General Hardscape Allowam;e {Watts): 3,,14.2 Certification ,rovider (A rrc, ), For more if)formatioa visit: !Jl.([)_;//w_v1w.~~O!t_rgy0~q_.g_g_y_Lli1l_~_ftJ/qtJcp/pr_9vicJers.html ~q ' Field Inspector J. LIGHTING ALLOWANCE: PEI\. A~~LICATION . I YES NO ' Form/Title rhis Section Does Noc Apply i l'ass fail (i ' NRCA-LT0-02-A-Must be submitted for •II outcJ□of liehtin~ controls except for .ilterntions where controls ,ue.i added to~ 20 D D K. LIGHTING ALLOWANCE: SALES FIIONTAGE ·~ 11urnineires. lrt1is s~ction Does Not Apply - --- . ---··------ L, LIGHTING ALLOW_ANCE_: Q~NAMENTAL. 'tJ[ • •• -e-< --••-' --~ -------·-·-"-·------------· ~-'---------- (his Section Do~s Not Apply )M. LIGHTING ALLOWANCE: ~EI\S~ECIFIC AI\EA ·. 'Rd This Section Dues Not ltpply N. EXISTING CONDITIONS POWEi\ ALLOWANCE (altera\ions only) ~ .,-, (his Section Does Not Apply 0. DECLA~ATION OF I\EQUII\ED CEI\TIFICATES OF INSTALLATION "t{j Tobie /11structioM: Selectior1s hove been made based on information provided in previous tabfes of this document. ff any selection n~eds w be chcmged, please explain why in Tcible E. Additio1w! ltemarks. These documents must be provided to the building inspector during coristructfon and rnn be found oriline at b_ttp:/1 w.ww.e11.~.wv..co.g_gyf1.Q.I[iQt1blj~g.YQrn/.£f,_C.~:l.YQ~2QJ~•-Q:.p/qpQ.~[ldi_c'!!sjfor_ms/NIKJ_ YES NO Form/Title Field Inspector P'as-s-Fail (e ' Nt\Cl-LT0-01-E -Must be submitted for ~II buildings. lJ □ (e r Nt\CI-LT0-02-E • Must be submitted for u .liehtin~ contml system; or for an Enerey M~naijernent Control System (EMCS), tc, be D □ recoi;:nized for compliance. . CA luildir1g Eneriy Effidemy Stoind.irds • ZOli Nonre5id<;!ntl.il Cornµ!i.ini:I!!: http://www.energy.i:<l,f,lOV/tit!e24/20lisl<ll1d.ard5 5eptcn)ber 2U l7 --------·---·~-----•------··-·--i ·--------~--____ _,_ ··--·--·~-------·-CA Wuilding Ener(:!.y l.:.fficit!ncy Standards· 2Uli Nonr~sidenti.il CernplicJ111;e: http://W'f,w.enertr~.cu.gov/title2•1/20li5t<lndoin.ls s~ptemb~r 20li' SCHMIDT DESIGN -GROUP, lN C . ~ --------..... ;-._ IALANCJNG AftTISrlC EXP"IHSSION IN DESIGN ~<;;; ;,,,'?-\, AIAt~<f,;, • • • WITH ENVl"ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 'fl ALAGIA ENGINEERING ~-~ 't'c> 177<3 DEL ~ASO DR ::; 13829 ~ 6> • 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Die=:o, CA 92101 (151)-7•6-7•1• w Exp. 6-30-20 'I} " telephon• {619} 236-1,162 facsimile {619} 236-1792 C"-' o1lo1glo1engineering@gmo1i1.com '· www.schmidtde5i;n.com * <? '.'v * A[lf, 60254 u,:;,~rcrn1<:.,~ ~"' -•• Lie, CA 2131, NV 219, AZ 34139 ., tl"l tl/lli/19 -5;Ji•m if .isJ1. \ \ c;,,"<! DATE lit2!;_E2., TITLE 2{ C,',.LCULA TI♦r-.S.11111 Dote: 6/3Q.,f20 l'lot Date: January, 17 201, Expiration ENGINEER SDG l'rojed Number: 19-109 SfArE OF CAUHJHNIA Outdoor Li~htini:; t7 iJ:I fJ NRCC LTO-E (Cn:ut~U ,/17) CALlfOHNIA ENEBGY COMMISSION CERTIFICATE OF COM~LIANCE NRCC-LTO-E f'rojl'!Ct f\Jame: Carlsbad City Hall !Report Page: ~a;e 3 of i Project Address: 1200 C.irlsb..ic.l Villo1"e Dr IDate itrepared: 7/29/2011 ----···• -•-•-ec ··--· H. O(JTDOOI\ LIGHTING CONTI\OLS ~ f---· ----(his Section Does Not .lippfy H. OUTDOOI\ LIGHTING CONTI\OLS ~ ruble fnstrucUar1s.-Complete this table demonstrating compliance wit/I controls requirements for ,,U r1ew or altered lumltwires instaffed as part of the permic c,ppfication. For afteration projects, luminaires which are e,'(isting to remain (ie untouched) ond Juminaires which are removed and reinstalled (wiring only) do not need to be included io thi5 toble even if they are wit/Jin the spaces covered by the permit applicCJtio11. When an option having a -~ is selectr:d, the notes section of this table must be completed. The lightir1g controls section of the Compliance 5umnrnry Table on tllr: fir.st page wi/i show "DOES NOT COMl'LY" if the notes ore feft blank. For each requirement in columns 02 through 07, do not leave the field blank, iostead select NIL or Exempt I from the dropdown list to indicate not applicable or on exemption. Mandatory C.untrols ----~---. 01 02 03 04 05 a, 07 Oi ---·--··-· Motion Sensor: Shut-Off Auto-Schedule Motion Sensof S.:iles Front.i1:,e Fai;o1.de, Ornamt!nt, Field Inspector Are• Description Incandescent;, !DOW Outdoor Dinini ;JJQol(l:ll 'ill-.0,2 !,U 'i.130.oll,U 'il.J0.2(l:)4 §JJJ!d@l ,B0.2(c]5 P'ass foil All Exterior Ui:htin= NA: No lncand> lOOW Astronomical Time Yes Yes NA: No Silles Front Lt1: No Applicable Lt D [] "NOTES; Controls with u • ft!quire u nott! iu the spuce bdow exµlulninc huw compliunce is uchieved. EX: Not permitted by health l< sofety to ue turned off; EXCE,TION 1 to §130.2/c). I. LIGHTING ~OWEI\ ALLOWANCE (per §HO]) If§ Table Instructions: Please complete this lable for areas using the 01 allowance calculations per §PW.I General flardscCJµe Allowance 0 Use it or lose it" Allowance (Watts) is per .Tobie 140. l-A whife "Use it or Jost it" Allowances are per General Table 18.Q.Z~'I.. lridicate wJiich allowances are beh19 used to [Z] l-liirdscape D Per Appliciiltion D Safes front•ge D Orm1ment.il D P'er Specific Area expand sections for user input. Lumhmir~s that qualify for one of Allowance the "U':ie it or lose it" allowmices sfiulf not qualify for cu1otller "Use it or fuse it" allowance. Table I (below) Table J Table K Table l fable M Calculated General Hardscape Ue:htin: l'ower Allowance per Table 140.J-A 02 03 04 05 Ui 07 01 o, 1'.rea Wattu~e Allowance (AWA) Linear Wilttace Allowance (LWA} To.tal General Area Description Illuminated Allowed Density Area Allowance l'erlmeter Allowed Density JLinear Allowance AWA, LWA Area lft') (W/ft') (W«tts) l_eri~ih (If) (W/lf) : (Watts) (Watts) Exterlur ltathwJ't 11,250 0.04 450 1,320 0.35 I 462 912 Ext~riur itarkiriii:: lot SD,ol0 0.04 2,027.2 1,300 0.3S 455 2,4a2.2 Table Continued CA luih.lin(l En-er1t1 Efficiency Standards -ZOlW Non.-esidential Comµliance: http://www.er1erily,c-,q:ov/title2-i/20l,starid.uds Seµternber 2017 STATE OF CAllFOl1N!A Outdoor Li~htin,: r.1#:1 ~ NRCC·UO·E (Created 9/17) CAUFOBNJA EMEP.GY COMMISSION --· ----· CE~TIFICATE Of COM~LIANCE N~CC-LTO-E ~roject N<1me: Carlsbad City Hall l~eport P'a~e: P";.11e i of i ~rnject Address: 1200 Carlsbad Viii.ice Dr IDate ~repared: 7/29/2011 . DOCUMENTATION AUTHOll'S DECLAIIATION STATEMENT _/I . /) d _/" . !Cl Documentation Author Marne: Neill Alai,\iil Docum~ntation Autho, Si:n•ture: // £c1J-.-,/_:;t7'-{ f~-( ~/ Company: Ak1eiu Engineerin~ Siinature Datl'!: July 30, 20 I~ / Address: 17743 Del Pi.SO Dr CEA/ ~IERS Certification ldentificiltlon (if ipplicible): E1312, City/State/Zip: ~oway, CA 920i~ ~hone: 1517407414 ftES~ONSIILE ~E~SON'S DECLAMTION STATEMENT l certify the followin: under penalty of perjur"{, under the laws of thf' State of Culifornt.a: 1. The information provided on this Certificate of Compliance Is true and correct. 2. I •m elii:;ible under Division J of the Business ilnd Professions Code to •ccept responsibility for the buildin1 desiin or system desi;n identified on this Certificilte of Compli•nce (responsible desi;nef) 3. Tht:! enerli::Y featur.:s -:Hie.I petforrmrnce sµecifk.itions, rrmteri<Jls, cornponf.:!nts, and m.inufacturf.:!d devices for the buildlne des Jen or system d~sii:;n ldt!ntified on this Certificate of Compliance conform to the requirements of Title 24, Part 1 and l';;irt, of the Ciilliforni• Code of l'.e::ul.itions, 4. The buildine desie:n fe.i.tufes or system deslcn features identified on this Certificate of Compliance ilre consistent with the informiltion provided on other .ipplicallle compliance documents, worksheets, Cillcul.:itlons, plans .ind specifications submitted to th'!! enforcement .i:ency for •pproval with this build inc permit iiiipplication. 5, I will ensure that a completed si,::ned copy of this Certificute of Compliunce shall be matl:e avail•ble with the buildin; perrnit(s) issl.led for the builtlir1;, •nd made aviill•ble to the enforcement alii;ency for all applkuble Inspections. I 1,mderstand thilt a completed sic:ned copy of this Certificate or Compliiilnce is requ!r/ be inclu■ed with the documentation the builder provides to the buildinc owner ilt occupancy. .,4 /J A _ l'.esµonsible Desil;!ner Name: Neal Alagia l\esponsible Oesienl!!( Si1:,nature: //£, .. I . / '{ U--(,_.,--) Compeiny: Ala:ia En=lneerin: Date Si.coed: July 30, 201~ ,I Add,ess: 17743 Del l'.iso Dr llcense: El3129 City/State/Zip: Poway, CA 920G4 Phone: asa-145.741,1 CA luildine Enerey Efficiency Standurds -2016 a'l[mresidentiul Compliance: http://www.cn<'.!rey.ca.i;::ov/title24/20listundards. --Seµternl'"~ ,n 1 ·, SE-2.0 11 AS BUILT" P,E_ EXP. DATE RE\/IEl✓ED BY: INSPECTOR DATE -SHEET CITY 01" CARLSBAD SHEETS 32 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 59 ~- IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS TITLE 2-+ CALCULATIONS APPROVED: 'fNW.liJ?li Jc... , ,. ' -1/1.'1 /1, /TV I TRANSPORT A TIOH DIRECTOR /PE 427_90 3/21/2~• lJAIE fXP UW~I BY: NJA,PS INITIAL IA DATE lfllTIAL DATE INITIAL PROJECT NO. ORAWl:~C NU. CH«O BY: NJA REVISION DESCRIPTION -~---4725 / 6608 812-2B OF WORK OTHFR APPROVAL CITY APPROVAi RVWD 8Y: NJA (f) 1-z w ~ ::J u 0 0 0 m z 0 I-~ 0 z w O:'. _j ....J <( I ~ u 0 <( co (f) _j 0::: <( u ....- 0 O'l ....- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 415 of 442 ' 'I -~--,_ . / ""•----, ' ·-_/ --' / ' /. •' / -I ' I /' ' .--· ----. - - ' .,-\ ✓ -)--' ,--' .-\'-.)- / --------------- '• -- I,. .. --I-. / / ·--. / // I / ,/ /---··· .. _/ 1---·,J / / ···-.. --. -" / / /' !/ '\.,--' ' \ '-1 )\ // / / ' ' ' / /. /I I I ,/ -~ -.,/~/ -- / I // '' ;' ,/ // ' ' . / / _//.-· /l ,I " '1 ,/ I/ '' // //· I I X / j I ,, 11 ,/ '( /// / / • '/ / ! , / ' ' ,-· I ' / ~ ,.-/ I • -' -;' '/ ,../ ;1 --/ ;/ / -, /1 // /! // ' -,; '; ;,, -- I' I ;/ -_, 1' -, _j;~/ - .. --. -// ' / I 1/ I I / I /./ I . ;', __ I ,! II /I /I ---// >5/----- // ,, u " // Ii u // . //_.-- ' r /I // ---__ ,/ ( ___ _ // // ' I ;/ /// /; . ··-l1:: __ _ // " /I Ii u /// // ,; -.. ,. II // " I/ I/ II I' -.... - / II/ i/ -/; ;-------. ------/-- I /, " 1i ii // // I/ -I/ ... __ _ u JI 1/ // // _// I/ ·.// I I /1· I/ // // /'/ 1/ ';(jf__ ---,~-----/; /1 SHEET KEY MAP -NTS I I I / I I / .· ' --/'· >· I / j /1 /------? \ I ' ' ' ' ' .. -----' / ' ' I ' ' ' ./ / I ' ! ' ' ' ' I ' ' ' ,-..--:--------/ MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET SE3.2 - ALAGIA ENGINEERING 177◄3 DEL l'ASO DR. (~51~7◄6-741◄ .il-.gi.iengineering@gmiiiil.com .AEl#'l00.2~,1, 'sul C•'l/10/1! -1U:¢!~r11 11i02~_F.l.~· HJ .-.L'i '.-ill> ELECTr\lC,',l C/E!,ICLJTION nHl.~wg .. / ' ,' / /,' / ;' i( //1 ' ... / ( i J/ I i I ',,·' ! EXISTING SINGLE STORY CITY MANAGERS BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE .--S{/ I I ~- I I - -------------1- 1 I I I I _-1 _I -1---- I I I I I I I I I w z -------------------------.1 . ' . . MATCHLINE-SEE SHEET SE3.3 SCH11IDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. lilr\LAt'JCl['.JG A~TISTIC EXl'~ESSION IN OES!GN WITH El'JVl~ONMENTAL. SENSITIVITY 11n Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619} 236-1-',62 facsimile {619) 236-~792 www.::;chrnidtdesi::n.com I r --j---- -----------+------------------ -- -+----- -'"" -------------- ----j--------- I 0 I I 5 10 20 SCALE: 11' = 101MD" -------- ' ------+-------I------ r------------- i----- --------------··------ CD 0 0 © ® KEY NOTES (NOT ALL ARE USEDI REMOVE EXISTING WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE AND RETURN TO OWNER. USE EXISTING CIRCUIT TO FEED NEW FIXTURES, REFER TO NEW ELECTRICAL PLANS. Sl'LICE AND REPAIR EXISTING CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. REMOVE EXISTING FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT ON EXTERIOR CANOPY, REMOVE EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURE INCLUDING POLE. REMOVE CONCRETE BASE OR CUT DOWN TO 2-4-" BELOW GRADE. REMOVE EXISTING HANDICAP ACCESS PUSH BUTTON DE"1CE FROM CONCRETE COLUMN THAT IS TO BE REMOVED, INSTALL DEVICE IN NEW BOLLARD. REFER TO NEW PLANS. REMOVE EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COMMUNICATIONS DE"1CE. CUT CONDUIT BACK AND REPLACE DEVICES IN KIND TO EXTERIOR WALL AS SHOWN ON NEW PLANS, @ REMOVE EXISTING DOWNLIGHTS AND ASSOCIATED BRANCH CIRCUITING. SE-3.0 ~~ ' r-:·.E .. [XP. ~ ! ' RE\1 IE\1/ED "f'.;'1, -' D!\TE If\~;c:::cTJR SI l[[T 33 ~--------. ---------------c-~~~~ ---------c'ITV (')F CART ---.BAD 1 '.:.iHt.::.:Ts 1 • --I_ I ' ,'-\_ -u:-i -II 59 ii PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMCNT _ . ---·-· IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS SITE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN ---------·-,, -------.-,. --· =--===== ___ -_---_-__ _ U) 1-z w ~ ::, (.) 0 0 0 en z 0 I-~ 0 z w 0::: _J _J <( I ~ (.) 0 <( en U) _J 0::: (3 --------t----t A.P~F:)1/ED-~ ~-. Mlh ~ 4fi4 Ii, Lie. CA. 213t, NV 219, AZ 3,4.139 1F:A~_;3poR 1Ar1m, □1F,ECTOR_, ¥: 1 ~: 1,279:J 0 x0 3_1211·20' De.-'-------------------~---+----->------+----< :=:=========::;;:;:;:::;::-::=-~===========:~=====~ DW'l B"-NJA,F'i PRCJlC I NU. JRA\1/li'IG 1"0- Plot D.ite: J.inu-.ry, 17 201, SDG Project Nurnber: 16-106 t----t--~------------------------------,__o_, .. _7:_-~ \./111;\L /;>.,. E\~G,,\:EfR OF WOF~K ~ Ri::\/ISIU,'✓ DE'.::Ckil' I ION IJA I:_ ----r----------t---i ll~IT ."'.L DATE INI 11,l,,L '.:XI Y P•Y~·•i-WV;.t_ CH K D BY: _!i!_.,__ l~\/INJ HY: __ __J~J_". 4725 I 6608 812-2B ~-------- I ' I May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 416 of 442 I ----------- .:.J 'I I ·.I··· · · : .. C : . .:.: . .:.::.::.::·1 ~' I I ·--··- I "'I .~c. "······•< ... __ .... ·1 .. I I I ·---. I ......... . .... -· ·----··------ I --------;,, J .. / ( ) 'I-·1 ·~-1 -·· ... · .. L., . .-'t_·-.... . . ... ·· 1 -. _______ ,, ________ -·····--··-·--------·--------·· .. I. -: I ...... ······••· . · 1 · . . . . ....... . /' -----·-·----····· _.,/· I ~ '-•-----------------.......... •.""-.'".'" .... ;;;:_ ----~.:.,;; ... --.. .,;,.;~ _._ ·~·~ .. ,..,;;_ --~, ("') ... ·.cc, ·••--•~-·••••cc·.,•••·••=·•··........ . ......... ............ ·-····-'I lli D Cl) C~) : --'<.I ··\~ -··-';~----·,:i----·-<:--··<:_~-:----;-;:·--·c;< ·-· --\ __ -----s::::··--~"---"'--"~--~------<~---c.:::·,:-----,:; __ ·----~<:--··-·-\_ -,_ · ----•-.. -,-.,:·· ·-•._----tu ,_i_ -·--------------------·----------------------------_____ . ___ ., . ~ I (/) I ~ I (/) I w z ....I I u I- <( 2 I I I I I I REMOVE EXISTING EXTERIOR LIGHTING CIRCUIT ROUTED ON EXTERIOR CANOPY FEEDING LIGHTING FIXTURES MOUNTED ON CITY COUNCIL BUILDING. EXISTING SINGLE STORY HNS BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE REMOVE EXISTING DATA CONDUIT ROUTED ON EXTERIOR CANOPY. PROVIDE NEW CONDUIT AS SHOWN ON SHEET SE-3.5 TO ROUTE DATA CABLING UNDERGROUND. COORDINATE WITH CITY IT STAFF.------------~ REMOVE CONDULET AND CIRCUITING TO IRRIGATION CONTROLLER TO BE REMOVED. PATCH WALL AS REQUIRED. --------~ ,------e_1- --, ; I • I :.1 ' ' .... I l . I ' ' I --\ . I . I ··1'' .. ... I ' ' ! . i • ,:\ ••• I j ,·-.J----------~~-"--■ . . .. I I I I ,-... I I I I·. I I I i I I : •cD • ; . I I I I ·I Ii ,. (f) I I t> I I I ~-;\ I• I I I 171 ' 'TT'-····· I' --~~·-: I ! ' ' I I• i I : 1··· 1 .. r ., L .... , \·•~ '1 ·, I I I . ' \ t---· -- " ', ' \\ ' ' ',, Ii 11 I ,. '' I ·. . -•l I I I\ ' ',; I ' l ! ! I' ' ' ' ' ' ' I i I l· _,_, .. F_.\· ,, ' ' ,, I ' I I :k .. -< t -·•i REMOVE CIRCUIJ[NG TO IRRIGATION CONTROLLER r•• ---~\,Y)~ .. TO BE REMOVEDC· -· I I tf<j.,_.,:-• IL 0 It' 1 Til I / I I JI··"/ ! I I / I I --/ I , I .f ·i : .. • .• . I . • - - - ---- - - - --~--- - -...... !Ill_~-"".~~-~~-~----- - - - - - - -;i,_ J : .. · .. r, I ,-,:j ; ';';} ________ ,_______ .--~-=•-•.--. --~ c, __ J,/ ",t:-Y./ -"--~~-2-i::,-------------;----··-:r i I I ·-·-·t7 0 . . · .. ·, =·"1-·-· •. ·-' -.~ =•• .. ···• ~ -- ----,;_ -. ·(1',, ·.',I ·-------------------------------~ " I . I I ' c EXISTING NEMA 3R I 1 · PULLBOX TO REMAIN . !i t. '. I ·-:-T. '·-/-·-,--' Jf:'! _,,~;_ ;r , ,_,._ -_u \ '9 _I I I I ,~-----~-------------------·-1··-,---~ ( 11 / / \ / II ' ' r J . I l, .. , \ I L I I -'f):,'i EXISTING SINGLE STORY CITY COUNCIL BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE IJ,.~ •• JI ·1 I ' --------------- - -~ - -... -""·111!1 - MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET SE3.4 ALAGIA ENGINEERING 17H3 DEL PASO DR. (15e)-746·7414 .il•gi.iengineering@gmail.com AE 1 -fl.160L'.Y1 tle,I 01/lli/l! ·· ~,JC•m 11iQ:J5 .. .E1.0 TO EJ . .3 SITE EL~Cl"-ICAI. OFMCIIH'.•1-1 ~IMl.w, SCHMllJ'l' DESlGN GROUP, INC. I ... LANCING A~ I IS l I ( 1· X ~ 1' E '.i SI ON IN Di:;, I Gr~ WITH ENVll".ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY nl'I Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619} 236.1,462 facsimile {619} 236.1;92 www.schmidtd~sitn ,com Lie. CA 21)~. NV 219, AZ 34139 ,lot D«t~: January, 17 2019 SDG l"roject NL1mb~r: 11i-10.: I------------. ----...... DATE ENGINEER • I ._ ,r;.__ I Ii 1,.,,, -- I .. --- ---- "' --··---------- --------- ' ·------- -------.. --------iN l!AL IA De WORK kl::. v•s1u~i DESCk!I) I :Ut-1 I I I 0 5 10 20 SCALE: 1 II= 101-0" ---- -- .. -----~ .. -·--- I --- ---------... I----- c,;; TE !\J!TIA.L DATE KEY NOTES {NOT ALL ARE USED) CD REMOVE EXISTING WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE AND RETURN TO OWNER. USE EXISTING CIRCUIT TO FEED NEW FIXTURES, REFER TO NEW ELECTRICAL PLANS. SPLICE AND REPAIR EXISTING CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. @ REMOVE EXISTING FIXTURES AND ASSOCIA TEO CONDUIT ON EXTERIOR CANOPY. @ REMOVE EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURE INCLUDING POLE. REMOVE CONCRETE BASE OR CUT DOWN TO 24" BELOW GRADE. © REMOVE EXISTING HANDICAP ACCESS PUSH BUTTON DEVICE FROM CONCRETE COLUMN THAT IS TO BE REMOVED. INSTALL DEVICE IN NEW BOLLARD. REFER TO NEW PLANS. ® REMOVE EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE. CUT CONDUIT BACK AND REPLACE DEVICES IN KIND TO EXTERIOR WALL AS SHOWN ON NEW PLANS. SE-3.1 // AS 'Ru IL T 11 -~ ~:.------\ P.E EXP. DATE ~ R[\/IE\.!ED BY: \ Jl,l,l·'IT I IW DATE I SH~; I CIT'{ OF CAf<LSBJ\D I SHC:I:: IS ' 59 ,'UBLIC WORKS oE··:-p,RTrilNT I --------------------- . 'IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR-i . : CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ' I ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS SITE ELECTRICAL OEMOLITION PLAN ,------··· .. --~-~ -·-·- /c-\P~RD\/E:I_.>: .. 1.h..-1 liq ~ /,(._ . ,t+f 7 JIRlCTOF, /;>(:, 42790 ·---- ITe.f:SPOI, rn 11011 EXP. j/21 /2.C JAT[ jDW~I fl'( N,i,.t,.,PS INITl,',.L : CHl<D BY: NJA OTI I[-; 1\F'~!"WV.A.L CITY Ar'PRJIJ.",i __ i f?VWD BY: _'.::Lll~--. n;;~Et;6N~c8 DR;~/;~~~O] .. . -.- (J) 1--z LU ~ ::J () 0 0 0 Ill z 0 ~ 0 z LU O::'. ....J ....J <( I >-I- () 0 <( Ill (J) ....J a:: (3 ..-- 0 0) ..-- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 417 of 442 ,, ,I ' 1_! ,., I " //-. }! I' u I ' _/ )'/ // / / .• ' / ,-. ·, z . .)_/'', -. -.· I ·). J . ·I . I I I / /· -. .-7 , I • / / / , ' ' ' ' ----------------~--- ' I '.' // I~ / / / I i / , ' . . -. __ ', \ j / I / // / / / -/ ' , , --- ' , , / , --1 ·, I MATCHLINE SEE SHEET SE3.0 · .•. ., --------/ /, -:11_ -,-------!--.,---/ 1/ ... ,-1111!!'( ... . . -// / ----,/------,. -i ,_ • .,. -;'-----'!-. ---L"~=~~.,=-='-~ .. ~ .. ~.._~, .. // ./ ,I / ./ / , ' ',' // // ,,, // . // . / / /, ;/ // // ,/ -/ I // // /I / I /; ;// i/ ;/ , ~,t~,{--.. r · -~;;.~-------~---~ -----·· sj r}J~ -=tr::,:,~.~""'::~:~~-..~-~,;;;~~=:.::;:.-..-:~~ t~ -' 1----~+1 1/ -- ---·--- t1. /,: ••'1 (EX I ,,~ ~,t' r, ' ( : i eh -_ : ,l>--,C~! I ,., ~~ •-'-·--. I', ---,•--_-=••-_'tr------, ,~-· ~.., .. -\ ---,,=,---, -if'. ·1· • ,,,/ / {;:,. --'" ... ·· __ ;f:~'=_:=~-~:;, . -- ... ~, 11 --·--r---<~> ,~;;,/ '~~-'-, _ , ____ ccc.c:::: --_: c:c.-:::::.= _ -----_ ____ _ _ =,lj[~.~:-;iL ,,,,·-____ __ -~ ~ _ _ _ I_ - I/ I , / _,,.~~'.~/ // l'J ------ -\ - - - --·c;· -1~\ .... ,_., \\ ,,,' .I , ' ' ,,,-.-1· ," , -. ,~, , .\ \ \ I ,,, .,,,,' .,__ -_/ ! 1 -RETAIN EXISTING PULLBOXES AND CONDUIT RUNS 1 1 • AS SHOWN FOR EXTERIOR PARKING LOT LIGHTING FIXTURES FOR POSSIBLE FUTURE USE, LABEL PULLBOXES WITH CONDUIT ORIGIN AND CONTENT. ,-, ' IF CONDUCTORS ARE REMOVED PROVIDE PULL I .,' ' -__ ~ :.1 STRING. REFER TO NEW PLANS FOR LIKELY • CONDUITS TO RETAIN, COORDINATE WITH CITY , PERSONNEL. I ,,' ✓ I ;'' / I/ ,,' I/ ,f' / ,, ' ,, / / 11 ., ;,;: , , -I .... / .,;:: , , ,,,,';,-:« ' -•-i. -'-= ---' 'EX '---•-----------,_ ': --_J :---' --EX 1/ 11 ,~/,:; __ ;._~-------------A-----=----,---1\L'--<,-I -,' l (31 ~ # !/ -<::C . ./-__ (3;---.. ~~ ,/ k .. --.I 11 ;11 ((\\ ,.----,,,---,--· -"'---'~ ,c:·cc--,----------?:c:_:_,-,:i·------,_:::cc:, · ;::,.,::-;c--->--·::7 ------------~: _____ , ~--~c::;;::, ____ , ___ , --------,7~:~i,'" -c:'c~,:-:f:~.:; _ /, ./" ,,_ .. -Ii ' ,/ ---~ \\ . ,t I\ ,,,' ,. I I ~' ,~,,~ , ___ ---,- ,,,~' ,, ,,,,,,' ~-/ -~'-' . ,, "# ;,;;::----_,,. ,,', //,:::/ ,t /,, ,, /1 , 1,1 \ , /, ', # // \ , ,! . , 1 ..... J /,....,-..., I 1/ -0 ---.. // ?---._ ! ........ _ I r·· !~- _ _'j -> -, !,.·· REMOVE EXISTING METER/PANEL FEEDING EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROL PANEL COORDIN~TE WITH -SDGf(E FOR REMOVAL OF EXISTING 100 AMP 120/2',QV ELECTRICAL SERVICE. !' 1/ . .. .. / / I ------1/ /I : •••••••• ----- ____ .-/1 // I -------------- , ······ / /. --------. I -- ,_ __ I -,1/ /l '-,1'. , ••••••••-_; / / -~!"••----...... . /' / / \ -·---.. -,.-------------------------··----~--~-~-~~--------.--... ,/ / 1 ' .,,. •••• ., LIMITS OF WORK . -. ._ , ' ' , ' ALAGIA ENGINEERING '177◄3 DEL ~ASO DR. (15a)-7◄6-7◄1◄ .i.!.ig i.iengi neering@gmoi1il . com A.El#l 60'.i54 ~,u, Ul/llo/18 -5:31aro SCIIJ;fIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. ••• iii,,[\ .,. -\~ ••• ~,',LI-.NCING !,~T!STIC EX,_-!',-.',510N IN DrSIC,f\l \'./ITH ENVl~ONl~1ENTAL 5Ei'-JSITIVITY 1111 Sixth /\venue, Suite 500, s,m Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1-.62 facsimile {619) 236-1792 www.sch rn idtdesi i-r1 ,corn Lie. CA 213i, r-JV 219, AZ 3"4139 ' ---- - - --------- J/\E INl-i1\l. ___ J ---- ----- - (_,,:.' ' r:· ~ -• J • • //"I' ,/ ___ ,/ ----'I I I I I I I I I \I \ ----~-I~ I ,----------· -~ I ··-----··-I -I -. --- I I ----------- - ------ ---- - -----. ---" ('lj . ('lj LJJ (J) 1- LJJ w I (J) w LJJ (J) LJJ z _J I 0 ~ ~ ----- ----. --' --------- ·---- :;;o?';_E:30 TC ':.3.3 SITE ELE(:Tfl12,o.~ DEt,,tOLITIQN .-u11.d"'1 l"lot D.i.te: Jami.i.ry, 17 2019 SDG l"roj~.ct NumbN: 1i-10i ENGINEER OF '/IO~K it f~[\i1SIOi\J CESCR PTI01,1 . I I 0 I 5 10 20 SCALE: 1"=10'-0" -- - ----- - ------~- - Di'.TE l~llTl,&,L DATE CD © ® KEY NOTES (NOT ALL ARE USED) REMOVE EXISTING WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE AND IIETURN TO OWNER. USE EXISTING CIRCUIT TO FEED NEW FIXTURES, REFER TO NEW ELECTRICAL PLANS. SPLICE AND REPAIR EXISTING CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. REMOVE EXISTING FIXTURES AND ASSOCIA TEO CONDUIT ON EXTERIOR CANOPY. REMOVE EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURE INCLUDING POLE. REMOVE CONCRETE BASE OR CUT DOWN TO 24" BELOW GRADE. REMOVE EXISTING HANDICAP ACCESS PUSH BUTTON DEVICE FROM CONCRETE COLUMN THAT IS TO BE REMOVED. INSTALL DEVICE IN NEW BOLLARD. REFER TO NEW PLANS. REMOVE EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE. CUT CONDUIT BACK AND REPLACE DEVICES IN KIND TO EXTERIOR WALL AS SHOWN ON NEW PLANS. SE-3.2 /1 ;, c~ r-·l1 .~) BUILT 11 {->', ~ F.E. EXP. Df',TE R:::\/I==\,/ED Bv, ~"' INSPtTTDF! DAT;:- --------------------I :;H3~ I. CI'J'Y OF' C .Al{l ,S 81-\D S-ffFTS 59 P.PI IC VVOR·,<S DEP~-.RT\1ENT ---------- --"'-- IMPROVEMENT PLAN$ F'OFI CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS SITE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN ---···-.. --. -APf-)RO\/ED: '-1 lz."/ /,1 --. --~,{k/ , J!.--. l(..' "'Jl TRAWiPOl(T A TiOfl Ji RECTOR, E: 427/JO EXP . .3/71 /2C IJ.AE T1\Y1\J ----.. BY: _ _tG_[~~ P,,OJECT ND. 1r~ITIAL CHKD r-~v N,J,1 .. ---- DRAWlrH; 1~0 I 4725 I 6608 812-2B OTHFR 1\ )PROV1\I CITY J,.,FJrlR:JV:\I RVWD DY: ~!JA ·----------- (/) 1-z w ~ ::, 0 0 0 0 (0 z 0 ~ 0 z w 0::: .....I .....I <( I ~ u 0 <( (0 (/) .....I 0::: <( u ..-- 0 0) ..-- 0 N ! I _J May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 418 of 442 '! I I_: •: J ' _, I ' ' ,, " I, I' '' '' !.i. I I I I -• - _,, ___ , . ,-- --- SHEET KEY MAP -NTS MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET SE3.0 ., . .-;> - ii ALAGIA ENGINEERING 17743 DEL MSO DR. (158)-746-7414 •l•gl•engineering@gm•il.com AEl,¥160254 fleol 01/li/1! -5:32um 1,o.:.:5~EJ.O TO EJ, 3 5 n-:: E..ECT~IC/•L XMOLITION "LNl.tlw~ -------· ---- MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET SE3.1 -' .. --.... - -·· 0 ~\0 ~\C ii ~-.---. , . _\ I , ) i I (j) © ® --- -_: .. :.:. ---- KEY NOTES (NOT ALL ARE USED) REMOVE EXISTING WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE AND RETURN TO OWNER. USE EXISTING CIRCUIT TO FEED NEW FIXTURES, REFER TO NEW ELECTRICAL PLANS. SPLICE AND REPAIR EXISTING CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. REMOVE EXISTING FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT ON EXTERIOR CANOPY. REMOVE EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURE INCLUDING POLE. REMOVE CONCRETE BASE OR CUT DOWN TO 24" BELOW GRADE. REMOVE EXISTING HANDICAP ACCESS PUSH BUTTON DEVICE FROM CONCRETE COLUMN THAT IS TO BE REMOVED. INSTALL DEVICE IN NEW BOLLARD. REFER TO NEW PLANS. REMOVE EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE. CUT CONDUIT BACK AND REPLACE DEVICES IN KIND TO EXTERIOR WALL AS SHOWN ON NEW PLANS. . --·_:.--. SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. IALANCING A"TISTIC EX!'"ESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVl"ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 11'11 Sixth Avenue, S_uitt"! 500, San Die~o, CA 921m telephone {619) 236-1,462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.schmidtdes ltn,com Lie. CA 2131, NV 219, />,Z 34139 P!ot D.ite: January, ·17 2019 SDG Proj,;c.;t Ntirnber: 1•-10w \ ' . I ! ! I 0 5 10 20 SCALE: 1" = 10'-0" ! -. ------- £---5 fl ~L I 1'o '~J RE\/IE\,/ED ---ms PFC TOR ;; A,, . ' --) [_/JJ 3Y1 SE-3.3 _bu I l -;; DATE . ·------- ~['CITY OF' C1\ItLSBAD_ If SHEUS ----------·· -------+---+-----1----l----' L____l§'j PlJBi 10 WORK:'; JEPARTMENT j i 59 ----------------------+-----+----+----1-----1 -----=-========-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-==-=-==-:-='-'==-=·=-=--:::::;-' ' f----+---j-------------.-----··-----------------+- ------- ------- ------. -----if----------- ---- - ----+---+----------- f----+, ----j.--_, --·----- ~=+' ---+--------------------- f-_c_,;_,T_[---'--IN_i_TI_AL _ /:,._ ENCl~JEER or:-\'1/flf~K ~ :JATE Ii, Tl.•.L OTi-iER P.PPROV.t-.L '.:IT'( ."-PPROV,',.L IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR· CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS SITE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN (f) 1--z w ~ ::::J u 0 0 0 a:i z 0 I-~ 0 z w O'.'. __J __J <( I >-I- u 0 <( a:i (f) __J O'.'. <( u T"" 0 en T"" 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 419 of 442 / I I. -----. ', ' -- / / I SHEET KEY MAP -NTS /\ ' ' •, ;:( ,, ' ' ALAGIA ENGINEEP\ING 17743 DEL ~ASO DR. (151)-746-7414 •l•giaengineering@gmail.com A.El #160254 Nul 01/H•/' -O:L<J■m "li025 F.1 4 TO E.3 7 Sit ELFC rro!ICAI l'I AN.""! E-25,27,2il,30, 3/4"-6#10+1#10EG ROUTE 11,ROUGH ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, IKC. ••• • • I ' •Mt,&, .. ..,. liALA~JCING A1'TISTIC EX!'RESSION IN DESICN WITH El'JVll't0Niv1ENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Dieio, CA 92w1 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619} 236-~792 www. sch m idtde s i tn .com Lie. CA 213~, NV 219, AL 3..f-139 l"lot Date; Jomu«ry, 17 2.019 SDG Project Number: 19-109 --,·,j,'i>-4:d lW--11 ' ' -. . -- ~-·" ---- ------- ----··---' C1\Tt lcJITI;\_ , & n~G!~JEER 0r----\voR1< I ~ ~~ - -- ' ~T 1/l '.J () ~I I I I ~ - w z .....I I () I- <( ~ ---- Jl:.C:C RI F' Tl Of, i 0 l ! I 5 10 20 SCALE: 1" = 10'-0" ----- -'' - ' ' --I I D~TE INIT!AL D~TE KEY NOTES (NOT ALL ARE USED) CD PROVIDE NEW FIXTURE AS SHOWN AT SAME LOCATION OF FIXTURE REMOVED. CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT. ® CONDULET INTO SIDE OF GENERATOR ENCLOSURE, ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUIT THROUGH ENCLOSURE INTO ELECTRICAL ROOM. REFER TO DETAIL 2/SE-4.3. PAINT ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR. (Ii FLUSH IN GRADE PULL BOX REFER TO DETAIL 1/SE-4.2. © INSTALL EXISTING HANDICAP ACCESS PUSH BUTTON DEVICE IN NEW BOLLARD. REFER TO LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. ® © (J) @ ® PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE TO MATCH EXISTING IN WEATHER PROOF BOX WITH LOCKABLE ENCLOSURE. NEMA 4X PULL BOX MOUNT ON SIDE OF BUILDING FOR CONDUIT ACCESS INTO BUILDING. REFER TO DETAIL 1/SE-4.2. PAINT EXPOSED CONDUIT AND BOXES TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR. 1"C-2#10+1#10EG le 1"C-SPARE 1"C-6#10+1#10EG le 1"C-SPARE INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURE SUCH THAT EDGE OF FOOTING IS APPROXIMATELY 12 INCHES AWAY FROM EDGE OF CONCRETE WALKWAY. SE-3.4 Ii /\ <::: Ll ,_) 1jI_ T 1 p "·--·--------~ fl' E. EXP. DATF REV![ 1,,ic J J::Y: ~ H,~I 'LCT □G' LIAT[ --~ ·------SHEET CITY OF CARl,~-)l5i\D 37 PlJRi IC \NCJF~KS DEP~RTMENT L__ ____ -. --" ---- - -----IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL. EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN ~--------"'"··" --,. ~--------- A,1:•1 iROVC:D. ' -<iLz__'"I f,9 m A 1/ f n /<. ~A " -, -- · IRNJSPORTATION D RECTO,, VE: 42790 [XP, 3 /21 /20 DATC ------DVV\~ ffv: r-.1J."l,FS PROJECT ,o. INIT /\l_ CIIKD BY: r, .I.-'-. o r-fff,; ,.t,PFROVA_ c1-y APPROVAL R\/\/•/D BY: I\JA 4725 / 6608 ~-11 DP~~--1;~~~0 I (j) 1-z LU ~ :J (.) 0 0 0 CD z 0 ~ 0 z LU 0:::: _J _J <( I >-I- (.) 0 <( CD (j) _J 0:::: <( (.) -.-- 0 0) -.-- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 420 of 442 I ---1 ' I --------- 1 --------·-•--·, ---c,·---••------- -1-- --• I I -1 --_I ~- --~•--~~ ~: •-- -1 ----I ------I .. --------·· -•--------- / / ( ) i.J .... 1 \ ) -- / --'( -, -.•--~~--·------- i "¢ I /. --------------/ ---___ -I ·-~=~~~~~~--~~-~~~~~---~-~~---~--ti ~ I ---------------@(~-)-----------------------®C.D I (/) • 'I -----------, -------,_----,------,---, ----~---. ' '-------,-----'. I \ ' ' ' ', ' ', ' ' ', ', ' \ ''\ ' r-r----------------------------~ w w I ~ I lli I (/) I w z ....J I u ~ ~ I I I I I i I EXISTING SINGLE STORY HNS BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE !. .... i .l '. i 'I +1 ·-------'[; ---_-_,.<p i I "'II I I I I I ,-- 1 I -r . I ! ' • ' , • i , I ! - , _. I ' . I I ,-J - --:--I ----- I , ) I -·· ___ , -:: -_-:.:. -- __ (3) 3"C-DATA FROM COUNCIL TD HNS AND --(1) 2"C-CATV FROM COUNCIL TO CITY MANAGERS BUILDING; ROUTE UNDERGROUND UP WALL AND INTO BUILDINGS. COORDINATE WITH CITY IT DEPARTMENT. USE LONG ·s\'i£E~ . \ ,·,,, BENDS. ·: _/ ·,v· . -----------------·r - I I ' @0)- r··- I I I -------r----·•-•----- 1 i : ' ' . ' \- .. -~--,--- \"·. 1, " ii " " ' ___ ,J_ I I • I t: -,~EX--I ------7 ' @DI. ' ,_, J CONNECT TO EXISTING UNSWITCHED LIGHTING CIRCUIT IN HALLWAY. ~ COORDINATE WITH FACILITIES. ~ LL 0 EXISTING SINGLE STORY CITY COUNCIL BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET SE-3.7 ALAGI,'\ ENGINEERING 17743 DEL ~ASO DR (Ml),746-7414 •l•giaengineering@gm•il_com AEl;fl 60254 Me•i IJ1/1iii/1" --~:J3cm IOG:L~_D-'4-TO E).7 SITE: i:.LECl"IC~.L "L•)J.~1'1!! I I I ' ' ' ii Ii i! 11 I I I I (',jl!'ll I SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. •. . · llli1i::, •. ·. ;-• • ••• IALANCING ARTISTIC: EX~P!:ESSION IN DESl(_jN 'l/lTH ENVIP!:ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, Som Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1~62 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.schm id td~s i:-n.com Lie, CA 2131, NV 219, AZ 34·139 lllor D•te: J.i.nu.1.ry, 17 2019 SDG l'roject Number: ·1,-106 ' ' r ' ! I I II i. ' I fl i! ' I, 'I I ', '1 11 ii 1: ',] ii I. I I : ii ' ' 'I 1 11 :Ii 111 " ' ' 1, -~ -~ ..... ' ,, - ~-- --··-·- --- -------- -------- DATE IN Tl.~L & ENGII\E::R OF WORK w > -Ct'. 0 w (9 :5 ....J -> 0 <( r:n (/) ....J Ct'. <( u l ( I I I , I -~ - ---------------- ----- ,-1' -- ~ - ---- ---- ----- -- i I -0 5 SCALE: -- -----· --- ---- ---------- ------------- -------- D.L\ c l\ll/l'~iUN Dl SCf.: I!" Tl U\I DTH0 R i I 10 20 1 Tl = 1 Ql-0!1 I - ' -- ---~- ----- INITl.!i,L DA. TE G) 0 @ © ® ® 0 @ ® KEY NOTES (NOT ALL ARE USED) PROVIDE NEW FIXTURE AS SHOWN AT SAME LOCATION OF FIXTURE REMOVED. CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT. PROVIDE 12"X12"X6"D NEMA 4X PULL BOX ON EXTERIOR WALL OF BUILDING. MOUNT 12" ABOVE GRADE FOR CONDUIT PENETRATION INTO BUILDING. PAINT ALL EXPOSED WALL MOUNTED CONDUIT AND BOXES TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR. FLUSH IN GRADE PULL BOX REFER TO DETAIL 2/SE-4.2. INSTALL EXISTING HANDICAP ACCESS PUSH BUTTON DEVICE IN NEW BOLLARD. REFER TO LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE TO MATCH EXISTING IN WEATHER PROOF BOX WITH LOCKABLE ENCLOSURE. NEMA 4X PULL BOX MOUNT ON SIDE OF BUILDING FOR CONDUIT ACCESS INTO BUILDING. REFER TO DETAIL 1/SE-4.2. PAINT EXPOSED CONDUIT AND BOXES TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR. 1"C-2,¥10+1#10EG &: 1"C-SPARE 1"C-6,¥10+1#10EG '1: 1"C-SPARE INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURE SUCH THAT EDGE OF FOOTING IS APPROXIMATELY 12 INCHES AWAY FROM EDGE OF CONCRETE WALKWAY. SE-3.5 II j\ ~ 1: '-' BI J-I -// C -L ~ E:<r. DAT' I") .E. r I [_ l,EV JEl,/ED BY·, ""' _______/ INSPECTOR DI\ TL: -·-----.----···------- - -SHEET CIT''{ OF C1\RLSB1\D Sl-i[[·--:3 38 PIIFH IC V\/Ch'.f<S CEP/\RTMENT 59 : IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR_ ' CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND -I ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN - ------·-· --------------- APPROVED: /'-. M sl.2.'JJ,_~----~Ut/ -TF:t,NSPOR-A Ti Oil DIREC~OP, l-PE: 17790 E!P 3 /2· /2) DATE ------------ DWN W( [,J,JA,PS PRO-. .,![C-NO-'l)f1Al//li;i(: NC_ l~JITl,'-L CH~l'-BY: _!i1t\__ i APPF{C\/AL CITY AF'PRO\/),_1_ 1 r-;:vwei BV- ' - N,)f\ 4725 I 6608 812-2B I ~ . CJ) 1-z w ~ ::J 0 0 0 0 aJ z 0 i 0 z w 0::: _J _J <( I >-I- 0 0 <( aJ CJ) _J 0::: c3 ..... 0 0) ..... 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 421 of 442 ·-- - - - . -- - - ---·-· -- ~ . ·• (.J /'• '• ·~-( -r-- <._. ,/•' / 'al# -· ,_./ -.. :;';,/ , I -. ------.. - . " ·"··-.:{ F // 1/ ,1 // ,, -· .. - // 1,/ /• /./ 1-J / ;1\ // . / ,! ( -, / . _) -----.. · ' ' ' ' ' '/ . / MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET SE-3.4 SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. I A I_A NC I NG A,'! TIS TIC EX~ i'! ES S ION I N O ES I G N WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY ' -- -----· I I I D r--- M I w (/) 1-w w I (/) w w (/) w z -....J I 0 I- <( ~ ·--------· _, ·-------- I -.. -- ·---· I . ---------·· --··-··-· --------·-· I T -· ·------------,_ .. __ ------·-· ---- I T -------. ~ ----__ J I U .A. T[ ! ll'iTIAL IL l~:-\/1'.JCll\l D1-c;c1, I:, Tl Cl,\J CI\Gl~J[[f~ o-WORK . i ! I i 0 5 10 20 SCALE: 111 ::::-10'-0" I --,,_ ' I -· . --------1 KEY NOTES (NOT ALL ARE USED) CD PROVIDE NEW FIXTURE AS SHOWN AT SAME LOCA llON OF FIXTURE REMOVED. CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT. 0 @ 0 ® ® 0 @ ® PROVIDE 12"X12"X6"D NEMA 4X PULL BOX ON EXTERIOR WALL OF BUILDING. MOUNT 12" ABOVE GRADE FOR CONDUIT PENETRAllON INTO BUILDING. PAINT ALL EXPOSED WALL MOUNTED CONDUIT AND BOXES TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR. FLUSH IN GRADE PULL BOX REFER TO DETAIL 2/SE-4.2. INSTALL EXISllNG HANDICAP ACCESS PUSH BUTTON DEVICE IN NEW BOLLARD. REFER TO LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COMMUNICAllONS DEVICE TO MATCH EXISllNG IN WEATHER PROOF BOX WITH LOCKABLE ENCLOSURE. NEMA 4X PULL BOX .MOUNT ON SIDE OF BUILDING FOR CONDUIT ACCESS INTO BUILDING. REFER TO DETAIL 1/SE-4.2. PAINT EXPOSED CONDUIT AND BOXES TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR. 1''C-2#10+1#10EG Ii 1"C-SPARE 1"C-6#10+1#10EG Ii l"C-SPARE INSTALL UGHT FIXTURE SUCH THAT EDGE OF FOOTING IS APPROXIMATELY 12 INCHES AWAY FROM EDGE OF CONCRETE WALKWAY. SE-3.6 I/ /' <:-, f-"' 0 JJI_ T ii t=-: PE. EXP. [,\ -c: ~ OR,>-ly k[V ~[\v'[D BY ~-- INSl''ECTOR DATE I I . ~~ ' SI ![ET CIT)T OF Ci\RLSBl1J) SHEE-s -----·- 39 . i PUJLI::; 'NOl,KS IJ"l"MUME~IT 59 ' ------·---- .-----, IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: ----··----7-·-------·------· CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN I • APPROVE!;: .. ___ ,, __ --· -,. , </jl.'/ 1,~ I ' -/"J'r··J,J./) {<... ... I r,ArLPORTA ION IJIRC:C I OR. 1:-4·· 1uc . XP '/;;1 1··0 flATE --------- I ·----' .!_1 _':' ___ L __ :__· ,!_ __I_L,_ __ '---- DWrl BY: i\JJA,Pli __ ~~;~c;:~6N~J~-]I oR;~v;_~;u D,l, I[ : ll<IITII\L DA. TE NI llAL I :I ~:D 0"· -~----·-----·· --_.L___, ____ . :)Th ER ,"-.PPRC\/AL CITY .A.FPROV1\_ . ~-✓WO 3Y. NJA . ---- . (j) 1-z w ~ :J 0 0 0 0 co z 0 I-~ 0 z w D:'.'. _J _J <( I >-1- 0 0 <( co (j) _J D:'.'. (5 May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 422 of 442 I I -~-· '' I MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET SE-3.4 MATCHLINE -SEE SHEET SE-3.5 / • ' ' -.-.' _,. ALAGIA ENGINEERING 17743 DEL l'ASO DR (151)-7◄6-741 ◄ alagiaengineering@grnaiLcorn ALI#' 60254 n~.1 01/1,;,g -s,~-3.,., 'iiU:!O_ EJ.4 TO E3. 7 ::1 TE !:LECffllC;..L nMl.,jng " ii : \ '' !I " ' '' ~-.:_,_,,' \ ... -- . I I I ' , I \ ' i I ! SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. IALANCING A~TlSTIC EX~RESS!ON IJ\J DESIGN WITH ENV!l"-ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, Sein Diego, CA 92101 t~lephone {619} 236-1-462 facsimile {619} 236--~792 www.s chrnicl tdes i ~n.com Lie. CA 2131, NV 219, AZ 3,4-139 Plot Date: J«nu.iry, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 1,-10, - - -----·- I ' ' I ! --" -·---- .. -' ... i-------·· ., ------- DA le 11.JITIAL ft, U, GJ~t.tf\ OF wurs:K -:-- .. ,\-- ' r . .. -.. -- 0 -·-- -·-- -· . -·---- -- ------·---, ·- R':1/ISIO~I D [C: SC,"< i P Tl C) 1'1 l I I 5 10 20 SCALE: 1"=101-011 ! j I I ------ --· ------ ' ---------I I I ---- DA--;-E INIT A:_ o.•.-t. -· (/ (i) ® KEY NOTES (NOT ALL ARE USED) PROVIDE NEW FIXTURE AS SHOWN AT SAME LOCATION OF FIXTURE REMOVED. CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT. PROVIDE 12"X12"X6"D NEMA 4X PULL BOX ON EXTERIOR WALL OF BUILDING, MOUNT 12" ABOVE GRADE FOR CONDUIT PENETRATION INTO BUILDING. PAINT ALL EXPOSED WALL MOUNTED CONDUIT AND BOXES TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR. FLUSH IN GRADE PULL BOX REFER TO DETAIL 2/SE-4.2. 0 INSTALL EXISTING HANDICAP ACCESS PUSH BUTTON DEVICE IN NEW BOLLARD, REFER TO LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. ® ® 0 @ ® PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE TO MATCH EXISTING IN WEATHER PROOF IOX 'MTH LOCKABLE ENCLOSURE. NEMA 4X PULL BOX MOUNT ON SIDE OF BUILDING FOR CONDUIT ACCESS INTO BUILDING. REFER TO DETAIL 1/SE-4.2. PAINT EXPOSED CONDUIT AND BOXES TO MATCH BUILDING COLOR. 1"C-2#10+1#10EG " 1"C-SPARE 1"C-6#10+1jl10EG " 1"C-SPARE INSTALL LIGHT FlXTURE SUCH THAT EDGE OF FOOTING IS APPROXIMATELY 12 INCHES AWAY FROM EDGE OF CONCRETE WALKWAY, SE-3.7 ii .\ (-, ('; .2) BLJIIT 11 ------~ ;? _.-0> PE E.XJJ . ---DAIT 1-"o "2!t,y REVI[\,./[.D BY: ~ INSFl[CTlJf? JATE GI l[[T CITY OF CARLSBA,D SHEETS 40 59 PUBL C WORf<S ]EF.A.F~--M::..NT ----IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR I CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO I ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN __ ., __ ----- f,.PrROVE_': "lh1-,//1, d ~ ~ t<.. -l1!i) - Tf:At,Sl'OkTe,-IQN .fllRFCff ', PF '12.790 E\P , ''' IT DA.TE ~' 1 .c...l L) D\1VH BY -;;JI(I-'::-; ---- PROJECT NO. DR1\Wif!G NO. NI :1;..L CHKD BY: NJ>-. I cl IHcl,: ArP?UV.,&,L '...:I IY .'-F'PRO\l,',1_ RV 1NC BY: NJ>, I 4725 I 6608 J 812-2B ------ (f) 1-z w ~ ::::> 0 0 0 0 O'.l z 0 ~ 0 z w O::'. ....l ....l <( I >-1- 0 0 <( O'.l (f) ....l O::'. <( 0 ,,_ 0 0) ,,_ 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 423 of 442 l'M!EL ID: LOCATION: MAIN; IUS ,._MPS MOUi\ TIN.G; AIC ,v .. rnm E ELECT PlOOM LUGS IQQ SU~FAC[ 10,00Q EXISTING FEEDEl'tlS"tSTEM FED F~OM; MSI FF ED flt. OC!' H)n •M!'S SYSTEM 201 J120V, 3-19H.4W LOAO TYl'ES li:ari~ ur tiQN. NO!l-CONTIMUOU3 !,_CL: 1.ow..:;.cu;,1n:~uo:J•~ "-_EC ·CH,INJD1\GLE ?ECEPf'S !:(Jl'::i(IICrlEn ~m,.sue-n:)PNL UNIT:f{ES;[.! Url:T MntMOfG'{ ----- CKT DESC~l!'TION EXISTING 3 EXISTING (i EXISTING EXlSflNG 11 EXISTING 13 EXISTING 15 EXISTING 17 EXISTlNC i9 EXISTING LOAC _ --..D'K -!.IS'l __ Z0fl 2011 2011 1011 ----f-----+--11 2011 20/1 2011 20/1 201'\ LO.',D (VA) LOAD f'IA) LOAD(VAI >HA '". !'HG IKR ! iso I ' : 2011 I 1==p ·,· ' 20/1 --,-· -~--_--_ -----_ --------__ I '_" --2011 i -·-·--·-·~- [·:. ' ' , 2011 ,---I ', 2011 .,·,, . ----· - 2011 ' I I :J0/2 ,·,·_,, : .. ' I . ., ' I ' 2011 ' ' .. ' ,' : 2011 L01'.D TYl'E ~-DESC"-ll'tlOtj LCL 'EXTE~I0, LIGHTS ' : EXJ5TlN.G LCL , EXTER10~ Ll(rnTS --·--·-------EXISTING ' EXISTING - -.. ----· --EXISTING 'EXIS-;-ING EXIS'ING !EXISTING iEXISilNG ,___ ___ -----+---------lf-~'-c-+-~--·~ 1 EXlS l ING I ,'· ' I I !EXISTING 2011 f==~-------------1:J EXISTING '.ti Sl"ACE :.!9 Sl'ACE D GEN'l.. toAo· lo LotJ.G CONTIN.: jr."17"'00,:--, GEN'L ~ECEl'T; [~Oc=_ ==:; MOTO~ LOAD. IO KITCHE~llOA'.}. j~a==~ 201\ ,· ,·' I I ''' . ', . A 1212: Q /+2~'J. OF LM{GfSlJ IQ. ___ ~ ' : 2(11'1 ' I : EXISTING 2011 2lll1 EXISTING ' ' ,: I EXTE1'l0~ LIGHTS ·, : 20/1 ' ' I ' SI-ACE ' .. i 0 [ 15q_ l CONNECTEC LOAD l"ER l'H.,1,SE ~L::: __ :::_ :::::::;f-_;;,,;;-,~--=:' · 1 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD IVAI c-5 _]AMI'S OF fOTAL CONNECTED l.OAO ~-~2125 j TOTAL DEM--.ND VA [iiALANCEDJ CD HIGH •HASE AMPS/LCL CKT 2 4 6 ·-·--· ' 0 10 ------12 i•! lf.i 18 .. -- 1i1 22 2,, 26 2-o :m fl/I flfl •• •• PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING SPACE. CIRCUIT BREAKER TO MATCH EXISTING IN TYPE AND AIC RATING. f/f/ USE EXISTING SPARE BREAKER FOR NEW CIRCUIT. DESIGNED FOR 4 1/2" MINIMUM CONCRE1E WALL, EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM WALL IS !I INCH THICK CONCRE1E BLOCK. RG'3: 3/4' J· ,\K 1 I /2" E\IT: I '/2" "1/1XIMIJ\I . . ,. • • ! • • • ... ' ' ,I. ' FLUSH 3M-MP MOLDABLE PUTTY, 1" MINIMUM DEPTH. 6" OR SMALLER RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (RCS) 4" OR SMALLER IMC OR EMT N------------~ 120V REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING TIME CLOCK WITH TITLE 24 APPROVED ASTRONOMICAL PROGRAMMABLE TIME CLOCK. 20A 1P ___ ,,...._,._ _____ _,_.rn--1---------Sl1E LIGHTING 20A 1P 20A 1P ! I 11 Sl1E LIGHTING ~ EXISTING ELECTRICALLY HELD LIGHTING 4 POLE CONTACTOR WITH 120V COIL, 20A CONTACTS. LIGHTING CONTROL DETAIL 1 NO SCALE N EXISTING I ?OAT ) 100AF 3P 0 w c> -""' + '-" ... z"'tt= F ,.-, !fl I x o w- EXISTING PA~IEL E SE-4.0 EXISTING MAIN SWITCHBOARD SECTION eoo AMP 120/208V 3PH 4W SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM NO SCALE ~· " . ' ~ ".8 ' • , ' . , ,, '" I " < ?; >' ~~. ,ij~' ~ j~ ,. •I ., ', ,, •' • ' ,' , ' VIEW OF EXISTING CONDUITS ON CANOPY, LOOKING NORTHWEST. REMOVE VOICE/DATA CONDUIT ROU1ED ON CANOPY. REFER TO Sl1E PLANS FOR SIZE AND TYPE. • • . .. .. .. INSTALLED CONCENTRICALLY OR ECCENTRICALLY . ,., t,M ~! • • • • • • .. . . ... • ~-------!'---~ CAJ1075 3HR CONDUIT PENETRATION DETAIL NO SCALE 3 SE-'1.0 ALAGIA ENGINEERING 17743 DEL ~ASO OR. (~51)-746-7414 alagiaengineering@gmail.com AEI#10O254 Ne,•I 01/Hi/l:'1 -5,.,.,.,-, 1•Ul~.-~~.0 SINGLE ,_NJ 1'11NEL SCHEDULES.,j·,q ..... -w ...t,;:.. .... _ ---.,,. -~ ..,..;1,1 . ----• -... Jr-' r~ CONDUIT CANOPY DETAIL 4 NO SCALE SE-'1.0 SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, I NC:. ••• •-, ·•;-, ' '..., , .t ,, • ·~,. •t:.: WV~ IALAl'JCINC ,.,RTI.STIC EX~Rl:.'.i'.:ilON IN Dl:.'.ilCN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Av~nue, Suite 500, San Die~o, CA 92101 telephone {619} 236-1462 facsimile {619} 236-8792 www.sch midtdcsi:n.corn Lie. CA 213~, NV 219, AZ 34139 Plot Date: Jcmuary, ·17 201, SDG Project Number: 1i-106 SE-4.0 II I\ ~ T') ; , T 1, T /( (_~~> !).__/_)_ ------- r,,E ___ _ EXP. ___ _ RF\ITF\./ED BY: DAT[ ,_ ____ -------+--------------,- ------------------- - ------------------------j ----+--1------+----< I s~1T I . -----t----+---+---1------:===~~,'-==~-=---=-=-===-=-===---~=-==_:_:__ __ ~ IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR· --+-------,-----, CIT'{ OF Cl\RL~1DAD Fl.lBUC W'.::Rf<S Dl:-:PARTtAEI\IT SHr-FT:=; 59 + -------------------------+------+-----+>----CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS ------: . --------------+ SINGLE LINE AND PANEL SCHEDULES . --,-----< '----+f----- I ,i~F'R->'·-'E'' -----i r, ~• U, ---, ------------+-----------------------! rf",M,Wkt,1 K_-. __1M-, ------ DATE I\JITIAI lL t----~-------, II ::':~JG ~iEER OF WC;RK __ __,_ _____ -"------t i I RPJJSPO<TA.TIO~~ DIREC:fo~vPE: 47.790 E::>'.P. C/~_1_/_2J~--DA ll I :-:-=====::=:;:;:=::;-=::=-::":::~:::-.=.::::.::::.::::.::::.::=::::.::==.~ ----+----+-----+----'-'---• DWlJ BY: _r\:1A,Pc:____ P~:O-~'ECT \~o. DR.A•Nlf\JC 1,Jo. f--!-~'-1·-:-lt~IT!1\I DAT~ I lr~ITIAL CHf<J ':ff: Nc-,Ci RVWD BY. ___ Jjyt•. OTHER .4,-,r·RJVA_ 4725 / 6608 812-2B ------,-----·------------~------ (j) 1-z w ~ ::, 0 0 0 0 co z 0 I-~ 0 z w 0:::: _J _J <( I ~ 0 0 <( co (j) _J 0:::: <( 0 ~ 0 0) ,.- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 424 of 442 BASE PLATE WITH LEVELING NUTS (TOP AND BOTTOM). 2" CLR - ' 0 I <O ~ • .. . . . . . . • • . . ' • • • FINISH GRADE \ -"·~"''<&~0,;:>os;,:"';::;<<=%~:;,;;:~-: V , "~0»'$~ ~>,ii.rt. =*.=ff= GALVANIZED ANCHOR BOLTS AS ,_ ·· REQUIRED BY POLE MANUFACTURER. - PROVIDE DOUBLE LOCKNUTS AT POLE BASE FOR POLE LEVEL ADJUSTMENT. PROVIDE ALTERNATE PRICE FOR STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS AND BOLTS, 6" CL:-TJ 2500 PSI CONCRETE POLE BASE WITH e 115 VERTICAL REBAR CAGE WITH /13 STIRRUPS 8 12" O.C. • ' • .. • • .. • .. • • .. . • ·• • . ... . ·" ' .. " . I • 24" DIA 3" CLR LIGHTING FIXTURE, SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE. ROUND NON-TAPERED POLE, SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE CONDUCTORS FROM HANDHOLE TO LIGHT FIXTURE HANDHOLE WITH COVER STEEL POLE BASE COVER 1-1 /2" GROUT BETWEEN BOTTOM OF POLE BASE AND TOP OF CONCRETE BASE. PROVIDE BARE CU #4 GROUND FROM POLE TO FOOTING CONNECTING TO REBAR CAGE. #4 CONDUCTOR TO BE MINIMUM 20 FT LONG BRANCH CIRCUITING TO PANEL . REFER TO SITE PLAN . LIGHT FIXTURE AND POLE BASE DETAIL I SA I 1 SE-4.1 FINISH GRADE 'o I 1o ~ x 0 0:: "-"-< ~ ;; ,_% " " 6" CL~ 1/;;,;:,'»;;-»>; ¾ «i:i;, . 2500 PSI CONCRETE POLE BASE WITH e 115 VERTICAL REBAR CAGE ~TH /13 STIRRUPS Ii 12" O.C. --i-... GALVANIZED ANCHOR BOLTS AS REQUIRED BY POLE MANUFACTURER • PROVIDE DOUBLE LOCKNUTS AT POLE BASE FOR POLE LEVEL ADJUSTMENT. PROVIDE ALTERNATE PRICE FOR STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS AND BOLTS C1 I 6" CLR • • • .. ' . .. •• ' . 2'4" DIA • • • 3" CLR LIGHTING FIXTURE, SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE. ROUND NON-TAPERED POLE, SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE CONDUCTORS FROM HANDHOLE TO LIGHT FIXTURE HANDHOLE WITH COVER 1-1/2" GROUT BETWEEN BOTTOM OF POLE BASE AND TOP OF CON CRETE BASE. PROVIDE BARE CU /I+ GROUND FROM POLE TO FOOTING CONNECTING TO REBAR CAGE. #4 CONDUCTOR TO BE MINIMUM 20 FT LONG BRANCH CIRCUITING TO PANEL. REFER TO SITE PLAN. COMPACTED SUB GRADE WITH FINISHED FLOOR L THREADED COUPLING SET FLUSH --. ,c-.-~_.;-c-.,-c• : •'" I . • : •• . : j_ 4 .J. . ..... .,. 'I'. ··., PVC SCHEDULE eo ELBOWS . ' .0. ,l ... ,1 .., •. .. <i .. . . . A _. - PVC SCHEDULE 40 MAY BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC CON CRETE SLAB COMPACTED SUB GRADE • ..... 4 .. • • • PVC SCHEDULE eo ELBOWS • THREADED COUPLING SET FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR • ' d . . • • .. • PVC SCHEOULE 40 . . • q· LI _. • • q • • ,1 . .. BELOW GRADE CONDUIT INSTALLATION EXPOSED CONDUIT STUB UP APPLICATIONS NO SCALE LIGHT FIXTURE AND POLE BASE DETAIL 'SA1'/1SA2' 2 NOTES NO SCALE ALAGIA ENGINEERING 177~3 DEL PASO DR. 1a5a)-H6-741~ alagiaengineering@gm,il.com AEl#I Ll0254 N~■I 01/1~/1~ -5:2.~•m 11iOZ5 __ F.{." r:LECiRl'~AL OETAIG■w~ -4.1 PROVIDE THREADED CONDUIT PLUG IN ALL SPARE CONDUITS. SCHMIDT DESlGN GROUP, INC. IAI_ANCING "-"TISTIC EXP'IHSSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVll'l!ONMENTAL SEr--lSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avem.1e, Suite 500, S.i.n Die;o, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1.462 facsimile {619) 236-~792 wwv•,.schrnidtdesign.com Lie. CA2138, NI/ 2·19, AZ 34139 l'lot Date: Janu«ry, 17 2019 SDG l'roject Ntirnber: 16-106 ~ ---- OATF. El,CIIEf'R ---- ------ ! ·---------- ------- -li'~ITlt\L lb -·---- OF 'NO~f( ,-- ------ ------- l,l\/lSIOI\ DESCT<IPT 01•i 3 24• MIN. SE 4.1 ---- - ' . ---- ---------- - UAII-I ','-Ji 11.l. I O l:-JER J\PliRO\IJ\L 124• (MAX) .~ FINAL FINISHED G"ADE // 12· J_ ,.,.--CONTINUOUS l'LASTIC WARNING TAPE WITH ALUMINUM TRACER CENTE~EO IN TRENCH .~ BACKFILL COMPACTED ,.,/ TO 90% MINIMUM, EXCEPT ., ,,,.. TOP 12" COMl'ACTED TO 95% MINIMUM DUCTS l'ER SITE PLAN (MINIMUM COVER OF 24") SAND L_ MIN 2" COVER i---ALL SIDES OF EACH DUCT (TYl'ICAL) PATCH REPAIR ALL SIDEWALKS, ASPHALT AND CURBS TO MATCH EXISTING. REPAIR ALL IRRIGATION LINE AFFECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION ALL UNDERGROUND DUCTS SHALL BE PVC SCHEDULE 40 WITH ~VC SCHEDULE eo ELBOWS • ELECTRICAL TRENCH DETAIL 4 NO SCALE SE-4.1 SE-4.1 ii !• <:::: B!. J I i TI/ . ~1 '--' ' P.E. EXF-'. Dt,TE Rl\l IE\•/ED E y, IN~l"ECTnR DAT~ SI [CT ~''{-0F ~1-\RI c'BAD I SH~~TS -\ \..., __ jk) __ I 59 42 . '"E IC WCRl(S DEP1,RTMc.NT ' ---·-IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL DETAILS , . . APPC:DVED: '-' J1-1bq ~/ K.ftm --------- .:5/21 /'IC DAT=--If< ,6JJ'.JI_J Uk I/-\ l"l:i'-l 'llRfCTOR, E: 4? /90 E>T_J. -DWN EIY: [\J J)\j"iS ____ PROJ[CT ND. DR/IVll~IG NU. :_:A IT:: l~~ITIAL Clcl<D DY: ~~,J),. ... 4725 I 6608 812-2B UT"' l-PPRJ\/.4..1. RVWD GY: N.J>,. ,,. (J) 1-z LU ~ :J u 0 0 0 O'.) z 0 -~ 0 z w 0::: ....I ...J <( I >-f- u 0 <( O'.) (J) ....I 0::: <( u ...- 0 0) ~ 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 425 of 442 CORE DRILL THROUGH FIRST FLOOR AND INTO JANITOR'S CLOSET ABOVE TO FIRST FLOOR CEILING SPACE AND THEN TO PANEL. LIGHTING CIRCUITS TO PARKING LOT ON WEST SIDE. REFER TO SITE PLANS. - 19" 10.7:"i" 7" J NOTES CD REINFORCED PRECAST GRADE MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE WITH OPEN BOTTOM. {l) CAST IRON COVER SHALL INSTALL FLUSH IN TOP OF GRADE JUNCTION BOX. FURNISH CHRISTY BOX COVER WITH CHECKERED SURFACE AND TWO PENTA HEAD STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS. PULL BOX DETAIL NO SCALE @ EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM LOCATED BEHIND GENERATOR ENCLOSURE. CONDULET INTO GENERATOR ENCLOSURE AND INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUIT ON WALL OF ENCLOSURE TO GET TO EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS TO PARKING LOT ON EAST SIDE OF CITY MANAGERS BUILDING. SAW CUT EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND CURB AND PATCH. BOND He AWG STRANDED COPPER EQUIPMENT GROUND TO METALLIC COVER BY MEANS OF GROUND LUG BOLTED TO GROUND ROD. PROVIDE 5'-0" SLACK WIRE TO ALLOW REMOVAL OF COVER. CONDUIT ENTRANCE WEST OF CITY MANAGERS 3 NO SCALE ALAGIA ENGINEERING 17743 DEL PASO DR. (~51)-746-7414 •l•gi•engineering@gm•il.com AEI#150254 j,Jeo! IJ1/lio/1' 5:<'.<i•m 11i015_F.L.2 El_£CT~IC.'.L CETAILS.<I"' SE-4.2 SCH!vIIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. 1,-.LANCING Al'.TISTIC EXl'~ESSION IN 0['..ilGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 111 1 Sixth Av"rn.1e, Suite 500, S°'n Dieio, CA 92101 telephone {6·19} 236-1462 facsimile {619} 236-t792 www.schrnidtdesi~:r1.com Lie. CA213t, NV 219, AZ 34139 .-lol Datl!!: Jomuary, I/ 2u19 SDG ,.rojl!ct Number: 1i-10i / CONDUIT PATH EAST OF CITY MANAGERS 2 NO SCALE i : '' .,, ·11 if ii ii ;/ .,r ,! :/ i '[ I, H j • TYPE 'SD' MOUNTING NO SCALE ~-- --- .. -------- -·· --------+------ --------' . IJATF NITl,',L IL RF\/ cilOI\J i :-1 FNCINFFR OF WORK '!, CITY OF CARLSBAD SIGN 'i ,- .'jl 17" l 4" I , , I I" SE-4.' MOUNT FIXTURE TYPE 'SD' IN FRONT OF LANDSCAPE WALL AND ADJUST FOR BEST ILLUMINATION. STAKE MOUNT TO 12 INCHES ABOVE GRADE TO ILLUMINATE OVER FOLIAGE. 1: I-'~ ii. ', •'. '---PHILIPS S3-H STAKE MOUNT IN -, i DETAIL --- CF!IF'TIO~I '' ' .. .. ' . -I---------- D:\ TF" i 11\JITl,·\L --' i OT"ER Ai'PRiJ\/.AL CONCRETE SLURRY WITH MINIMUM 3 INCH COVER AROUND STAKE. SE-4.2 -// D ,;:: k I IL -!! / 4 '\ u .0L SE-4.5- - ~J_E:_ __ ~--EXI'. L;'.>TE PE\1IE\./ED BY, J\IS")rc-cR Df".', T :=:: SHEET ' CITY r\ fl r' ~f<T '·'[3" I) Sl59T,I I v \, ;-\ Jk_} ' . ,LI 43 I Pl iBLIC \N~-1RKS DC:PART\-1t:NT I .... ---- IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL DETAILS - _b.....;=~J\/~·o· "'Lz'-) /Jq , ~()l),,,W;;/J<. MzJ} ,....\,~ -~~/2·1 /2C D/1 T[ "RA.\!'·)P::)~T.1-\TICH DIRl~T;J~\ 1· : 42790 LJ,, . 1ovvr1 s'i: _ _,,1_,,_Ps "! ;;'~~c;~~~~~ 11 DR~~~?-~~~~o IJh ·r~ '\' Tl.i..L -' C:HKLJ l:lY: N,A C TY ,A.?rR0\/1\L_ ] f-c'.V\/\/C 6 'Y: Nvl\ I (/) 1-z w 2 :) 0 0 0 0 CD z 0 I-:; 0 z w 0::: ....I ....I <( I ~ -0 0 <( OJ (/) ....I 0::: 0 ..... 0 0) .- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 426 of 442 36"X24"X6"D STAINLESS STEEL PULL BOX. MOUNT OVER EXISTING CORES THROUGH BUILDING. INSTALL (1) 3"C & (1} 2"C CORE IN ADDITION TO THE EXISTING (2) 3" C. FOR VOICE/DATA CABLING. AVOID EXISTING STRUCTURAL CORDS AT 12'-0" AFF COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF PULL BOX l'llTH IT DEPARTMENT AND l'llTH REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONDUITS ON CANOPY. ROUTE VOICE/DATA CONDUIT BELOW GRADE. REFER TO SITE PLANS FOR SIZE AND TYPE. BORE UNDER CONCRETE OR REMOVE CONCRETE PANEL FROM EXPANSION JOINT TO EXPANSION JOINT AND REPLACE. USE LONG SWEEP BENDS FOR ALL VOICE DATA CONDUITS. CONDUIT ROUTED TO COUNCIL CHAMBERS BUILDING. REFER TO DETAIL 2 THIS SHEET FOR CONTINUATION. ,<·' ' . ,, '\ ' l l ; I ' ' ',, ''i1 ',q ' ',1, ']·· 'L. -- "' :' :\ ' i, ' '', ', -, \,,,. -~ ·\ ' ------- '.'' ' ' ' ' .. -; ' ,,. ' ', '' \ ' ' " ' i ' ... '·;, i, VOICE/DATA CONDUIT DETAIL AT CITY COUNCIL NO SCALE ALAGIA ENGINEERING 17743 DEL PASO DR, (858)-746-7414 alagiaongineering@gmail.com A~1#1602~1 Neal 01/24/1~ -11:02pm 160'l~J:4.J FLE"CTRICAL DfTAll S.dwg i' CORE THROUGH EXTERIOR WALL l'llTH (3) 3"C. & (1) 2·c NEAR TOP OF PULL BOX BUT AT NO HIGHER THAN 42" AFF. EXISTING STRUCTURAL CORDS ARE AT 48" AFF. PRO'v1DE 30"X24"X8"D STAINLESS STEEL PULL BOX. MOUNT TO EXTERIOR WALL. ROUTE VOICE/DATA CONDUIT BELOW GRADE. REFER TO SITE PLANS FOR SIZE AND TYPE, BORE UNDER CONCRETE OR REMOVE CONCRETE PANEL FROM EXPANSION JOINT TO EXPANSION JOINT AND REPLACE. IRRIGATION CONTROLLER TO BE REMOVED. REFER TO IRRIGATION PLANS. CUT AND ABANDON EXISTING 120 V CIRCUIT, USE LONG SWEEP BENDS FOR ALL VOICE DATA CONDUITS. CONDUIT ROUTED TO COUNCIL CHAMBERS BUILDING. REFER TO DETAIL 1 THIS SHEET FOR CONTINUATION. 1 VOICE/DATA CONDUIT DETAIL AT HNS BUILDING 2 SE-4.3 PAINT ALL EXPOSED STEEL WITH EPOXY PRIMER AND TWO COATS COLOR DARK BROWN RAL #8028 SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. BALAf\JCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.schmidtdesign.com Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 Plot Date: January, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16-106 NO SCALE A SINGLE COAT OF OF EPOXY PAINT. ' : DATE INITIAL IL DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL REVISION DESCRIPTION ENGINEER OF WORK OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL SE-4.3 SE-4.3 11 AS BUILT" P.F. EXP. DATE REVIE\./ED BY• INSPECTOR DAfE I 5~4 1 I CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL DETAILS APPROVED: rt_~/ J<, ~ TRANSPORTATION DIRECTO~[: 42790 EXP. jfl.j_{JJ_ 3 /21-/20 ~ArE OWN DY: NJA,PS PROJECT NO. DRAWl,~C NO. CHKD BY: NJA 4725 / 6608 812-2B RVWD BY: NJA - (I) f-z w ~ ::J 0 0 0 0 (Il z 0 ~ 0 z w 0::: _J _J <( I >-f- 0 0 <( (Il (I) _J 0::: <( 0 ..- 0 0) ..- 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------....tN May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 427 of 442 IRRIGATION NOTES 1. THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN IS BASED ON AN AVAILABLE WATER PRESSURE OF 72 PSI AT CITY SERVICE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WATER PRESSURE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND REPORT ANY DIFFERENCES TO THE CITY OF CARLSBAD. 2. THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM IS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATIC ALLY FOR CLARITY. LOCATE ALL PIPING, VALVES, BACKFLOW PREVENTERS, AND OTHER IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT WITHIN PLANTING AREAS UNLESS NOTED OR DIRECTED OTHERWISE. LOCATE ALL VALVES AND VALVE BOXES SIX INCHES FROM EDGE OF PAVING OR CURB. 3. EXISTING UTILITIES AND FIELD CONDITIONS: PRIOR TO EXCAVATION, LOCATE ALL CABLES, CONDUITS, AND UNDERGROUND UTILITIES.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AN UNDERGROUND UTILITY SERVICE TO LOCATE AND MARK UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR WILL TAKE PROPER PRECAUTIONS NOT TO DAMAGE OR DISTURB SUCH UNDERGROUND IMPROVEMENTS. NOTIFY THE OWNER IMMEDIATELY IF A CONFLICT EXISTS BETWEEN SUCH OBSTACLES AND THE PROPOSED WORK PROCEED IN SAME MANNER IF ROCK LAYERS OR ANY OTHER CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED UNDERGROUND MAKE CHANGES ADVISABLE. 4. ALL PIPING AND WIRING UNDER ROADWAYS AND PAVING AND THROUGH WALLS SHALL BE SLEEVED 5. USE FOUR WRAPS OF THREE-QUARTER INCH (3/4") TEFLON TAPE FOR ALL THREADED VALVE CONNECTIONS. 6. AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION CONTROLLER IS TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONNECTION OF FIELD WIRES TO APPROPRIATE TERMINAL STRIPS. 7. ADJUST ALL SPRINKLERS TO AVOID OVERSPRAY ONTO WALLS, WALKS, STREETS, UTILITY BOXES, BUILDINGS AND OTHER IMPROVEMENTS 8. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE SET PERPENDICULAR TO THE FINISH GRADE OF THE AREA TO BE IRRIGATED UNLESS OTHERWISE DESIGNED ON THE PLANS. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL IN-LINE ANTI-DRAIN VALVES AS WARRANTED BY SITE CONDITIONS TO ALLEVIATE LOW HEAD DRAINAGE. 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT WILLFULLY INSTALL THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS WHEN IT IS OBVIOUS IN THE FIELD THAT OBSTRUCTIONS, GRADE DIFFERENCES OR DIFFERENCES IN THE AREA DIMENSIONS SUCH OBSTRUCTIONS OR DIFFERENCES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. IN THE EVENT THIS NOTIFICATION IS NOT PERFORMED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REVISIONS NECESSARY 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP AN UP-TO-DATE COMPLETE "AS-BUil T" RECORD SET OF PRINTS WHICH SHALL BE UPDATED DAILY AND SHOW EVERY CHANGE FROM THE ORIGINAL DESIGN. 12. INSTALL IRRIGATION HEADS IN TURF AREAS 2" FROM WALKS AND HARDSCAPE AREAS. 13. ALL CONTROL VALVES SHALL BE MANIFOLDED AND GROUPED IN ONE AREA SHOWN ON PLAN. VALVES SHALL BE SET AT RIGHT ANGLES TO EDGES. INSTALL VALVES BOXES 6" FROM EDGES OF HARDSCAPE AREAS. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND DISCARD DAILY, ALL PIPING DISTURBED DURING TRENCHING OPERATION. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. REFER TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOR INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL HEAT BRAND ALL PLASTIC VALVES BOXES WITH THE FOLLOWING LABELS. ALL LETTERS SHALL BE ONE INCH (1") HIGH. LETTERING ON VALVE BOX LIDS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE SAME LOCATION ON EACH VALVE BOX LID, AND ALL LABELING SHALL FACE THE SAME DIRECTION. QUICK COUPLER VALVE BOXES SHALL BE LABELED "QCV" BALL VALVE BOXES "BV" 17. ALL BOLTS FOR LOCKING VALVE BOX LIDS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT CITY OF CARLSBAD INSPECTOR PRIOR TO ANY TRENCHING OPERATIONS. 19. PROVIDE CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS ON ALL MAINLINES 2-1/2" AND GREATER, PER DETAIL AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE CITY OF CARLSBAD INSPECTION DEPARTMENT SHALL BE NOTIFIED 48 HOURS (2 WORKING DAYS) PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. ALL WORK PERFORMED WITHOUT BENEFIT OF INSPECTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REJECTION AND REMOVAL. 20. CALSENSE CONTROLLERS, FLOW SENSOR, MASTER VALVE, PHONE MODEM ALL SHALL BE TESTED AND WRITTEN CERTIFICATION PROVIDED BY CALSENSE TO CITY OF CARLSBAD PRIOR TO TURN OVER OF PROJECT 21. THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PERFORM DOMESTIC WATER SHUTDOWN TESTING AND FIELD INVESTIGATION TO VERIFY THE EXISTING IRRIGATION MAINLINE IS ISOLATED AND COMPLETELY SEPARATE FROM THE BUILDING WATER SUPPLY. REMOVE, SEVER, CUT AND CAP ANY AND/OR ALL CROSS CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE IRRIGATION MAINLINE AND BUILDING WATER SUPPLIES. REMOVE AND REPLACE ALL PORTIONS OF IRRIGATION MAINLINE AND BUILDING WATER SUPPLY LINE AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE CLEAR SEPARATION. NON-TOXIC DYE TESTING OF THE IRRIGATION MAINLINE MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR FINAL VERIFICATION OF THIS WORK. IRRIGATION DESIGN IS BASED UPON A MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE OF 72 PSI WITH A MAXIMUM DEMAND OF 45 GPM AT THE POINT OF CONNECTION. WATER COMPANY: CITY OF CARLSBAD PHONE NUMBER: 760-602-2420 IRRIGATION SCHEDULE EXISTING EQUIPMENT SYMBOL NEW EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION EXISTING RCV EXISTING QUICK-COUPLER 1" EXISTING BALL VALVE EXISTING WILKINS 600 PRESSURE REGULATOR EXISTING BACK FLOW PREVENTER 1" EXISTING BACK FLOW PREVENTER 2" EXISTING CONTROLLER EXISTING CONTROLLER EXISTING CONTROLLER EXISTING CONTROLLER WATER METER 1-112" WATER METER 2" IRRIGATION LATERAL LINE IRRIGATION MAINLINE SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION 00 HUNTER MP CORNER PROS-06-PRS40-CV SHRUB ROTATOR, 6" POP-UP WITH FACTORY INSTALLED CHECK VALVE, PRESSURE REGULATED TO 40 PSI, MP ROTATOR NOZZLE. T=TURQUOISE ADJ ARC 45-105 ON PRS40 BODY. HUNTER MP1 ODO PROS-06-PRS40-CV SHRUB ROTATOR, 6" POP-UP WITH CHECK VALVE, PRESSURE REGULATED TO 40 PSI, MP ROTATOR NOZZLE. M=MAROON ADJ ARC 90 TO 210, L=LIGHT BLUE 210 TO 270 ARC. O=OLIVE 360 ARC ON PRS40 BODY. HUNTER MP2000 PROS-06-PRS40-CV SHRUB ROTATOR, 6" POP-UP WITH FACTORY INSTALLED CHECK VALVE, PRESSURE REGULATED TO 40 PSI, MP ROTATOR NOZZLE. K=BLACKADJ ARC 90-210, G=GREEN ADJ ARC 210-270, R=RED 360 ARC ON PRS40 BODY. HUNTER MP800SR PROS-06-PRS40-CV SHRUB ROTATOR, 6.0" POP-UP WITH CHECK VALVE, PRESSURE REGULATED TO 40 PSI (2.76 BAR), MP ROTATOR NOZZLE ON PRS40 BODY. ORANGE ADJ ARC 90 TO 210 OR LIME GREEN ARC 360. DETAIL 1/Ll-2.0 RAIN BIRD 1804-SAM-PRS-1400 FLOOD -- SYMBOL FLOOD BUBBLER 4.0" POPUP WITH CHECK VALVE AND PRESSURE REGULATOR RAIN BIRD RWS-B-C-SOCK ROOT WATERING SYSTEM WITH 4.0" DIAMETER X 36.0" LONG WITH LOCKING GRATE, SEMI-RIGID MESH TUBE. CHECK VALVE AND SAND SOCK. RAIN BIRD BUBBLER: 1402 0.5 GPM. MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION 3/Ll-2.1 DETAIL HUNTER ICZ-101-25 1" 7/Ll-2.0 DRIP CONTROL ZONE KIT. 1" ICV GLOBE VALVE WITH 1" HY100 FILTER SYSTEM. PRESSURE REGULATION: 25PSL FLOW RANGE: 2 GPM TO 20 GPM. 150 MESH STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN. RAIN BIRD MDCFCAP 5/Ll-2.1 DRIPLINE FLUSH VALVE CAP IN COMPRESSION FITTING COUPLER. AREA TO RECEIVE DRIPLINE 1/Ll-2.1 NETAFIM TLCV-06-12 TECHLINE PRESSURE COMPENSATING LANDSCAPE DRIPLINE WITH CHECK VALVE. 0.6 GPH EMITTERS AT 12" O.C. DRIPLINE LATERALS SPACED AT '12" APART, WITH EMITTERS OFFSET FOR TRIANGULAR PATTERN. 17MM. WEATHERMATIC 8200CR BRASS REMOTE CONTROL VALVE, 1" -3", SIZE AS INDICATED. 2/Ll-2.0 @ RAIN BIRD 44-LRC 3/Ll-2.0 1" BRASS QUICK-COUPLING VALVE, WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL SPRING, LOCKING THERMOPLASTIC RUBBER COVER, AND 2-PIECE BODY SYMBOL EB MANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTION SPEARS 2622 LINE SIZE BALL VALVE. LARGE INLET OPENING, AND PREVENTS BACK FLOW OF WATER AND DRAINAGE OF THE SYSTEM INTO LOW AREAS. WEATHERMATIC 8200CR MASTER VALVE 2" BRASS MASTER VALVE ASSEMBLY, 2" SIZE. PROVIDE NORMALLY CLOSED OPERATION ZURN 975XL 2" IN STAINLESS STEEL SMOOTH TOUCH BACKFLOW ENCLOSURE. SIZE TO FIT DETAIL 4/Ll-2.0 8/Ll-2.0 CMWD STD. W-20 IRRIGATION CONTROLLER IN SS PEDESTAL 2/Ll-2.1 @ l"jl * IPBI Cy) ~ ---- 40 STATION CALSENSE IRRIGATION CONTROLLER TO BE FURNISHED BY THE CITY. CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH NEW STAINLESS STEEL PEDESTAL WITH CONCRETE PAD AND INSTALL IRRIGATION CONTROLLER. REUSE EXSITING POWER SOURCE FROM CONTROLLER A, SEE ALSO DEMO PLANS FOR REFERENCE PROVIDE A NEW ETHERNET COMMUNICATIONS PATH AND COORDINATE WITH CITY REPRESENTATIVE. PROVIDE CAT5 DATA CABLE IN 1 1/4" CONDUIT TO IRRIGATION CONTROLLER. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THE CITY MAINTENANCE STAFF WITH A MIN. OF ONE NEW HAND HELD REMOTE CONTROL UNIT CALSENSE FM--1.25B 1 114" FLOW METER WITH BRASS BODY. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS CONNECT 14GA. FLOW SENSOR WIRE FROM CONTROLLER A. CAP EXISTING CAP AT THE MAINLINE OR LATERAL LINE. INTERCEPT EXISTING MAINLINE OR LATERAL PIPE WIRE PULL BOX WYE STRAINER 2" + UNDER: WILKINS "SXL" SERIES 2 1/2" + OVER: FSC EPOXY COATED WATER METER 1-1/2" IRRIGATION LATERAL LINE PVC CLASS 200 SOR 21 1" IRRIGATION MAINLINE: SCHEDULE 40 AND PVC CLASS 315 PROVIDE SCH 40 PVC FOR 2" SIZE AND SMALLER. PROVIDE CLASS 315 PVC FOR 2.5" AND LARGER SIZES. PIPE SLEEVE: PVC SCHEDULE 40 Valve Callout I ~ I I Valve Number #t I #-• ¼-----Valve Flow -~=~---Valve Size 4/Ll-2.1 - - - - - 6/Ll-2.0 6/Ll-2.0 6/Ll-2.0 CRITICAL ANALYSIS Generated: P.O.C. NUMBER: M3 Water Source Information: FLOW AVAILABLE Water Meter Size: Flow Available: PRESSURE AVAILABLE Static Pressure at POC: Elevation Change: Service Line Size: Length of Service Line Pressure Available DESIGN ANALYSIS Maximum Multi-Station Flow: Flow Available at POC Residual Flow Available: Critical Station: Design Pressure: Friction Loss: Fittings Loss: Elevation Loss: Loss through Valve: Pressure Req. at Critical Station: Loss for Fittings: Loss for Main Line: Loss for POC to Valve Elevation: Loss for Back/low: Loss for Master Valve: Loss for Water Meter: Critical Station Pressure at POC: Pressure Available: Residual Pressure Available: State of CA Model Water Efficent Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) Project Name: Carlsbad City Hall Renovations MWELO CALCS -MAWA & ETWU PROJECT WATER USE ANALYSIS Description Total Landscape Area (Square Feet} Special Landscape Area (SLA) Irrigation Efficiency (IE) Reference Evapotranspiration (Eto) Plant Factor (PF) ET Adjustment Factor (ETAF) for non residential projects Conversfon Factor (inches to Gallons) Ela X .62 x J(ETAF X Land Area)+ ((1-ETAF) x SLA)] Total Gallons per year '".:. t: 1 ,v'U Hydrozones SLA Low Water Use - n,:~ 9,214.00 Hydrozone Area S.F. (HA) 0.00 2,135.00 0.00 ! NA 21.48 NA 0.45 0.62 55,219 55,219 SLA Hydro Area 0.00 Irrigation Efficiency (IE) lrrig Type 1.00 lrrig Type Ref ET (Eto) Plant Factor (PF) ET AF (PF/IE) Conversion Factor (ETAF x Area) Elo x .62 x (ETAF x Area) ETo x 0.62 x (SLA Area) 48,241 21.48 0.00 0 0.00 Project Average ETAF 0.3931 1.0 1 00 0.62 790.74 10,531 0.81 21.48 0.3 0 37 0.62 0.00 Low Water Use -Spray 7,079.00 0.00 lrrig Type 2,831.60 37,710 0.75 21.48 0.3 040 0.62 0.00 Total Usage 9,214.00 SqFI 0.00 SqFt 3,622.34 SqFt 48,241 Gal/Yr 0.00 Gal/Yr 48,240.89 Gal/Yr Anticipated evapolranspiration rates for the site are based on historical averages. This data is collected from C.l.rvl.l.S.(Callfornia Irrigation Management Information System) IE= All overhead spray= 0.75; Subsurface irrigation such as Bubblers and Drip= 0.81 Data from the C.I.M.I.S Station# 173 was used. 1-1 /2" 70.55 gpm 72.00 psi 5.00 ft 2" 20.00 ft 69.00 psi 45.00 gpm 70.55 gpm 20.55 gpm A32 40.00 psi 6.26 psi 0.63 psi 2.17 psi 1.40 psi 50.45 psi 0.13 psi 1.27 psi 0.00 psi 13.50 psi 1.1 O psi 0.35 psi 66.80 psi 69.00 psi 2.20 psi 11 AS BUIL T 11 P.E. ___ EXP. ___ _ REVJE\./ED BY: INSPECTOR Ll-1.0 DATE DATE 1----t---+-----------1---1--+----I----I ~5 CITY OF CARLSBAD ~g ~L±Q_j==:::..:=::::::::P:::::U::::B::::Ll::::C=W::::0:::R::::K:::::S:::::::::D:::EP::::A::::R::::T:=M:::E::::N T::::::::=:::..::~:::::::::::::::; IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: (j) 1-z LJ.J ~ :::, u 0 0 0 en z 0 ~ 0 z LJ.J o::'. .....J .....J <( I >-1- u 0 <( SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION LEGEND AND NOTES co (j) .....J o::'. <( SEE SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR IRRIGATION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS Ll-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR IRRIGATION PLANS SEE SHEETS Ll-2.0 TO Ll-2.1 FOR IRRIGATION DETAILS BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone {619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.schmidtdesign.com Lie, CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34139 u APPROVED: , }1'~(// /<., ,'!..II 1/1.1.J//9 TRANSPORTATION DIRECTOR, P /42790 EXP. 3/21 /20 DATE ...... DATE INITIAL OWN BY: AS, RP PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. 0 /4_ DATE INITIAL OATE INITIAL PlotDate:January,172019 ENGINEEROFWORKL.Jt:::,, REVISIONOESCRIPTION CHKDBY: JJ 4725/6608 812-2B CJ) SDG Proiect Number: i6-rn6 OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JTB ..--..,_ __________________________________________________ ,;........,.~...:;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~~~~~~~~~~ ~ Expiration Date: 12-11-rn May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 428 of 442 / SHEET KEY MAP -NTS \ \ ' ' ,, ' _-·,-! .. i •'/ ----------------- I , I I 1"", I ,, I , ' I .. ,.,. I ,.,,.., I , .., I , ..,.., . I , ,,,'."'t"' -...... __ ~MITS OF WORK I -·-.--·------·.:·."i ·,,~.-.. --~ --• -----• -----_.. I · -,~-.. ~ ,_.•,:::.,,a. ; ·:__:-.r·._"'·;i ·--:·.:_,,·.-, ./.J __ . _ _.;,-_ -:·.;-. ----.•-, ------~ -~ -• - - - - -.. ---------.. -... -_ A12 l I I -: , .. ,, .. , ,., .... x;,,,,.,,,,c,f; i/ ..... '"•1··•'11,I 1"5.33 ·,1 11 CONTRACTOR TO INVESTIGATE EXISTING REMOTE .·,. ... i , ------' I CONTROLVALVE. IFVALVESOPERATESONTHE• . · A13 I I CITY HALL IRRIGATION MAINLINE, REPAIR OR' !' II - REPLACE AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE FULL 'i !~Cf¥;~ 1½" -l II FUNCTIONALITY AND EXTEND NEW CONTROL WIRES ,, , 11 -~.¼••~, . N I TO qoNTROLLER 'A' LOCATION, PROVIDE A MIN. ONE~.~ ,S 1, 11 · \~c·--,-•c'' . . ~ 11 SPflRE CONTROL WIRE. IF VALVE IS OPERATED ON .. '' i .. , · ·-• , -1 I I THE UBRARY IRRIGATION MAINLINE, PROVIDE NOTES . ! ! : ,. ::J ON THE AS-BUILT PLANS ONLY, TYPICAL 1 1 I '111 \ ■ 1- 11' i :! I I w i I ~ I ~ ,,,,, ~--IR-Rl~~~;~~~,i~:,-N-G_, ' ..... , '" ' ,, I ~ I , :' 11 IN PLACE UNLESS .I OTHERWISE NOTED, I TYPICAL ,1\ ' '' I I I I I I I I I I I I ' .I I I I I I I '' ' , i i I II rf 1---· ---+ ll . ll I :,-·----, , ,I 1~¾" l l I I I I 1' l I /_{·c ., /f·'(,,;J) I 1· I l' I _// I /:/ I /:/1_;, I' ;::/ ~) ~I IC' , 8'1 /;· -.:if-1 .. 11 !c<.1 /! 0 ' · ,01 41 . ..., I ,,, .~ ,., "" I /4.!1;; ....,, .•. --~' /i , // I . ,, I ,r? I 1f I II I /!/:}\ I /1 -, / / ;•.;_I __ _ > /'• N ~-i-----;-;.!;,,,W---PROTECT EXISTING 11! \ l IRRIGATION AND PLANTING I , I , IN PLACE UNLESS -I -OTHERWISE NOTED, TYPICAL 11 MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET Ll-1.3 r I I ;...:,._,:;:::::_;~ I I ,, I ! I . I I I I ,11 I SEE SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR IRRIGATION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS Ll-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR IRRIGATION PLANS SEE SHEETS Ll-2.0 TO Ll-2.1 FOR IRRIGATION DETAILS /I . .\.,., ' .. ,_, -,,., . .:, .. ,, ' 11--- ~ REMOVE EXIST"G IRR:GATION EQUIPMENT ADJACENT TO BUILDINGS AND REPLACE WITH NEW DRIP SYSTEMS, TYPICAL. EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE MATCH LIN'E -SEE SHEET Ll-1.4 E;,cpiration Dote: 1?-31-19 SCHMIDT DESIGN GROUP, INC. BALANCING ARTISTIC EXPRESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92101 telephone (619) 236-1462 facsimile {619) 236-8792 www.schmidtdesign.com Lie. CA 2138, NV 219, AZ 34(:39 Plot Date: January, 17 2019 SDG Project Number: 16-106 DATE INITIAL IA ENGINEER OF WORK ' ' ; I I I I ..l REVISION DESCRIPTION NOTE: SEE IRRIGATION SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR EQUIPMENT LEGEND. (f) I-z w ~ ::J 0 0 0 0 co z 0 ' ' I-~ Ll-1.1 0 z '' AS BUILT" w Cl'.'. _J I I I I -,;?' -->\ P.E. EXP, DATE I~ 0 5 10 20 REVIE\,'ED BY, SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" INSPECTOR DATE _J <( I >-I- 0 ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 6 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 0 <( co (f) IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR: _J CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND Cl'.'. ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS <( LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN 0 APPROVED: t'fl'iM./.1,(1.,,( /l._, ~ "i[t.<1(1q TRANSPORTATION DIRECTOPE: 42790 EXP. 3/21 -/20 DATE I"-- ~ ~ DWN BY: AS, RP PROJECT NO, DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: JIB 4725 / 6608 812-28 0 O') ~ 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 429 of 442 I I I ... I.· ·····1 · .. , •• s, - - ----- ~~--PROTECT EXISTING-- IRRIGATION AND PLANTING IN PLACE UNLESS I __ _ _ . :---OTHERWISE NOTED, ' TYPICAL • . LIMITS OF WORK , ., ·I·• ~-1 -, . ----------------~--------------------------------------~ --i I. -.. :: A14 E015 . r::_s-, .. -.··S: ... ···P-··•·-. c~ I ' I • . ·G';· I t . . _ _ 1½" -1½" • u 1r • ~ .· ·. I l"' I • 2" -·• .•,,n··•· · ,)' '>. ':;:J ~"11' ':!J,(,,,>1/',') > ' />d ~ • ,""""""' ~ .......... ,. ,._ ~•""'""' ~ •-~.--.. ~ ~ """"'""" ~-~':...'.{" ~--~=r ,...........,. =...-.• =-"" ,~ .c. ,;-~,.-,,u ""',....._, ~"-•'"-'" ~--· .w .. , ..• 0\(.,~,~ I 1 _ :_C --_cc ___ :,·c; _c·.·.c_ C _;:_ ___ C C C c; c.. 0 C _. C C I , I --. ~ I ~ I . c~~;R;~:,{~;~v;~;t:is~~1~;e"i~~~i\. •. . w . N I ;. i Cl) c~1;t:~~ ~RsR~~~~~~A~~1~~~~0~6~1~uoL~ i : .l ! : w I FUNCTIONALITY AND EXTEND NEW CONTROL WIRES , • • 1 1 ., UJ TO CONTROLLER 'A' LOCATION. PROVIDE A MIN. ONE \ j ·•· ' 2 ,,_J .. Cl) SPARE CONTROL WIRE PER MANIFOLD. IF VALVES ,, . 11 ' , ARE OPERATED ON THE LIBRARY IRRIGATION , ! I ;•.ol I MAINLINE, PROVIDE NOTES ON THE AS-eUIL T PLANS 11 , ONLY, TYPICAL. l l ' EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING l I i,ol ! TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE ,0 1 N i I I A1~ 1½" - A19 1½" . ~ ~ PROTECT EXISTING_/ IGATION AND PLANTING IN PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, TYPICAL 'o . I REMOVE EXISTING IRRIGATION ! I ',·,· :, •• REMOVE EXISTING HUNTER IRRIGATION REPAIR IRRIGATION WHERE ~ .... EQUIPMENT ADJACENT TO ,, BUILDINGS AND REPLACE WITH ,0 CONTROLLER 'C' AND RETURN IT TO THE CITY. DISTURBED BY CANOPY I NEW DRIP SYSTEMS, TYPICAL I I THIS LOCATION. EXTEND AUTOMATIC CONTROL I ··.,.1 l • CAP POWER IN NEW CONCRETE PULLeox IN REMOVAL ,,'_, 1 '.;; I A K L . . ... ' ----· , '· . ·, ...... . '·:, > \. ' . ,\ ·., \,,. '•,. ·,, ····· -·•··· . . = i I 'rmF! i-=Elm_=••rl~~~-.,.'!"w~,-'l'IR!'"~'.1's't:~.!c'-.~~~"jT'!'~~Nl't~~wM_~cl'!~~Nr,~~R~O~"-'!'"L~~'l'Rl"'~~A't''~"'N'--M~':!· '1l~~-"'M,,~~· rT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -_,' . ., r : ~i I~ -T r r . ; ~3· r A24 . : f==i] ~ ;·~ -+::::_ft2_=_1_;:=-II= ~,~' = • " -:-: -: = : : c:~N:: :POTABLE WATER ~NLINE 1 j MPI00 POP UP WATERING:1'J: 1,, 6 SO 1,, 2 23 ;;! Z / 3/4~ I 1" 1.21 1" 3.3i Z eELOWGRADE. CONNECT NEW IRRIGATION• ·; I I L -.. _] ! I . ' " ""\\\\\\\:,,,\\\\\'\ \\\ 11 SYSTEM FOR MATURE TREES. : . . ~· I l l MAINLINE FROM NEW WATER SERVICE : N "l H---·(';J ... --I, ·······--···r'•¾ ""·· .. ./ .. .JI ... .. , ' · , ' N /0 I JI -.. .... .. · · ~-= -~ '' L \ ~ ·r~ ~ , --~ ½_11 ~------->e'"" . . -~--' ~-~---•• , __ ·-··--J /' .. ///i" ,:::.~: ,-. >-,1 1 ,._,. ,' /· ' '--l -;; ·O\ , r-:.//->. I. I ~ -: .:'.f..,, )',/">--, /, >:·1 0 I -. , · . -. ·i.):,-: J ; · · • · i/ i / ½~ 1 ./,;"?''.-, \ ! I I 0 i ' • , . • , i ... -I~ / r!·. 3 /4" 1/f[f\ CAeLEEiT~~/~:.Nitg~T;i;6~M , 0 , ' l· NEW CALSENSE IRRIGATION f .·,,. ! I :,,/ !, ~ _.')) ~~N~~O=~E~TO_D~T~-~~~~ • · : § ;? i -/ ' I ' • ,, ·, ,·. ·\ ' .. }-. .. ... --1 -. ..... .. .. /0 l, N ~~~~----·,-----r'..c (,., ,+·-:,--... ~.',.~. · 0 . '" , .,\ /, I ",. ' , r I ' \ " \ 1:1 ~ \ · .. ·. ! --,,, J ll 1 ' ' N POTABLE WATER TO~---11-----~ l BUILDINGS, PROTECT 1 IN PLACE, TYPICAL EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE l l ~ I I I ~ J }-, ··-... -------· J I ! 1 F--F--F--F_:_j j / I I rPROTECT EXISTING_/ I ~ . IRRIGATION AND PLANTING I IN PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, I ~ TYPICAL Y'. 0:: 0 s LL 0 (J) f- ~ ::J •' I I I I I , ·• 4 I -· , \ ! -11 •I---~- I . I I I I , I MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET Ll-1.4 SEE SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR IRRIGATION LEGEND I. NOTES l I • SCHMIDT DESIGN G:itOUP, INC. ••• • ' IALANCING .'.~T!STIC EXfll'ESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVl~ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, Sorn Die,•, CA ,2,01 tele~hone (i1,} 23i-1+i2 facsimile {i1,J 23i-Z7,2 ■ UJ > -0::: 0 UJ (9 <( _J ~ -> 0 <( co Cl) ~ 0::: <( u EXISTING POTABLE WATER METER, PRESSURE REGULATOR AND BACKFLOW DEVICE. PROTECT IN PLACE NEW CITY WATER METER SERVICE FOR IRRIGATION ONLY, SEE CIVIL PLANS , ' NOTE: SEE IRRIGATION SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR EQUIPMENT LEGEND. Ll-1.2 '' AS BUILT" I I I I ,y .:>\ P.E. EXP. DATE I ~ 0 5 10 20 REVIEv/ED JY: \ SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" INSPECTOR DATE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 7 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PL,',NS FOR.· CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN Cf) 1--z w ~ :::, u 0 0 0 C(l z 0 ~ 0 z w 0:::: _J _J <( I ~ u 0 <( C(l Cf) _J 0:::: <( u SEE SHEETS Ll-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR IRRIGATION l'LANS j SEE SHEETS Ll-2.0 TO Ll-2.1 FOR IRRIGATION DETAILS 11 ""'~'"''""'i:...J,CC\)l.<!,!C'.iciiLl:'iil:IH!YI: •: ""'.::c: .• , .,., .• ,.,., ..... ;cc,, . ·--"·' . . "'i ;:: ,, ~ .· .. ,,·,.•. . ,.M www.schmi4ltdesic:n.c•m Lie. CA 2131, NV 21,, AZ 3,413, APPROVED: / 1 ~t{ /<.. . ~1 'I _·z:; J1 T~ANS~O~TATI0N Dl~ECTo~T, +27!0 EX~. 3/21 /20 DATE DWN BY: AS. ~~ PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL Lt DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ ~ <.•-C~~:· -·· 0 0) ENGINEE~ OF WO~K REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHE~ A~~~OVAL CITY A~~~OVAL RVWD BY: JTI 4725 I 660~ ~12-2B SHEET KEY MAP -NTS Ex~irotion D•to: ,,.,,_,. ~lot Date: January, 17 201, ...-._ ______________________________________________________________________________________ •S•D•G•~•'••j•c•t•N•um••••'•"•••-10••--------------------------------------------,;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;,.,.;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;J ~ May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 430 of 442 1 I ' ' ' . 1- J \ \ \ ---- ---------- -. \ ' ,, --.. \ I I I I It I I .! I , I I I I -. ! > ,I ·\ . ', \ /· '' ' --- EXISTING MAINLINE AND WIRES TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE. ' ' : ' ,' ,,:"' -~REPAIR IRRIGATION WHERE DIST\JRBED BY NEW LIGHTING WORK, TYPICAL EXTEND NEW DIRECT BURIAL COt':JTROL WIRES TO EXISTING REMOTE CONTROL VALi/ES. PROVIDE SLEEVE FOR WIRES UNDER PAVEMENT AND REPAIR EXISTING LANDSCAPE AT NEW TRENCH IN KIND REPLACE PORTION OF EXISTING 2" MAINLINE WITHIN LIMITS OF NEW STAIR CONSTRUCTION. : REMOVE BATTERY PACK AT VALVE -MANIFOLD AND EXTEND IRRIGATION CONTROL WIRES TO NEW CONTROLLER 'A' · REMOVE EXISTING ROTOR HEADS AND REPLACE WITH NEW ROTATOR HEADS. ADJUST HEADS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE 100¾ HEAD TO HEAD COVERAGE, TYPICAL I I I st --I 2 w w ~-REPAIR IRRIGATION WHERE---,-,"------ DISTURBED BY NEW LIGHTING WORK, TYPICAL REPAIR IRRIG' ATION WHERE\--I:-I~ DISTURBED BY NEW - LIGHTING WORK, TYPICAL -·. A•:i=!-~'-~ ---REMOVE EXISTING HUNTER IRRIGATION CONTROLLER 'D' ON WOOD POST AND RETURN IT TO THE CITY. COORDINATE WITH SAN DIEGO GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY TO REMOVE ELECTRICAL METER. RECONNECT EXISTING AUTOMATIC CONTROL WIRE BUNDLE AND EXTEND IN TRENCH BACK TO NEW CONTROLLER 'A'. REPAIR IRRIGATION WHERE DISTURBED BY NEW LIGHTING WORK PROTECT EXISTING IRRIGATION AND PLANTING IN PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, TYPICAL ~---REPAIR IRRIGATION WHERE-~ DISTURBED BY NEW LIGHTING WORK MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET Ll-1.5 SEE SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR IRRIGATION LEGEND l NOTES SEE SHEETS Ll-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR IRRIGATION l"LANS SEE SHEETS Ll-2.0 TO Ll-2.1 FOR IRRIGATION DETAILS SCHMIDT DESIGN G~OUl', INC. IALANCING AI\TISTIC EXl'l'tESSIOf'J IN DESIGN WITH ENVl!ltONMENrAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue1 Suite 500, S.i.n Di!!::o, CA ,2101 tele~h•ne {1i1,} 231i-1J,li2 facsimile {1i1,} 231i-l7,2 www.schmidtdesi::n.c•m Lie. CA 21311 NV 21,, AZ 3-413, I I I w z L NOTE: SEE IRRIGATION SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR EQUIPMENT LEGEND. Ll-1.3 11 AS BUIL T11 i ! i ! ~ ,y ~ P.E. EXP. D,t, TE ~ 0 5 10 20 ~ REV!Ev/ED IY: SCALE: 1" = 10'-0" INSPECTOR DA fE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 8 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLliNS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN APPROVED: / I ~ /<. . ~ 'f_ Z8 ,, TIIANSl'OIITATION Dll':ECio:l'E: +2790 EXI'. 3121120 DATE OWN BY: AS.~~ PROJECT NO. DR,.,WING NO. (f) 1--z w ~ :::, 0 0 0 0 co z 0 I-~ 0 z w 0:::: .....I .....I 4: I ~ 0 0 4: co (f) .....I 0:::: 4: 0 T"" 0 ••• • • ••• DATE INITIAL lb DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ ENGINEE~ OF WO~K REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHE~ A~~~OVAL CITY A~~~OVAL RVWD BY: JTI 4725 I 660e e12-2B l"l•t D,te: J;rnuiry, 17 201, O') SDG !"reject Numlter: 1,-1011 ~ .,_ ________________________________________________ 1111111111 ____________________________ _;;;;;;.,.;,;;;,_ ___ ~~~~~~~~;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~~ SHEET KEY MAP -NTS Ex11rr1tlen D1te: 12-11-1, 11 ' j ' May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 431 of 442 ---.1 ----- MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET Ll-1.1 MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET Ll-1.2 __ , ", 11111 --------- --- ------__ .. __ --·~ ---,I --■I----1--.. , . ., 1/ ---l*.:1,.-------------•M-i ------· l I 1·1•1 t· ~ I IR~;:::.~1~: • . --~\-R 71 EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMPJN, PROTECT IN PLACE ,, .. z O L . EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING ' I I '-----.. --_; -.. ---~ -.. ---t ; • : :~ :.;. . ~-:::,::~·-:s7·~~--:~~g ;, -: ""' . ® 'A" ® L 1 ., . .,_ ______ ® __ ~------~-:----"' ' ' " --"F:: _, -= ::r ' .. ·r:::;;:: = ""-<' : .. :· : ···•· :: .•. :.::· TO REMAIN: PROTECT IN PLACC .i.lJ : i: I -----_ -l -_ -_~=~~: :=:=_--_---_ ~ --------, 1~~950 1~~~52 1;~~-4 1;~~--1" !. _ '. : . ~rF -4F-_---~.--·----i~~i:~1~~~~~~~;~T~i~R=~~i~~%~i~i~~~Ei~AND 1-----! 1, :, "1 __ ----_ , -_ -=-> _·_ -_: ---. _· --1 ---~,r-" · , : _ f---'---'---1 ·. _ • or PULL"ox 1N TH1s LOCATION. EXTEND Ex1sT1NG AUTOMATIC I • 1 '' ~ _ .: _ _ _ 3,1" _____ • --_ . -_ _ -_-· _ _ __ __: __ 3~ --~ ., ., , ' _ ~ _, _ :!I O __ c _ _,__,ll __ ·l __ ,J '~-_l., .,"' J.J• 2 ., CONTROL WIRES "ACK TO NEW CONTROLLER 'A'. J · ~ - ·•• ...... ..., == ~ .,.......,._., ~_,....._.',,_'""'""" ~:::::-;::--.....,, __, """"'"''""---=--,__, -'-' -= ~ ~-""""~"' """""'""' . ......._...,., .. ~---~ Z~"· -~~ ~.,. -~--'. "·""' ~--""· ~--·-·' -£~ ~ ......,.., .... ....,_ ·, ·1;;, --:I l~,1.':l ½u•--------• -¼ ...... ~~~-=-"".'"'t'..,.1 0 . .·_. . , . .. ·I :_: -~~-. -K _.." 2 ,y·,::,.: K-=• K'-------✓,K -~'--------1©_~~----~@----------!t.KJ " tfu , \:: "--"-~-11 1Jl{" JJ __ -:-_._.:-----r ~ ·-·----~,·-aia__~--------.;.-·---"·~-----•--.~--~.~ -Lo--c--c--c Y __ ,_ c c ... PB -c--c--c--c--c--c--c--c~c--c--c--c--c--c c . ~-___ c ___ , __ c ..... ~-·•·t ·1 :. _c_..,_~[""·"""•._...--""c~"""-··•·· ........ -.&,-,.,,,,,,~_,,,,. ___ ;,e,_ ·1··· -:., ... ., ... , ....... ---------. ··-·-· ~-· --· .. , .. , ---... -------····· -----~ -- -,-_-, ~=1-~-{ffC---,-1-=~:= '.-~-~-----,~,-c~:~~~'r"-~3 :--rr·---, . _,---:~ ' -,-' ' ' -. ' ' ' 3 /4" 1/2"! ! l r 3/4" . . ~~~~iL~:E0~Ti~~N ~~~~~s~~NG i~~ Q¾/4" '1 • ~;~~l\~~~EJl~Jgl~~rd]!!:11:0;1~R~~~t~~~~ ., _, ,,:, -c:;~7 ~ --, --,,>_-----.... -----"&---~-&; NEW STAIR CONSTRUCTION. _ ____,___ CONTRACTOR PROVIDED STAINLESS STEEL PEDESTAL. I / :}\, -/; ,( /REPLACE PORTION OF EXISTING REMOVE EXISTING ROTOR HEADS AND _ l[! , A A 2 S .REUSE EXISTING POWER AND EXTEND NEW CAT5 DATA / ./ . . ,, .;/ '•<1:. 2" MAINLINE WITHIN LIMITS OF REPLACE WITH NEW ROTATOR HEADS. L.-___J----'--1---' 1u___J 1 ' I_ 1" 6.56 CABLE IN 1 1/4" CONDUIT TO DATA ROOM FOR USE WITH I 011 / ' /\ , .. ,, ~ ~I w W/•. ~I w i -- Cf) I " . '' -. w z ~I <( ~ I I I .;·. ',• <:-. I \ 'C;NEW STAIR CONSTRUCTION. ADJUST HEADS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ._...___. WEB BASED PROGRAMMING AND WEATHER DATA ·<:. / 'i\. 100% HEAD TO HEAD COVERAGE, TYPICAL , l RECONNECT EXISTING AUTOMATIC CONTROL WIRES AND ',\>/ //, \:;. ( ·EXTEND DIRECT BURIAL WIRES TO ALL AUTOMATIC ·<-~,. _ ./~:J_1;7.()_>>:: '----PROTECT EXISTING 2" IRRIGATION f--'---j ___ VALVES ON THE CITY HALL IRRIGATION MAINLINE. . '<:;:;_:;/_ MAINLINE IN PLACE, TYPICAL i ) , i J 1;26_ I REPAIR IRRIGATION WHERE DISTURBED "y NEW LIGHTING WORK, TYPICAL ····-·-·---···---. // // -. /,, '/ .• PROTECT EXISTING IRRIGATION AND PLANTING IN PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, TYPICAL REPAIR IRRIGATION WHERE DISTURBED BY NEW LIGHTING WORK, TYPICAL REPAIR IRRIGATION WHERE\ DISTURBED BY NEW LIGHTING WORK, TYPICAL .-,J (: _: 1 · ---·-;'rr. . ' REPAIR IRRIGATION WHERE\ ,_._._. DISTURBED BY NEW _. _. -· LIGHTING WORK, TYPICAL _. _. _. _. ;o?-Y-- _. _. :'iS ol' .,. , \.,\WI~ --900 § §\.,..,. .,.-------- ' ~ ___ ,,.---- ,,.-~LOCATE EXISTING IRRIGATION VALVE FOR ;_. CORNER PLANTER AREA REPAIR VALVE, .,. ; ; HEADS/NOZZLES AND LATERALS AS ; ; REQUIRED TO RESTORE REGULAR WATER _ ; ; _. TO THE PLANTER SEE ALSO PLANTING ; ; PLANS FOR NEW PLANT MATERIALS j 'i I '- ... ...... ---- ! r -l ._...,__. • 1 :i ~---PROTECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT IN PLACE. REPAIR AS ' ' • .: j REQUIRED TO PROVIDE 1001/, FUNCTIONALITY. ('"r/ _, . r·. -J·-· i1',_;i '9 A27 A211 1½" -1½" - ~-PROTECT EXISTING__/ IRRIGATION AND PLANTING IN PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, TYPICAL -------------------- ------ I I I I I I I I I ... , -- ::.:: D:'. 0 5 LL 0 (f) f- ~ ..l NOTE: SEE IRRIGATION SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR EQUIPMENT LEGEND. ! • i • ! 'I 1 I , i ; ! '.: '' " d ' i ; ; t --- ' Ll-1.4 SHEET KEY MAP -NTS MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET Ll-1.5 µr ll t ,, ' I .( I • I I I I • I r-·-- ' i SEE SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR IRRIGATION LEGEND I. NOTES ·, __ 'l- SEE SHEETS Ll-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR IRRIGATION l"LANS . SEE SHEETS Ll-2.0 TO Ll-2.1 FOR IRRIGATION DETAILS ~-7kc::iJ~: .,,E]\ ~tG>~~.:;..';il'k-.'&ci>;.,;;SQ·':.-:el!E":;;1,si;;j'·;J<iI!.'h';/E--Y,s·';ilyv';J;',.--,::'):·, 1:--==-';~EJ-c,,1'.£ .. ::,;_"2':;iJ.'£c1,:,\'c: /I'lZ', :L.i':::··:.c,7';',::.::.r:T:: ... i.Z ... ·-·",._=.!1'-'.;·t::-o:.-:,A:?\.:..A\·.::...C2'~[;.:-::-'~=~,;~IT-:;;__.:::_ .::,ITr "--I::'•::.::::::,,;:~:= .. :·,.:= .. , :=: __._,_;::' .. ~=-=~:.·=·" ··=~,J Ex,tr•tien D■tc: 1·~-11-111 SCHMIDT DESIGN G.ft.OUP, INC. ••• &Ji, .,,,, -w ••• IALANCING AIHISTIC EX!IIHSSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVJ"-ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1 i-11 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Diec:o, CA ,2101 telephene {,1,J 23i-1~i2 facsimile {01,J 23i-&7,2 www.schmidtdesi::n.c•m Lie. CA2131, NV 21,, AZ3~13, lllet Date: j.inuary, 17 201, SDG ~roject Numoer: 1i-1oi I 0 DATE INITIAL ENGINEE~ OF WO~K REVISION DESCRIPTION 11 AS BUIL T11 I I I /,?" 1, P.E. EXP. Di'rTE '1,; 5 10 20 ~ REVIE\./ED JY• SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL OTHE~ A~~~OVAL CITY A~~~OVAL INSPECTOR Di'rTE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENT PLlrNS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN APPROVED: / I It'~ /<.. ~ 'I t.'/ ,, T1'ANS~01'TATI0N D11'ECTOltE: ~2790 EX~. 3/21 /20 DATE DWN BY: AS, ~~ CHKD BY: JJ RVWD BY: JTI PROJECT NO. 4725 / 660~ DRAWING NO, ~12-2B Cl) 1-z w 2 ::J () 0 0 0 en z 0 -I-~ 0 z w 0:: _J _J <( I >-1- () 0 <( en Cl) _J 0:: <( () ..-- 0 0) ..-- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 432 of 442 i ·-1\ . < , MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET Ll-1.3 L MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET Ll-~.4 / .. _:·. ,, .. ,;:;,, ·-r·-···.,. ./ .,., _,_ ! .. ,,, "···' . ., ' .Ji, .• i .,. // ), ; .. A 1 ;,. .,. ;,_.,. ; ii I I .,. .,. ( "'-. \ .. 1½" · _,. / ,' / I ~EXTEND2"1RRl~ATIONMAINLINEANDCONTROL A2 .,.,.,.,' ' I . WIRES IN NEW TRENCH TO EXISTING WATER 1112" • •. ,f1;1 .,. .,., I METER LOCATION AT PIO PICO DR. CONNECT TO 1, ---· _,..,. ,.·, ,' I EXISTING IRRIGATION MAINLINE AND EXTEND ~---PROTECT EXISTING--., .... __ •• ., ...... -· .,. .,. .,. .. I NEW WIRES. TO THE EXISTING CONTROLLER 'D' IRRIGATION AND PLANTING ••.. .• .,. .,. II. . VALVES. REPAIR PLANTING IN KIND WHERE IN PLACE UNLESS ..• _. ·•• _ _,..,., ' l \ DAMAGED BY NEW WORK OTHERWISE NOTED, ... ,Jf• -.,. ~ I TYPICAL A3 •· •·· _,.; ~ : I ·, REPAIR IRRIGATION WHERE 1½~4 _ 1½" . ·•·" .,· ···•• ,.• .,. .,. _,..,..,..,..,. I I DISTURBED BY TRENCHING .. •·· . .,. .,. I .... .,., I _ 1J,_ /""_.,. ,,,,...~ -,,,. .,,,. J --1 A5 • ··· .,. .,. I --A6 1½" -··· .,. .,. 11 : I .. -· -·· · .,. ----.,. !l · I .... , -·•· .,. .,. '.'1 I _,,,_ ... -~,,.•-"' .,. .,. .,. .,. ' '•-,,, t::"_"-'"..., I , \ I .~,..--~~~ ... -~-· -,,,. I \! I ;...-• ·-.,.- 1\ \\ .......,_,. ----~'" -----l " I .,., ' \\ I .,. ' \ : --\ 1\\ \ 1 INTERCEPT EXISTING IRRIGATION MAINLINE .,. .,. -.,. .,. ,,_ \. \\\ I AND CONNECT TO NEW MAINLINE. ---- . ,','. \ \ --· 'i \\. -- \~-\ \ ~~~~~~-CUT AND CAP IRRIGATION MAINLINE BELOW -----.,. - \I'. \ \ ;,nv--, GRADE. REMOVE EXISTING WATER METER -_ --,,,. -- \\ \ ' -~ AND l'\ACKFLOW DEVICE AT THE CORNER --- ' ---1\, '\ OF LAGUNA DR. AND PIO PICO DR. RETURN _ --- \ \ EQUIPMENT TO THE CITY. _ ----- \ '\ \ • , -\ _l ' ---- - -... . ·( ( . ---.._ \ . . ----~... ''i.(h)o,i...D-' -·; ----._, --------------\---· , I II I I • I I I I , I . ~ -, .. -- SEE SHE.ET Ll-1.0 FOR IRRIGATION LEGEND & NOTES SEE SHEETS Ll-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR IRRIGATION PLANS SEE SHEETS Ll-2.0 TO Ll-2.1 FOR IRRIGATION DETAILS Ex11lr■ti,n o,te: 1n1-1, SCHMIDT DESIGN G1tOUl', INC. IALANCING A~TISTIC EXl"ft.ESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVl~ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, S;rn Die:o, CA ,2101 telephone {,1,I 231i-1~,2 facsimile {,1,I 23,-11,2 www.s ch rn i llttl:es i cn.c• rn !Jlet Date: J.inuary, 17 201, SDG l'r•ject Numter: 1i-10i DATE INITIAL lb ENGINEE~ OF WO~K REVISION DESCRIPTION NOTE: SEE IRRIGATION SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR EQUIPMENT LEGEND. Ll-1.5 11 AS BUIL T11 I I I , ~ _,."\ I P.E. EXP. Di'ITE b 0 5 10 20 REVJE\,/E.D JY• \ SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" INSPECTOR Di'ITE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 0 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT . IMPROVEMENT PLIINS FOR. CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN APPROVED: ~( /<.. ~f-7 •1t~/ 1! T!IANS~OIHATI0N Dl~ECT0~ ~E:427,o EX~. 3/21 /2 DATE DWN BY: AS ~~ PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL DATE INlllAL CHKD BY: JJ OTHE" A~~"OVAL CITY A~~~OVAL RVWD BY: JTI 4725 / 6608 ~12-2B (f) 1-z w ~ :::> u 0 0 0 co z 0 I-;; 0 z LI.I 0::: ....J ....J <( I >-1- u 0 <( co (f) ....J 0::: <( u May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 433 of 442 -----L ________ , __ - 12" ,( LEGEND: G) W.'ILK 01'\ CURI @ IUILDING WALL (WHERE .'ll"l'LIC.'IILE) ® FINISH GR.'IDE IN TURF .'\REAS 8) 1"01"-U" ROTOR HE.'ID .'IND NOZZLE ® MULCH L.'IYER IN l"L.'INTING .'IRE.'IS (!) FINISH GR.'IDE IN "L.'INTING .'11'\E.'IS (j) SCH.IQ l".V.C. Nll"l"LE (2 EACH) SIZE l"ER HEAD INLET (!) l"VC STREET ELL (2 E.'ICH) SIZE l'ER HEAD INLET (!) l'.V.C. LATERAL (l'ER l"LAN) @ l'.V.C. TEE OR ELL (SXSXT) NOTES: 1. ALL l'.V.C. FITTINGS SHALL IE SCH. 40 EXCEl'T WHERE NOTED. 2 . .'ILL SCH.IQ l'.V.C. THREADS SHALL IE WR.'ll'l'ED WITH TEFLON TAl"E. OR RECOMMENDED IY MANUFACTUl'\ER @3" Sl'RAY DISTANCE i" ROTOR Sl'l'\AY DISTANCE 17 CLEARANCE NOTES: 1 . .'ILL TH READ ED l'll'E CONNECTIONS WILL IE SEALED WITH OVERLAl'l'ING WR.'11'8 OF TEFLON TAl'E AS l'\EQUIRED TO l'REVENT LEAKAGE. 2. WIRE CONNECTORS WILL IE K.l."ONE-STEI'" l'RE-FILLED TAN) OR EQUAL. 3. DIRECT IURl.'IL COMMON AND CONTROL WIRES WILL IE COILED TO l"l'\OVIDE 12" EXl'.'INSION COILS INSIDE VALVE ■ox. LEGEND: G) l'.V.C LATEl'\AL LINE l'EI'\ LEGEND ® @ l'.V.C. MALE ADAl'TER SCH. 10 l'.V.C. UNION (TXT) 0-RING TYl'E LASCO OR EQUAL 8) SCH.IQ l'.V.C. Nll'l'LE ® ® WATEl'\l'ROOF WIRE CONNECTOl'\S l'EI'. NOTES !'\EMOTE CONTl'\OL ELECTRIC VALVE l'EI'\ LEGEND (D 12" RECTANGULAI'\ l'LASTIC V.'ILVE IOX (CARSON) WITH LOCKING LID, CONTl'\OLLER AND VALVE NUMIER HEAT ■RANDED INTO TOI' (!) FINISH GRADE -ALLOW 2" FOi'\ MULCH IN SHRUI IEDS SET FLUSH IN TUl'\F @ SCH.IQ l'.V.C. Nll'l'LE @ SCH.IQ FEMALE ADAl'TEI'\ (TXS) @ l'V.C. l"ll'E @ SCH <!O ".V.C. ELL (SXS) @) SCH.40 ,.,V.C. TEE MAINLINE @ l'l'\ESSURIZED l'.V.C. MAINLINE (SXSXS) "El'\ LEGEND @ 24 VOLT DIRECT IURIAL WIRES FROM CONTl'\OLLEI'\ "El'\ LEGEND @ 1 CUIIC FOOT "EA Gl'\AVEL MIN. su""ORTING VALVE ■ox @ UNMOl'\TARED ■RICK FOUNDATION z ~ ~ E E LQ 0 (Y) ~ NOTES: ~2 1. ALL P.V.C. FITTINGS SHALL BE SCH. 40 EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. 2. ALL SCH.IQ P.V.C. THREADS SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH TEFLON TAPE. 3. QUICK COUPLER VALVES SHALL BE OF A TYPE APPROVED FOR RECYCLED WATER LEGEND: (D 10" (254mm) ROUND PLASTIC VALVE BOX WITH LOCKING COVER AND Q.C. LABELED TOP. 0 QUICK COUPLER VALVE WITH ACME THREADS PER PLANS. r,;, FINISH GRADE. ALLOW 2" \.V (50mm) DEPTH FOR TOP MULCH OR 1" DEPTH AT LAWN 0 ONE CU~IC FOOT (.03m) PEA GRAVEL. ® SCH.IQ P.V.C. NIPPLE. ® P.V.C. ELL (TXT). (j) SCH.40 P.V.C. MAINLINE. © MARLEX STREET ELLS (2) REQUIRED PER QUICK COUPLER. ® SCH.40 P.V.C. TEE (SXSXT). 0 THREADED PVC SCH 10 NIPPLES © 10" ROUND PLASTIC VALVE BOX FOR 2" (NO CLOSE NIPPLES TYP.) VALVE AND SMALLER RECTANGULAR PLASTIC VALVE BOX FOR 2 1/2" VALVE 0 PRESSURIZED PVC MAINLINE AND LARGER (PER SPECIFICATIONS) INSTALL 2" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE IN 0 PVC FEMALE SXT ADAPTER SHRUB BED; 1/2" ABOVE IN LAWN AREAS 0 PVC SCH 10 UNION -EITHER SIDE 0 FINISHED GRADE ® VALVE AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS POSITION VALVE IN BOX SO THAT © PVC SCH 40 45DEG. FITTING HANDLE IS FREE TO OPERATE 0 PEA GRAVEL 1/2" DIAMETER (APPROX. 1 CU. FT.) @ UNMORTARED BRICK FOUNDATION 1 --------0 POP-UP ROTOR/SPRAY HEAD NO SCALE 2--------0 REMOTE CONTROL VALVE NO SCALE 0 QUICK COUPLER NO SCALE 0 BALL/ GATE ISOLATION VALVE 4 1---------- NO SCALE 6 12" 0 ® 0 1'-i" 1 '-i" l'RESSUl'.E SUl"l'LY LINE (SEE l'LAN FOR SIZE) IALL VALVES (SEE IRl'.IGATION LEGEND) QUICK COUl'L_EI'. (SEE IRRIGATION LEGEND) NOTE: ALL MANIFOLD l'll'ING AND ISOLATION VALVES TO IE 2" MIN. INTO EACH CONTROL VALVE AND 1" TO E.'ICH Q.C. 1'-i" 1 '-i" ·l'-i" SIDEWALK ® © ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVE M.'INIFOLD l'll'E-SAME SIZE AS l'RESSURE SUl'l'L Y LINE LOCATED UNDERNEATH VALVE ■OXES. ALL MAINLINE FITTINGS TO IE SCH. 10 l'VC 0 HEAT IR.'IND .'ILL VALVES NOTE: EACH MANIFOLD SH.'ILL HAVE A MAXIMUM OF 15' SEl'Al'\ATION. ALL MANIFOLDS ARE TO IE INST.'ILLED IN l'LANTER AREAS WHENEVEI'\ l'OSSIILE. DIMENSION -PED. A 2" -12" SIZE 30" DIM -VEHICULAR 2 -12" SIZE 3i" B C D 24" 24" 6" 30" 3011 6" Ci) "AVING l'EI'\ "LAN @ FINISHED GRADE 0 CLEAN COMl'.'ICTED IACKFILL 0 MAl'\KING STl'\I" ® SAND IEDDING MATEl'\IAL © IRl'\IGATION MAINLINE l'ER "LAN 0 DIRECT IURIAL CONTl'\OL WIRES © LATEl'\AL LINES "ER "LAN 0 UNDISTURIED SOIL @ SCH. 40 ,-yc SLEEVE 2x l'll'E SIZE DIAMETEI'\ MIN. (EXTEND 12" MIN. IEYOND "AVINO) NOTE: 1. ALL "ll'E AND CONTl'\OL Wll'\E UNDEI'\ "AVEMENT SHALL IE INSTALLED IN .'I ,-,V.C. SLEEVE, 2X THE DIA. OF ,-I,-E OR IUNDLE MIN. 2. IACKFILL MATERl.'IL SHALL IE COM,-ACTED l'EI'\ SOILS l'\El'ORT. 3. "RESSURE M.'IINLINE SHALL IE INSTALLED ON Ai" SAND IED AND COVERED IY i" OF SAND l'RIOI'\ TO ANY OTHEI'\ IACKFILL M.'I TEl'\l.'IL. 10 11 1 2 5 ✓ SECTION 6 7 I 5 ---------® MANIFOLD CONFIGURATION 6~-------0 SLEEVING UNDER PAVEMENT 7 TYPICAL DRIP CONTROL VALVE KIT NO SCALE LEGEND: Ci) SLIP X SLIP 45 DEGREE ELL (2 REQUIRED) @ 3/4" GRAVEL SUMP IN, UNDER, AND AROUND VALVE BOX FILL TO TOP OF VALVE BOXES G) USE 1/2" PVC SCRAP TO WRAP 12" OF ADDITIONAL WIRE BEFORE CONNECTING G) CONNECT WIRES TO VALVE USING WATER TIGHT CONNECTORS @ MASTER VALVE PER IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT LEGEND © FINISH SURFACE ® MASTER VALVE NO SCALE I (j) RECTANGULAR CONCRETE VALVE BOX W/ LOCKING HINGED CAST IRON LID. PAINT LID PURPLE FOR RECYCLED WATER USE @ PVC SCH. 40 MALE ADAPTER (2 REQUIRED) (v PRESSURE SUPPLY LINE,ALIGN WITH FLOW SENSOR (SEE PLAN FOR SIZE) @ SCH. 10 PVC UNION O-RING TYPE LASCO OR EQUAL ® 1-1/4" SCH. 40 WIRE CONDUIT WITH SWEEP FOR MASTER VALVE WIRES (TO FLOW SENSOR) @ PVC PIPE @ BRICK SUPPORTS, TYPICAL NO SCALE SEE SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR IRRIGATION LEGEND l NOTES SEE SHEETS Ll-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR IRRIGATION ~LANS SEE SHEETS Ll-2.0 TO Ll-2.1 FOR IRRIGATION DETAILS NO SCALE SCHMIDT DESIGN C~OU~, INC. ••• • -·· IALANCING AltTISTIC EXIIIHSSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVII\ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Dieco, CA ,2101 tele~hone {i1,} 23i-14i2 facsimile {01,} 230-17,2 www.schmiltdesi:;n.cem Lie. CA 2131, NV 21,, AZ 3413, l'let Date: J«nu.i.ry, 17 201, SDG ~reject Numoer: 10-100 DATE LEGEND: G) ® ® 0 ® ® 0 @ ® @ G]) @ FINISH GRADE @ VALVE BOX WITH COVER AS {13) SPECIFIED IN THE IRRIGATION NOTES WATERPROOF CONNECTION, @ TYPICAL VALVE IDTAG 30-INCH LINEAR LENGTH OF WIRE, COILED PRESSURE REGULATING FILTER PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS PVC SCH 40 FEMALE ADAPTOR LATERAL PIPE REMOTE CONTROL VALVE PER IRRIGATION LEGEND PVC SCH 40 ELL PVC SCH 10 NIPPLE (LENGTH AS REQUIRED) PVC SCH 10 NIPPLE (2-INCH LENGTH, HIDDEN) AND PVC SCH 40 ELL) NOTE: 1. FOR RECYCLE WATER SYSTEM PROVIDE 'PURPLE' PVC, VALVE BOX AND TAG. INITIAL PVC SCH 40 TEE OR ELL PVC MAINLINE 3-INCH MINIMUM DEPTH OF 3/4-INCH WASHED GRAVEL 15 9 6 2 PLAN Ll-2.0 11 AS BUIL T11 P.E. EXP. DATE REVIE',/ED JY: INSPECTOR DATE CTI:] CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 1 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PL,',NS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION DETAILS .. APPROVED: l ~! J<.... ~ 4-i~ /1~ T~ANS~Ol'!TATION Dl~ECT "E: 42790 EXP". 3/21 /20 DATE DWN BY: AS, ~~ PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DA1E INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ ENGINEE~ OF WO~K ffi REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHE~ A~~~OVAL CITY A~~~OVAL RVWD BY: JTI 4725 / 660~ ~12-28 (j) 1-z w 2! :J 0 0 0 0 a::i z 0 ~ 0 z w 0:::: _J _J <( I ~ 0 0 <( a::i (j) _J 0:::: <( 0 ..-- 0 0) ..-- 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 434 of 442 ---~-------------~-- l"VC M,.,INLINE. TYJ"ICAL OFFSET 2" FI\OM --y j 01\11" VALVE/ FILTEI\ I TYl"IC,.,L LATEPV,L HAl'!DSC,.,l"E, ◄" Fl'!OM 7 I\EGULATOI\, ~ l"ll"E Fl'!OM V,.,LVE l"LANTED ,.,l'!E,.,, ;.:~~~A~ OFFSET / ~i~IL Y, SIZE !"El\ ill 1 ill II ~~~~s19c~~:;; ~===r=C'.~/=====~===('.r1 ===:r~C __ , 1J1 __ i1 / il [ Al'!E.... I ~-~~g~~ETHYLENE 01\ l"VC --,1,,..-1 :1 Iii I L !,i 11 1 11 1 IYl"ICAL ST,.,IU CONNECTION ' I I SXSXTTEE WITECHLINE MALE !I jl; Iii ,.,D,.,l"TEI\. ii !I ii I iii 1'1, II I /_ I, ---, , Dl\ll"LINc Sl"ACING AS ---ell_~~ 1: II I 1'1,,----:t::-.--~;i:-~e---.,•1' NOTED. . ' :I' ,ll I i11li, II 11 111 I I 11 1 ! :I' Iii_ Iii-------~ TYl"IC,.,L TECHLINE TUIING 11 , !11:, LATEI\ALS WITH EMITTEI\ ii 111 I I 1 11-, 11. II ill 'I' SMCING ,.,S NOTED. TIE I " I' DOWN ST,.,KE AT ALL TEES, l Ii I I I II[ Hi ELLS, ,.,ND AT 5' o.c. ,.,T CL,.,Y, ',II I', I i11 'I' I II,, !_1:._ i,11' i~~g AT LOAM, 01\ 3' O.C. AT -,_11:', ',I illi I 11 i1: ii :1: :: :1 I ~:i ::: 1:, ~-~:~i:~c0%E1~~u;~1;:c ;;1 : :: I I !II 11, iii 01\ l"OLY LINE, AS NOTED. 'I ',:1 Iii I ll\ 111 i, i I I C '-==='ii;w------:-:------:-D I END FEED EXAMPLE CENTER FEED EXAMPLE ( 1 "'; TYPICAL DRIPLINE REQUIREMENTS ~ , NO SCALE 2 CD ,4-INCH GRATE (INCLUDED) 0 ~UB~LER NOZZLE (INCLUDED) G) ROOT WATERING SYSTEM ASSEMBLY: INCLUDES ~UBBLER WITH RISER, GRATE, SWING ASSEMBLY, 1/2" MALE NPT INLET, AND BASKET CANISTER. - SEE IRRIGATION LEGEND AND PLANS FOR MANUFACTURER/ MODEL# G) FINISH GRADE @ OPTIONAL PEA GRAVEL OR SAND SOCK FOR SANDY SOILS ® 1/2-INCH PVC SCH 10 NIPPLE (INCLUDED) 0 1/2-INCH eo-DEGREE ELBOW (INCLUDED) (!) 12-INCH SWING ASSEMBLY (INCLUDED) @ 1/2-INCH MALE NPT INLET (INCLUDED) @ PVC SCH -40 TEE OR EL @ LATERAL PIPE @ <I-INCH BASKET WEAVE CANISTER (INCLUDED) NOTES: 1. SEE IRRIGATION PLANS FOR QUANTITY OF ASSEMBLIES PER TREE (TYP.) 2. DEPTH OF UNIT PER IRRIGATION LEGEND 3. MAINTAIN 2' MINIMUM CLEAR FROM TRUNK OF TREE. 0 DEEP ROOT WATERING SYSTEM 3~-------NO SCALE . TECHLINE CV MAXIMUM LENGTH OF SINGLE LATERAL (FEET) Dl\ll"l"EI\ Sl",.,CING 12" 11" 2-4" Dl\ll"l"El'I FLOW l'IME (Gl"H) 0.21i o.+ O.i 0.9 0.21i o.+ O.li 0.9 O.i 0.9 w Ct'. ::, 15 127 109 Iii i5 177 151 120 91 152 11 Ii V) V) 25 +27 325 251i 19+ liO+ ◄59 3i 1 27+ +51 3+1 w "' L 35 539 ◄09 322 2++ 71i3 579 +5i 3+1i 510 ++o Gj0 ...J VJ +5 ill · +li9 3i9 210 177 Iii+ 523 397 iii 50i z a.. ~ TECHLINE CV FLOW PER 100 FEET Dl\ll"l"El'I 0.2i Gl"H DI\IJ"l"El'I O.+ Gl"H Dl'lll"l"El'I O.i Gl"H Dl'lll"l"El'I 0.9 Gl"H Dl'lll"l"El'I Sl"ACING Gl"H Gl"M Gl"H Gi"M Gl"H Gl"M Gl"H Gl"M 12" 2i.+O o.++ +0.00 O.i7 il.00 1.02 92.00 1.53 .. I 11" 17.51 0.29 2i.i7 I o.++ +1.00 O.il i1.00 1.02 2◄" N/A N/A N/A N/A 31.00 0.51 +li.00 _ 0.77 WATEl'I SOUI\CE: 01\11" VALVE 01\ LATEl\,.,L FI\OM VALVE. ITT-MANUAL LINE FLUSHING VALVE 'y J"LUMIED TO l"VC QI\ l"OLY. TYP"ICAL SUJ"P"LY HEADE I'!. / TYl"ICAL TECHLINE DI\IP"l"EI\ LINE TUIING TO IE IUl'IIED 1" IELOW FINISH GI\ADE. ii ~ T /-TYl"IC,.,L P"VC 01\ l"OL Y SUl"l"L Y 01\ EXHAUST HEADEI\ ~ TO IE IUI\IED MIN 12" IELOW GMDE. TWO (2) CONDUCTOI\ SHIELDED GAILE CONNECTION TO TI\ANSMITTEI\ ~ ILACK PIED P'EA GftAVEL OftAIN SUMP' 30" MIN. DIA. x i" MIN. DEEP' CD 1" IN TURF AREAS 2" ® EXTENSION IN SHRUB AREAS 0 FLOW SENSOR 0 FINISH GRADE © WATERPROOF @ 10 x PIPE DIA. @ MAINLINE @ BRICK f("JF1 I! \ I ' i I ' I I' ' ' '--'lc:0 . ·-'-'.) r:-,,·=~ I: : : 'I I : I I L;' j_ • '·::::J \Q· f:'"", -, 6 ,=;i ~ I ; i , I I 1 , __ I L'v~ ISLAND LAYOUT r.= I \ ), / I . l , \ ' " \ \ IRREGUL:AR AREAS: TRIANGULAR -ffi ) I / .I \ \ -'J L \ \ Ji IRREGULAR AREAS: OOD CURVES 3 1--~ 1" 1\/IIN 6 TOTAL THE COMIINED LENGTH OF THESE 1. SUP"P"LY HEADEI\. j '.! LA TEI\ALS AND COMl"AI\E IT AGAINSf THE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF SINGLE LA TEI\AL TAILE. ,"I , , _,,. r.--,.. . () ' . ;\ i"--1 I • :_,/, a '• -,.. ,-I ' BRANCHING OUT LATERALS ,, , * CHECK LONGEST ! -LATEI\AL AG,.,INST MAXIMUM LENGTH OF SINGLE LATEI\AL !"AILE. EXHAUSTT HEADEI\ JOINING LATERALS MANUAL LINE FLUSHING VALVE. TECHLINE CV LATEI\AL TUIING . LATEMLS l"APIALLEL TO THE CONTOUI\S OF THE SLO~E. -· _ -~-~ l"VC EXHAUST HEADEI\. ,. ,· ~"'>":""~ 5◄"MAX. ~- ELEVATION ·0. 'i'-~---:~C-,.-c·~"-,--;-";;-, TOE OF e ,· _./ -""' / SLOl"E. CHANGE -~ . -. I ~. ~----- I\EMOTE CONTI\OL VALVE ASSEMILY. '0-, / TOP'½ OF SLO~E: CONVENTIONAL S~ACING. IOTTOM ½ OF SLOP"E: CONVENTIONAL SP"ACING !-LUS 25•;. SLOPE FEED LAYOUT 9" MIN. G) FINISH GRADE; 3" BELOW TOP OF LID IN PLANTING BED WITH MULCH, TYPICAL 0 VALVE BOX, PER SPECIFICATIONS G) AUTOMATIC LINE FLUSHING VALVE PER LEGEND © PRC REDUCER ADAPTERS X 1/2" FPT (SIZE AS REQ'D) ® BRICK SUPPORTS (THREE, TYPICAL) ® 3/,4" GRAVEL SUMP; 1 CUBIC FOOT 0 EXTENSION CONNECTIONS REINFORCEMENT, 0 PLUMBED TO PVC LATERAL OR EXHAUST HEADER 0 JUMBO BOX © JUMBO PLASTIC 0 5 x PIPE DIA. VALVE BOX W/ 2-6" EXTENSIONS AND LOCKING COVER, 0 FLOW SENSOR AMETEK OR EQUAL NO SCALE SEE SHEET Ll-1.0 FOR IRRIGATION LEGEND I. NOTES SEE SHEETS Ll-1.1 TO Ll-1.5 FOR IRRIGATION l"LANS SEE SHEETS Ll-2.0 TO Ll-2.1 FOR IRRIGATION DETAILS TYPICAL NOTES: A. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURE'S RECOMMENDATIONS. B. INSTALL AT LOWEST POINT(S) ON A SYSTEM. 0 AUTOfylATIC FLUSH VALVE 5 1-------+--------- NO SCALE SCHMIDT DESIGN G~OUP, INC. .6) .rain, .),., __ ...... ' '6,f:~ • • t •• ,,_ ... 1.:, . .,. ~·w,r IALANCING AIHISTIC EXl'ft:ESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVl!lONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue1 Suite 500, San Die10, CA ,2101 telephone (i1,J 23i-1-1i2 facsimile (i1,J 23i-l7,2 www.schmidtdesicn.com Lie. CA 2131, NV 21,, AZ 3-4-13, DATE INITIAL Ex111lr■tlen D■te:: 12-::11-u, lllet Date: January, 17 201, SDG l'r•ject Numl,er: ,,.109 ENGINEE~ OF WO~K 2 IA = □ SECTION LEGEND: G) 1" (25mm) CRUSHED ROCK (6" (150mm) DEPTH MINIMUM) 0 CONDUIT FOR LOW VOLTAGE FIELD WIRES G) CONCRETE BASE © ANCHOR BOLTS, NUTS l WASHERS (-4 EACH) ® FIELD WIRE BUNDLE. INCLUDES DIRECT BURIAL CABLES AND WIRES FROM CONDUITS PER PLAN. ® TERMINAL STRIP WITH ELECTRICAL SURGE PROTECTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUTE ALL FIELD WIRES TO THIS LOCATION (PER PLAN) ALL WIRES AND CABLES WILL BE BUNDLED AND COILED WITH AT LEAST 5 FEET (1.5m) OF ADDITIONAL WIRE SO AS TO PREVENT PULLING AT WIRE CONNECTIONS. (j) POWER SWITCH AND OUTLETS 0 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY: PRE-ASSEMBLED ON STAINLESS STEEL BACKBOARD CONFIGURATION AS SHOWN PER PLAN ® STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE SHOWN WITH 12"(305mm) PEDESTAL MOUNTED SECURELY TO CONCRETE BASE ENCLOSURE PER PLANS @ FINISH GRADE G]) CONDUIT FOR 120 VOLT POWER SUPPLY @ CONDUIT FOR GROUND @ CONDUIT FOR FLOW SENSOR AND MASTER VALVE IRRIGATION CONTROLLER W/ ENCLOSURE NO SCALE Ll-2.1 11 AS BUIL T 11 P.E. EXP. Di'. TE REVIE'w'ED JY: INSPECTOR Di'ITE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 2 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT g IMPROVEMENT PL,',NS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION DETAILS APPROVED: rfM/.lMtj /<.. ~ <.J [2. '-I /1, T!':ANSP'Oro:TAllON Dl!':ECTOi.: +2790 EXP'. 3/21 /20 DATE DWN BY: AS, ~P" PROJECT NO . DRAWING NO, DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHE~ A~~~OVAL CITY A~~~OVAL RVWD BY: JTI 4725 / 6601'.1 812-28 (f) 1-z w ~ :::J 0 0 0 0 co z 0 ~ 0 z w 0::: _J _J <( I ~ 0 0 <( co (f) _J 0::: <( 0 ~ 0 0) ~ 0 N May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 435 of 442 . . ,_ ,. . . . P'LANTING NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW PLANTING INSTALLATION DETAILS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK SHALL BE DONE PRIOR TO BIDDING. 4. ALL WORK WILL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY OF CARLSl'lAD AND THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PROJECT. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY CITY ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OR WITHIN THE PLANS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 6. FINISHED GRADES SHALL l'lE SMOOTHED TO ELIMINATE PUDDLING OR STANDING WATER. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 2% DRAINAGE AWAY FROM BUILDINGS AND PAVING INTO DRAINAGE STRUCTURES OR TO STREET (SEE ENGINEERS GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN). CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY RESIDENT ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY CONFLICTS IN MAINTAINING DRAINAGE. 7. CITY ENGINEER SHALL APPROVE ALL FINISH GRADING PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF ANY PLANT MATERIAL. I. CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY, UPON THE AWARD OF THE CONTRACT, ORDER, LOCATE AND PURCHASE (OR HAVE HELD) ALL PLANT MATERIAL REQUIRED BY THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. e. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY CITY ENGINEER FOR OBSERVATION AT THE FOLLOWING TIMES: --MAINLINE -PRIOR TO BACKFILL AND PRESSURE TEST --LATERAL LINES -PRIOR TO BACKFILL --CONTROL WIRES -PRIOR TO BACKFILL --TREE LOCATIONS -PRIOR TO PLANTING --IRRIGATION COVERAGE-PRIOR TO PLANT PLACEMENT --PLANT APPROVAL AND SPOTTING PRIOR TO PLANTING --PRE-MAINTENANCE APPROVAL --POST-MAINTENANCE/FINAL APPROVAL. 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REPAIRS MADE NECESSARY THROUGH THE ACTIONS OR NEGLIGENCE OF HIS CREW. 11. SOIL AMENDMENTS SPECIFIED ARE FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY ACTUAL TYPES AND QUANTITIES WILL BE BASED ON SOIL ANALYSIS PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. AFTER ROUGH GRADING, SOIL SAMPLES SHALL BE TAKEN FROM ENOUGH LOCATIONS IN DIFFERENT AREAS OF THE SITE TO REPRESENT AN ADEQUATE CROSS SECTION OF CONDITIONS. TEST SHALL INCLUDE TESTS FOR SOIL FERTILITY, AGRICULTURAL SUITABILITY ORGANIC CONTENT N, P, K; PH; EC; SOIL TEXTURE; AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR AMENDMENTS, LEACHING, AND MAINTENANCE FERTILIZATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH RESIDENT ENGINEER WITH A COPY OF TEST RESULTS AND RECEIVE WRITTEN APPROVAL FOR AMENDMENTS/SOIL PREPARATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. BID MIX FOR TURF AND SHRUB AREAS: SOIL AMENDMENTS BID MIX SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING PER 1000 SQUARE FEET: -4 CU. YDS. NITROGEN STABILIZED ORGANIC AMENDMENT 'KELLOG NITRO MULCH' -20 LBS. GRO-POWER PLUS -100 LBS. GYPSUM "SOIL PREP" TO l'lE MIXED INTO THE TOP i" OF SOIL THROUGHOUT THE SITE EXCEPT ON SLOPES GREATER THAN 3: 1. BID MIX FOR. SHRUB l'lACKFILL: PLANTING AND BACKFILL MIX FOR PLANT PITS AND TABLETS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS PER CUBIC YARD: -70¼ OF NATIVE SOIL -30¼ NITROGEN STABILIZED ORGANIC AMENDMENT -1i LBS GRO-POWER PLUS -2 LBS. FERROUS SULFATE THOROUGHLY BLEND THE ABOVE AT A CENTRAL ON-SITE LOCATION PRIOR TO USE. THE FERROUS SULFATE SHOULD NOT CONTACT PAVING SURFACES AS STAINING WILL RESULT. 12. SHRUB AND GROUNDCOVER MASS QUANTITIES ARE SHOWN ON PLANS. UNDERPLANT ALL TREES WITH THE ADJACENT SHRUB AND/ OR GROUNDCOVER AS INDICATED BY THE PLANS. PLANTS SHALL SE INSTALLED WITH TRIANGULAR SPACING. PLANT GROUNDCOVERS TO WITHIN 12" OF TREE OR SHRUB STEMS. 13. PLANT SYMBOLS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER PLANT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED. WHERE SHRUB SYMBOLS ARE MASSED, CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A CONSISTENT ON CENTER, TRIANGULAR SPACING AS SPECIFIED IN LEGEND. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY PLANT TOTALS FOR l'llD PURPOSES. 14. ALL ROCKS AND DEBRIS TWO INCH (2") AND LARGER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM PLANTING AREAS AND THEN FROM THE SITE TO A LEGAL SITE OF DISPOSAL. WHERE THE GRASS IS TO BE LOCATED, ALL ROCKS AND DEBRIS ONE INCH (1 ") AND LARGER SHALL l'lE REMOVED FROM THE SITE TO A LEGAL SITE OF DISPOSAL. 15. PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE PLANTING OPERATION, IRRIGATE ALL PLANTING AREAS NORMALLY FOR TWO WEEKS TO GERMINATE WEEDS. APPLY CONTACT ORGANIC HERBICIDE TO WEEDS ONLY PER CITY OF CARLSBAD INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT PLAN. REPEAT PROCESS IF WEEDS PERSIST. 1i. PERCOLATION TEST SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDSCAPE SPECIFICATIONS. 17. PRIOR TO PLANTING, IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY OPERATIONAL AND ALL PLANTING AREAS SHALL BE THOROUGHLY WATERED. 11. PLANT MATERIAL MAY BE REJECTED AT ANY TIME BY CITY ENGINEER DUE TO CONDITION, FORM OR DAMAGE BEFORE OR AFTER PLANTING. 19. ALL TREES WITHIN 5' OR LESS OF HARDSCAPE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A ROOT BARRIER. ROOT BARRIER SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL TO HARDSCAPE SURFACE OR AS INDICATED ON PLAN. ROOT BARRIER TO BE MANUFACTURED BY "DEEPROOT" OR "BIO-BARRIER" OR EQUIVALENT. 20. PLANTING TABLETS SHALL BE GRO-POWER PLANTING TABLETS 12-1-1 (12 MONTH SLOW RELEASE FORMULATION). 21. 1 GALLON GROUND COVER MATERIALS SHALL BE PLANTED TO WITHIN 12" OF ADJACENT SHRUl'l STEMS. 22. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR GRAVEL MULCH EXTENTS. "GRAVEL MULCH" SHALL l'lE [LIST COLOR AND SIZE] l'lY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS. CONTRACTOR TO SUl'lMIT SAMPLE TO CITY ENGINEER AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 23. ALL PLANTING BEDS WITHOUT GRAVEL MULCH SHALL HAVE 3" (THREE INCH) THICK MULCH LA YER. "MULCH" SHALL l'lE "CARLSBAD STUMP MIX" BY MB ORGANICS. RATES AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS, FREE OF STICKS, STONES, CLAY OR OTHER FOREIGN MATERIAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SAMPLE TO CITY ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 24. ALL PLANTING SHALL BE GUARANTEED THROUGH THE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD (SEE PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS). ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD SHALL BE 90 DAYS. TREES AND SHRUBS SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, BEGINNING FROM THE DATE OF THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD. 25. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING ALL AREAS IN A WEED AND DEBRIS-FREE CONDITION THROUGHOUT THE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD. 27. COORDINATE PLACEMENT OF TREES WITH SITE LIGHTING. CANOPY OF TREE AT UL Tl MATE SIZE SHALL NOT BE PLACED SO AS TO CONFLICT WITH LIGHTING THROW ALONG WALKWAYS. 21. PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE GROWN UNDER CLIMATIC CONDITIONS SIMILAR TO THOSE OF THE PROJECT SITE. 2!. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BID THE FOLLOWING PLANT MATERIAL IN ADDITION TO THE QUANTITIES LISTED IN THE PLANT LEGEND OR SHOWN OF THE PLAN: -(2) 15 GAL SHRUBS -(10) 5 GAL SHRUBS -(20) 1 GAL SHRUBS/GROUND COVER CITY OF CARLSl'lAD PLANTING REQUIREMENT FOR SLOPES: 1. SLOPES i:1 OR STEEPER REQUIRING EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AS SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL BE TREATED WITH ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING PLANTING STANDARDS: A. STANDARD 1-COVER CROP/ REINFORCED STRAW MATTING: COVER CROP SHALL BE A SEED MIX TYPICALLY MADE UP OF QUICK GERMINATING AND FAST COVERING GRASSES, CLOVERS, AND/OR WILD FLOWERS. SUBMIT THE SPECIFIC SEED MIX FOR CITY APPROVAL PRIOR TO APPLICATION. THE COVER CROP SHALL BE APPLIED AT A RATE AND MANNER SUFFICIENT TO PROVIDE 90¼ COVERAGE WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS. TYPE OF REINFORCED STRAW MATTING SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE CITY AND STAKED TO THE SLOPE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. REINFORCED STRAW MATTING SHALL BE REQUIRED WHEN PLANTING OCCURS BETWEEN AUGUST 15 AND APRIL 15. THE COVER CROP AND/OR REINFORCED STRAW MAT SHALL BE USED THE REMAINDER OF THE YEAR. 8. STANDARD 2-GROUND COVER: ONE HUNDRED (100'/,) PERCENT OF THE AREA SHALL BE PLANTED WITH A GROUND COVER KNOWN TO HAVE EXCELLENT SOIL BINDING CHARACTERISTICS (PLANTED FROM A MINIMUM SIZE OF FLATTED MATERIAL AND SPACED TO PROVIDE FULL COVERAGE WITHIN ONE YEAR). C. STANDARD 3-LOW SHRUBS: LOW SPREADING WOODY SHRUBS (PLANTED FROM A MINIMUM OF 2-3/4 INCH LINERS) SHALL COVER A MINIMUM OF SEVENTY (70'/,) PERCENT OF THE SLOPE FACE (AT MATURE SIZE). D. STANDARD 4-TREES AND/OR LARGE SHRUBS: TREES AND/ OR LARGE SHRUBS SHALL BE (PLANTED FROM A MINIMUM OF 1 GALLON CONTAINERS) AT A MINIMUM RATE OF ONE (1) PER TWO HUNDRED (200) SQUARE FEET. 2. SLOPES i:1 OR STEEPER AND: A. 3' OR LESS IN VERTICAL HEIGHT AND ARE ADJACENT TO PUBLIC WALKS OR STREETS REQUIRE AT MINIMUM STANDARD #1 ABOVE 8. 3' TO I' IN VERTICAL HEIGHT REQUIRE STANDARDS #1, #2 AND #3 ABOVE. C. IN EXCESS OF I' IN VERTICAL HEIGHT REQUIRE STANDARDS #1, #2, #3, AND #4 ABOVE 3. AREAS GRADED FLATTER THAN 6:1 REQUIRE STANDARD #1 (COVER CROP) WITH TEMPORARY IRRIGATION WHEN THEY HAVE ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: A. SHEET GRADED PADS NOT SCHEDULED FOR IMPROVEMENTS WITHIN 6 MONTHS OF COMPLETION OF ROUGH GRADING. B. A POTENTIAL EROSION PROBLEM AS DETERMINED l'lY THE CITY. C. IDENTIFIED BY THE CITY AS HIGHLY VISIBLE AREAS TO THE PUBLIC OR HAVE SPECIAL CONDITIONS THAT WARRANT IMMEDIATE TREATMENT. PLANTING ZONE NOTES: 1. TOTAL SITE WITHIN LIMITS OF WORK IS ESTIMATED AT 16,200 S.F. 2. TOTAL LANDSCAPED AREA WITHIN LIMITS OF WORK ESTIMATED AT !,214 S.F. 3. PERCENT OF TOTAL SITE USED FOR LANDSCAPING IS ESTIMATED AT 11¼. 4. PERCENT OF THE LANDSCAPED AREA OF EACH PLANTING ZONE: ZONE ONE -24¼ ZONE TWO -76¼ ZONE THREE (NOT USED) -0'/, ZONE FOUR (NOT USED) -0'/, 5. 50 PERCENT OF THE SHRUB MATERIAL SHALL BE PLANTED AT 5 GALLON SIZE. 50 PERCENT OF ALL SHRUB MATERIAL SHALL BE PLANTED AT 1 GALLON SIZE. 6. SHRUBS SHALL BE MASSED IN PLANTING AREAS COVERING APPROXIMATELY iO PERCENT OF THE TOTAL LANDSCAPED AREA. 7. THE PLANTING ON THE PROJECT'S SLOPES SHALL SCREEN THE RETAINING BUILDING WALL APPROXIMATELY 75 PERCENT AT MATURITY. I. GROUND COVERS SHALL BE PLANTED WITHIN 12 INCHES OF SHRUB PLANTINGS. 15 PERCENT OF ALL GROUNDCOVER SHALL BE PLANTED AT 1 GALLON SIZE. 15 PERCENT OF THE SHRUB MATERIAL SHALL BE PLANTED FROM FLATS. 9. ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE SPACED AT 70 PERCENT OF MATURE SIZES. 12-11" ON CENTER SPACING TYPICAL FOR GROUNDCOVER SPACING FOR EROSION CONTROL ON SLOPES. ZONE 1: DEFINED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD AS "LUSH" PLANTED AREAS 2,135 SQUARE FEET ZONE 1 PLANTING AREAS; INCLUDES SHRUB/ TREE PLANTINGS AT HIGHLY VISIBLE BUILDING FACES ZONE 2: DEFINED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD AS "MODERATE" PLANTED AREAS 7,07! SQUARE FEET OF ZONE 2 PLANTING AREA THAT INCLUDES SHRUB/ TREE PLANTINGS ON SLOPES AND IN SWALE AREAS ZONE 3: DEFINED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD AS "NATURALIZING OR TRANSITIONAL" PLANTED AREAS NOT USED. NO TRANSITIONAL AREAS INCLUDED ON THE SITE. ZONE 4 (NATIVE/NATURALIZED HABITAT) NOT USED. THE ENTIRE LANDSCAPED AREA WITHIN LIMITS OF WORK WILL BE IMPACTED AND ALL PLANTING AREAS WILL BE ESTABLISHED WITH IRRIGATION. MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY ALL PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS ARE WITHIN PUBLIC PROPERTY. MAINTENANCE AND LIABILITY FOR THE ENTIRE SITE SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CITY. LP-0.1 11 AS BUILT" P.E. __ _ EXP. ___ _ Di'. TE REVIE\JED JY1 INSPECTOR Di'. TE fSHml CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ f-----jl----t----------------1----+--+---I--I ~ PUBLIC WORKS DEPit.RTMENT ~ SCHMIDT DESIGN G~ou~, INC. :=,=MP=R=o=v=E-=M=EN=T=P=L=,.,N=S=F=O=R=, =========== CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS Lit.NDSCit.PE PLit.NTING NOTES SEE SHEET LP'-0.1 I. Ll'-1.0 FOR l'LANTING LEGEND I. NOTES SEE SHEETS Ll'-1.1 TO Ll-1.4 FOR P'LANTING l'LANS SEE SHEETS Ll'-2.0 FOR l'LANTING DETAILS Ex11ir1tlen D•te: 12-1H, ••• • • ••• IALANCING A~TISTJC EXl'IUSSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVll'-ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 5001 San Diec;•, CA ,2101 telephone {01,J 23i-1-4i2 facsimile {01,J 230-17,2 www.schmitlt.!esi;n.com Lie. CA 2131, NV 21,, AZ 3-413, l'l•t Date: J.i.nuiilry, 17 201, SDG !'reject Numller: 1i•10i DATE INITIAL /4. ENGINEE~ OF WO~K L.JI.::,_ REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE INITIAL DA TE INITIAL OTHE~ A~~~OVAL CITY A~~~OVAL it.PPROVED: . / I ~ '"· ~ 1./ ?'/ ,, T~ANS~O!HATION Dl~ECTOU;427!0 EX~. 3/21/20 Dit.TE DWN BY: AS, ~~ CHKD BY: JJ RVWD BY: JTI PROJECT NO. 4725 I 66015 DRit.WING NO. 1512-2B Cl) 1-z w ~ ::J u 0 0 0 co z 0 I-~ 0 z w er:'. _j _j <( I >-1- u 0 <( co Cl) _j er:'. <( u May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 436 of 442 ' l"LANT LEGEND • TREES 0 PALM TREES SHRUBS 0 0 * 0 0 SUCCULENTS 0 0 0 0 BOTANICAL NAME EXISTING TREE TO REMAIN -PROTECT IN PLACE STENOCARPUS SINUATUS BOTANICAL NAME SYAGRUS ROMANZOFFIANA BOTANICAL NAME ECHIUM CANDICANS GALVEZIA SPECIOSA PHORMIUM TENAX 'BRONZE BABY" SALVIA LEUCANTHA 'SANTA BARBARA' STRELITZIA REGINAE BOTANICAL NAME AGAVE ATTENUATA AGAVE SHAWII ALOE ARBORESCENS ALOE STRIATA ALOE X 'BLUE ELF' DRACAENA MARGINATA COMMON NAME CONT EXISTING FIREWHEEL TREE 36" BOX COMMON NAME CONT QUEEN PALM e· BTH COMMON NAME CONT PRIDE OF MADEIRA 5 GALLON ISLAND BUSH SNAPDRAGON 5 GALLON BRONZE BABY NEW ZEALAND FLAX 15 GALLON MEXICAN ~USH SAGE 5 GALLON BIRD OF PARADISE 5 GALLON COMMON NAME FOX TAIL AGAVE COASTAL AGAVE TORCH ALOE CORAL ALOE ALOE RED EDGED DRACAENA CONT 5 GALLON 5 GALLON 15 GALLON 5 GALLON 5 GALLON 5 GALLON SEE SHEET Ll"-0.1 I. Ll"-1.0 FOR l"LANTING LEGEND I. NOTES SEE SHEETS Ll"-1.1 TO Ll-1.4 FOR !"LANTING l"LANS // r1c;r1ATV~a 12-31-19 SEE SHEETS Ll"-2.0 FOR l"LANTING DETAILS DETAIL 5/LP-2.0 DETAIL 7/LP-2.0 DETAIL 1 l6/LP-2.0 DETAIL 1ILP-2.0 1l6/LP-2.0 SHRUB AREAS V V V V V 00000 00000 00000 GROUND COVERS ''-''' '' '\' '\ ,,, ... ,,,,,, '' ''' ''' ... ' ,,,,,,,,,,, ''''''''-'' ,,, ...... , ...... ,, '''' ' ... '''' '''' ''' ''' EXISTING PLANTING V V V V 'v'v?'il'v •V"v'v'v' 'v'il'v'il'v •T"v'v'v' MULCH • \ SCHMIDT DESIGN G~OUP, INC. •' •···• ,' ' . ' •' ' -• -·· IALANCING Al'lTISTIC EX!"l'lESSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVJ"ONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 5001 San Die:;01 CA ,2101 telephone {Ii,,) 231i-1,41i2 facsimile {li1,J 231i-Z7,2 www.schm idttles icn,com Lie. CA 213Z, NV 21,, AZ 3413, BOTANICAL NAME COREOPSIS MARITIMA LANTANA X 'NEW GOLD' MUHLENBERGIA DUBIA ROSMARINUS OFFICINALIS BOTANICAL NAME BACCHARIS PILULARIS 'PIGEON POINT' CAREX FLACCA SENECIO MANDRALISCAE 'BLUE CHALK STICKS' SES LE RIA AUTUMNALIS REPAIR AND REPLACE EXISTING PLANTING IN KIND TRANSPLANTED LADY PALMS DECORATIVE GRAVEL MULCH 112" DEL SOL BY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUAL. PH: 100.699.1171. EXISTING CONCRETE PLANTERS TO REMAIN COMMON NAME SEA DAHLIA NEW GOLD LANTANA PINE MUHLY ROSEMARY COMMON NAME COYOTE BRUSH BLUE SEDGE SENECIO AUTUMN MOOR GRASS CONT SPACING DETAIL 1 GAL 12" o.c. 6/LP-2.0 1 GAL 36" o.c. 1 GAL 24" o.c. 1 GAL 3i" O.C. CONT SPACING DETAIL 5 GAL 41" o.c. 1l6/LP-2.0 1 GAL 1e" o.c. 1 GAL 24" o.c. 1 GAL 11" o.c. LP-1.0 11 AS BUIL T1' P.E. __ _ EXP. ___ _ D~TE REVIEWED JY1 INSPECTOR D~TE [sHm7 CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ l---l---+-----------------1---l---+---+-----I ~ PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ~ ~="-'=============-==::::! IMPROVEMENT PUNS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE PLANTING LEGEND APPROVED: / l"IMV~l,J{ 1c. ,J' 1./ z..yl1, T"'ANS~OIH A TION Dl"'ECTO"' <": +2790 EX~. 3 /21 -/20 DATE (j) f-z w 2 ::::, 0 0 0 0 O'.l z 0 -~ 0 z w 0::: _J _J <( I >-f- 0 0 <( O'.l (j) _J 0::: <( 0 ,- DATE INITIAL DWN BY: AS, ~~ PROJECT NO, DRAWING NO. O /,}._ DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ 0) ~lot Date: January, 17 20,, ENGINEE~ OF WO~K LJf::,, REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHE~ A~~~OVAL CITY A~~~OVAL RVWD BY: JTI 4725 / 660e e12-2B Ex,iilr•tlen 01te: 1MH9 SDG ~r•j~ct Numll~r: 1,-1oi r-----------------------------------------------------------------------------~~;;;;;;,.~~~~~;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~;;;.J ~ May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 437 of 442 -·-1 ',, \, / , ' ,'.") -rii) ,-u ,. / / --- -,-i ·,, / ./ MATCH LINE µr_ II I I I I I I ,, I I I • I I s I / / /,f ' /' . . , ,l, , , , , . / I -·}; ' r SEE SHEET LJt-0.1 I. LJt-1.0 FOR !"LANTING LEGEND I. NOTES SEE SHEETS LP-1.1 TO Ll-1.~ FOR !"LANTING l'LANS SEE SHEETS LJt-2.0 FOR !"LANTING DETAILS EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN,: PROTECT IN PLACE 11111 ' ... '' '''' \. \.'' '''' .... ·. ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ''''~''''''''''' :_ .. MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET LP-1.4 SCHMIDT DESIGN G~OU1', INC. IALANCING Al'tTISTJC EXll'IHSSION IN DESIGN WITH ENVll'tONMENTAL SENSJTJVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, Sin Diet•, CA ,2101 telephone {01,) 230-1402 facsimile {01,) 230-;7,2 www.s chm id td es i;n .cem Lie, CA 2131, NV 21,, AZ 3413, I I I I I ! I I ...1 Jt ARTIAL JtLANT LEGEND • Ll'-1.1 SHRUBS 0 0 SUCCULENTS SHRUB AREAS GROUND COVERS • '''''''''' ,,,,,,,,,, . ... ' ... \. \. \.' ''-... \.' ... '''' ' ... ' , ...... ,, ...... ,,--. \.' \' \.' '-'\ \. ''"''''-'''-' '-''''''''' EXISTING PLANTING V9V'v'iJ .,,vvv V'vV'v'iJ .,,vvv MULCH • ; I 0 ! 5 BOTANICAL NAME SALVIA LEUCANTHA 'SANTA BARBARA' STRELITZIA REGINAE BOTANICAL NAME AGAVE ATTENUATA DRACAENA MARGINATA BOTANICAL NAME LANTANA X 'NEW GOLD' BOTANICAL NAME SENECIO MANDRALISCAE 'BLUE CHALK STICKS' SESLERIA AUTUMNALIS TRANSPLANTED LADY PALMS DECORATIVE GRAVEL MULCH 1/2" DEL SOL ~y DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUAL PH: 100.699.1171. EXISTING CONCRETE PLANTERS TO REMAIN COMMON NAME MEXICAN BUSH SAGE BIRD OF PARADISE COMMON NAME FOX TAIL AGAVE RED EDGED DRACAENA COMMON NAME NEW GOLD LANTANA COMMON NAME SENECIO AUTUMN MOOR GRASS LP-1.1 II AS BUILT" ! I ~ ,;?" _.-> fl,-P.E. EXP. DATE 10 20 REVIEv/ED JY: SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" ~ INSPECTOR DATE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IMPROVEMENT PL,1,NS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LAN0SCAPE PLANTING PLAN APPROVED: ,n-1,w,1,141 ''--.~ -, 'i /i'-l hs T1'ANS~OIHA TI0N D11'ECT01'. ~ ': 427,o EX~. 3/21120' DATE (/') 1--z w ~ ::) u 0 0 0 co z 0 1--~ 0 z w 0:: ....J ....J <l'. I ~ -u 0 <l'. co (/') ....J 0:: (5 ..... DATE INITIAL DWN BY: AS, ~~ PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. O I,,_ DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: -=·'·J~-0) ~lotD,te:J,nu.ry, 17201, ENGINEE~ OF WO~K il::,. REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHE~ A~~~OVAL CITY A~~~OVAL RVWD BY: JTI 4725 / 66011 1112-28 SDG !'reject Numler: 1i-1oit ~ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------_;;;;~;... __ ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;..;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~~~~;;;;;;;;;~~ SHEET KEY MAP -NTS Ex,rr,tien D•te: 12-a1-n May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 438 of 442 T""" I 0... -' I ! I l I ... . l. , •. --··\ --. ,, __ r ·-.J I .; I : _., i ·1 ·1 '.--·: '" . -- "i \ .. :. -·· .I I ! , ~I I ,---~---------, : ' 1---f',j----r~r;;:;, : I Lwb;'ff"T I I '°"'~~·• I ii Lr1 ~ :. 0 EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE :rffi•:•."' ' 1:. + : '~.:• .. · .. ·.. .·....::·. '.· + •·· -.·.-·,:-.. · ........ .. n. --~ □ LIMITS OF WORK i·•·• N I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I • (u I ;0L~----~----~---------------~ 0 r ,3S · .as . . 3S ·~;3.S . . 38 · . . S .,+ 0: . · .. 00 ~~00~• · . ""'/ '\ ',, '' '> -.. '' ', ', "' ' ', ·, ' ' -' ' + ; '~/; --J~ . . :~B : . : .. :·· :· :·· :· . . . -~i(;t;;;J·: : :--~'1/;;:::~ . . . + + . ·1.. .. -.. '.I.a . .7. ,,-,;~ , 2 I . . , ·r • ' i z l ,, ,., . I, i z I I L - N .... N :, • • ;-,;: . . I ----; ' I I --■,,■ - '.!' I .'\) -- ' ., -' N N ... •.·· .•. ·~···• .. : + . .·. / ; + ; .. -· . _ ......... • .·· - I I I I I I I:.:: I o:: I~ I LL Io I [:'. I ;;e I ::::; I I . I [+I~ EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET LP-1.4 SEE SHEET Ll"-0.1 I. Ll"-1.0 FOR PLANTING LEGEND I. NOTES SEE SHEETS Ll"-1.1 TO Ll-1.4 FOR !"LANTING l"LANS SEE SHEETS Ll"-2.0 FOR !"LANTING DETAILS r ~ ----,.. --.._ I ... ' I I ' I I . I I • 1 · I I I I::.:: I . I et: . ,o Is LL IO I CfJ I I- I~ I I I I ·-,-· w .-... __ _ i I ' t I CONTRACTOR TO IID ~~i S.F. MIX OF 5 GAL. SHRUIS (301/,) AND 1 GAL. SH RUIS (70%) TO FILL IN EXISTING. Sl"ACE l"LANTS AT 30" O.C. l"LANTS TO IE Sl"OTTED IN FIELD IY LANDSCAl"E ARCHITECT. -- SCHMIDT DESIGN G~OUI", INC. -!!:ii.II■ IALANCING AIUISTIC EX~IUSSlON IN DESIGN WITH ENVl~ONMENTAL SENSJTJVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, S.in Dies•, CA ,2101 telephone {i1,J 23i-14i2 facsimile {i1,J 23i-i1,2 www.schmi«tt.esiz:n.com Uc, CA213l, NV 21,, AZ3413, ■ w > -0::: 0 w C) <( -' -' -> 0 <( m if) -' 0::: <( 0 l"ARTIAL l"LANT LEGEND -Ll"-1.2 TREES 0 SHRUBS 0 0 SUCCULENTS 0 0 0 ◊ ◊ SHRUB AREAS ;,;j1/ j1//~ 1/,/1/ 1/, GROUND COVERS • '-.... '-' "'-"' '-". '' '-' ''\ '\ '\ '\ '\ ,,,,,,,,,, ''-''·'''''-''' ''-'-''''''' ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,, EXISTING PLANTING ~ I I 0 5 BOTANICAL NAME EXISTING TREE TO REMAIN -PROTECT IN PLACE BOTANICAL NAME SALVIA LEUCANTHA 'SANTA BARBARA' STRELITZIA REGINAE BOTANICAL NAME AGAVE ATTENUATA COMMON NAME MEXICAN BUSH SAGE BIRD OF PARADISE COMMON NAME FOX TAIL AGAVE AGAVE SHAWII COASTAL AGAVE ALOE STRIATA CORAL ALOE ALOE X 'BLUE ELF' ALOE DRACAENA MARGINATA RED EDGED DRACAENA BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME MUHLENBERGIA DU~IA PINE MUHL Y BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME SENECIO MANDRALISCAE 'BLUE CHALK STICKS' SENECIO SESLERIA AUTUMNALIS AUTUMN MOOR GRASS REPAIR AND REPLACE EXISTING PLANTING IN KIND EXISTING CONCRETE PLANTERS TO REMAIN LP-1.2 11 AS BUILT 11 I I -,y _.-->\ P.E. EXP. D,t,TE 10 20 REVIE\,/ED JY, SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" ~ INSPECTOR D,t, TE ~ CITY OF ~ CARLSBAD 6 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR; CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN APPROVED: 2NM,ll,J /(.. ~ LJ/t~ h, TJl:ANS~OJl:TATION D11'1:ECT~E: 427!0 EXI". 3/21 /20 DATE OWN BY: AS, ~I" PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. (f) 1--z w ~ ::::> 0 0 0 0 O'.l z 0 ~ 0 .z w 0:::: _J _J <( I >-t- 0 0 <( O'.l (f) _J 0:::: <( 0 ...-- 0 ,1ot Date: January, 17 201, 0) DATE INITIAL IA DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ ENGINEE" OF WO"K REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHE~ A~~~OVAL CITY A~~"OVAL RVWD BY: JTI 4725 I 6608 1512-2B SDG l"r•ject Numl,er: 1,-10, ~ ___________________________________________ .,.. ________ .;,_ __ ....,:;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;=;;;;:;;;;;;;:;;;;;;;:;;;;;;;:;;;;;;;:;;;;;;;;;;;;:;;;;;;;:;;;;;;;:;;;~;;;;;;;;;:;;;~;;;;;;;;;;~;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~~~~·~ ' May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 439 of 442 I -MATCH LINE -SEE BELOW . \ \ \ \ ' ' \ \ \ ' CONTl"ACTOR TO IID 477 S.F. MIX OF 5 GAL SHl"UIS (30%) AND 1 GAL. SHRUIS (70'/4) TO FILL IN EXISTING. SP'ACE P'LANTS AT 30" O.C. P'LANTS TO IE SP'OTTED IN FIELD IY LANDSCAP'E Al"CHITECT. ' ' \ II I I I I I I I • I I I I \ \ I ' ·-I I / / / " I MATCH LINE /' CONTRACTOI" TO 11 D 1,244 S.F. MIX OF 5 GAL. SH RUIS (30%) AND 1 GAL. SHRUIS (70%) TO FILL IN EXISTING. SP'ACE P'LANTS AT 30" 0.C. P'LANTS TO IE SP'OTTED IN FIELD IY LANDSCAP'E ARCHITECT MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET LP-1.1 - CONTl"ACTOR TO IID 104 S.F. MIX OF 5 GAL: SHl"UIS (30%) AND 1 GAL 'sHRUIS (70%) TO FILL IN ~XISTING. SP'ACE P'LANTS AT 30" O.C. P'LANTS TO IE SP'OTTED IN FIELD IY LANDSCAP'E ARCHITECT.-----~~ IARKMULCH l '\ _i, 'i CONTRACTOR TO IID 44 S.F MIX OF 5 GAL. SHRUIS (30%) AND 1 GAL. SHRUIS (70o/,) TO FILL IN EXISTING. SP'ACE P'LANTS AT 30" 0.C P'LANTS TO IE SP'OTTED IN FIELD IY LANDSCAP'E Al"CHITECT. --------'---._ · CONTRACTOR TO IID 153 S.F. MIX OF 5 GAL SH RUIS (30%) AND 1 GAL. SHRUIS (70%) TO FILL IN EXISTING. SP'ACE P'LANTS AT 30" 0.C. P'LANTS TO IE SP'OTTED IN FIELD IY LANDSCAP'E ARCHITECT -~-, __________________________ _ ---------------------------------=✓-"Ve,/. .. "'· I I I I I I I I I I I I I SEE ABOVE SEE SHEET Ll'"-0.1 I. Ll'"-1.0 FOR l'"LANTING LEGEND I. NOTES SEE SHEETS Ll'"-1.1 TO Ll-1.4 FOR l"LANTING l'"LANS SEE SHEETS Ll'-2.0 FOR !'LANTING DETAILS LIMITS OF WORK SCHMIDT DESIGN G1tOUP, INC. IALANCING A"TISTIC EXll'IHSSIUN JN L>ESIGN WITH ENVII\ONMENTAL SEl"lSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Die::o, CA ,2101 telephone [,1,J 231i-141i2 facsimile {01,J 230-&7,2 www.schmidtdesicn.com Lie, CA 213&, NV 21,, AZ 3413, ,,, ·--:1,, •:/• I I~ 12 w w I~ w ··1·· 0; ·w lz -,·- ' _J I 0 I-<( l'"ARTIAL l'"LANT LEGEND -Ll'"-1.3 TREES • SHRUBS 0 * 0 SUCCULENTS ◊ SHRUB AREAS m~~u 00000 00000 00000 GROUND COVERS EXISTING PLANTING BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME STENOCARPUS SINUATUS FIREWHEEL TREE BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME GALVEZIA SPECIOSA ISLAND BUSH SNAPDRAGON PHORMIUM TENAX 'BRONZE BABY' BRONZE BABY NEW ZEALAND FLAX SALVIA LEUCANTHA 'SANTA BARBARA" MEXICAN BUSH SAGE BOTANICAL NAME ALOE X 'BLUE ELF' BOTANICAL NAME COREOPSIS MARITIMA LANTANA X 'NEW GOLD' MUHLENBERGIA DUBIA BOTANICAL NAME CAREX FLACCA COMMON NAME ALOE COMMON NAME SEA DAHLIA NEW GOLD LANTANA PINE MUHLY COMMON NAME BLUE SEDGE r~ ~ REPAIR AND REPLACE EXISTING PLANTING IN KIND I MULCH • I I I I I 0 ! I 5 10 DECORATIVE GRAVEL MULCH 1/2" DEL SOL BY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUAL PH: 100.699.1171. 11 AS i ~,?' :_..>\ P.E. EXP. 20 \ REV!El,IED JY: LP-1.3 BUIL T11 DATE SCALE: 1" = 10'-0" ~ INSPECTOR DATE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD SHEETS 7 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 59 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR.· CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN APPROVED: ,yf\A..\Al,v( I<.. ' ~ ,iJ 'lJ-1 I I~ T~ANS~OIHATION Dl~ECToit': +2790 EXP'. 3/21120 ' DATE DWN BY: AS, ~~ PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. (/") 1-z w ~ ::> u 0 0 0 -co z 0 ~ 0 z w 0:: _J _J <( I ~ 0 0 <( co (/") _J 0:: <( 0 I r--..- ..-- 0 l'let Date: J ;rnu;uy, 17 201, 0) DATE INITIAL & DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: .IJ ENGINEE~ OF WO~K REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHE~ A~~~OVAL CITY A~~~OVAL RVWD BY: JTI 4725 / 66015 812-2B SDG !'reject Numler: 1lt•10, ~ --------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~=--~ SHEET KEY MAP -NTS Exitiret!tn o,te: 12-11-1, I, ' May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 440 of 442 MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET LP-1.1 f '-1,---'~,'--•,..c.,'-~~-,-\,"-,-IA-:'--K-M~U'-L=:=~'~~- / ,', '•' w z -g1 ~ ~1 I I I -II LIMITS OF WORK -i \---------- . ' ·,,\", ' . ·,<0. '-.'·. . ·---·--·-·--,. ,, ___ , ___ _ Wr U I I' r-:::~cg';]:;:t=~~0>yy;~m,~;r:::::t-7t~ ' I I • I I t t ' I -- SHEET KEY MAP -NTS -.. _, ---·-" ---- -, .· ,,•S--,-,._ -· - -' " EXISTING SINGLE STORY BUILDING TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE 7 CONTRACTOR TO IID 1i2 SF MIX OF 5 GAL, SHRUIS (30%) AND 1 GAL, SH RUIS (70%) TO FILL IN EXISTING, SP'ACE P'LANTS AT 30" O,C P'LANTS TO IE SP'OTTED IN FIELD IY LANDSCAP'E ARCHITECT-------✓' SEE SHEET Lfll-0.1 I. Lfll-1.0 FOR PLANTING LEGEND I. NOTES SEE SHEETS Ll"-1.1 TO Ll-1.4 FOR P'LANTING P'LANS SEE SHEETS LP'-2.0 FOR P'LANTING DETAILS -•Yi/' MATCH LINE -SEE SHEET LP-1.2 .,Q,}•~ : :(/) 3/, ' ,' .•• J.. . + EXISTING P'LANTING TO REMAIN - P'ROTECT IN P'LACE CONTRACTOPI TO 110 1,110 SF MIX OF 5 GAL, SHRUIS (30~,) AND 1 GAL SHRUIS (70%) TO FILL IN EXISTING, SP'ACE P'LANTS AT 30" 0, C, P'LANTS TO IE SP'OTTED IN FIELD IY LANDSCAP'E ARCHITECT I ------- r C:0! I : ':;, I z I 1.r'"""'J/,l..,.""""c.,,,'., ..... J_ j ✓ 1r-.-----1IIII--. ~.,,IIIIM J. ,1 I 1 I Tl i I I I l I I I I I L--, I I I -. I I r----------------------J I LIMITS OF WORK I I I fllARTIAL PILANT LEGEND -Lfll-1.4 TREES • PALM TREES • SHRUBS 0 0 * 0 0 SUCCULENTS C 0 0 SHRUB AREAS 00000 00000 00000 GROUND COVERS BOTANICAL NAME STENOCARPUS SINUATUS BOTANICAL NAME SYAGRUS ROMANZOFFIANA BOTANICAL NAME ECHIUM CANDICANS GALVEZIA SPECIOSA PHORMIUM TENAX 'BRONZE BABY' SALVIA LEUCANTHA 'SANTA BARBARA' STRELITZIA REGINAE BOTANICAL NAME AGAVE ATTENUATA AGAVE SHAWi! ALOE ARBORESCENS ALOE X 'BLUE ELF' BOTANICAL NAME COREOPSIS MARITIMA MUHLENBERGIA DUBIA ROSMARINUS OFFICINALIS BOTANICAL NAME BACCHARIS PILULARIS 'PIGEON POINT' CAREX FLACCA COMMON NAME FIREWHEEL TREE COMMON NAME QUEEN PALM COMMON NAME PRIDE OF MADEIRA ISLAND BUSH SNAPDRAGON BRONZE BABY NEW ZEALAND FLAX MEXICAN BUSH SAGE BIRD OF PARADISE COMMON NAME FOX TAIL AGAVE COASTAL AGAVE TORCH ALOE ALOE COMMON NAME SEA DAHLIA PINE MUHLY ROSEMARY COMMON NAME COYOTE BRUSH BLUE SEDGE SENECIO MANDRALISCAE 'BLUE CHALK STICKS' SENECIO LP-1.4 II AS BUIL T11 i ! ! ! (/ ~ P.E. EXP. D/liTE ~ 0 5 10 20 REVJE',/ED JY1 SCALE : 1" = 10'-0" INSPECTOR D/liTE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD I SH~~rs I PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SCHMIDT DESIGN GitOUP, INC. f---f--+-----------------1---1---+---1---1 IMPROVEMENT PL.-,NS FOR: • 6) .} e:i :, .i IALANCING Al'tTISTIC EXl""ESSJUN IN L>ESIGN WITH ENVll'tONMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, San Dieco, CA ,2101 telephone {01,J 230-1,i.02 facsimile {Iii,} 231i-l7,2 www.schmidtalesi;n.com CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY AND ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN APPROVED: rfM,<,U.l,i,J JC, ~ i.J /t.'1 /J1 t---t---+-----------------1---+--+----1--------1 TPIANSl'OIHATION Dl~ECT~E:+2790 EXI', 3121120 DATE (/) 1--z w ~ => (_) 0 0 0 OJ z 0 I-~ 0 z w a:: _J _J <( I >-I- (_) 0 <( OJ (/) _J a:: <( (_) ..----·i·J Lie. CA213I, rJV 21,, AZ 3,1.13, t-:::--DA'°"T"'E+lccNlc;;Tl-:-;AL-+-----------------1---+--+----1--------1 DWN BY: AS,~~ PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. O J:i.. _DA_T_E__,__IN_IT_IA_L +-_DA_T_:_E _1__:c_lN'-'-ITl-'-'AL::__i CHKD BY: JJ (j) Ex,iir•tien D•tc: 12-"ll-l" ~lotDate:January,17201, ENGINEE~OFWO~K L.Jt:,,. REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHE~A~~~OVAL CITYA~~~OVAL RVWD BY: JTI 4725/6608 812-2B SDG fl'r•ject Numller: 1,-10W ~ ... ---------------------------------------------------------~~~~~~;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~;;;;;;;;;;:;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;:;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~~;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~~ I I I -----• - May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 441 of 442 r • . . , d . . , . -- t • f ,, • • ' t I ', . ',. ' . . ' -' -··•,,.•,•· ,, '. •'· ,., .. ____ ,_. -~--~ ~--15 ~ 3 ' ~-6 ~~~~~~.~ *3" ''-. . ' 2 TIMES ROOTBALL WIDTH LEGEND CD PLANTING BACKFILL PER NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS 0 ROUGHEN SIDES AND BOTrOM OF PIT G) FINISHED GRADE 0 3" MULCH LAYER ® ROOTBALL SLIGHTLY HIGHER THAN FINISHED GRADE ® WATER BASIN 0 SOIL eALL RESTING ON FIRM SOIL TO AVOID SETTLING © FOR SLOPE CONDITIONS CHAMFER SLOPE TO PREVENT EROSION NOTES A. KEEP MULCH 2-3" FROM TRUNK OF TREE OR SHRUB TYP. 1 -----------0 SHRUB PLANTING NO SCALE LEGEND CD 2'," DEEP ROOT BARRIER PER SPECIFICATIONS/ AS SHOWN ON PLANS ALONG FACE OF PAVING, CURB, WALL, ETC. 0 CONCRETE PAVING PER PLAN (WHERE APPLICABLE) G) EXTEND TOP OF ROOT BARRIER 1/2" MINIMUM ABOVE FINISHED GRADE 0 TREE PLANTING PER DETAILS ® CONCRETE CURB PER PLANS (WHERE APPLICABLE) NOTES A. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND ASSEMBLE ROOT BARRIER PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS 1 LEGEND G) PLANTING BACKFILL PER NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. (9 ROUGHEN SIDES AND BOTTOM OF PIT. /7 PREVAILING 'yJ WIND Q) CHAMFER SLOPE TO ri\ PREVENT EROSION. D FINISHED GRADE. t i" t ® MULCH LAYER PER NOTES. ® ROOTeALL SLIGHTLY HIGHER THAN FINISHED GRADE. (!) "CINCH-TIE" MANUF. BY V.l.T. CO, INC. OR EQUAL. ATTACH PER MANUF. SPEC'S. AND SECURE WITH FURRING NAIL AT STAKE. ITT r . ·11--111=1 Ill © (2) 2" DIA. LODGEPOLE STAKES. I' LONG FOR 15 GALLON 10' LONG FOR 2'," eox OR LARGER i----2x---1 ROOT BALL WIDTH 10 3' MIN. ® WATER BASIN. @) PLANTING TABLETS PER NOTES. @SOIL BALL RESTING ON FIRM SOIL TO AVOID SETTLING. NOTE -- A. KEEP MULCH 2-3" FROM 4f------------------0 ROOT BARRIER NO SCALE 0 TREE PLANTING ON SLOPE TRUNK, TYP. 5-------- . ' ,.:.., ,' . i ' ' ' NOT TO SCALE SEE SHEET LP'-0.1 '-LP'-1.0 FOR PLANTING LEGEND '-NOTES SEE SHEETS LP'-1.1 TO Ll-1.-4 FOR P'LANTING PLANS SEE SHEETSLP'-2.0 FOR P'LANTING DETAILS i l .. •. • .. •.·• . . . ' l ® LEGEND CD EXISTING SUBGRADE 0 AMENDED PLANTING BACKFILL PER PLANTING NOTES'-SPECIFICATIONS (SEE PLANS) ® ROOTBALL SLIGHTLY HIGHER THAN FINISHED GRADE. 0 FINISHED GRADE ® 3" MULCH LAYER INSTALLED BEFORE PLANTING ® PLANT TYPE AND SPACING AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS 0 EDGE OF PLANTING AREA © DISTANCE FROM EDGE OF PLANTER TO CENTER OF PLANT TO BE 1/2 THE SPECIFIED SPACING NOTE A. KEEP MULCH 2-3" FROM TRUNK OF TREE, SHRUB, OR GROUNDCOVER TYP. 2 ---------0 GROUNDCOVER PLANTING NO SCALE CD PLANTING BACKFILL PER NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 0 ROUGHEN SIDES AND BOTTOM OF PIT. G) FINISHED GRADE. 0 3 lNCH MULCH LAYER. ® R\)OTBALL SLIGHTLY HIGHER THAN FINISHED GRADE. ® WATER BASIN. 0 SOIL BALL RESTING ON FIRM SOIL TO AVOID SETTLING. © CHAMFER SLOPE TO PREVENT EROSION. ® COMPACTED SUBGRADE. NOTES A. KEEP MULCH 2-3" FROM TRUNK OF TREE OR SHRUB TYP. 0 SHRUB PLANTING ON SLOPE NTS SCHMIDT DESIGN Gttou~. INC. 11'.LANCING A"TISflC EX,IHSSJON IN DESIGN WJTH ENV11'0NMENTAL SENSITIVITY 1111 Sixth Avenue, Suite 500, S:rn Die::•, CA ,2101 t•l•phon• {01,} 230-1-402 Facsimile {o,,} 230-17,2 www.schmidtdesi:n,cem Lie. CA 2131, NV 21,, AZ 3,413, DATE ~--t7 4 5 2" 0 2X P'{OOT IALL - LEGEND CD PLANTING BACKFILL PER NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 0 ROUGHEN SIDES AND BOTTOM OF PIT. G). FINISHED GRADE OF LAWN. 0 "CINCH-TIE" MANUF. BY V.l.T. COMPANY, INC .. ATTACH PER MANUF. SPEC'S. AND SECURE WITH FURRING NAIL AT . STAKE. ® MULCH LAYER PER PLANS AND NOTES ® ROOTBALL SLIGHTLY HIGHER THAN FINISHED GRADE. 0 (2) 3" DIA. X 12' LONG LODGEPOLE STAKES FOR TREES 36" BOX AND LARGER. © WATER BASIN. ® PLANTING TABLETS PER NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. @ SOIL BALL RESTING ON FIRM SOIL TO AVOID SETTLING. NOTE MAINTAIN A 36" CIRCLE OF MULCH AROUND ALL TREES -NO TURF SHALL OCCUR WITHIN THIS AREA. 3 ----------0 TREE PLANTING NO SCALE '' LEGEND CD ROUGHEN SIDES AND BOTTOM OF PIT 0 FINISHED GRADE G) MULCH LA YER PER PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 0 ROOTBALL 2" HIGHER THAN FINISHED GRADE (DO NOT TRIM ROOTS) ® PLANT PALM VERTICAL ® PLANTING TAeLETS PER NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS 0 PLANTING BACKFILL -1 PART COARSE WASHED SAND -3 PARTS NATIVE SOIL ---, __ © PERFORATED PVC PIPE WITH IRRIGATION ;,,;,p'?ifr-N'-"t-BUBeLER ON HIGH SIDE OF THE PLANT PIT (SEE TREE BUBBLER DETAIL Z FROM IRRIGATION DETAILS SHEET) 2 ® COMPACT AND SETTLE SAND/SOIL UNDER ROOTBALL TO AVOID SETTLING @ IMPROVED SOIL-FOR TREE PLANTING - SEE ALSO SPECIFICATIONS. ® PVC BREATHER TUBE.'," PERFORATED PVC PIPE WRAPPED IN FILTER FABRIC WITH FLAT GRATE 7----------0 PALM TREE PLANTING NO SCALE LP-2.0 11 AS BUIL T11 P.E. EXP. Di',TE REVIE\./ED JY, INSPECTOR Dii,TE ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD ~ 9 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 9 IMPROVEMENT PL,O.NS FOR: CARLSBAD CITY HALL EXTERIOR SAFETY ANO ACCESSIBILITY IMPROVEMENTS LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS APPROVED: l}'M l.ll.?-l-/ IC-. ~ "-lk"I Ii, -- Tl:ANS,.O1:TATION Dl~ECT0~,7E: -42790 EX"-3/21 /20 DATE OWN BY: AS, "~ PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. INITIAL DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: JJ lll•t D«te: J«m1ary, 17 2e1, SDG !'reject Num■er: 1,-10, ENGINEE" OF WO"K IA REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHE" A~~"OVAL CITY A~~"OVAL RVWD BY: JTI 4725 I 660~ ~12-2B (./) f-z w ~ :) u 0 0 0 Ill z 0 ~ 0 z w 0::: ....J ....J <.( :r: >-f-u 0 <.( Ill (./) ....J 0::: <.( u ..,..- 0 0) ..,..- 0 ._ ___________________________________________________ ....., ______________________________________________________ .. "' May 21, 2019 Item #5 Page 442 of 442